Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/907/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/907/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:30:58 GMT Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:30:58 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/907/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/907/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/907/ thebookvoice.com no Ezequiel Lebsack bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/907/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562415 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diana, William, and Harry Author: Chris Mooney, James Patterson Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller! “She was the best mother in the world,” said Princes William and Harry at Diana’s 10-year memorial. “Entertaining and persuasive,” (Publishers Weekly) this is the first big book about the private Diana, the mother of two princes. “Royal fans will devour this well-paced biography that gives new insight into the House of Windsor. You’ll tear through it by sundown and walk away thinking about the Princess of Wales and her two sons with new perspective .” –Men’s Journal   From the moments William and Harry are born into the House of Windsor, they become their young mother’s whole world.    I’ve got two very healthy, strong boys. I realize how incredibly lucky I am, Diana reminds herself every morning. But even the Princess of Wales questions, Am I a good mother?     Diana’s faced with a seemingly impossible challenge: one son destined to be King of England and another determined to find his own way.  She teaches them to honor royal tradition, even while daring to break it.    “Sometimes I’d like a time machine…” Diana says as William and Harry grow up, never imagining they’d have less than a lifetime together. Even after she’s gone, her sons follow their mother’s lead—and her heart. As the years pass and William and Harry grow into adulthood and form families of their own, they carry on Diana’s name, her likeness, and her incomparable spirit.   “James Patterson applies his writerly skills to real-life history with novelistic style” (People) in this deeply personal and revealing biography of the world’s most storied family, from the world’s #1 bestselling author. Chris Mooney, James Patterson Mon, 15 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562415 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diana, William, and Harry Author: Chris Mooney, James Patterson Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller! “She was the best mother in the world,” said Princes William and Harry at Diana’s 10-year memorial. “Entertaining and persuasive,” (Publishers Weekly) this is the first big book about the private Diana, the mother of two princes. “Royal fans will devour this well-paced biography that gives new insight into the House of Windsor. You’ll tear through it by sundown and walk away thinking about the Princess of Wales and her two sons with new perspective .” –Men’s Journal   From the moments William and Harry are born into the House of Windsor, they become their young mother’s whole world.    I’ve got two very healthy, strong boys. I realize how incredibly lucky I am, Diana reminds herself every morning. But even the Princess of Wales questions, Am I a good mother?     Diana’s faced with a seemingly impossible challenge: one son destined to be King of England and another determined to find his own way.  She teaches them to honor royal tradition, even while daring to break it.    “Sometimes I’d like a time machine…” Diana says as William and Harry grow up, never imagining they’d have less than a lifetime together. Even after she’s gone, her sons follow their mother’s lead—and her heart. As the years pass and William and Harry grow into adulthood and form families of their own, they carry on Diana’s name, her likeness, and her incomparable spirit.   “James Patterson applies his writerly skills to real-life history with novelistic style” (People) in this deeply personal and revealing biography of the world’s most storied family, from the world’s #1 bestselling author. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diana, William, and Harry Author: Chris Mooney, James Patterson Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller! “She was the best mother in the world,” said Princes William and Harry at Diana’s 10-year memorial. “Entertaining and persuasive,” (Publishers Weekly) this is the first big book about the private Diana, the mother of two princes. “Royal fans will devour this well-paced biography that gives new insight into the House of Windsor. You’ll tear through it by sundown and walk away thinking about the Princess of Wales and her two sons with new perspective .” –Men’s Journal   From the moments William and Harry are born into the House of Windsor, they become their young mother’s whole world.    I’ve got two very healthy, strong boys. I realize how incredibly lucky I am, Diana reminds herself every morning. But even the Princess of Wales questions, Am I a good mother?     Diana’s faced with a seemingly impossible challenge: one son destined to be King of England and another determined to find his own way.  She teaches them to honor royal tradition, even while daring to break it.    “Sometimes I’d like a time machine…” Diana says as William and Harry grow up, never imagining they’d have less than a lifetime together. Even after she’s gone, her sons follow their mother’s lead—and her heart. As the years pass and William and Harry grow into adulthood and form families of their own, they carry on Diana’s name, her likeness, and her incomparable spirit.   “James Patterson applies his writerly skills to real-life history with novelistic style” (People) in this deeply personal and revealing biography of the world’s most storied family, from the world’s #1 bestselling author. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stolen Year: How COVID Changed Children's Lives, and Where We Go Now Author: Anya Kamenetz Narrator: Anya Kamenetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An NPR education reporter shows how the last true social safety net-- the public school system--was decimated by the pandemic, and how years of short-sighted political decisions have failed to put our children first. School has long meant much more than an education in America. 30 million children depend on free school meals. Schools are, statistically, the safest physical places for children to be. They are the best chance many children have at finding basics like eye exams, safe housing, mental health counseling, or simply a caring adult. Flawed, inequitable, underfunded, and segregated, they remain the most important engine of social mobility and the crucible of our democracy. The cost of closing our schools for so long during COVID, made with good intentions, has not yet been fully reckoned with.  In The Stolen Year, NPR education reporter Anya Kamenetz shows that the roots of our crisis run far deeper than COVID. She follows families across the country as they lived through the pandemic. But she also dives deep into the political history that brought us to this point: Why we have no childcare system to speak of, why subsidies for families were cut to the bone, how children became the group most likely to live in poverty, how we overpolice and separate families of color, and how we are content to let the unpaid and underpaid labor of women, especially women of color and immigrants, stand in for a void of public and collective concern for children.   Kamenetz makes the case that 2020 wasn't a lost year--it was taken from our children, by years of neglect and bad faith. We have failed to put them first. The American Rescue Plan offers new tax benefits for families and new funding for schools. But if progress stops there, and we revert to cutting funding and laying off school staff, another crisis will surely come. The Stolen Year is a passionately argued and emotional story, but also a demand for recompense.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Anya Kamenetz Tue, 23 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562412 thebookvoice.com 11:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stolen Year: How COVID Changed Children's Lives, and Where We Go Now Author: Anya Kamenetz Narrator: Anya Kamenetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An NPR education reporter shows how the last true social safety net-- the public school system--was decimated by the pandemic, and how years of short-sighted political decisions have failed to put our children first. School has long meant much more than an education in America. 30 million children depend on free school meals. Schools are, statistically, the safest physical places for children to be. They are the best chance many children have at finding basics like eye exams, safe housing, mental health counseling, or simply a caring adult. Flawed, inequitable, underfunded, and segregated, they remain the most important engine of social mobility and the crucible of our democracy. The cost of closing our schools for so long during COVID, made with good intentions, has not yet been fully reckoned with.  In The Stolen Year, NPR education reporter Anya Kamenetz shows that the roots of our crisis run far deeper than COVID. She follows families across the country as they lived through the pandemic. But she also dives deep into the political history that brought us to this point: Why we have no childcare system to speak of, why subsidies for families were cut to the bone, how children became the group most likely to live in poverty, how we overpolice and separate families of color, and how we are content to let the unpaid and underpaid labor of women, especially women of color and immigrants, stand in for a void of public and collective concern for children.   Kamenetz makes the case that 2020 wasn't a lost year--it was taken from our children, by years of neglect and bad faith. We have failed to put them first. The American Rescue Plan offers new tax benefits for families and new funding for schools. But if progress stops there, and we revert to cutting funding and laying off school staff, another crisis will surely come. The Stolen Year is a passionately argued and emotional story, but also a demand for recompense.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stolen Year: How COVID Changed Children's Lives, and Where We Go Now Author: Anya Kamenetz Narrator: Anya Kamenetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An NPR education reporter shows how the last true social safety net-- the public school system--was decimated by the pandemic, and how years of short-sighted political decisions have failed to put our children first. School has long meant much more than an education in America. 30 million children depend on free school meals. Schools are, statistically, the safest physical places for children to be. They are the best chance many children have at finding basics like eye exams, safe housing, mental health counseling, or simply a caring adult. Flawed, inequitable, underfunded, and segregated, they remain the most important engine of social mobility and the crucible of our democracy. The cost of closing our schools for so long during COVID, made with good intentions, has not yet been fully reckoned with.  In The Stolen Year, NPR education reporter Anya Kamenetz shows that the roots of our crisis run far deeper than COVID. She follows families across the country as they lived through the pandemic. But she also dives deep into the political history that brought us to this point: Why we have no childcare system to speak of, why subsidies for families were cut to the bone, how children became the group most likely to live in poverty, how we overpolice and separate families of color, and how we are content to let the unpaid and underpaid labor of women, especially women of color and immigrants, stand in for a void of public and collective concern for children.   Kamenetz makes the case that 2020 wasn't a lost year--it was taken from our children, by years of neglect and bad faith. We have failed to put them first. The American Rescue Plan offers new tax benefits for families and new funding for schools. But if progress stops there, and we revert to cutting funding and laying off school staff, another crisis will surely come. The Stolen Year is a passionately argued and emotional story, but also a demand for recompense.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Criminal (In)Justice: What the Push for Decarceration and Depolicing Gets Wrong and Who It Hurts Most Author: Rafael A. Mangual Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In his impassioned-yet-measured book, Rafael A. Mangual offers an incisive critique of America's increasingly radical criminal justice reform movement, and makes a convincing case against the pursuit of "justice" through mass-decarceration and depolicing. After a summer of violent protests in 2020—sparked by the deaths of George Floyd, Breonna Taylor, and Rayshard Brooks—a dangerously false narrative gained mainstream acceptance: Criminal justice in the United States is overly punitive and racially oppressive. But, the harshest and loudest condemnations of incarceration, policing, and prosecution are often shallow and at odds with the available data. And the significant harms caused by this false narrative are borne by those who can least afford them: black and brown people who are disproportionately the victims of serious crimes. In Criminal (In)Justice, Rafael A. Mangual offers a more balanced understanding of American criminal justice, and cautions against discarding traditional crime control measures. A powerful combination of research, data-driven policy journalism, and the author's lived experiences, this book explains what many reform advocates get wrong, and illustrates how the misguided commitment to leniency places America's most vulnerable communities at risk.  The stakes of this moment are incredibly high. Ongoing debates over criminal justice reform have the potential to transform our society for a generation—for better or for worse. Grappling with the data—and the sometimes harsh realities they reflect—is the surest way to minimize the all-too-common injustices plaguing neighborhoods that can least afford them. Rafael A. Mangual Tue, 26 Jul 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562411 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Criminal (In)Justice: What the Push for Decarceration and Depolicing Gets Wrong and Who It Hurts Most Author: Rafael A. Mangual Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In his impassioned-yet-measured book, Rafael A. Mangual offers an incisive critique of America's increasingly radical criminal justice reform movement, and makes a convincing case against the pursuit of "justice" through mass-decarceration and depolicing. After a summer of violent protests in 2020—sparked by the deaths of George Floyd, Breonna Taylor, and Rayshard Brooks—a dangerously false narrative gained mainstream acceptance: Criminal justice in the United States is overly punitive and racially oppressive. But, the harshest and loudest condemnations of incarceration, policing, and prosecution are often shallow and at odds with the available data. And the significant harms caused by this false narrative are borne by those who can least afford them: black and brown people who are disproportionately the victims of serious crimes. In Criminal (In)Justice, Rafael A. Mangual offers a more balanced understanding of American criminal justice, and cautions against discarding traditional crime control measures. A powerful combination of research, data-driven policy journalism, and the author's lived experiences, this book explains what many reform advocates get wrong, and illustrates how the misguided commitment to leniency places America's most vulnerable communities at risk.  The stakes of this moment are incredibly high. Ongoing debates over criminal justice reform have the potential to transform our society for a generation—for better or for worse. Grappling with the data—and the sometimes harsh realities they reflect—is the surest way to minimize the all-too-common injustices plaguing neighborhoods that can least afford them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Criminal (In)Justice: What the Push for Decarceration and Depolicing Gets Wrong and Who It Hurts Most Author: Rafael A. Mangual Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In his impassioned-yet-measured book, Rafael A. Mangual offers an incisive critique of America's increasingly radical criminal justice reform movement, and makes a convincing case against the pursuit of "justice" through mass-decarceration and depolicing. After a summer of violent protests in 2020—sparked by the deaths of George Floyd, Breonna Taylor, and Rayshard Brooks—a dangerously false narrative gained mainstream acceptance: Criminal justice in the United States is overly punitive and racially oppressive. But, the harshest and loudest condemnations of incarceration, policing, and prosecution are often shallow and at odds with the available data. And the significant harms caused by this false narrative are borne by those who can least afford them: black and brown people who are disproportionately the victims of serious crimes. In Criminal (In)Justice, Rafael A. Mangual offers a more balanced understanding of American criminal justice, and cautions against discarding traditional crime control measures. A powerful combination of research, data-driven policy journalism, and the author's lived experiences, this book explains what many reform advocates get wrong, and illustrates how the misguided commitment to leniency places America's most vulnerable communities at risk.  The stakes of this moment are incredibly high. Ongoing debates over criminal justice reform have the potential to transform our society for a generation—for better or for worse. Grappling with the data—and the sometimes harsh realities they reflect—is the surest way to minimize the all-too-common injustices plaguing neighborhoods that can least afford them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562408 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Milky Way: An Autobiography of Our Galaxy Author: Moiya Mctier Narrator: Moiya Mctier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this approachable and fascinating biography of the galaxy, an astrophysicist and folklorist details everything humans have discovered—from the Milky Way's formation to its eventual death, and what else there is to learn about the universe we call home.  After a few billion years of bearing witness to life on Earth, of watching one hundred billion humans go about their day-to-day lives, of feeling unbelievably lonely, and of hearing its own story told by others, The Milky Way would like a chance to speak for itself. All one hundred billion stars and fifty undecillion tons of gas of it. It all began some thirteen billion years ago, when clouds of gas scattered through the universe's primordial plasma just could not keep their metaphorical hands off each other. They succumbed to their gravitational attraction, and the galaxy we know as the Milky Way was born. Since then, the galaxy has watched as dark energy pushed away its first friends, as humans mythologized its name and purpose, and as galactic archaeologists have worked to determine its true age (rude). The Milky Way has absorbed supermassive (an actual technical term) black holes, made enemies of a few galactic neighbors, and mourned the deaths of countless stars. Our home galaxy has even fallen in love. After all this time, the Milky Way finally feels that it's amassed enough experience for the juicy tell-all we've all been waiting for. Its fascinating autobiography recounts the history and future of the universe in accessible but scientific detail, presenting a summary of human astronomical knowledge thus far that is unquestionably out of this world. NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2022 BY PUBLISHERS WEEKLY AND SCIENCENET NAMED A BEST AUDIOBOOK OF 2022 BY BOOKPAGE Moiya Mctier Tue, 16 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562408 thebookvoice.com 6:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Milky Way: An Autobiography of Our Galaxy Author: Moiya Mctier Narrator: Moiya Mctier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this approachable and fascinating biography of the galaxy, an astrophysicist and folklorist details everything humans have discovered—from the Milky Way's formation to its eventual death, and what else there is to learn about the universe we call home.  After a few billion years of bearing witness to life on Earth, of watching one hundred billion humans go about their day-to-day lives, of feeling unbelievably lonely, and of hearing its own story told by others, The Milky Way would like a chance to speak for itself. All one hundred billion stars and fifty undecillion tons of gas of it. It all began some thirteen billion years ago, when clouds of gas scattered through the universe's primordial plasma just could not keep their metaphorical hands off each other. They succumbed to their gravitational attraction, and the galaxy we know as the Milky Way was born. Since then, the galaxy has watched as dark energy pushed away its first friends, as humans mythologized its name and purpose, and as galactic archaeologists have worked to determine its true age (rude). The Milky Way has absorbed supermassive (an actual technical term) black holes, made enemies of a few galactic neighbors, and mourned the deaths of countless stars. Our home galaxy has even fallen in love. After all this time, the Milky Way finally feels that it's amassed enough experience for the juicy tell-all we've all been waiting for. Its fascinating autobiography recounts the history and future of the universe in accessible but scientific detail, presenting a summary of human astronomical knowledge thus far that is unquestionably out of this world. NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2022 BY PUBLISHERS WEEKLY AND SCIENCENET NAMED A BEST AUDIOBOOK OF 2022 BY BOOKPAGE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Milky Way: An Autobiography of Our Galaxy Author: Moiya Mctier Narrator: Moiya Mctier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this approachable and fascinating biography of the galaxy, an astrophysicist and folklorist details everything humans have discovered—from the Milky Way's formation to its eventual death, and what else there is to learn about the universe we call home.  After a few billion years of bearing witness to life on Earth, of watching one hundred billion humans go about their day-to-day lives, of feeling unbelievably lonely, and of hearing its own story told by others, The Milky Way would like a chance to speak for itself. All one hundred billion stars and fifty undecillion tons of gas of it. It all began some thirteen billion years ago, when clouds of gas scattered through the universe's primordial plasma just could not keep their metaphorical hands off each other. They succumbed to their gravitational attraction, and the galaxy we know as the Milky Way was born. Since then, the galaxy has watched as dark energy pushed away its first friends, as humans mythologized its name and purpose, and as galactic archaeologists have worked to determine its true age (rude). The Milky Way has absorbed supermassive (an actual technical term) black holes, made enemies of a few galactic neighbors, and mourned the deaths of countless stars. Our home galaxy has even fallen in love. After all this time, the Milky Way finally feels that it's amassed enough experience for the juicy tell-all we've all been waiting for. Its fascinating autobiography recounts the history and future of the universe in accessible but scientific detail, presenting a summary of human astronomical knowledge thus far that is unquestionably out of this world. NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2022 BY PUBLISHERS WEEKLY AND SCIENCENET NAMED A BEST AUDIOBOOK OF 2022 BY BOOKPAGE https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del Renacimiento a la Edad Moderna (Historia de las mujeres 3) Series: #3 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este tercer volumen delinea los primeros pasos en la construcción de la mujer moderna durante el Renacimiento. Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Thu, 16 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562292 thebookvoice.com 29:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del Renacimiento a la Edad Moderna (Historia de las mujeres 3) Series: #3 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este tercer volumen delinea los primeros pasos en la construcción de la mujer moderna durante el Renacimiento. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del Renacimiento a la Edad Moderna (Historia de las mujeres 3) Series: #3 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este tercer volumen delinea los primeros pasos en la construcción de la mujer moderna durante el Renacimiento. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Gomorra: Un viaje al imperio económico y al sueño de poder de la Camorra Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hace diez años, la publicación de Gomorra conmocionó al mundo y cambió para siempre la vida de Roberto Saviano. Una década más tarde, Debate relanza el libro incluyendo un nuevo prólogo conmemorativo del autor. Este increíble y fascinante relato real es un viaje al imperio empresarial y delictivo de la Camorra, que comienza y termina bajo el signo de las mercancías. Las mercancías «frescas», bajo las formas más variadas (videojuegos, relojes, ropa de marca) llegan al puerto de Nápoles, y para ser almacenadas y escondidas se sacan de los gigantescos contenedores e invaden antiguos palacetes, previamente vaciados por completo. Las mercancías muertas, procedentes de toda Italia y de media Europa, en forma de residuos químicos, restos tóxicos o fango, son vertidas abusivamente en los campos, donde envenenan, entre otros, a los mismos capos que erigen en esas tierras sus fastuosas y absurdas mansiones. Esta es hoy la Camorra (o el «Sistema», ya que casi nadie usa la palabra «Camorra»): por un lado, una organización empresarial con impresionantes ramificaciones por todo el planeta y una zona oscura siempre más extensa donde cuesta distinguir cuánta riqueza es producto directamente de la sangre y cuánta de simples operaciones financieras, y por el otro, un fenómeno criminal profundamente influido por los medios de comunicación y la sociedad del espectáculo, cuyos dirigentes imitan la manera de vestir y de moverse de las estrellas del cine y de las figuras míticas, de los gánsteres de Tarantino a las siniestras apariciones de El cuervo con Brandon Lee. En este libro absorbente y escrupulosamente documentado, Roberto Saviano ha reconstruido tanto la aterradora lógica económico-financiera y expansionista de los clanes napolitano y casertano como las febriles fantasías que suman el fatalismo mortuorio de los samuráis medievales japoneses. El resultado es un libro extraordinario y potente, apasionado y brutal, al tiempo objetivo y visionario, de investigación y literario, lleno de horrores e inquietantes fascinaciones; un libro narrado siempre en primera persona por este joven autor, nacido y criado en la tierra de la Camorra más dura. Reseñas: «Una reconstrucción minuciosa de los entresijos y el funcionamiento de la mafia napolitana. Detalles, fechas, nombres y apellidos dotan al texto de un realismo estremecedor.» El Periódico «Un dicho antiguo afirmaba que Nápoles era 'un paradiso abitato da diavoli'. De los diablos que habitan ese fascinante paraíso se ocupa Roberto Saviano en Gomorra.» José Luis García Martín, ABC Roberto Saviano Thu, 09 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562281 thebookvoice.com 13:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Gomorra: Un viaje al imperio económico y al sueño de poder de la Camorra Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hace diez años, la publicación de Gomorra conmocionó al mundo y cambió para siempre la vida de Roberto Saviano. Una década más tarde, Debate relanza el libro incluyendo un nuevo prólogo conmemorativo del autor. Este increíble y fascinante relato real es un viaje al imperio empresarial y delictivo de la Camorra, que comienza y termina bajo el signo de las mercancías. Las mercancías «frescas», bajo las formas más variadas (videojuegos, relojes, ropa de marca) llegan al puerto de Nápoles, y para ser almacenadas y escondidas se sacan de los gigantescos contenedores e invaden antiguos palacetes, previamente vaciados por completo. Las mercancías muertas, procedentes de toda Italia y de media Europa, en forma de residuos químicos, restos tóxicos o fango, son vertidas abusivamente en los campos, donde envenenan, entre otros, a los mismos capos que erigen en esas tierras sus fastuosas y absurdas mansiones. Esta es hoy la Camorra (o el «Sistema», ya que casi nadie usa la palabra «Camorra»): por un lado, una organización empresarial con impresionantes ramificaciones por todo el planeta y una zona oscura siempre más extensa donde cuesta distinguir cuánta riqueza es producto directamente de la sangre y cuánta de simples operaciones financieras, y por el otro, un fenómeno criminal profundamente influido por los medios de comunicación y la sociedad del espectáculo, cuyos dirigentes imitan la manera de vestir y de moverse de las estrellas del cine y de las figuras míticas, de los gánsteres de Tarantino a las siniestras apariciones de El cuervo con Brandon Lee. En este libro absorbente y escrupulosamente documentado, Roberto Saviano ha reconstruido tanto la aterradora lógica económico-financiera y expansionista de los clanes napolitano y casertano como las febriles fantasías que suman el fatalismo mortuorio de los samuráis medievales japoneses. El resultado es un libro extraordinario y potente, apasionado y brutal, al tiempo objetivo y visionario, de investigación y literario, lleno de horrores e inquietantes fascinaciones; un libro narrado siempre en primera persona por este joven autor, nacido y criado en la tierra de la Camorra más dura. Reseñas: «Una reconstrucción minuciosa de los entresijos y el funcionamiento de la mafia napolitana. Detalles, fechas, nombres y apellidos dotan al texto de un realismo estremecedor.» El Periódico «Un dicho antiguo afirmaba que Nápoles era 'un paradiso abitato da diavoli'. De los diablos que habitan ese fascinante paraíso se ocupa Roberto Saviano en Gomorra.» José Luis García Martín, ABC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Gomorra: Un viaje al imperio económico y al sueño de poder de la Camorra Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hace diez años, la publicación de Gomorra conmocionó al mundo y cambió para siempre la vida de Roberto Saviano. Una década más tarde, Debate relanza el libro incluyendo un nuevo prólogo conmemorativo del autor. Este increíble y fascinante relato real es un viaje al imperio empresarial y delictivo de la Camorra, que comienza y termina bajo el signo de las mercancías. Las mercancías «frescas», bajo las formas más variadas (videojuegos, relojes, ropa de marca) llegan al puerto de Nápoles, y para ser almacenadas y escondidas se sacan de los gigantescos contenedores e invaden antiguos palacetes, previamente vaciados por completo. Las mercancías muertas, procedentes de toda Italia y de media Europa, en forma de residuos químicos, restos tóxicos o fango, son vertidas abusivamente en los campos, donde envenenan, entre otros, a los mismos capos que erigen en esas tierras sus fastuosas y absurdas mansiones. Esta es hoy la Camorra (o el «Sistema», ya que casi nadie usa la palabra «Camorra»): por un lado, una organización empresarial con impresionantes ramificaciones por todo el planeta y una zona oscura siempre más extensa donde cuesta distinguir cuánta riqueza es producto directamente de la sangre y cuánta de simples operaciones financieras, y por el otro, un fenómeno criminal profundamente influido por los medios de comunicación y la sociedad del espectáculo, cuyos dirigentes imitan la manera de vestir y de moverse de las estrellas del cine y de las figuras míticas, de los gánsteres de Tarantino a las siniestras apariciones de El cuervo con Brandon Lee. En este libro absorbente y escrupulosamente documentado, Roberto Saviano ha reconstruido tanto la aterradora lógica económico-financiera y expansionista de los clanes napolitano y casertano como las febriles fantasías que suman el fatalismo mortuorio de los samuráis medievales japoneses. El resultado es un libro extraordinario y potente, apasionado y brutal, al tiempo objetivo y visionario, de investigación y literario, lleno de horrores e inquietantes fascinaciones; un libro narrado siempre en primera persona por este joven autor, nacido y criado en la tierra de la Camorra más dura. Reseñas: «Una reconstrucción minuciosa de los entresijos y el funcionamiento de la mafia napolitana. Detalles, fechas, nombres y apellidos dotan al texto de un realismo estremecedor.» El Periódico «Un dicho antiguo afirmaba que Nápoles era 'un paradiso abitato da diavoli'. De los diablos que habitan ese fascinante paraíso se ocupa Roberto Saviano en Gomorra.» José Luis García Martín, ABC https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feminismus verstehen: Warum Feminismus so wichtig ist – Geschlechterrollen, Sexismus & Aufklärung Author: Sabine Kraft Narrator: Agnes Pock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was bedeutet Feminismus? Wie ist er entstanden? Wer war eigentlich die erste Feministin? Was hat sich seit den Anfängen verändert? Ist der Feminismus nicht nur eine andere Bezeichnung für Männerhass? Wir leben im 21. Jahrhundert, brauchen wir den Feminismus überhaupt noch? Und was hat das Ganze mit Pornos zu tun? Mit diesen und weiteren Fragen wollen wir uns in diesem Buch ausführlich beschäftigen und ganz genau ergründen, warum wir den Feminismus auch heute noch so dringend brauchen. Neben einer Einleitung in die feministische Theorie und die Ziele der feministischen Bewegung werden Ihnen in diesem Buch auch Anregungen dazu geliefert, wie Sie den feministischen Aktivismus leicht in Ihren persönlichen Alltag integrieren können. Wenn Sie Fan von Freiheit, Gleichberechtigung und Selbstbestimmung sind, dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie! Das erwartet Sie: -Was bedeutet Feminismus? -Warum brauchen wir Feminismus? -Wie wird man feministisch? -Feministische Meilensteine -Die gesellschaftliche Rolle des Mannes -und vieles mehr ... Sabine Kraft Wed, 01 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562232 thebookvoice.com 1:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feminismus verstehen: Warum Feminismus so wichtig ist – Geschlechterrollen, Sexismus & Aufklärung Author: Sabine Kraft Narrator: Agnes Pock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was bedeutet Feminismus? Wie ist er entstanden? Wer war eigentlich die erste Feministin? Was hat sich seit den Anfängen verändert? Ist der Feminismus nicht nur eine andere Bezeichnung für Männerhass? Wir leben im 21. Jahrhundert, brauchen wir den Feminismus überhaupt noch? Und was hat das Ganze mit Pornos zu tun? Mit diesen und weiteren Fragen wollen wir uns in diesem Buch ausführlich beschäftigen und ganz genau ergründen, warum wir den Feminismus auch heute noch so dringend brauchen. Neben einer Einleitung in die feministische Theorie und die Ziele der feministischen Bewegung werden Ihnen in diesem Buch auch Anregungen dazu geliefert, wie Sie den feministischen Aktivismus leicht in Ihren persönlichen Alltag integrieren können. Wenn Sie Fan von Freiheit, Gleichberechtigung und Selbstbestimmung sind, dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie! Das erwartet Sie: -Was bedeutet Feminismus? -Warum brauchen wir Feminismus? -Wie wird man feministisch? -Feministische Meilensteine -Die gesellschaftliche Rolle des Mannes -und vieles mehr ... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feminismus verstehen: Warum Feminismus so wichtig ist – Geschlechterrollen, Sexismus & Aufklärung Author: Sabine Kraft Narrator: Agnes Pock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was bedeutet Feminismus? Wie ist er entstanden? Wer war eigentlich die erste Feministin? Was hat sich seit den Anfängen verändert? Ist der Feminismus nicht nur eine andere Bezeichnung für Männerhass? Wir leben im 21. Jahrhundert, brauchen wir den Feminismus überhaupt noch? Und was hat das Ganze mit Pornos zu tun? Mit diesen und weiteren Fragen wollen wir uns in diesem Buch ausführlich beschäftigen und ganz genau ergründen, warum wir den Feminismus auch heute noch so dringend brauchen. Neben einer Einleitung in die feministische Theorie und die Ziele der feministischen Bewegung werden Ihnen in diesem Buch auch Anregungen dazu geliefert, wie Sie den feministischen Aktivismus leicht in Ihren persönlichen Alltag integrieren können. Wenn Sie Fan von Freiheit, Gleichberechtigung und Selbstbestimmung sind, dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie! Das erwartet Sie: -Was bedeutet Feminismus? -Warum brauchen wir Feminismus? -Wie wird man feministisch? -Feministische Meilensteine -Die gesellschaftliche Rolle des Mannes -und vieles mehr ... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 1001 Ideen für den Alltag mit autistischen Kindern und Jugendlichen: Praxistipps für Eltern, pädagogische und therapeutische Fachkräfte Author: Veronika Zysk, Ellen Notbohm Narrator: Mike Langhans Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Über 1001 innovative wie auch bewährte Tipps unterstützen Eltern, Lehrkräfte und Erzieher*innen im Alltag mit autistischen Kindern und Jugendlichen. Praktisch, alltagsnah und auf die unterschiedlichen Entwicklungsstufen, Lernstile und Fähigkeiten angepasst, werden kreative und einfach anwendbare Ideen aufgezeigt - eine Fundgrube für alle, die mit Kindern und Jugendlichen aus dem Autismus-Spektrum leben und arbeiten. Veronika Zysk, Ellen Notbohm Thu, 21 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562222 thebookvoice.com 12:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 1001 Ideen für den Alltag mit autistischen Kindern und Jugendlichen: Praxistipps für Eltern, pädagogische und therapeutische Fachkräfte Author: Veronika Zysk, Ellen Notbohm Narrator: Mike Langhans Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Über 1001 innovative wie auch bewährte Tipps unterstützen Eltern, Lehrkräfte und Erzieher*innen im Alltag mit autistischen Kindern und Jugendlichen. Praktisch, alltagsnah und auf die unterschiedlichen Entwicklungsstufen, Lernstile und Fähigkeiten angepasst, werden kreative und einfach anwendbare Ideen aufgezeigt - eine Fundgrube für alle, die mit Kindern und Jugendlichen aus dem Autismus-Spektrum leben und arbeiten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 1001 Ideen für den Alltag mit autistischen Kindern und Jugendlichen: Praxistipps für Eltern, pädagogische und therapeutische Fachkräfte Author: Veronika Zysk, Ellen Notbohm Narrator: Mike Langhans Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Über 1001 innovative wie auch bewährte Tipps unterstützen Eltern, Lehrkräfte und Erzieher*innen im Alltag mit autistischen Kindern und Jugendlichen. Praktisch, alltagsnah und auf die unterschiedlichen Entwicklungsstufen, Lernstile und Fähigkeiten angepasst, werden kreative und einfach anwendbare Ideen aufgezeigt - eine Fundgrube für alle, die mit Kindern und Jugendlichen aus dem Autismus-Spektrum leben und arbeiten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561941 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Normal: Well-known SEXPERT and COLUMNIST helps you understand your body, your sexuality and sexual concerns Author: Mahinder Watsa Narrator: Lavin Kumar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does size matter? Is masturbation harmful? What is the G-spot? Do men have a G-spot? Should you feel anxious and guilty about ‘bad’ thoughts? ‘Relax! It’s perfectly normal,’ says Dr Mahinder Watsa, India’s foremost sexologist. In this book he addresses and explains all the issues and concerns that you might have about sex and sexuality. From understanding your body to teenage troubles, from the first night to safe sex, from infancy to sixty years and beyond, he gives advice and solutions for all these and more. Plus, with classic wit and humour, he deals with hundreds of queries from his readers across the country. It’s Normal!, a comprehensive guide to sex, is an essential read. Mahinder Watsa Tue, 10 Aug 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561941 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Normal: Well-known SEXPERT and COLUMNIST helps you understand your body, your sexuality and sexual concerns Author: Mahinder Watsa Narrator: Lavin Kumar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does size matter? Is masturbation harmful? What is the G-spot? Do men have a G-spot? Should you feel anxious and guilty about ‘bad’ thoughts? ‘Relax! It’s perfectly normal,’ says Dr Mahinder Watsa, India’s foremost sexologist. In this book he addresses and explains all the issues and concerns that you might have about sex and sexuality. From understanding your body to teenage troubles, from the first night to safe sex, from infancy to sixty years and beyond, he gives advice and solutions for all these and more. Plus, with classic wit and humour, he deals with hundreds of queries from his readers across the country. It’s Normal!, a comprehensive guide to sex, is an essential read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Normal: Well-known SEXPERT and COLUMNIST helps you understand your body, your sexuality and sexual concerns Author: Mahinder Watsa Narrator: Lavin Kumar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does size matter? Is masturbation harmful? What is the G-spot? Do men have a G-spot? Should you feel anxious and guilty about ‘bad’ thoughts? ‘Relax! It’s perfectly normal,’ says Dr Mahinder Watsa, India’s foremost sexologist. In this book he addresses and explains all the issues and concerns that you might have about sex and sexuality. From understanding your body to teenage troubles, from the first night to safe sex, from infancy to sixty years and beyond, he gives advice and solutions for all these and more. Plus, with classic wit and humour, he deals with hundreds of queries from his readers across the country. It’s Normal!, a comprehensive guide to sex, is an essential read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Innocence: Unmasking Latino Anti-Black Bias and the Struggle for Equality Author: Tanya Katerí Hernández Narrator: Almarie Guerra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Profound and revelatory, Racial Innocence tackles head-on the insidious grip of white supremacy on our communities and how we all might free ourselves from its predation. Tanya Katerí Hernández is fearless and brilliant . . . What fire!”—Junot Díaz The first comprehensive book about anti-Black bias in the Latino community that unpacks the misconception that Latinos are “exempt” from racism due to their ethnicity and multicultural background Racial Innocence will challenge what you thought about racism and bias and demonstrate that it’s possible for a historically marginalized group to experience discrimination and also be discriminatory. Racism is deeply complex, and law professor and comparative race relations expert Tanya Katerí Hernández exposes “the Latino racial innocence cloak” that often veils Latino complicity in racism. As Latinos are the second-largest ethnic group in the US, this revelation is critical to dismantling systemic racism. Basing her work on interviews, discrimination case files, and civil rights law, Hernández reveals Latino anti-Black bias in the workplace, the housing market, schools, places of recreation, the criminal justice system, and Latino families. By focusing on racism perpetrated by communities outside those of White non-Latino people, Racial Innocence brings to light the many Afro-Latino and African American victims of anti-Blackness at the hands of other people of color. Through exploring the interwoven fabric of discrimination and examining the cause of these issues, we can begin to move toward a more egalitarian society. Tanya Katerí Hernández Tue, 23 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561924 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Innocence: Unmasking Latino Anti-Black Bias and the Struggle for Equality Author: Tanya Katerí Hernández Narrator: Almarie Guerra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Profound and revelatory, Racial Innocence tackles head-on the insidious grip of white supremacy on our communities and how we all might free ourselves from its predation. Tanya Katerí Hernández is fearless and brilliant . . . What fire!”—Junot Díaz The first comprehensive book about anti-Black bias in the Latino community that unpacks the misconception that Latinos are “exempt” from racism due to their ethnicity and multicultural background Racial Innocence will challenge what you thought about racism and bias and demonstrate that it’s possible for a historically marginalized group to experience discrimination and also be discriminatory. Racism is deeply complex, and law professor and comparative race relations expert Tanya Katerí Hernández exposes “the Latino racial innocence cloak” that often veils Latino complicity in racism. As Latinos are the second-largest ethnic group in the US, this revelation is critical to dismantling systemic racism. Basing her work on interviews, discrimination case files, and civil rights law, Hernández reveals Latino anti-Black bias in the workplace, the housing market, schools, places of recreation, the criminal justice system, and Latino families. By focusing on racism perpetrated by communities outside those of White non-Latino people, Racial Innocence brings to light the many Afro-Latino and African American victims of anti-Blackness at the hands of other people of color. Through exploring the interwoven fabric of discrimination and examining the cause of these issues, we can begin to move toward a more egalitarian society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Innocence: Unmasking Latino Anti-Black Bias and the Struggle for Equality Author: Tanya Katerí Hernández Narrator: Almarie Guerra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Profound and revelatory, Racial Innocence tackles head-on the insidious grip of white supremacy on our communities and how we all might free ourselves from its predation. Tanya Katerí Hernández is fearless and brilliant . . . What fire!”—Junot Díaz The first comprehensive book about anti-Black bias in the Latino community that unpacks the misconception that Latinos are “exempt” from racism due to their ethnicity and multicultural background Racial Innocence will challenge what you thought about racism and bias and demonstrate that it’s possible for a historically marginalized group to experience discrimination and also be discriminatory. Racism is deeply complex, and law professor and comparative race relations expert Tanya Katerí Hernández exposes “the Latino racial innocence cloak” that often veils Latino complicity in racism. As Latinos are the second-largest ethnic group in the US, this revelation is critical to dismantling systemic racism. Basing her work on interviews, discrimination case files, and civil rights law, Hernández reveals Latino anti-Black bias in the workplace, the housing market, schools, places of recreation, the criminal justice system, and Latino families. By focusing on racism perpetrated by communities outside those of White non-Latino people, Racial Innocence brings to light the many Afro-Latino and African American victims of anti-Blackness at the hands of other people of color. Through exploring the interwoven fabric of discrimination and examining the cause of these issues, we can begin to move toward a more egalitarian society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561441 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mundo enfermo: Viajes infrarrealistas Author: Diego Enrique Osorno Narrator: Jorge Badillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Bienvenidos a un Mundo Enfermo, una historia de terror que no lo parecerá.» Pere Ortín En este libro, una especie de autobiografía en clave viajera, Diego Enrique Osorno prueba su compromiso radical con la crónica y presenta una serie de testimonios y experiencias que conforman en conjunto una reflexión crítica y plural del siglo xxi. Así es como el lector recorre Cuba, Noruega, Israel, Palestina, Brasil, Italia, Venezuela, Líbano, Islas Caimán, Siria, Francia, Estados Unidos, España, China y México para observar un mosaico tan diverso como intenso de personalidades y acontecimientos. De esta forma, viajamos por lugares y momentos probables e improbables mediante la mirada de un autor que lo mismo ha observado y documentado la parte humilde y anónima del planeta, que ha entrevistado y perfilado a millonarios como Carlos Slim, guerrilleros como el subcomandante Marcos, artistas como Gael García, políticos como Carlos Salinas de Gortari y capos como Miguel Ángel Félix Gallardo. En cada uno de los textos de Mundo enfermo prevalece el mismo fondo aventurero: la obsesión por la otredad, aun en medio de las señales apocalípticas del nuevo milenio. Al final, con la crónica que da pie al título, se vuelve evidente el desafío que significa leer una obra así en tiempos tan catastróficos: un libro en el que la pasión por vivir prevalece a pesar de todo. Diego Enrique Osorno Thu, 09 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561441 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mundo enfermo: Viajes infrarrealistas Author: Diego Enrique Osorno Narrator: Jorge Badillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Bienvenidos a un Mundo Enfermo, una historia de terror que no lo parecerá.» Pere Ortín En este libro, una especie de autobiografía en clave viajera, Diego Enrique Osorno prueba su compromiso radical con la crónica y presenta una serie de testimonios y experiencias que conforman en conjunto una reflexión crítica y plural del siglo xxi. Así es como el lector recorre Cuba, Noruega, Israel, Palestina, Brasil, Italia, Venezuela, Líbano, Islas Caimán, Siria, Francia, Estados Unidos, España, China y México para observar un mosaico tan diverso como intenso de personalidades y acontecimientos. De esta forma, viajamos por lugares y momentos probables e improbables mediante la mirada de un autor que lo mismo ha observado y documentado la parte humilde y anónima del planeta, que ha entrevistado y perfilado a millonarios como Carlos Slim, guerrilleros como el subcomandante Marcos, artistas como Gael García, políticos como Carlos Salinas de Gortari y capos como Miguel Ángel Félix Gallardo. En cada uno de los textos de Mundo enfermo prevalece el mismo fondo aventurero: la obsesión por la otredad, aun en medio de las señales apocalípticas del nuevo milenio. Al final, con la crónica que da pie al título, se vuelve evidente el desafío que significa leer una obra así en tiempos tan catastróficos: un libro en el que la pasión por vivir prevalece a pesar de todo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mundo enfermo: Viajes infrarrealistas Author: Diego Enrique Osorno Narrator: Jorge Badillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Bienvenidos a un Mundo Enfermo, una historia de terror que no lo parecerá.» Pere Ortín En este libro, una especie de autobiografía en clave viajera, Diego Enrique Osorno prueba su compromiso radical con la crónica y presenta una serie de testimonios y experiencias que conforman en conjunto una reflexión crítica y plural del siglo xxi. Así es como el lector recorre Cuba, Noruega, Israel, Palestina, Brasil, Italia, Venezuela, Líbano, Islas Caimán, Siria, Francia, Estados Unidos, España, China y México para observar un mosaico tan diverso como intenso de personalidades y acontecimientos. De esta forma, viajamos por lugares y momentos probables e improbables mediante la mirada de un autor que lo mismo ha observado y documentado la parte humilde y anónima del planeta, que ha entrevistado y perfilado a millonarios como Carlos Slim, guerrilleros como el subcomandante Marcos, artistas como Gael García, políticos como Carlos Salinas de Gortari y capos como Miguel Ángel Félix Gallardo. En cada uno de los textos de Mundo enfermo prevalece el mismo fondo aventurero: la obsesión por la otredad, aun en medio de las señales apocalípticas del nuevo milenio. Al final, con la crónica que da pie al título, se vuelve evidente el desafío que significa leer una obra así en tiempos tan catastróficos: un libro en el que la pasión por vivir prevalece a pesar de todo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Bartlett: el impune Author: Martín Moreno-Durán Narrator: César Velarde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bartlett, el impune, está armado con entrevistas, documentos reveladores, datos duros amargos, testimonios de personalidades cercanas a Bartlett y confidencias periodísticas. El libro muestra el autoritarismo, complicidades y corruptelas de este político ultranacionalista que, con AMLO, quien lo escucha sumiso y lo obedece, son actores principales de la ruina política y económica que soporta México. Con Bartlett, el impune, Martín Moreno-Durán confirma que es el periodista más punzante del sistema político mexicano: ha señalado, con nombres y hechos, los abusos, el desfalco y la insolencia de los gobiernos corruptos del PRI, del PAN y de Morena. Por primera vez se ofrece en un libro el perfil más amplio de uno de los políticos más siniestros y poderosos del México contemporáneo: Manuel Bartlett Díaz. Priista de línea dura, implicado en el asesinato del agente de la DEA, Enrique Kiki Camarena; verdugo en la penumbra del crimen del célebre periodista Manuel Buendía; hombre clave que impidió el triunfo legítimo de Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas en las oscuras elecciones de 1988 y actualmente el hombre más poderoso del gobierno de AMLO, quizá, aún más potente que el presidente. Martín Moreno-Durán Thu, 09 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561438 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Bartlett: el impune Author: Martín Moreno-Durán Narrator: César Velarde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bartlett, el impune, está armado con entrevistas, documentos reveladores, datos duros amargos, testimonios de personalidades cercanas a Bartlett y confidencias periodísticas. El libro muestra el autoritarismo, complicidades y corruptelas de este político ultranacionalista que, con AMLO, quien lo escucha sumiso y lo obedece, son actores principales de la ruina política y económica que soporta México. Con Bartlett, el impune, Martín Moreno-Durán confirma que es el periodista más punzante del sistema político mexicano: ha señalado, con nombres y hechos, los abusos, el desfalco y la insolencia de los gobiernos corruptos del PRI, del PAN y de Morena. Por primera vez se ofrece en un libro el perfil más amplio de uno de los políticos más siniestros y poderosos del México contemporáneo: Manuel Bartlett Díaz. Priista de línea dura, implicado en el asesinato del agente de la DEA, Enrique Kiki Camarena; verdugo en la penumbra del crimen del célebre periodista Manuel Buendía; hombre clave que impidió el triunfo legítimo de Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas en las oscuras elecciones de 1988 y actualmente el hombre más poderoso del gobierno de AMLO, quizá, aún más potente que el presidente. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Bartlett: el impune Author: Martín Moreno-Durán Narrator: César Velarde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bartlett, el impune, está armado con entrevistas, documentos reveladores, datos duros amargos, testimonios de personalidades cercanas a Bartlett y confidencias periodísticas. El libro muestra el autoritarismo, complicidades y corruptelas de este político ultranacionalista que, con AMLO, quien lo escucha sumiso y lo obedece, son actores principales de la ruina política y económica que soporta México. Con Bartlett, el impune, Martín Moreno-Durán confirma que es el periodista más punzante del sistema político mexicano: ha señalado, con nombres y hechos, los abusos, el desfalco y la insolencia de los gobiernos corruptos del PRI, del PAN y de Morena. Por primera vez se ofrece en un libro el perfil más amplio de uno de los políticos más siniestros y poderosos del México contemporáneo: Manuel Bartlett Díaz. Priista de línea dura, implicado en el asesinato del agente de la DEA, Enrique Kiki Camarena; verdugo en la penumbra del crimen del célebre periodista Manuel Buendía; hombre clave que impidió el triunfo legítimo de Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas en las oscuras elecciones de 1988 y actualmente el hombre más poderoso del gobierno de AMLO, quizá, aún más potente que el presidente. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Griff nach den Sternen Author: Harald Meller, Kai Michel Narrator: Peter Bieringer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ob Stonehenge, die Tempel Babylons oder ägyptische Göttermythen: Die frühen Zivilisationen versuchten, die Geheimnisse des Himmels zu entschlüsseln. Seit dem spektakulären Fund der Himmelsscheibe von Nebra, der ältesten konkreten Darstellung des Himmels, wissen wir, dass auch in Mitteleuropa vor fast viertausend Jahren eine Kultur blühte, die nach den Sternen griff. Durch Handel reich geworden, ließen sich ihre Herrscher in gewaltigen Grabhügeln bestatten. Harald Meller und Kai Michel stellen in ihrem neuen Buch die Welt der Bronzezeit in faszinierenden Bildern vor. Sie zeigen, wie Archäologen immer neue Kontakte zwischen den Kulturen aufdecken, und präsentieren die neuesten Erkenntnisse der Forschung darüber, auf welche Weise das Wissen der Himmelsscheibe nach Nebra gelangt sein könnte. Harald Meller, Kai Michel Fri, 23 Jul 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561352 thebookvoice.com 6:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Griff nach den Sternen Author: Harald Meller, Kai Michel Narrator: Peter Bieringer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ob Stonehenge, die Tempel Babylons oder ägyptische Göttermythen: Die frühen Zivilisationen versuchten, die Geheimnisse des Himmels zu entschlüsseln. Seit dem spektakulären Fund der Himmelsscheibe von Nebra, der ältesten konkreten Darstellung des Himmels, wissen wir, dass auch in Mitteleuropa vor fast viertausend Jahren eine Kultur blühte, die nach den Sternen griff. Durch Handel reich geworden, ließen sich ihre Herrscher in gewaltigen Grabhügeln bestatten. Harald Meller und Kai Michel stellen in ihrem neuen Buch die Welt der Bronzezeit in faszinierenden Bildern vor. Sie zeigen, wie Archäologen immer neue Kontakte zwischen den Kulturen aufdecken, und präsentieren die neuesten Erkenntnisse der Forschung darüber, auf welche Weise das Wissen der Himmelsscheibe nach Nebra gelangt sein könnte. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Griff nach den Sternen Author: Harald Meller, Kai Michel Narrator: Peter Bieringer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ob Stonehenge, die Tempel Babylons oder ägyptische Göttermythen: Die frühen Zivilisationen versuchten, die Geheimnisse des Himmels zu entschlüsseln. Seit dem spektakulären Fund der Himmelsscheibe von Nebra, der ältesten konkreten Darstellung des Himmels, wissen wir, dass auch in Mitteleuropa vor fast viertausend Jahren eine Kultur blühte, die nach den Sternen griff. Durch Handel reich geworden, ließen sich ihre Herrscher in gewaltigen Grabhügeln bestatten. Harald Meller und Kai Michel stellen in ihrem neuen Buch die Welt der Bronzezeit in faszinierenden Bildern vor. Sie zeigen, wie Archäologen immer neue Kontakte zwischen den Kulturen aufdecken, und präsentieren die neuesten Erkenntnisse der Forschung darüber, auf welche Weise das Wissen der Himmelsscheibe nach Nebra gelangt sein könnte. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561341 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Beauty Mania: Quando la bellezza diventa un'ossessione Author: Renee Engeln Phd Narrator: Alessandra De Luca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: L'ossessione culturale per l'aspetto esteriore è ormai diventata un'epidemia che pregiudica la capacità delle donne di farsi strada nel mondo e vivere vite felici e significative. Se si parla di bellezza, le giovani di oggi si trovano ad affrontare una sconcertante serie di contraddizioni. Non vogliono essere delle Barbie, ma imparano che quello è l'aspetto che devono avere. Si indignano per il trattamento che i media riservano alle donne, e poi sono ossessionate da riviste e programmi TV che le sminuiscono. Criticano l'assurdo ideale di bellezza della cultura moderna e girano video in cui smascherano i ritocchi fatti con Photoshop, ma si sentono costrette a emulare le stesse immagini che biasimano e usano ogni trucco per sembrare più magre. Sanno perfettamente che ciò che vedono non è reale, però scaricano app per migliorare i propri selfie... Eppure queste ragazze sono capaci di combattere per ciò in cui credono. Sono pronte a ribellarsi alla cultura che le vuole malate di bellezza e a creare un mondo diverso... hanno solo bisogno di capire come. La psicologa Renee Engeln illustra le scioccanti conseguenze che l'ossessione per l'apparenza ha sulla salute fisica e mentale delle ragazze, sul loro portafoglio e sulle loro ambizioni, dalla depressione ai disturbi dell'alimentazione, dai danni ai processi cognitivi allo spreco di tempo e denaro. Affiancando agli studi scientifici le testimonianze di donne di ogni età, dimostra che per sviluppare appieno il loro potenziale devono emanciparsi dalle imposizioni culturali che alimentano desideri e atteggiamenti distruttivi, a partire dai commenti velenosi sulle altre donne e dal sarcasmo ai danni di chi è sovrappeso. E infine suggerisce idee e soluzioni praticabili per superare le attitudini negative, accettare sé stesse e per trasformare la propria vita. Renee Engeln Phd Mon, 09 Dec 2019 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561341 thebookvoice.com 11:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Beauty Mania: Quando la bellezza diventa un'ossessione Author: Renee Engeln Phd Narrator: Alessandra De Luca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: L'ossessione culturale per l'aspetto esteriore è ormai diventata un'epidemia che pregiudica la capacità delle donne di farsi strada nel mondo e vivere vite felici e significative. Se si parla di bellezza, le giovani di oggi si trovano ad affrontare una sconcertante serie di contraddizioni. Non vogliono essere delle Barbie, ma imparano che quello è l'aspetto che devono avere. Si indignano per il trattamento che i media riservano alle donne, e poi sono ossessionate da riviste e programmi TV che le sminuiscono. Criticano l'assurdo ideale di bellezza della cultura moderna e girano video in cui smascherano i ritocchi fatti con Photoshop, ma si sentono costrette a emulare le stesse immagini che biasimano e usano ogni trucco per sembrare più magre. Sanno perfettamente che ciò che vedono non è reale, però scaricano app per migliorare i propri selfie... Eppure queste ragazze sono capaci di combattere per ciò in cui credono. Sono pronte a ribellarsi alla cultura che le vuole malate di bellezza e a creare un mondo diverso... hanno solo bisogno di capire come. La psicologa Renee Engeln illustra le scioccanti conseguenze che l'ossessione per l'apparenza ha sulla salute fisica e mentale delle ragazze, sul loro portafoglio e sulle loro ambizioni, dalla depressione ai disturbi dell'alimentazione, dai danni ai processi cognitivi allo spreco di tempo e denaro. Affiancando agli studi scientifici le testimonianze di donne di ogni età, dimostra che per sviluppare appieno il loro potenziale devono emanciparsi dalle imposizioni culturali che alimentano desideri e atteggiamenti distruttivi, a partire dai commenti velenosi sulle altre donne e dal sarcasmo ai danni di chi è sovrappeso. E infine suggerisce idee e soluzioni praticabili per superare le attitudini negative, accettare sé stesse e per trasformare la propria vita. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Beauty Mania: Quando la bellezza diventa un'ossessione Author: Renee Engeln Phd Narrator: Alessandra De Luca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: L'ossessione culturale per l'aspetto esteriore è ormai diventata un'epidemia che pregiudica la capacità delle donne di farsi strada nel mondo e vivere vite felici e significative. Se si parla di bellezza, le giovani di oggi si trovano ad affrontare una sconcertante serie di contraddizioni. Non vogliono essere delle Barbie, ma imparano che quello è l'aspetto che devono avere. Si indignano per il trattamento che i media riservano alle donne, e poi sono ossessionate da riviste e programmi TV che le sminuiscono. Criticano l'assurdo ideale di bellezza della cultura moderna e girano video in cui smascherano i ritocchi fatti con Photoshop, ma si sentono costrette a emulare le stesse immagini che biasimano e usano ogni trucco per sembrare più magre. Sanno perfettamente che ciò che vedono non è reale, però scaricano app per migliorare i propri selfie... Eppure queste ragazze sono capaci di combattere per ciò in cui credono. Sono pronte a ribellarsi alla cultura che le vuole malate di bellezza e a creare un mondo diverso... hanno solo bisogno di capire come. La psicologa Renee Engeln illustra le scioccanti conseguenze che l'ossessione per l'apparenza ha sulla salute fisica e mentale delle ragazze, sul loro portafoglio e sulle loro ambizioni, dalla depressione ai disturbi dell'alimentazione, dai danni ai processi cognitivi allo spreco di tempo e denaro. Affiancando agli studi scientifici le testimonianze di donne di ogni età, dimostra che per sviluppare appieno il loro potenziale devono emanciparsi dalle imposizioni culturali che alimentano desideri e atteggiamenti distruttivi, a partire dai commenti velenosi sulle altre donne e dal sarcasmo ai danni di chi è sovrappeso. E infine suggerisce idee e soluzioni praticabili per superare le attitudini negative, accettare sé stesse e per trasformare la propria vita. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561313 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Valley of the Birdtail: An Indian Reserve, a White Town, and the Road to Reconciliation Author: Douglas Sanderson, Andrew Stobo Sniderman Narrator: Greg Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE NATIONAL BESTSELLER Winner – 2023 Stubbendieck Great Plains Distinguished Book Prize Winner – 2023 John W. Dafoe Book Prize Winner – 2023 High Plains Book Award for Indigenous Writer Winner – 2022 Manitoba Historical Society Margaret McWilliams Book Award for Local History Finalist – 2023 Rakuten Kobo Emerging Writer Prize Finalist – Writers’ Trust Shaughnessy Cohen Prize for Political Writing Nominated – 2023 Ontario Library Association Forest of Reading Evergreen Award Shortlisted – 2023 Quebec Writers’ Federation Mavis Gallant Prize for Non-Fiction and Concordia University First Book Prize Finalist – Canadian Law and Society Association Book Prize Longlisted – 2023-2024 First Nations Communities Read A heart-rending true story about racism and reconciliation Divided by a beautiful valley and 150 years of racism, the town of Rossburn and the Waywayseecappo Indian reserve have been neighbours nearly as long as Canada has been a country. Their story reflects much of what has gone wrong in relations between Indigenous Peoples and non-Indigenous Canadians. It also offers, in the end, an uncommon measure of hope. Valley of the Birdtail is about how two communities became separate and unequal—and what it means for the rest of us. In Rossburn, once settled by Ukrainian immigrants who fled poverty and persecution, family income is near the national average and more than a third of adults have graduated from university. In Waywayseecappo, the average family lives below the national poverty line and less than a third of adults have graduated from high school, with many haunted by their time in residential schools. This book follows multiple generations of two families, one white and one Indigenous, and weaves their lives into the larger story of Canada. It is a story of villains and heroes, irony and idealism, racism and reconciliation. Valley of the Birdtail has the ambition to change the way we think about our past and show a path to a better future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Douglas Sanderson, Andrew Stobo Sniderman Tue, 30 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561313 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Valley of the Birdtail: An Indian Reserve, a White Town, and the Road to Reconciliation Author: Douglas Sanderson, Andrew Stobo Sniderman Narrator: Greg Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE NATIONAL BESTSELLER Winner – 2023 Stubbendieck Great Plains Distinguished Book Prize Winner – 2023 John W. Dafoe Book Prize Winner – 2023 High Plains Book Award for Indigenous Writer Winner – 2022 Manitoba Historical Society Margaret McWilliams Book Award for Local History Finalist – 2023 Rakuten Kobo Emerging Writer Prize Finalist – Writers’ Trust Shaughnessy Cohen Prize for Political Writing Nominated – 2023 Ontario Library Association Forest of Reading Evergreen Award Shortlisted – 2023 Quebec Writers’ Federation Mavis Gallant Prize for Non-Fiction and Concordia University First Book Prize Finalist – Canadian Law and Society Association Book Prize Longlisted – 2023-2024 First Nations Communities Read A heart-rending true story about racism and reconciliation Divided by a beautiful valley and 150 years of racism, the town of Rossburn and the Waywayseecappo Indian reserve have been neighbours nearly as long as Canada has been a country. Their story reflects much of what has gone wrong in relations between Indigenous Peoples and non-Indigenous Canadians. It also offers, in the end, an uncommon measure of hope. Valley of the Birdtail is about how two communities became separate and unequal—and what it means for the rest of us. In Rossburn, once settled by Ukrainian immigrants who fled poverty and persecution, family income is near the national average and more than a third of adults have graduated from university. In Waywayseecappo, the average family lives below the national poverty line and less than a third of adults have graduated from high school, with many haunted by their time in residential schools. This book follows multiple generations of two families, one white and one Indigenous, and weaves their lives into the larger story of Canada. It is a story of villains and heroes, irony and idealism, racism and reconciliation. Valley of the Birdtail has the ambition to change the way we think about our past and show a path to a better future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Valley of the Birdtail: An Indian Reserve, a White Town, and the Road to Reconciliation Author: Douglas Sanderson, Andrew Stobo Sniderman Narrator: Greg Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE NATIONAL BESTSELLER Winner – 2023 Stubbendieck Great Plains Distinguished Book Prize Winner – 2023 John W. Dafoe Book Prize Winner – 2023 High Plains Book Award for Indigenous Writer Winner – 2022 Manitoba Historical Society Margaret McWilliams Book Award for Local History Finalist – 2023 Rakuten Kobo Emerging Writer Prize Finalist – Writers’ Trust Shaughnessy Cohen Prize for Political Writing Nominated – 2023 Ontario Library Association Forest of Reading Evergreen Award Shortlisted – 2023 Quebec Writers’ Federation Mavis Gallant Prize for Non-Fiction and Concordia University First Book Prize Finalist – Canadian Law and Society Association Book Prize Longlisted – 2023-2024 First Nations Communities Read A heart-rending true story about racism and reconciliation Divided by a beautiful valley and 150 years of racism, the town of Rossburn and the Waywayseecappo Indian reserve have been neighbours nearly as long as Canada has been a country. Their story reflects much of what has gone wrong in relations between Indigenous Peoples and non-Indigenous Canadians. It also offers, in the end, an uncommon measure of hope. Valley of the Birdtail is about how two communities became separate and unequal—and what it means for the rest of us. In Rossburn, once settled by Ukrainian immigrants who fled poverty and persecution, family income is near the national average and more than a third of adults have graduated from university. In Waywayseecappo, the average family lives below the national poverty line and less than a third of adults have graduated from high school, with many haunted by their time in residential schools. This book follows multiple generations of two families, one white and one Indigenous, and weaves their lives into the larger story of Canada. It is a story of villains and heroes, irony and idealism, racism and reconciliation. Valley of the Birdtail has the ambition to change the way we think about our past and show a path to a better future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560505 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Edad Media (Historia de las mujeres 2) Series: #2 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este segundo volumen aborda el cambio que para la mujer y su imagen supone la consolidación del cristianismo. Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Thu, 09 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560505 thebookvoice.com 26:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Edad Media (Historia de las mujeres 2) Series: #2 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este segundo volumen aborda el cambio que para la mujer y su imagen supone la consolidación del cristianismo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Edad Media (Historia de las mujeres 2) Series: #2 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este segundo volumen aborda el cambio que para la mujer y su imagen supone la consolidación del cristianismo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of Freemasonry: The Craft as a Spiritual Practice Author: Mark Stavish Narrator: Nick Mcdougal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Shares the history and meaning of Freemasonry and its symbols • Offers thoughtful explorations of different areas of Masonic experience, drawing on esoteric doctrines and paralleling them with experiences found in daily life • Provides simple exercises and practices to help internalize and personalize the lessons presented, including dreamwork, journaling, meditation, and prayer In this practical guide, Mark Stavish details the spiritual lessons and rituals of Freemasonry as a step-by-step path of spiritual development and self-improvement for both Masons and non-Masons, men and women, alike. He explores the history and meaning of Freemasonry and its symbols--from its origins in the Temple of Solomon to the Medieval craft guilds to the Renaissance--and explains how the Craft promotes personal growth through the symbolic building of self and an inner Temple of Wisdom in much the same way that Masonry’s rituals symbolize the building of Solomon’s Temple in accordance with the mystical architectural instructions of Hiram. Drawing on esoteric doctrines, including the Qabala, alchemy, sacred geometry, John Dee’s angelic magic, and the secrets of the Gothic cathedral builders, each chapter addresses an area of the Masonic experience, paralleling them with experiences each of us finds in our own lives. The author provides simple practices to help internalize and personalize the lessons presented, including dreamwork, journaling, meditation, prayer, and understanding sacred architecture. The author also examines the crafting and use of the spiritual and symbolic tools of Freemasonry, such as the trestle or tracing board and the Chamber of Reflection. Providing the tools to make the Craft an initiatic experience of self-improvement, the author shows that, ultimately, the Masonic experience is the human quest for self-realization and self-expression, so that we each may find our place in the Temple of Wisdom. Mark Stavish Tue, 04 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560386 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of Freemasonry: The Craft as a Spiritual Practice Author: Mark Stavish Narrator: Nick Mcdougal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Shares the history and meaning of Freemasonry and its symbols • Offers thoughtful explorations of different areas of Masonic experience, drawing on esoteric doctrines and paralleling them with experiences found in daily life • Provides simple exercises and practices to help internalize and personalize the lessons presented, including dreamwork, journaling, meditation, and prayer In this practical guide, Mark Stavish details the spiritual lessons and rituals of Freemasonry as a step-by-step path of spiritual development and self-improvement for both Masons and non-Masons, men and women, alike. He explores the history and meaning of Freemasonry and its symbols--from its origins in the Temple of Solomon to the Medieval craft guilds to the Renaissance--and explains how the Craft promotes personal growth through the symbolic building of self and an inner Temple of Wisdom in much the same way that Masonry’s rituals symbolize the building of Solomon’s Temple in accordance with the mystical architectural instructions of Hiram. Drawing on esoteric doctrines, including the Qabala, alchemy, sacred geometry, John Dee’s angelic magic, and the secrets of the Gothic cathedral builders, each chapter addresses an area of the Masonic experience, paralleling them with experiences each of us finds in our own lives. The author provides simple practices to help internalize and personalize the lessons presented, including dreamwork, journaling, meditation, prayer, and understanding sacred architecture. The author also examines the crafting and use of the spiritual and symbolic tools of Freemasonry, such as the trestle or tracing board and the Chamber of Reflection. Providing the tools to make the Craft an initiatic experience of self-improvement, the author shows that, ultimately, the Masonic experience is the human quest for self-realization and self-expression, so that we each may find our place in the Temple of Wisdom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of Freemasonry: The Craft as a Spiritual Practice Author: Mark Stavish Narrator: Nick Mcdougal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Shares the history and meaning of Freemasonry and its symbols • Offers thoughtful explorations of different areas of Masonic experience, drawing on esoteric doctrines and paralleling them with experiences found in daily life • Provides simple exercises and practices to help internalize and personalize the lessons presented, including dreamwork, journaling, meditation, and prayer In this practical guide, Mark Stavish details the spiritual lessons and rituals of Freemasonry as a step-by-step path of spiritual development and self-improvement for both Masons and non-Masons, men and women, alike. He explores the history and meaning of Freemasonry and its symbols--from its origins in the Temple of Solomon to the Medieval craft guilds to the Renaissance--and explains how the Craft promotes personal growth through the symbolic building of self and an inner Temple of Wisdom in much the same way that Masonry’s rituals symbolize the building of Solomon’s Temple in accordance with the mystical architectural instructions of Hiram. Drawing on esoteric doctrines, including the Qabala, alchemy, sacred geometry, John Dee’s angelic magic, and the secrets of the Gothic cathedral builders, each chapter addresses an area of the Masonic experience, paralleling them with experiences each of us finds in our own lives. The author provides simple practices to help internalize and personalize the lessons presented, including dreamwork, journaling, meditation, prayer, and understanding sacred architecture. The author also examines the crafting and use of the spiritual and symbolic tools of Freemasonry, such as the trestle or tracing board and the Chamber of Reflection. Providing the tools to make the Craft an initiatic experience of self-improvement, the author shows that, ultimately, the Masonic experience is the human quest for self-realization and self-expression, so that we each may find our place in the Temple of Wisdom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560383 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolt Against the Modern World: Politics, Religion, and Social Order in the Kali Yuga Author: Julius Evola Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With unflinching gaze and uncompromising intensity Julius Evola analyzes the spiritual and cultural malaise at the heart of Western civilization and all that passes for progress in the modern world. As a gadfly, Evola spares no one and nothing in his survey of what we have lost and where we are headed. At turns prophetic and provocative, Revolt against the Modern World outlines a profound metaphysics of history and demonstrates how and why we have lost contact with the transcendent dimension of being. The revolt advocated by Evola does not resemble the familiar protests of either liberals or conservatives. His criticisms are not limited to exposing the mindless nature of consumerism, the march of progress, the rise of technocracy, or the dominance of unalloyed individualism, although these and other subjects come under his scrutiny. Rather, he attempts to trace in space and time the remote causes and processes that have exercised corrosive influence on what he considers to be the higher values, ideals, beliefs, and codes of conduct--the world of Tradition--that are at the foundation of Western civilization and described in the myths and sacred literature of the Indo‑Europeans. Agreeing with the Hindu philosophers that history is the movement of huge cycles and that we are now in the Kali Yuga, the age of dissolution and decadence, Evola finds revolt to be the only logical response for those who oppose the materialism and ritualized meaninglessness of life in the twentieth century. Through a sweeping study of the structures, myths, beliefs, and spiritual traditions of the major Western civilizations, the author compares the characteristics of the modern world with those of traditional societies. The domains explored include politics, law, the rise and fall of empires, the history of the Church, the doctrine of the two natures, life and death, social institutions and the caste system, the limits of racial theories, capitalism and communism, relations between the sexes, and the meaning of warriorhood. At every turn Evola challenges the reader’s most cherished assumptions about fundamental aspects of modern life. A controversial scholar, philosopher, and social thinker, JULIUS EVOLA (1898-1974) has only recently become known to more than a handful of English‑speaking readers. An authority on the world’s esoteric traditions, Evola wrote extensively on ancient civilizations and the world of Tradition in both East and West. Other books by Evola published by Inner Traditions include Eros and the Mysteries of Love, The Yoga of Power, The Hermetic Tradition, and The Doctrine of Awakening. Julius Evola Tue, 04 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560383 thebookvoice.com 17:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolt Against the Modern World: Politics, Religion, and Social Order in the Kali Yuga Author: Julius Evola Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With unflinching gaze and uncompromising intensity Julius Evola analyzes the spiritual and cultural malaise at the heart of Western civilization and all that passes for progress in the modern world. As a gadfly, Evola spares no one and nothing in his survey of what we have lost and where we are headed. At turns prophetic and provocative, Revolt against the Modern World outlines a profound metaphysics of history and demonstrates how and why we have lost contact with the transcendent dimension of being. The revolt advocated by Evola does not resemble the familiar protests of either liberals or conservatives. His criticisms are not limited to exposing the mindless nature of consumerism, the march of progress, the rise of technocracy, or the dominance of unalloyed individualism, although these and other subjects come under his scrutiny. Rather, he attempts to trace in space and time the remote causes and processes that have exercised corrosive influence on what he considers to be the higher values, ideals, beliefs, and codes of conduct--the world of Tradition--that are at the foundation of Western civilization and described in the myths and sacred literature of the Indo‑Europeans. Agreeing with the Hindu philosophers that history is the movement of huge cycles and that we are now in the Kali Yuga, the age of dissolution and decadence, Evola finds revolt to be the only logical response for those who oppose the materialism and ritualized meaninglessness of life in the twentieth century. Through a sweeping study of the structures, myths, beliefs, and spiritual traditions of the major Western civilizations, the author compares the characteristics of the modern world with those of traditional societies. The domains explored include politics, law, the rise and fall of empires, the history of the Church, the doctrine of the two natures, life and death, social institutions and the caste system, the limits of racial theories, capitalism and communism, relations between the sexes, and the meaning of warriorhood. At every turn Evola challenges the reader’s most cherished assumptions about fundamental aspects of modern life. A controversial scholar, philosopher, and social thinker, JULIUS EVOLA (1898-1974) has only recently become known to more than a handful of English‑speaking readers. An authority on the world’s esoteric traditions, Evola wrote extensively on ancient civilizations and the world of Tradition in both East and West. Other books by Evola published by Inner Traditions include Eros and the Mysteries of Love, The Yoga of Power, The Hermetic Tradition, and The Doctrine of Awakening. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolt Against the Modern World: Politics, Religion, and Social Order in the Kali Yuga Author: Julius Evola Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With unflinching gaze and uncompromising intensity Julius Evola analyzes the spiritual and cultural malaise at the heart of Western civilization and all that passes for progress in the modern world. As a gadfly, Evola spares no one and nothing in his survey of what we have lost and where we are headed. At turns prophetic and provocative, Revolt against the Modern World outlines a profound metaphysics of history and demonstrates how and why we have lost contact with the transcendent dimension of being. The revolt advocated by Evola does not resemble the familiar protests of either liberals or conservatives. His criticisms are not limited to exposing the mindless nature of consumerism, the march of progress, the rise of technocracy, or the dominance of unalloyed individualism, although these and other subjects come under his scrutiny. Rather, he attempts to trace in space and time the remote causes and processes that have exercised corrosive influence on what he considers to be the higher values, ideals, beliefs, and codes of conduct--the world of Tradition--that are at the foundation of Western civilization and described in the myths and sacred literature of the Indo‑Europeans. Agreeing with the Hindu philosophers that history is the movement of huge cycles and that we are now in the Kali Yuga, the age of dissolution and decadence, Evola finds revolt to be the only logical response for those who oppose the materialism and ritualized meaninglessness of life in the twentieth century. Through a sweeping study of the structures, myths, beliefs, and spiritual traditions of the major Western civilizations, the author compares the characteristics of the modern world with those of traditional societies. The domains explored include politics, law, the rise and fall of empires, the history of the Church, the doctrine of the two natures, life and death, social institutions and the caste system, the limits of racial theories, capitalism and communism, relations between the sexes, and the meaning of warriorhood. At every turn Evola challenges the reader’s most cherished assumptions about fundamental aspects of modern life. A controversial scholar, philosopher, and social thinker, JULIUS EVOLA (1898-1974) has only recently become known to more than a handful of English‑speaking readers. An authority on the world’s esoteric traditions, Evola wrote extensively on ancient civilizations and the world of Tradition in both East and West. Other books by Evola published by Inner Traditions include Eros and the Mysteries of Love, The Yoga of Power, The Hermetic Tradition, and The Doctrine of Awakening. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wellness: A QTBIPOC-Centered Guide to Escape the Diet Trap, Heal Your Self-Image, and Achieve Body Liberation Author: Dalia Kinsey Narrator: Lanecia Edmonds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The lack of BIPOC and LGBTQ representation in the fields of health and nutrition has led to repeated racist and unscientific biases that negatively impact the very people they purport to help. Many representatives of the increasingly popular body-positivity movement actually add to the body-image concerns of queer people of color by emphasizing cisgender, heteronormative, and Eurocentric standards of beauty. Few mainstream body-positivity resources address the intersectional challenges of anti-Blackness, colorism, homophobia, transphobia, and generational trauma that are at the root of our struggles with wellness and self-care. In Decolonizing Wellness, registered dietitian and nutritionist Dalia Kinsey will help listeners improve their health without restriction, eliminate stress around food and eating, and turn food into a source of pleasure instead of shame. A road map to body acceptance and self-care for queer people of color, this book is filled with practical eating practices, journal prompts, affirmations, and mindfulness tools. Ultimately, decolonizing nutrition is essential not only to our personal well-being but to our community’s well-being and to the possibility of greater social transformation. This is a body-positivity and food-freedom book for marginalized folks. It’s a guide to throwing out food rules in exchange for internal cues and adopting a self-love-based approach to eating. It’s about learning to trust our bodies and turning mealtime into a time for celebration and healing. Dalia Kinsey Tue, 08 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560353 thebookvoice.com 4:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wellness: A QTBIPOC-Centered Guide to Escape the Diet Trap, Heal Your Self-Image, and Achieve Body Liberation Author: Dalia Kinsey Narrator: Lanecia Edmonds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The lack of BIPOC and LGBTQ representation in the fields of health and nutrition has led to repeated racist and unscientific biases that negatively impact the very people they purport to help. Many representatives of the increasingly popular body-positivity movement actually add to the body-image concerns of queer people of color by emphasizing cisgender, heteronormative, and Eurocentric standards of beauty. Few mainstream body-positivity resources address the intersectional challenges of anti-Blackness, colorism, homophobia, transphobia, and generational trauma that are at the root of our struggles with wellness and self-care. In Decolonizing Wellness, registered dietitian and nutritionist Dalia Kinsey will help listeners improve their health without restriction, eliminate stress around food and eating, and turn food into a source of pleasure instead of shame. A road map to body acceptance and self-care for queer people of color, this book is filled with practical eating practices, journal prompts, affirmations, and mindfulness tools. Ultimately, decolonizing nutrition is essential not only to our personal well-being but to our community’s well-being and to the possibility of greater social transformation. This is a body-positivity and food-freedom book for marginalized folks. It’s a guide to throwing out food rules in exchange for internal cues and adopting a self-love-based approach to eating. It’s about learning to trust our bodies and turning mealtime into a time for celebration and healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonizing Wellness: A QTBIPOC-Centered Guide to Escape the Diet Trap, Heal Your Self-Image, and Achieve Body Liberation Author: Dalia Kinsey Narrator: Lanecia Edmonds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The lack of BIPOC and LGBTQ representation in the fields of health and nutrition has led to repeated racist and unscientific biases that negatively impact the very people they purport to help. Many representatives of the increasingly popular body-positivity movement actually add to the body-image concerns of queer people of color by emphasizing cisgender, heteronormative, and Eurocentric standards of beauty. Few mainstream body-positivity resources address the intersectional challenges of anti-Blackness, colorism, homophobia, transphobia, and generational trauma that are at the root of our struggles with wellness and self-care. In Decolonizing Wellness, registered dietitian and nutritionist Dalia Kinsey will help listeners improve their health without restriction, eliminate stress around food and eating, and turn food into a source of pleasure instead of shame. A road map to body acceptance and self-care for queer people of color, this book is filled with practical eating practices, journal prompts, affirmations, and mindfulness tools. Ultimately, decolonizing nutrition is essential not only to our personal well-being but to our community’s well-being and to the possibility of greater social transformation. This is a body-positivity and food-freedom book for marginalized folks. It’s a guide to throwing out food rules in exchange for internal cues and adopting a self-love-based approach to eating. It’s about learning to trust our bodies and turning mealtime into a time for celebration and healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nomad Century: How to Survive the Climate Upheaval Author: Gaia Vince Narrator: Gaia Vince Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A tremendous upheaval is coming this century: with every degree of temperature increase, roughly a billion people will be pushed outside the zone in which humans have lived for thousands of years. While we can and should do everything we can to mitigate the impact of climate change, the brutal truth is that huge swathes of the world are becoming uninhabitable. From Bangladesh to Sudan to the southern and western United States, and in cities from Cardiff to New Orleans to Shanghai, the quadruple threat of drought, heat, wildfires and flooding will uproot billions of people. Mass migration will remake the world in the 21st century, either by accident, or design - and as Royal Society Science Prize-winning science journalist Gaia Vince shows us, far better the latter. In this galvanizing and persuasive call to arms, Vince demonstrates how we can manage the coming climate migration. But the vital, counter-intuitive message of this book is that migration is not the problem - it's the solution. Not only will billions of people have no choice but to relocate, but advanced countries are facing demographic crises due to shrinking, ageing populations and the resulting labour shortages. Drawing on a wealth of eye-opening data, Vince describes how migration demonstrably brings tremendous benefits not only to migrants themselves, but to host countries, who benefit economically as well as culturally. A borderless world is not something to fear: in fact a World Bank study suggested that it would triple global GDP. As Vince shows us, we will increasingly be moving north, into the Arctic circle, and to countries like Canada, Greenland and Russia that will only benefit from rising temperatures and increased populations. While the planetary emergency of climate change is finally getting the attention it deserves, the inevitability of mass migration has been largely ignored. In Nomad Century, Vince provides, for the first time, an examination of the most pressing question facing humanity. © Gaia Vince 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Gaia Vince Thu, 25 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nomad Century: How to Survive the Climate Upheaval Author: Gaia Vince Narrator: Gaia Vince Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A tremendous upheaval is coming this century: with every degree of temperature increase, roughly a billion people will be pushed outside the zone in which humans have lived for thousands of years. While we can and should do everything we can to mitigate the impact of climate change, the brutal truth is that huge swathes of the world are becoming uninhabitable. From Bangladesh to Sudan to the southern and western United States, and in cities from Cardiff to New Orleans to Shanghai, the quadruple threat of drought, heat, wildfires and flooding will uproot billions of people. Mass migration will remake the world in the 21st century, either by accident, or design - and as Royal Society Science Prize-winning science journalist Gaia Vince shows us, far better the latter. In this galvanizing and persuasive call to arms, Vince demonstrates how we can manage the coming climate migration. But the vital, counter-intuitive message of this book is that migration is not the problem - it's the solution. Not only will billions of people have no choice but to relocate, but advanced countries are facing demographic crises due to shrinking, ageing populations and the resulting labour shortages. Drawing on a wealth of eye-opening data, Vince describes how migration demonstrably brings tremendous benefits not only to migrants themselves, but to host countries, who benefit economically as well as culturally. A borderless world is not something to fear: in fact a World Bank study suggested that it would triple global GDP. As Vince shows us, we will increasingly be moving north, into the Arctic circle, and to countries like Canada, Greenland and Russia that will only benefit from rising temperatures and increased populations. While the planetary emergency of climate change is finally getting the attention it deserves, the inevitability of mass migration has been largely ignored. In Nomad Century, Vince provides, for the first time, an examination of the most pressing question facing humanity. © Gaia Vince 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nomad Century: How to Survive the Climate Upheaval Author: Gaia Vince Narrator: Gaia Vince Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A tremendous upheaval is coming this century: with every degree of temperature increase, roughly a billion people will be pushed outside the zone in which humans have lived for thousands of years. While we can and should do everything we can to mitigate the impact of climate change, the brutal truth is that huge swathes of the world are becoming uninhabitable. From Bangladesh to Sudan to the southern and western United States, and in cities from Cardiff to New Orleans to Shanghai, the quadruple threat of drought, heat, wildfires and flooding will uproot billions of people. Mass migration will remake the world in the 21st century, either by accident, or design - and as Royal Society Science Prize-winning science journalist Gaia Vince shows us, far better the latter. In this galvanizing and persuasive call to arms, Vince demonstrates how we can manage the coming climate migration. But the vital, counter-intuitive message of this book is that migration is not the problem - it's the solution. Not only will billions of people have no choice but to relocate, but advanced countries are facing demographic crises due to shrinking, ageing populations and the resulting labour shortages. Drawing on a wealth of eye-opening data, Vince describes how migration demonstrably brings tremendous benefits not only to migrants themselves, but to host countries, who benefit economically as well as culturally. A borderless world is not something to fear: in fact a World Bank study suggested that it would triple global GDP. As Vince shows us, we will increasingly be moving north, into the Arctic circle, and to countries like Canada, Greenland and Russia that will only benefit from rising temperatures and increased populations. While the planetary emergency of climate change is finally getting the attention it deserves, the inevitability of mass migration has been largely ignored. In Nomad Century, Vince provides, for the first time, an examination of the most pressing question facing humanity. © Gaia Vince 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Middle Ground: Indians, Empires, and Republics in the Great Lakes Region, 1650-1815 Author: Richard White Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed book and widely acknowledged classic, The Middle Ground steps outside the simple stories of Indian-white relations—stories of conquest and assimilation and stories of cultural persistence. It is, instead, about a search for accommodation and common meaning. It tells how Europeans and Indians met, regarding each other as alien, as other, as virtually nonhuman, and how between 1650 and 1815 they constructed a common, mutually comprehensible world in the region around the Great Lakes that the French called pays d'en haut. Here the older worlds of the Algonquians and of various Europeans overlapped, and their mixture created new systems of meaning and of exchange. Finally, the book tells of the breakdown of accommodation and common meanings and the re-creation of the Indians as alien and exotic. First published in 1991, the twentieth anniversary edition includes a new preface by the author examining the impact and legacy of this study. Richard White Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560034 thebookvoice.com 18:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Middle Ground: Indians, Empires, and Republics in the Great Lakes Region, 1650-1815 Author: Richard White Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed book and widely acknowledged classic, The Middle Ground steps outside the simple stories of Indian-white relations—stories of conquest and assimilation and stories of cultural persistence. It is, instead, about a search for accommodation and common meaning. It tells how Europeans and Indians met, regarding each other as alien, as other, as virtually nonhuman, and how between 1650 and 1815 they constructed a common, mutually comprehensible world in the region around the Great Lakes that the French called pays d'en haut. Here the older worlds of the Algonquians and of various Europeans overlapped, and their mixture created new systems of meaning and of exchange. Finally, the book tells of the breakdown of accommodation and common meanings and the re-creation of the Indians as alien and exotic. First published in 1991, the twentieth anniversary edition includes a new preface by the author examining the impact and legacy of this study. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Middle Ground: Indians, Empires, and Republics in the Great Lakes Region, 1650-1815 Author: Richard White Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed book and widely acknowledged classic, The Middle Ground steps outside the simple stories of Indian-white relations—stories of conquest and assimilation and stories of cultural persistence. It is, instead, about a search for accommodation and common meaning. It tells how Europeans and Indians met, regarding each other as alien, as other, as virtually nonhuman, and how between 1650 and 1815 they constructed a common, mutually comprehensible world in the region around the Great Lakes that the French called pays d'en haut. Here the older worlds of the Algonquians and of various Europeans overlapped, and their mixture created new systems of meaning and of exchange. Finally, the book tells of the breakdown of accommodation and common meanings and the re-creation of the Indians as alien and exotic. First published in 1991, the twentieth anniversary edition includes a new preface by the author examining the impact and legacy of this study. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What a Mushroom Lives For: Matsutake and the Worlds They Make Author: Michael J. Hathaway Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What a Mushroom Lives For pushes today's mushroom renaissance in compelling new directions. For centuries, Western science has promoted a human- and animal-centric framework of what counts as action, agency, movement, and behavior. But, as Michael Hathaway shows, the world-making capacities of mushrooms radically challenge this orthodoxy by revealing the lively dynamism of all forms of life. The book tells the fascinating story of one particularly prized species, the matsutake, and the astonishing ways it is silently yet powerfully shaping worlds, from the Tibetan plateau to the mushrooms' final destination in Japan. Many Tibetan and Yi people have dedicated their lives to picking and selling this mushroom—a delicacy that drives a multibillion-dollar global trade network and that still grows only in the wild, despite scientists' intensive efforts to cultivate it in urban labs. But this is far from a simple story of humans exploiting a passive, edible commodity. Rather, the book reveals the complex, symbiotic ways that mushrooms, plants, humans, and other animals interact. It explores how the world looks to the mushrooms. A surprise-filled journey into science and human culture, this exciting and provocative book shows how fungi shape our planet and our lives in strange, diverse, and often unimaginable ways. Michael J. Hathaway Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What a Mushroom Lives For: Matsutake and the Worlds They Make Author: Michael J. Hathaway Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What a Mushroom Lives For pushes today's mushroom renaissance in compelling new directions. For centuries, Western science has promoted a human- and animal-centric framework of what counts as action, agency, movement, and behavior. But, as Michael Hathaway shows, the world-making capacities of mushrooms radically challenge this orthodoxy by revealing the lively dynamism of all forms of life. The book tells the fascinating story of one particularly prized species, the matsutake, and the astonishing ways it is silently yet powerfully shaping worlds, from the Tibetan plateau to the mushrooms' final destination in Japan. Many Tibetan and Yi people have dedicated their lives to picking and selling this mushroom—a delicacy that drives a multibillion-dollar global trade network and that still grows only in the wild, despite scientists' intensive efforts to cultivate it in urban labs. But this is far from a simple story of humans exploiting a passive, edible commodity. Rather, the book reveals the complex, symbiotic ways that mushrooms, plants, humans, and other animals interact. It explores how the world looks to the mushrooms. A surprise-filled journey into science and human culture, this exciting and provocative book shows how fungi shape our planet and our lives in strange, diverse, and often unimaginable ways. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What a Mushroom Lives For: Matsutake and the Worlds They Make Author: Michael J. Hathaway Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What a Mushroom Lives For pushes today's mushroom renaissance in compelling new directions. For centuries, Western science has promoted a human- and animal-centric framework of what counts as action, agency, movement, and behavior. But, as Michael Hathaway shows, the world-making capacities of mushrooms radically challenge this orthodoxy by revealing the lively dynamism of all forms of life. The book tells the fascinating story of one particularly prized species, the matsutake, and the astonishing ways it is silently yet powerfully shaping worlds, from the Tibetan plateau to the mushrooms' final destination in Japan. Many Tibetan and Yi people have dedicated their lives to picking and selling this mushroom—a delicacy that drives a multibillion-dollar global trade network and that still grows only in the wild, despite scientists' intensive efforts to cultivate it in urban labs. But this is far from a simple story of humans exploiting a passive, edible commodity. Rather, the book reveals the complex, symbiotic ways that mushrooms, plants, humans, and other animals interact. It explores how the world looks to the mushrooms. A surprise-filled journey into science and human culture, this exciting and provocative book shows how fungi shape our planet and our lives in strange, diverse, and often unimaginable ways. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assuming the Ecosexual Position: The Earth as Lover Author: Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What's sexy about saving the planet? Funny you should ask. Because that is precisely—or, perhaps, broadly—what Annie Sprinkle and Beth Stephens have spent many years bringing to light in their live art, exhibitions, and films. In 2008, Sprinkle and Stephens married the Earth, which set them on the path to explore the realms of ecosexuality as they became lovers with the Earth and made their mutual pleasure an embodied expression of passion for the environment. Ever since, they have been not just pushing but obliterating the boundaries circumscribing biology and ecology, creating ecosexual art in their performance of an environmentalism that is feminist, queer, sensual, sexual, posthuman, materialist, exuberant, and steeped in humor. Assuming the Ecosexual Position tells of childhood moments that pointed to a future of ecosexuality—for Annie, in her family swimming pool in Los Angeles; for Beth, savoring forbidden tomatoes from the vine on her grandparents' Appalachian farm. The book describes how the two came together as lovers and collaborators, how they took a stand against homophobia and xenophobia, and how this union led to the miraculous conception of the Love Art Laboratory, which involved influential performance artists Linda M. Montano, Guillermo Gómez-Peña, and feminist pornographer Madison Young. Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein Tue, 15 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998 thebookvoice.com 10:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assuming the Ecosexual Position: The Earth as Lover Author: Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What's sexy about saving the planet? Funny you should ask. Because that is precisely—or, perhaps, broadly—what Annie Sprinkle and Beth Stephens have spent many years bringing to light in their live art, exhibitions, and films. In 2008, Sprinkle and Stephens married the Earth, which set them on the path to explore the realms of ecosexuality as they became lovers with the Earth and made their mutual pleasure an embodied expression of passion for the environment. Ever since, they have been not just pushing but obliterating the boundaries circumscribing biology and ecology, creating ecosexual art in their performance of an environmentalism that is feminist, queer, sensual, sexual, posthuman, materialist, exuberant, and steeped in humor. Assuming the Ecosexual Position tells of childhood moments that pointed to a future of ecosexuality—for Annie, in her family swimming pool in Los Angeles; for Beth, savoring forbidden tomatoes from the vine on her grandparents' Appalachian farm. The book describes how the two came together as lovers and collaborators, how they took a stand against homophobia and xenophobia, and how this union led to the miraculous conception of the Love Art Laboratory, which involved influential performance artists Linda M. Montano, Guillermo Gómez-Peña, and feminist pornographer Madison Young. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assuming the Ecosexual Position: The Earth as Lover Author: Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What's sexy about saving the planet? Funny you should ask. Because that is precisely—or, perhaps, broadly—what Annie Sprinkle and Beth Stephens have spent many years bringing to light in their live art, exhibitions, and films. In 2008, Sprinkle and Stephens married the Earth, which set them on the path to explore the realms of ecosexuality as they became lovers with the Earth and made their mutual pleasure an embodied expression of passion for the environment. Ever since, they have been not just pushing but obliterating the boundaries circumscribing biology and ecology, creating ecosexual art in their performance of an environmentalism that is feminist, queer, sensual, sexual, posthuman, materialist, exuberant, and steeped in humor. Assuming the Ecosexual Position tells of childhood moments that pointed to a future of ecosexuality—for Annie, in her family swimming pool in Los Angeles; for Beth, savoring forbidden tomatoes from the vine on her grandparents' Appalachian farm. The book describes how the two came together as lovers and collaborators, how they took a stand against homophobia and xenophobia, and how this union led to the miraculous conception of the Love Art Laboratory, which involved influential performance artists Linda M. Montano, Guillermo Gómez-Peña, and feminist pornographer Madison Young. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559994 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: LGBTQ: The Survival Guide for Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Questioning Teens Author: Kelly Madrone Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fully revised and updated guide with frank, sensitive information for LGBTQ teens, their families, and their allies. LGBTQ is the indispensable resource for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, and questioning teens—and their allies. This fully revised and updated third edition includes current information on LGBTQ terminology, evolving understandings of gender identity and sexual identity, LGBTQ rights, and much more. Other advice covers topics such as coming out, confronting prejudice, getting support, making healthy choices, and thriving in school and beyond. Resources point the way to books and websites with more information, and quotes from LGBTQ teens (and allies) share stories of personal experiences. Created with input from PFLAG, GLSEN, GLAAD, and others, this audiobook is for young people who are beginning to question their sexual orientation or gender identity, those who are ready to work for LGBTQ rights, and those who may need advice, guidance, or reassurance that they are not alone. Kelly Madrone Tue, 08 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559994 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: LGBTQ: The Survival Guide for Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Questioning Teens Author: Kelly Madrone Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fully revised and updated guide with frank, sensitive information for LGBTQ teens, their families, and their allies. LGBTQ is the indispensable resource for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, and questioning teens—and their allies. This fully revised and updated third edition includes current information on LGBTQ terminology, evolving understandings of gender identity and sexual identity, LGBTQ rights, and much more. Other advice covers topics such as coming out, confronting prejudice, getting support, making healthy choices, and thriving in school and beyond. Resources point the way to books and websites with more information, and quotes from LGBTQ teens (and allies) share stories of personal experiences. Created with input from PFLAG, GLSEN, GLAAD, and others, this audiobook is for young people who are beginning to question their sexual orientation or gender identity, those who are ready to work for LGBTQ rights, and those who may need advice, guidance, or reassurance that they are not alone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: LGBTQ: The Survival Guide for Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Questioning Teens Author: Kelly Madrone Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fully revised and updated guide with frank, sensitive information for LGBTQ teens, their families, and their allies. LGBTQ is the indispensable resource for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, and questioning teens—and their allies. This fully revised and updated third edition includes current information on LGBTQ terminology, evolving understandings of gender identity and sexual identity, LGBTQ rights, and much more. Other advice covers topics such as coming out, confronting prejudice, getting support, making healthy choices, and thriving in school and beyond. Resources point the way to books and websites with more information, and quotes from LGBTQ teens (and allies) share stories of personal experiences. Created with input from PFLAG, GLSEN, GLAAD, and others, this audiobook is for young people who are beginning to question their sexual orientation or gender identity, those who are ready to work for LGBTQ rights, and those who may need advice, guidance, or reassurance that they are not alone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559988 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls on Film: Lessons From a Life of Watching Women in Movies Author: Alicia Malone Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With humor and honesty, Girls on Film looks at the good, the bad, and the unfairly written women in film. A celebration of the power of cinema and the hidden messages within media and culture, this collection of personal essays explores the women who inspired and confused a young film enthusiast. A movie freak with a feminist message. In the tradition of feminist authors, film reporter Alicia Malone brings a collection of personal essays looking at the representation and impact of women on film. In addition to personal anecdotes and analysis, Girls on Film weaves in interviews from a diverse group of well-known women working in cinema today. For fans of Trick Mirror and film books. A blend of women's history books and film reviews, each chapter of Girls on Film looks at a female character representative of a stereotype or trope. As she explores hidden histories, Alicia connects these tropes to her very own journey in film. In this authentic approach to film theory, you'll find essays on: the dumb blonde; the Cinderella transformation; and the femme fatale. A follow-up to Backwards and in Heels and The Female Gaze, Girls on Film is the final book in Alicia's women in cinema trilogy. Alicia Malone Tue, 29 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559988 thebookvoice.com 6:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls on Film: Lessons From a Life of Watching Women in Movies Author: Alicia Malone Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With humor and honesty, Girls on Film looks at the good, the bad, and the unfairly written women in film. A celebration of the power of cinema and the hidden messages within media and culture, this collection of personal essays explores the women who inspired and confused a young film enthusiast. A movie freak with a feminist message. In the tradition of feminist authors, film reporter Alicia Malone brings a collection of personal essays looking at the representation and impact of women on film. In addition to personal anecdotes and analysis, Girls on Film weaves in interviews from a diverse group of well-known women working in cinema today. For fans of Trick Mirror and film books. A blend of women's history books and film reviews, each chapter of Girls on Film looks at a female character representative of a stereotype or trope. As she explores hidden histories, Alicia connects these tropes to her very own journey in film. In this authentic approach to film theory, you'll find essays on: the dumb blonde; the Cinderella transformation; and the femme fatale. A follow-up to Backwards and in Heels and The Female Gaze, Girls on Film is the final book in Alicia's women in cinema trilogy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls on Film: Lessons From a Life of Watching Women in Movies Author: Alicia Malone Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With humor and honesty, Girls on Film looks at the good, the bad, and the unfairly written women in film. A celebration of the power of cinema and the hidden messages within media and culture, this collection of personal essays explores the women who inspired and confused a young film enthusiast. A movie freak with a feminist message. In the tradition of feminist authors, film reporter Alicia Malone brings a collection of personal essays looking at the representation and impact of women on film. In addition to personal anecdotes and analysis, Girls on Film weaves in interviews from a diverse group of well-known women working in cinema today. For fans of Trick Mirror and film books. A blend of women's history books and film reviews, each chapter of Girls on Film looks at a female character representative of a stereotype or trope. As she explores hidden histories, Alicia connects these tropes to her very own journey in film. In this authentic approach to film theory, you'll find essays on: the dumb blonde; the Cinderella transformation; and the femme fatale. A follow-up to Backwards and in Heels and The Female Gaze, Girls on Film is the final book in Alicia's women in cinema trilogy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Antiracism: Moving Past Talk to Systemic Change Author: Chad Brennan, Christina Edmondson Narrator: Chad Brennan, Christina Edmondson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to move past talk. It's no longer news to most of us that our society has a deep-seated racism problem. Christians of all ethnic and economic backgrounds are tired of seeing the ugly legacy of racism play out before their eyes and feeling ill-equipped to respond. They watch as friends and family members leave the visible church over this issue, or fall prey to a gospel of White nationalism that is an affront to the cross of Christ. Racism presents itself as an undefeatable foe—a sustained scourge on the reputation of the church. In Faithful Antiracism, Christina Barland Edmondson and Chad Brennan take confidence from the truth that Christ has overcome the world, including racism, and offer clear analysis and interventions to challenge and resist its pernicious power. Drawing on brand-new research from the landmark Race, Religion, and Justice Project led by Michael Emerson and others, this book represents the most comprehensive study on Christians and race since Emerson's own book Divided by Faith (2001). It invites listeners to put this data to immediate practical use, applying it to their own specific context. Compelled by our grievous social moment and by the timeless truth of Scripture, Faithful Antiracism will equip listeners to move past talk and enter the fight against racism in both practical and hopeful ways. Chad Brennan, Christina Edmondson Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559955 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Antiracism: Moving Past Talk to Systemic Change Author: Chad Brennan, Christina Edmondson Narrator: Chad Brennan, Christina Edmondson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to move past talk. It's no longer news to most of us that our society has a deep-seated racism problem. Christians of all ethnic and economic backgrounds are tired of seeing the ugly legacy of racism play out before their eyes and feeling ill-equipped to respond. They watch as friends and family members leave the visible church over this issue, or fall prey to a gospel of White nationalism that is an affront to the cross of Christ. Racism presents itself as an undefeatable foe—a sustained scourge on the reputation of the church. In Faithful Antiracism, Christina Barland Edmondson and Chad Brennan take confidence from the truth that Christ has overcome the world, including racism, and offer clear analysis and interventions to challenge and resist its pernicious power. Drawing on brand-new research from the landmark Race, Religion, and Justice Project led by Michael Emerson and others, this book represents the most comprehensive study on Christians and race since Emerson's own book Divided by Faith (2001). It invites listeners to put this data to immediate practical use, applying it to their own specific context. Compelled by our grievous social moment and by the timeless truth of Scripture, Faithful Antiracism will equip listeners to move past talk and enter the fight against racism in both practical and hopeful ways. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Antiracism: Moving Past Talk to Systemic Change Author: Chad Brennan, Christina Edmondson Narrator: Chad Brennan, Christina Edmondson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to move past talk. It's no longer news to most of us that our society has a deep-seated racism problem. Christians of all ethnic and economic backgrounds are tired of seeing the ugly legacy of racism play out before their eyes and feeling ill-equipped to respond. They watch as friends and family members leave the visible church over this issue, or fall prey to a gospel of White nationalism that is an affront to the cross of Christ. Racism presents itself as an undefeatable foe—a sustained scourge on the reputation of the church. In Faithful Antiracism, Christina Barland Edmondson and Chad Brennan take confidence from the truth that Christ has overcome the world, including racism, and offer clear analysis and interventions to challenge and resist its pernicious power. Drawing on brand-new research from the landmark Race, Religion, and Justice Project led by Michael Emerson and others, this book represents the most comprehensive study on Christians and race since Emerson's own book Divided by Faith (2001). It invites listeners to put this data to immediate practical use, applying it to their own specific context. Compelled by our grievous social moment and by the timeless truth of Scripture, Faithful Antiracism will equip listeners to move past talk and enter the fight against racism in both practical and hopeful ways. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559901 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back the Game: How Money and Mania Are Ruining Kids' Sports--and Why It Matters Author: Linda Flanagan Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A really brilliant book' — Malcolm Gladwell Longlisted for the Porchlight Business Book Awards 2022 A close look at how big money and high stakes have transformed youth sports, turning once healthy, fun activities for kids into all-consuming endeavors—putting stress on children and families alike Some 75% of American families want their kids to play sports. Athletics are training grounds for character, friendship, and connection; at their best, sports insulate kids from hardship and prepare them for adult life. But youth sports have changed so dramatically over the last 25 years that they no longer deliver the healthy outcomes everyone wants. Instead, unbeknownst to most parents, kids who play competitive organized sports are more likely to burn out or suffer from overuse injuries than to develop their characters or build healthy habits. What happened to kids' sports? And how can we make them fun again? In Take Back the Game, coach and journalist Linda Flanagan reveals how the youth sports industry capitalizes on parents’ worry about their kids’ futures, selling the idea that more competitive play is essential in the feeding frenzy over access to colleges and universities. Drawing on her experience as a coach and a parent, along with research and expert analysis, Flanagan delves into a national obsession that has:  - Compelled kids to specialize year-round in one sport.  - Increased the risk of both physical injury and mental health problems. - Encouraged egregious behavior by coaches and parents. - Reduced access to sports for low-income families.  A provocative and timely entrant into a conversation thousands of parents are having on the sidelines, Take Back the Game uncovers how youth sports became a serious business, the consequences of raising the stakes for kids and parents alike--and the changes we need now. Linda Flanagan Tue, 23 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559901 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back the Game: How Money and Mania Are Ruining Kids' Sports--and Why It Matters Author: Linda Flanagan Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A really brilliant book' — Malcolm Gladwell Longlisted for the Porchlight Business Book Awards 2022 A close look at how big money and high stakes have transformed youth sports, turning once healthy, fun activities for kids into all-consuming endeavors—putting stress on children and families alike Some 75% of American families want their kids to play sports. Athletics are training grounds for character, friendship, and connection; at their best, sports insulate kids from hardship and prepare them for adult life. But youth sports have changed so dramatically over the last 25 years that they no longer deliver the healthy outcomes everyone wants. Instead, unbeknownst to most parents, kids who play competitive organized sports are more likely to burn out or suffer from overuse injuries than to develop their characters or build healthy habits. What happened to kids' sports? And how can we make them fun again? In Take Back the Game, coach and journalist Linda Flanagan reveals how the youth sports industry capitalizes on parents’ worry about their kids’ futures, selling the idea that more competitive play is essential in the feeding frenzy over access to colleges and universities. Drawing on her experience as a coach and a parent, along with research and expert analysis, Flanagan delves into a national obsession that has:  - Compelled kids to specialize year-round in one sport.  - Increased the risk of both physical injury and mental health problems. - Encouraged egregious behavior by coaches and parents. - Reduced access to sports for low-income families.  A provocative and timely entrant into a conversation thousands of parents are having on the sidelines, Take Back the Game uncovers how youth sports became a serious business, the consequences of raising the stakes for kids and parents alike--and the changes we need now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back the Game: How Money and Mania Are Ruining Kids' Sports--and Why It Matters Author: Linda Flanagan Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A really brilliant book' — Malcolm Gladwell Longlisted for the Porchlight Business Book Awards 2022 A close look at how big money and high stakes have transformed youth sports, turning once healthy, fun activities for kids into all-consuming endeavors—putting stress on children and families alike Some 75% of American families want their kids to play sports. Athletics are training grounds for character, friendship, and connection; at their best, sports insulate kids from hardship and prepare them for adult life. But youth sports have changed so dramatically over the last 25 years that they no longer deliver the healthy outcomes everyone wants. Instead, unbeknownst to most parents, kids who play competitive organized sports are more likely to burn out or suffer from overuse injuries than to develop their characters or build healthy habits. What happened to kids' sports? And how can we make them fun again? In Take Back the Game, coach and journalist Linda Flanagan reveals how the youth sports industry capitalizes on parents’ worry about their kids’ futures, selling the idea that more competitive play is essential in the feeding frenzy over access to colleges and universities. Drawing on her experience as a coach and a parent, along with research and expert analysis, Flanagan delves into a national obsession that has:  - Compelled kids to specialize year-round in one sport.  - Increased the risk of both physical injury and mental health problems. - Encouraged egregious behavior by coaches and parents. - Reduced access to sports for low-income families.  A provocative and timely entrant into a conversation thousands of parents are having on the sidelines, Take Back the Game uncovers how youth sports became a serious business, the consequences of raising the stakes for kids and parents alike--and the changes we need now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559583 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Algo supuestamente divertido que nunca volveré a hacer Author: David Foster Wallace Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Este artículo es una de las radiografías más agudas e irreverentes de la cultura americana de fin de siglo, en la que se entremezclan la familiaridad, el asombro y una mordacidad descabellada. Foster Wallace elabora enAlgo supuestamente divertido que nunca volveré a hacer una postal gigantesca basada en su experiencia en un crucero de lujo por el Caribe. Lo que a primera vista parece ser un simple viaje «para relajarse», en manos de un humor delirante y un cinismo corrosivo acabará convirtiéndose en el horror más absoluto. Foster Wallace reflexiona sobre la presión para relajarse y disfrutar y cómo las indulgencias del viaje le llevan a una introspección autoflagelante. La crítica ha dicho... «La obra de no ficción más brillante y divertida que se ha escrito en los últimos años.» John Glassie, Time Out New York «Animado por una prosa maravillosamente exuberante [...] este volumen confirma al señor Wallace como uno de los talentos más destacados de su generación.» The New York Times «Wallace escribe con una intensidad que transforma un reportaje errático en una forma sui generis de filosofía.» Kirkus Reviews «Su instinto para reproducir lo coloquial avergonzaría a maestros como Pynchon y DeLillo, y la sobriedad humana que confiere a sus temas, de ficción o de no ficción, deberían ser un modelo para cualquiera que escriba crítica cultural, tanto en la forma de relatos como en ensayos como estos.» Publishers Weekly David Foster Wallace Thu, 09 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559583 thebookvoice.com 16:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Algo supuestamente divertido que nunca volveré a hacer Author: David Foster Wallace Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Este artículo es una de las radiografías más agudas e irreverentes de la cultura americana de fin de siglo, en la que se entremezclan la familiaridad, el asombro y una mordacidad descabellada. Foster Wallace elabora enAlgo supuestamente divertido que nunca volveré a hacer una postal gigantesca basada en su experiencia en un crucero de lujo por el Caribe. Lo que a primera vista parece ser un simple viaje «para relajarse», en manos de un humor delirante y un cinismo corrosivo acabará convirtiéndose en el horror más absoluto. Foster Wallace reflexiona sobre la presión para relajarse y disfrutar y cómo las indulgencias del viaje le llevan a una introspección autoflagelante. La crítica ha dicho... «La obra de no ficción más brillante y divertida que se ha escrito en los últimos años.» John Glassie, Time Out New York «Animado por una prosa maravillosamente exuberante [...] este volumen confirma al señor Wallace como uno de los talentos más destacados de su generación.» The New York Times «Wallace escribe con una intensidad que transforma un reportaje errático en una forma sui generis de filosofía.» Kirkus Reviews «Su instinto para reproducir lo coloquial avergonzaría a maestros como Pynchon y DeLillo, y la sobriedad humana que confiere a sus temas, de ficción o de no ficción, deberían ser un modelo para cualquiera que escriba crítica cultural, tanto en la forma de relatos como en ensayos como estos.» Publishers Weekly Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Algo supuestamente divertido que nunca volveré a hacer Author: David Foster Wallace Narrator: Antonio Raluy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Este artículo es una de las radiografías más agudas e irreverentes de la cultura americana de fin de siglo, en la que se entremezclan la familiaridad, el asombro y una mordacidad descabellada. Foster Wallace elabora enAlgo supuestamente divertido que nunca volveré a hacer una postal gigantesca basada en su experiencia en un crucero de lujo por el Caribe. Lo que a primera vista parece ser un simple viaje «para relajarse», en manos de un humor delirante y un cinismo corrosivo acabará convirtiéndose en el horror más absoluto. Foster Wallace reflexiona sobre la presión para relajarse y disfrutar y cómo las indulgencias del viaje le llevan a una introspección autoflagelante. La crítica ha dicho... «La obra de no ficción más brillante y divertida que se ha escrito en los últimos años.» John Glassie, Time Out New York «Animado por una prosa maravillosamente exuberante [...] este volumen confirma al señor Wallace como uno de los talentos más destacados de su generación.» The New York Times «Wallace escribe con una intensidad que transforma un reportaje errático en una forma sui generis de filosofía.» Kirkus Reviews «Su instinto para reproducir lo coloquial avergonzaría a maestros como Pynchon y DeLillo, y la sobriedad humana que confiere a sus temas, de ficción o de no ficción, deberían ser un modelo para cualquiera que escriba crítica cultural, tanto en la forma de relatos como en ensayos como estos.» Publishers Weekly https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nachruf auf mich selbst. - Die Kultur des Aufhörens (Ungekürzt) Author: Harald Welzer Narrator: Harald Welzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestseller-Autor Harald Welzer stellt fest, dass unsere Kultur kein Konzept vom Aufhören hat. Deshalb baut sie Autobahnen und Flughäfen für Zukünfte, in denen es keine Autos und Flughäfen mehr geben wird. Und sie versucht, unsere Zukunftsprobleme durch Optimierung zu lösen, obwohl ein optimiertes Falsches immer noch falsch ist. Damit verbaut sie viele Möglichkeiten, das Leben durch Weglassen und Aufhören besser zu machen. Diese Kultur hat den Tod genauso zur Privatangelegenheit gemacht, wie sie die Begrenztheit der Erde verbissen ignoriert. Harald Welzer zeigt in einer faszinierenden Montage aus wissenschaftlichen Befunden, psychologischen Einsichten und persönlichen Geschichten, wie man aus den Absurditäten dieser gesellschaftlichen Entwicklung herausfindet. Man muss rechtzeitig einen Nachruf auf sich selbst schreiben, damit man weiß, wie man gelebt haben will. Harald Welzer Wed, 06 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559501 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nachruf auf mich selbst. - Die Kultur des Aufhörens (Ungekürzt) Author: Harald Welzer Narrator: Harald Welzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestseller-Autor Harald Welzer stellt fest, dass unsere Kultur kein Konzept vom Aufhören hat. Deshalb baut sie Autobahnen und Flughäfen für Zukünfte, in denen es keine Autos und Flughäfen mehr geben wird. Und sie versucht, unsere Zukunftsprobleme durch Optimierung zu lösen, obwohl ein optimiertes Falsches immer noch falsch ist. Damit verbaut sie viele Möglichkeiten, das Leben durch Weglassen und Aufhören besser zu machen. Diese Kultur hat den Tod genauso zur Privatangelegenheit gemacht, wie sie die Begrenztheit der Erde verbissen ignoriert. Harald Welzer zeigt in einer faszinierenden Montage aus wissenschaftlichen Befunden, psychologischen Einsichten und persönlichen Geschichten, wie man aus den Absurditäten dieser gesellschaftlichen Entwicklung herausfindet. Man muss rechtzeitig einen Nachruf auf sich selbst schreiben, damit man weiß, wie man gelebt haben will. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nachruf auf mich selbst. - Die Kultur des Aufhörens (Ungekürzt) Author: Harald Welzer Narrator: Harald Welzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestseller-Autor Harald Welzer stellt fest, dass unsere Kultur kein Konzept vom Aufhören hat. Deshalb baut sie Autobahnen und Flughäfen für Zukünfte, in denen es keine Autos und Flughäfen mehr geben wird. Und sie versucht, unsere Zukunftsprobleme durch Optimierung zu lösen, obwohl ein optimiertes Falsches immer noch falsch ist. Damit verbaut sie viele Möglichkeiten, das Leben durch Weglassen und Aufhören besser zu machen. Diese Kultur hat den Tod genauso zur Privatangelegenheit gemacht, wie sie die Begrenztheit der Erde verbissen ignoriert. Harald Welzer zeigt in einer faszinierenden Montage aus wissenschaftlichen Befunden, psychologischen Einsichten und persönlichen Geschichten, wie man aus den Absurditäten dieser gesellschaftlichen Entwicklung herausfindet. Man muss rechtzeitig einen Nachruf auf sich selbst schreiben, damit man weiß, wie man gelebt haben will. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559259 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hairstons: An American Family in Black and White Author: Henry Wiencek Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the country enters a new era of conversations around race and the enduring impact of slavery, The Hairstons traces the rise and fall of the largest slaveholding family in the Old South as its descendants—both black and white—grapple with the twisted legacy of their past. Spanning two centuries of one family’s history, The Hairstons tells the extraordinary story of the Hairston clan, once the wealthiest family in the Old South and the largest slaveholder in America. With several thousand black and white members, the Hairstons of today share a complex and compelling history: divided in the time of slavery, they have come to embrace their past as one family. For seven years, journalist Henry Wiencek combed the far-reaching branches of the Hairston family tree to piece together a family history that involves the experiences of both plantation owners and their slaves. Crisscrossing the old plantation country of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mississippi, The Hairstons reconstructs the triumphant rise of the remarkable children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren of the enslaved as they fought to take their rightful place in mainstream America. It also follows the white descendants through the decline and fall of the Old South, and uncovers the hidden history of slavery's curse—and how that curse followed slaveholders for generations. Expertly weaving stories of horror, tragedy, and heroism, The Hairstons addresses our nation’s attempt to untangle the twisted legacy of the past, and provides a transcendent account of the human power to overcome. Henry Wiencek Tue, 29 Dec 2020 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559259 thebookvoice.com 15:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hairstons: An American Family in Black and White Author: Henry Wiencek Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the country enters a new era of conversations around race and the enduring impact of slavery, The Hairstons traces the rise and fall of the largest slaveholding family in the Old South as its descendants—both black and white—grapple with the twisted legacy of their past. Spanning two centuries of one family’s history, The Hairstons tells the extraordinary story of the Hairston clan, once the wealthiest family in the Old South and the largest slaveholder in America. With several thousand black and white members, the Hairstons of today share a complex and compelling history: divided in the time of slavery, they have come to embrace their past as one family. For seven years, journalist Henry Wiencek combed the far-reaching branches of the Hairston family tree to piece together a family history that involves the experiences of both plantation owners and their slaves. Crisscrossing the old plantation country of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mississippi, The Hairstons reconstructs the triumphant rise of the remarkable children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren of the enslaved as they fought to take their rightful place in mainstream America. It also follows the white descendants through the decline and fall of the Old South, and uncovers the hidden history of slavery's curse—and how that curse followed slaveholders for generations. Expertly weaving stories of horror, tragedy, and heroism, The Hairstons addresses our nation’s attempt to untangle the twisted legacy of the past, and provides a transcendent account of the human power to overcome. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hairstons: An American Family in Black and White Author: Henry Wiencek Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the country enters a new era of conversations around race and the enduring impact of slavery, The Hairstons traces the rise and fall of the largest slaveholding family in the Old South as its descendants—both black and white—grapple with the twisted legacy of their past. Spanning two centuries of one family’s history, The Hairstons tells the extraordinary story of the Hairston clan, once the wealthiest family in the Old South and the largest slaveholder in America. With several thousand black and white members, the Hairstons of today share a complex and compelling history: divided in the time of slavery, they have come to embrace their past as one family. For seven years, journalist Henry Wiencek combed the far-reaching branches of the Hairston family tree to piece together a family history that involves the experiences of both plantation owners and their slaves. Crisscrossing the old plantation country of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mississippi, The Hairstons reconstructs the triumphant rise of the remarkable children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren of the enslaved as they fought to take their rightful place in mainstream America. It also follows the white descendants through the decline and fall of the Old South, and uncovers the hidden history of slavery's curse—and how that curse followed slaveholders for generations. Expertly weaving stories of horror, tragedy, and heroism, The Hairstons addresses our nation’s attempt to untangle the twisted legacy of the past, and provides a transcendent account of the human power to overcome. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559162 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Fat, Black, and Unlovable to Beautiful. Powerful. Love: a journey of intergenerational healing and transformation Author: Barbara C. Pamplin, Chief Oluwa Obafemi Ifayemi Epego Narrator: Chief Oluwa Obafemi Ifayemi Epego, Barbara C. Pamplin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Near-Death to New Life Barbara (Pamplin) Ohuninifa’s debut memoir, From Fat, Black, and Unlovable to Beautiful Powerful Love, shares her extraordinary journey of survival and healing. In 2017, Barbara faced an aortic dissection—a cardiac event with a 99% fatality rate—along with three open-heart surgeries and three resuscitations. This crisis was not random but the result of unresolved generational pain, betrayal, and systemic trauma. Determined to heal, Barbara embraced intentional practices to reclaim her health and identity. Her story reveals how she untangled herself from toxic beliefs rooted in misogynoir, systemic oppression, and the inherited traumas of slavery. Reflecting on her South Side Chicago upbringing, her years as a young single mother in Atlanta, and the truths she uncovered, she inspires readers with her transformation. Her memoir affirms the power of healing and joy, no matter the odds. What You’ll Discover Barbara’s memoir offers readers more than a story—it’s a guide to healing. Alongside her reflections, she shares practical tools, including: Reconnecting with Self: Techniques to align with your authentic self through nature, Ancestral guidance, and inner stillness. Reflection and Growth: Journaling prompts and meditations to deepen self-awareness and release limiting beliefs. Holistic Healing: Grounding techniques, breathing exercises, and rituals for emotional and physical well-being. A Life of Joy: Simple, actionable ideas to bring creativity, laughter, and celebration into daily life. This book empowers Black women to heal generational wounds, reclaim their power, and embrace self-love. Part of the Beautiful Powerful Love Series This memoir is the first in the Beautiful Powerful Love series, followed by Remember Who The Fck You Are*, a journal and activity book for Black women. Together, these works provide a transformational toolkit for self-discovery, healing, and reconnecting with Ancestral wisdom. Barbara C. Pamplin, Chief Oluwa Obafemi Ifayemi Epego Wed, 22 Mar 2023 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559162 thebookvoice.com 4:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Fat, Black, and Unlovable to Beautiful. Powerful. Love: a journey of intergenerational healing and transformation Author: Barbara C. Pamplin, Chief Oluwa Obafemi Ifayemi Epego Narrator: Chief Oluwa Obafemi Ifayemi Epego, Barbara C. Pamplin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Near-Death to New Life Barbara (Pamplin) Ohuninifa’s debut memoir, From Fat, Black, and Unlovable to Beautiful Powerful Love, shares her extraordinary journey of survival and healing. In 2017, Barbara faced an aortic dissection—a cardiac event with a 99% fatality rate—along with three open-heart surgeries and three resuscitations. This crisis was not random but the result of unresolved generational pain, betrayal, and systemic trauma. Determined to heal, Barbara embraced intentional practices to reclaim her health and identity. Her story reveals how she untangled herself from toxic beliefs rooted in misogynoir, systemic oppression, and the inherited traumas of slavery. Reflecting on her South Side Chicago upbringing, her years as a young single mother in Atlanta, and the truths she uncovered, she inspires readers with her transformation. Her memoir affirms the power of healing and joy, no matter the odds. What You’ll Discover Barbara’s memoir offers readers more than a story—it’s a guide to healing. Alongside her reflections, she shares practical tools, including: Reconnecting with Self: Techniques to align with your authentic self through nature, Ancestral guidance, and inner stillness. Reflection and Growth: Journaling prompts and meditations to deepen self-awareness and release limiting beliefs. Holistic Healing: Grounding techniques, breathing exercises, and rituals for emotional and physical well-being. A Life of Joy: Simple, actionable ideas to bring creativity, laughter, and celebration into daily life. This book empowers Black women to heal generational wounds, reclaim their power, and embrace self-love. Part of the Beautiful Powerful Love Series This memoir is the first in the Beautiful Powerful Love series, followed by Remember Who The Fck You Are*, a journal and activity book for Black women. Together, these works provide a transformational toolkit for self-discovery, healing, and reconnecting with Ancestral wisdom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Fat, Black, and Unlovable to Beautiful. Powerful. Love: a journey of intergenerational healing and transformation Author: Barbara C. Pamplin, Chief Oluwa Obafemi Ifayemi Epego Narrator: Chief Oluwa Obafemi Ifayemi Epego, Barbara C. Pamplin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Near-Death to New Life Barbara (Pamplin) Ohuninifa’s debut memoir, From Fat, Black, and Unlovable to Beautiful Powerful Love, shares her extraordinary journey of survival and healing. In 2017, Barbara faced an aortic dissection—a cardiac event with a 99% fatality rate—along with three open-heart surgeries and three resuscitations. This crisis was not random but the result of unresolved generational pain, betrayal, and systemic trauma. Determined to heal, Barbara embraced intentional practices to reclaim her health and identity. Her story reveals how she untangled herself from toxic beliefs rooted in misogynoir, systemic oppression, and the inherited traumas of slavery. Reflecting on her South Side Chicago upbringing, her years as a young single mother in Atlanta, and the truths she uncovered, she inspires readers with her transformation. Her memoir affirms the power of healing and joy, no matter the odds. What You’ll Discover Barbara’s memoir offers readers more than a story—it’s a guide to healing. Alongside her reflections, she shares practical tools, including: Reconnecting with Self: Techniques to align with your authentic self through nature, Ancestral guidance, and inner stillness. Reflection and Growth: Journaling prompts and meditations to deepen self-awareness and release limiting beliefs. Holistic Healing: Grounding techniques, breathing exercises, and rituals for emotional and physical well-being. A Life of Joy: Simple, actionable ideas to bring creativity, laughter, and celebration into daily life. This book empowers Black women to heal generational wounds, reclaim their power, and embrace self-love. Part of the Beautiful Powerful Love Series This memoir is the first in the Beautiful Powerful Love series, followed by Remember Who The Fck You Are*, a journal and activity book for Black women. Together, these works provide a transformational toolkit for self-discovery, healing, and reconnecting with Ancestral wisdom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Nature: How we can recover our bond with the natural world Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. For most of human history nature was held to be sacred, and our God or gods were believed to be present everywhere in nature. That was true of almost all the world's cultures and religious traditions. When people in the West began to separate God and nature in the seventeenth century, it was not just a profound breach with thousands of years of accumulated wisdom and experience: it was also the root of how we have come to plunder the natural world and to promote our individual selves in unhealthy and destructive ways. Karen Armstrong argues that if we want to avert the looming environmental catastrophe, it is not enough to change our behaviour: we need to learn to think and feel differently about the natural world. She passionately believes that our religious heritage can teach us how to recover a spiritual bond with nature. Each of the book's ten chapters concentrates on a theme that has been central to the world's religious traditions - from gratitude and compassion to sacrifice and non-violence - and offers practical steps to help us develop a different mindset to reconnect with nature and rekindle our sense of the sacred. Sacred Nature is a book about 'deep ecology': it is about the most profound connections between humans and the natural world. It speaks to anyone interested in our relationship with the natural world, worried about the destruction of our environment, and searching for new ways of thinking to accompany the political action needed to save our planet. 'KAREN ARMSTRONG IS A GENIUS' A.N. Wilson 'One of our best living writers on religion' Financial Times 'Karen Armstrong is one of the handful of wise and supremely intelligent commentators on religion' Alain de Botton © Karen Armstrong 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Karen Armstrong Thu, 30 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109 thebookvoice.com 5:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Nature: How we can recover our bond with the natural world Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. For most of human history nature was held to be sacred, and our God or gods were believed to be present everywhere in nature. That was true of almost all the world's cultures and religious traditions. When people in the West began to separate God and nature in the seventeenth century, it was not just a profound breach with thousands of years of accumulated wisdom and experience: it was also the root of how we have come to plunder the natural world and to promote our individual selves in unhealthy and destructive ways. Karen Armstrong argues that if we want to avert the looming environmental catastrophe, it is not enough to change our behaviour: we need to learn to think and feel differently about the natural world. She passionately believes that our religious heritage can teach us how to recover a spiritual bond with nature. Each of the book's ten chapters concentrates on a theme that has been central to the world's religious traditions - from gratitude and compassion to sacrifice and non-violence - and offers practical steps to help us develop a different mindset to reconnect with nature and rekindle our sense of the sacred. Sacred Nature is a book about 'deep ecology': it is about the most profound connections between humans and the natural world. It speaks to anyone interested in our relationship with the natural world, worried about the destruction of our environment, and searching for new ways of thinking to accompany the political action needed to save our planet. 'KAREN ARMSTRONG IS A GENIUS' A.N. Wilson 'One of our best living writers on religion' Financial Times 'Karen Armstrong is one of the handful of wise and supremely intelligent commentators on religion' Alain de Botton © Karen Armstrong 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Nature: How we can recover our bond with the natural world Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. For most of human history nature was held to be sacred, and our God or gods were believed to be present everywhere in nature. That was true of almost all the world's cultures and religious traditions. When people in the West began to separate God and nature in the seventeenth century, it was not just a profound breach with thousands of years of accumulated wisdom and experience: it was also the root of how we have come to plunder the natural world and to promote our individual selves in unhealthy and destructive ways. Karen Armstrong argues that if we want to avert the looming environmental catastrophe, it is not enough to change our behaviour: we need to learn to think and feel differently about the natural world. She passionately believes that our religious heritage can teach us how to recover a spiritual bond with nature. Each of the book's ten chapters concentrates on a theme that has been central to the world's religious traditions - from gratitude and compassion to sacrifice and non-violence - and offers practical steps to help us develop a different mindset to reconnect with nature and rekindle our sense of the sacred. Sacred Nature is a book about 'deep ecology': it is about the most profound connections between humans and the natural world. It speaks to anyone interested in our relationship with the natural world, worried about the destruction of our environment, and searching for new ways of thinking to accompany the political action needed to save our planet. 'KAREN ARMSTRONG IS A GENIUS' A.N. Wilson 'One of our best living writers on religion' Financial Times 'Karen Armstrong is one of the handful of wise and supremely intelligent commentators on religion' Alain de Botton © Karen Armstrong 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559062 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Daily Phil: 100 Days of Truth and Freedom to Heal America's Soul (A 100-Day Devotional) Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Strengthen your faith with a daily dose of truth, morality, and biblical wisdom from A&E Duck Dynasty patriarch Phil Robertson in this 100-day devotional. There is a war being waged on the soul of America, but Phil Robertson believes there is hope. Your Daily Phil compiles readings taken from Phil Robertson's bestselling books The Theft of America's Soul and Jesus Politics, along with newly added prayers and Bible verses, to give you 100 daily devotions. These devotions encourage you and show you how you can turn away from the lies of the devil and embrace the life-giving, healing, and wholly transforming love of God, helping to bring the kingdom of heaven to your home, neighborhood, church, community, and country. These 100 devotionals cover God-honoring principles, including: - Committing to the life of Christ and his words - Understanding the importance of kindness, respect, hard work, and financial stewardship - Enjoying God's creation—the earth, animals, and each other   Written with captivating storytelling and unflinching honesty, Your Daily Phil is a call for Christians to wake up and use their time, talents, resources, influence, and votes to protect and advance the policies of King Jesus--the only policies that will truly heal the soul of America. Phil Robertson Tue, 07 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559062 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Daily Phil: 100 Days of Truth and Freedom to Heal America's Soul (A 100-Day Devotional) Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Strengthen your faith with a daily dose of truth, morality, and biblical wisdom from A&E Duck Dynasty patriarch Phil Robertson in this 100-day devotional. There is a war being waged on the soul of America, but Phil Robertson believes there is hope. Your Daily Phil compiles readings taken from Phil Robertson's bestselling books The Theft of America's Soul and Jesus Politics, along with newly added prayers and Bible verses, to give you 100 daily devotions. These devotions encourage you and show you how you can turn away from the lies of the devil and embrace the life-giving, healing, and wholly transforming love of God, helping to bring the kingdom of heaven to your home, neighborhood, church, community, and country. These 100 devotionals cover God-honoring principles, including: - Committing to the life of Christ and his words - Understanding the importance of kindness, respect, hard work, and financial stewardship - Enjoying God's creation—the earth, animals, and each other   Written with captivating storytelling and unflinching honesty, Your Daily Phil is a call for Christians to wake up and use their time, talents, resources, influence, and votes to protect and advance the policies of King Jesus--the only policies that will truly heal the soul of America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Daily Phil: 100 Days of Truth and Freedom to Heal America's Soul (A 100-Day Devotional) Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Strengthen your faith with a daily dose of truth, morality, and biblical wisdom from A&E Duck Dynasty patriarch Phil Robertson in this 100-day devotional. There is a war being waged on the soul of America, but Phil Robertson believes there is hope. Your Daily Phil compiles readings taken from Phil Robertson's bestselling books The Theft of America's Soul and Jesus Politics, along with newly added prayers and Bible verses, to give you 100 daily devotions. These devotions encourage you and show you how you can turn away from the lies of the devil and embrace the life-giving, healing, and wholly transforming love of God, helping to bring the kingdom of heaven to your home, neighborhood, church, community, and country. These 100 devotionals cover God-honoring principles, including: - Committing to the life of Christ and his words - Understanding the importance of kindness, respect, hard work, and financial stewardship - Enjoying God's creation—the earth, animals, and each other   Written with captivating storytelling and unflinching honesty, Your Daily Phil is a call for Christians to wake up and use their time, talents, resources, influence, and votes to protect and advance the policies of King Jesus--the only policies that will truly heal the soul of America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559035 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone's Invited Author: Soma Sara Narrator: Soma Sara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Read this and learn – this is what a force for good looks like' Jess Phillips MP 'Her work has directly contributed to a groundswell of pent-up frustration and exhaustion from women and girls who have simply had enough. And people are listening.’ The Independent ‘Soma’s efforts feel more pressing than ever’ Vogue We are all a part of a culture that is broken – and nobody benefits from it. It’s in the news we read, the films we watch, the music we listen to, the people we surround ourselves with, the institutions we navigate, the laws we follow, and the streets we walk.   We are part of a system that was founded on inequality and drastic power imbalance. Of course, many things are better than they were. But the age of social media has dramatically exposed truths previously hidden. In this collection of essays, covering subjects from porn to the patriarchy, Soma Sara draws a line between the different facets of our society that enable inequality to flourish. The scale of the problem is vast, and deeply entrenched in all of us.   Here, Soma Sara argues that we can flip the script and start solving the problem – and create a better society for everyone. Everyone’s Invited is an essential and enlightening force to push us forward to a more equal world. Soma Sara Thu, 01 Sep 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559035 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone's Invited Author: Soma Sara Narrator: Soma Sara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Read this and learn – this is what a force for good looks like' Jess Phillips MP 'Her work has directly contributed to a groundswell of pent-up frustration and exhaustion from women and girls who have simply had enough. And people are listening.’ The Independent ‘Soma’s efforts feel more pressing than ever’ Vogue We are all a part of a culture that is broken – and nobody benefits from it. It’s in the news we read, the films we watch, the music we listen to, the people we surround ourselves with, the institutions we navigate, the laws we follow, and the streets we walk.   We are part of a system that was founded on inequality and drastic power imbalance. Of course, many things are better than they were. But the age of social media has dramatically exposed truths previously hidden. In this collection of essays, covering subjects from porn to the patriarchy, Soma Sara draws a line between the different facets of our society that enable inequality to flourish. The scale of the problem is vast, and deeply entrenched in all of us.   Here, Soma Sara argues that we can flip the script and start solving the problem – and create a better society for everyone. Everyone’s Invited is an essential and enlightening force to push us forward to a more equal world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone's Invited Author: Soma Sara Narrator: Soma Sara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Read this and learn – this is what a force for good looks like' Jess Phillips MP 'Her work has directly contributed to a groundswell of pent-up frustration and exhaustion from women and girls who have simply had enough. And people are listening.’ The Independent ‘Soma’s efforts feel more pressing than ever’ Vogue We are all a part of a culture that is broken – and nobody benefits from it. It’s in the news we read, the films we watch, the music we listen to, the people we surround ourselves with, the institutions we navigate, the laws we follow, and the streets we walk.   We are part of a system that was founded on inequality and drastic power imbalance. Of course, many things are better than they were. But the age of social media has dramatically exposed truths previously hidden. In this collection of essays, covering subjects from porn to the patriarchy, Soma Sara draws a line between the different facets of our society that enable inequality to flourish. The scale of the problem is vast, and deeply entrenched in all of us.   Here, Soma Sara argues that we can flip the script and start solving the problem – and create a better society for everyone. Everyone’s Invited is an essential and enlightening force to push us forward to a more equal world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tears of My Mother: The Legacy of My Nigerian Upbringing Author: Wendy Osefo Narrator: Wendy Osefo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When star of Bravo’s The Real Housewives of Potomac Dr. Wendy Osefo was growing up, her mother was her everything. But when she became a mother herself, everything changed. In this “exquisitely-drawn portrait of the intense bond that only a mother can have with a daughter” (Katie Haufner, author of Mother Daughter Me), Wendy explores how her Nigerian upbringing has affected her life, her success, and her role as a parent. Wendy Osefo’s mother, Iyom Susan Okuzu, arrived in the United States from Nigeria with two things: a single suitcase and the fierce determination to make a better life for herself and her future family. And she succeeded: starting out working in a fast-food restaurant and ultimately becoming the director of nursing at a major metropolitan hospital. While Susan may have taken pride in triumphing over every financial and emotional challenge, in Nigerian culture, a parent is only as successful as his or her children. And so her daughter, with gratitude and appreciation for her mother’s sacrifices, worked hard to meet every demand Susan made of her. With four advanced degrees and a position at Johns Hopkins University as a professor—as well as being a highly sought-after political commentator, a cherished wife, and a loving mother of three—Dr. Wendy has given her mother bragging rights for life. But at what cost to herself? In Tears of My Mother, the star of The Real Housewives of Potomac describes growing up as a first-generation American, balancing two distinct cultures. And she takes a critical look at the paradox of her mother’s parenting: approval conditioned by achievement. As a teenager, Wendy struggled to carve out her own identity while still walking the narrow path of her mother’s expectations. Unwavering family loyalty and obedience gave Wendy the road map to making it in America, but it also drove a wedge between mother and daughter, never more so than when she began to build her own family. “A love letter to Dr. Osefo’s mother and first-generation immigrants all across America” (Library Journal), this book is for anyone who has faced conflict in the mother-daughter relationship or wondered how much of their own upbringing they want to pass on to the next generation. Wendy Osefo Tue, 20 Sep 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559020 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tears of My Mother: The Legacy of My Nigerian Upbringing Author: Wendy Osefo Narrator: Wendy Osefo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When star of Bravo’s The Real Housewives of Potomac Dr. Wendy Osefo was growing up, her mother was her everything. But when she became a mother herself, everything changed. In this “exquisitely-drawn portrait of the intense bond that only a mother can have with a daughter” (Katie Haufner, author of Mother Daughter Me), Wendy explores how her Nigerian upbringing has affected her life, her success, and her role as a parent. Wendy Osefo’s mother, Iyom Susan Okuzu, arrived in the United States from Nigeria with two things: a single suitcase and the fierce determination to make a better life for herself and her future family. And she succeeded: starting out working in a fast-food restaurant and ultimately becoming the director of nursing at a major metropolitan hospital. While Susan may have taken pride in triumphing over every financial and emotional challenge, in Nigerian culture, a parent is only as successful as his or her children. And so her daughter, with gratitude and appreciation for her mother’s sacrifices, worked hard to meet every demand Susan made of her. With four advanced degrees and a position at Johns Hopkins University as a professor—as well as being a highly sought-after political commentator, a cherished wife, and a loving mother of three—Dr. Wendy has given her mother bragging rights for life. But at what cost to herself? In Tears of My Mother, the star of The Real Housewives of Potomac describes growing up as a first-generation American, balancing two distinct cultures. And she takes a critical look at the paradox of her mother’s parenting: approval conditioned by achievement. As a teenager, Wendy struggled to carve out her own identity while still walking the narrow path of her mother’s expectations. Unwavering family loyalty and obedience gave Wendy the road map to making it in America, but it also drove a wedge between mother and daughter, never more so than when she began to build her own family. “A love letter to Dr. Osefo’s mother and first-generation immigrants all across America” (Library Journal), this book is for anyone who has faced conflict in the mother-daughter relationship or wondered how much of their own upbringing they want to pass on to the next generation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tears of My Mother: The Legacy of My Nigerian Upbringing Author: Wendy Osefo Narrator: Wendy Osefo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When star of Bravo’s The Real Housewives of Potomac Dr. Wendy Osefo was growing up, her mother was her everything. But when she became a mother herself, everything changed. In this “exquisitely-drawn portrait of the intense bond that only a mother can have with a daughter” (Katie Haufner, author of Mother Daughter Me), Wendy explores how her Nigerian upbringing has affected her life, her success, and her role as a parent. Wendy Osefo’s mother, Iyom Susan Okuzu, arrived in the United States from Nigeria with two things: a single suitcase and the fierce determination to make a better life for herself and her future family. And she succeeded: starting out working in a fast-food restaurant and ultimately becoming the director of nursing at a major metropolitan hospital. While Susan may have taken pride in triumphing over every financial and emotional challenge, in Nigerian culture, a parent is only as successful as his or her children. And so her daughter, with gratitude and appreciation for her mother’s sacrifices, worked hard to meet every demand Susan made of her. With four advanced degrees and a position at Johns Hopkins University as a professor—as well as being a highly sought-after political commentator, a cherished wife, and a loving mother of three—Dr. Wendy has given her mother bragging rights for life. But at what cost to herself? In Tears of My Mother, the star of The Real Housewives of Potomac describes growing up as a first-generation American, balancing two distinct cultures. And she takes a critical look at the paradox of her mother’s parenting: approval conditioned by achievement. As a teenager, Wendy struggled to carve out her own identity while still walking the narrow path of her mother’s expectations. Unwavering family loyalty and obedience gave Wendy the road map to making it in America, but it also drove a wedge between mother and daughter, never more so than when she began to build her own family. “A love letter to Dr. Osefo’s mother and first-generation immigrants all across America” (Library Journal), this book is for anyone who has faced conflict in the mother-daughter relationship or wondered how much of their own upbringing they want to pass on to the next generation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558988 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La casa del ahorcado Author: Juan Soto Ivars Narrator: Pol álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un original ensayo sobre el tabú y su relación con las nuevas formas de censura contemporáneas. ¿Cómo podemos defender el pensamiento individual ante el exceso de líneas rojas? Los proyectos comunes que han sostenido las sociedades democráticas occidentales parecen rotos. Ni siquiera una pandemia global logra hacernos comprender que los grandes retos requieren respuestas colectivas. Sometidos a las reglas del identitarismo, una polarización extrema ha dado lugar al narcisismo tribal y al ensimismamiento autorreferencial. Colectivos erotizados por su propia identidad y hostiles al resto, victimistas profesionales y nacionalistas excluyentes dominan un panorama donde parece justificable eliminar los derechos de las personas en pos de una causa mayor. La casa del ahorcado es un demoledor y controvertido ensayo que observa los efectos de la cultura del sentimentalismo en la libertad de expresión y analiza algunas de las manifestaciones más alarmantes de nuestro retroceso hacia la tribu. Con mirada antropológica, pero sin intención académica, Soto Ivars nos ofrece un recorrido por diversos casos contemporáneos de retorno al tabú, el horror sacro, el chivo expiatorio, la herejía y el castigo ritual, y propone la restauración del concepto de ciudadanía como única salida a la guerra civil de las identidades. «Comparto con las almas puras la idea de que nadie con un mínimo de sensibilidad mencionaría la soga en la casa del ahorcado, pero como veremos en las próximas páginas, nos enfrentamos a un problema enorme: en un mundo global e hipercomunicado la casa del ahorcado no tiene paredes, ni puerta por la que escapar, abarca el mundo entero sin dejar un resquicio para la libertad.» Reseña: «Soto Ivars desmonta la simpleza de los debates binarios y demuestra que el duelo a garrotazos de Goya es un fenómeno global. No contento con eso, reivindica el valor del pensamiento crítico e individual frente a las obcecaciones grupales, ideológicas y casi ecuménicas como nuevas formas de persecución y censura.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Vozpopuli «Ofrece es un luminoso análisis de buena parte de los cambios sociales y políticos que están ocurriendo en el mundo.» Bernabé Sarabia El Cultural Juan Soto Ivars Thu, 25 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558988 thebookvoice.com 12:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La casa del ahorcado Author: Juan Soto Ivars Narrator: Pol álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un original ensayo sobre el tabú y su relación con las nuevas formas de censura contemporáneas. ¿Cómo podemos defender el pensamiento individual ante el exceso de líneas rojas? Los proyectos comunes que han sostenido las sociedades democráticas occidentales parecen rotos. Ni siquiera una pandemia global logra hacernos comprender que los grandes retos requieren respuestas colectivas. Sometidos a las reglas del identitarismo, una polarización extrema ha dado lugar al narcisismo tribal y al ensimismamiento autorreferencial. Colectivos erotizados por su propia identidad y hostiles al resto, victimistas profesionales y nacionalistas excluyentes dominan un panorama donde parece justificable eliminar los derechos de las personas en pos de una causa mayor. La casa del ahorcado es un demoledor y controvertido ensayo que observa los efectos de la cultura del sentimentalismo en la libertad de expresión y analiza algunas de las manifestaciones más alarmantes de nuestro retroceso hacia la tribu. Con mirada antropológica, pero sin intención académica, Soto Ivars nos ofrece un recorrido por diversos casos contemporáneos de retorno al tabú, el horror sacro, el chivo expiatorio, la herejía y el castigo ritual, y propone la restauración del concepto de ciudadanía como única salida a la guerra civil de las identidades. «Comparto con las almas puras la idea de que nadie con un mínimo de sensibilidad mencionaría la soga en la casa del ahorcado, pero como veremos en las próximas páginas, nos enfrentamos a un problema enorme: en un mundo global e hipercomunicado la casa del ahorcado no tiene paredes, ni puerta por la que escapar, abarca el mundo entero sin dejar un resquicio para la libertad.» Reseña: «Soto Ivars desmonta la simpleza de los debates binarios y demuestra que el duelo a garrotazos de Goya es un fenómeno global. No contento con eso, reivindica el valor del pensamiento crítico e individual frente a las obcecaciones grupales, ideológicas y casi ecuménicas como nuevas formas de persecución y censura.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Vozpopuli «Ofrece es un luminoso análisis de buena parte de los cambios sociales y políticos que están ocurriendo en el mundo.» Bernabé Sarabia El Cultural Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La casa del ahorcado Author: Juan Soto Ivars Narrator: Pol álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un original ensayo sobre el tabú y su relación con las nuevas formas de censura contemporáneas. ¿Cómo podemos defender el pensamiento individual ante el exceso de líneas rojas? Los proyectos comunes que han sostenido las sociedades democráticas occidentales parecen rotos. Ni siquiera una pandemia global logra hacernos comprender que los grandes retos requieren respuestas colectivas. Sometidos a las reglas del identitarismo, una polarización extrema ha dado lugar al narcisismo tribal y al ensimismamiento autorreferencial. Colectivos erotizados por su propia identidad y hostiles al resto, victimistas profesionales y nacionalistas excluyentes dominan un panorama donde parece justificable eliminar los derechos de las personas en pos de una causa mayor. La casa del ahorcado es un demoledor y controvertido ensayo que observa los efectos de la cultura del sentimentalismo en la libertad de expresión y analiza algunas de las manifestaciones más alarmantes de nuestro retroceso hacia la tribu. Con mirada antropológica, pero sin intención académica, Soto Ivars nos ofrece un recorrido por diversos casos contemporáneos de retorno al tabú, el horror sacro, el chivo expiatorio, la herejía y el castigo ritual, y propone la restauración del concepto de ciudadanía como única salida a la guerra civil de las identidades. «Comparto con las almas puras la idea de que nadie con un mínimo de sensibilidad mencionaría la soga en la casa del ahorcado, pero como veremos en las próximas páginas, nos enfrentamos a un problema enorme: en un mundo global e hipercomunicado la casa del ahorcado no tiene paredes, ni puerta por la que escapar, abarca el mundo entero sin dejar un resquicio para la libertad.» Reseña: «Soto Ivars desmonta la simpleza de los debates binarios y demuestra que el duelo a garrotazos de Goya es un fenómeno global. No contento con eso, reivindica el valor del pensamiento crítico e individual frente a las obcecaciones grupales, ideológicas y casi ecuménicas como nuevas formas de persecución y censura.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Vozpopuli «Ofrece es un luminoso análisis de buena parte de los cambios sociales y políticos que están ocurriendo en el mundo.» Bernabé Sarabia El Cultural https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Banana Leaves: Healing Indigenous Landscapes through Indigenous Science Author: Jessica Hernandez Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A 2022 Los Angeles Times Book Prize Finalist in Science & Technology An Indigenous environmental scientist breaks down why western conservationism isn't working--and offers Indigenous models informed by case studies, personal stories, and family histories that center the voices of Latin American women and land protectors. Despite the undeniable fact that Indigenous communities are among the most affected by climate devastation, Indigenous science is nowhere to be found in mainstream environmental policy or discourse. And while holistic land, water, and forest management practices born from millennia of Indigenous knowledge systems have much to teach all of us, Indigenous science has long been ignored, otherized, or perceived as 'soft'--the product of a systematic, centuries-long campaign of racism, colonialism, extractive capitalism, and delegitimization. Here, Jessica Hernandez--Maya Ch'orti' and Zapotec environmental scientist and founder of environmental agency Piña Soul--introduces and contextualizes Indigenous environmental knowledge and proposes a vision of land stewardship that heals rather than displaces, that generates rather than destroys. She breaks down the failures of western-defined conservatism and shares alternatives, citing the restoration work of urban Indigenous people in Seattle; her family's fight against ecoterrorism in Latin America; and holistic land management approaches of Indigenous groups across the continent. Through case studies, historical overviews, and stories that center the voices and lived experiences of Indigenous Latin American women and land protectors, Hernandez makes the case that if we're to recover the health of our planet--for everyone--we need to stop the eco-colonialism ravaging Indigenous lands and restore our relationship with Earth to one of harmony and respect. Jessica Hernandez Tue, 03 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963 thebookvoice.com 9:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Banana Leaves: Healing Indigenous Landscapes through Indigenous Science Author: Jessica Hernandez Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A 2022 Los Angeles Times Book Prize Finalist in Science & Technology An Indigenous environmental scientist breaks down why western conservationism isn't working--and offers Indigenous models informed by case studies, personal stories, and family histories that center the voices of Latin American women and land protectors. Despite the undeniable fact that Indigenous communities are among the most affected by climate devastation, Indigenous science is nowhere to be found in mainstream environmental policy or discourse. And while holistic land, water, and forest management practices born from millennia of Indigenous knowledge systems have much to teach all of us, Indigenous science has long been ignored, otherized, or perceived as 'soft'--the product of a systematic, centuries-long campaign of racism, colonialism, extractive capitalism, and delegitimization. Here, Jessica Hernandez--Maya Ch'orti' and Zapotec environmental scientist and founder of environmental agency Piña Soul--introduces and contextualizes Indigenous environmental knowledge and proposes a vision of land stewardship that heals rather than displaces, that generates rather than destroys. She breaks down the failures of western-defined conservatism and shares alternatives, citing the restoration work of urban Indigenous people in Seattle; her family's fight against ecoterrorism in Latin America; and holistic land management approaches of Indigenous groups across the continent. Through case studies, historical overviews, and stories that center the voices and lived experiences of Indigenous Latin American women and land protectors, Hernandez makes the case that if we're to recover the health of our planet--for everyone--we need to stop the eco-colonialism ravaging Indigenous lands and restore our relationship with Earth to one of harmony and respect. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Banana Leaves: Healing Indigenous Landscapes through Indigenous Science Author: Jessica Hernandez Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A 2022 Los Angeles Times Book Prize Finalist in Science & Technology An Indigenous environmental scientist breaks down why western conservationism isn't working--and offers Indigenous models informed by case studies, personal stories, and family histories that center the voices of Latin American women and land protectors. Despite the undeniable fact that Indigenous communities are among the most affected by climate devastation, Indigenous science is nowhere to be found in mainstream environmental policy or discourse. And while holistic land, water, and forest management practices born from millennia of Indigenous knowledge systems have much to teach all of us, Indigenous science has long been ignored, otherized, or perceived as 'soft'--the product of a systematic, centuries-long campaign of racism, colonialism, extractive capitalism, and delegitimization. Here, Jessica Hernandez--Maya Ch'orti' and Zapotec environmental scientist and founder of environmental agency Piña Soul--introduces and contextualizes Indigenous environmental knowledge and proposes a vision of land stewardship that heals rather than displaces, that generates rather than destroys. She breaks down the failures of western-defined conservatism and shares alternatives, citing the restoration work of urban Indigenous people in Seattle; her family's fight against ecoterrorism in Latin America; and holistic land management approaches of Indigenous groups across the continent. Through case studies, historical overviews, and stories that center the voices and lived experiences of Indigenous Latin American women and land protectors, Hernandez makes the case that if we're to recover the health of our planet--for everyone--we need to stop the eco-colonialism ravaging Indigenous lands and restore our relationship with Earth to one of harmony and respect. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Critical Race Theory: Why It Matters & Why You Should Care Author: Victor Ray Narrator: James Fouhey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What exactly is critical race theory? This concise and accessible exploration demystifies a crucial framework for understanding and fighting racial injustice in the United States. “A clear-eyed, expert field guide.”—Dr. Tressie McMillan Cottom, author of Thick   From renowned scholar Dr. Victor Ray, On Critical Race Theory explains the centrality of race in American history and politics, and how the often mischaracterized intellectual movement became a political necessity. Ray draws upon the radical thinking of giants such as Ida B. Wells, W.E.B. Du Bois, and Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., to clearly trace the foundations of critical race theory in the Black intellectual traditions of emancipation and the civil rights movement. From these foundations, Ray explores the many facets of our society that critical race theory interrogates, from deeply embedded structural racism to the historical connection between whiteness and property, ownership, and more. In succinct, thoughtful essays, Ray presents, analyzes, and breaks down the scholarship and concepts that constitute this often misconstrued term. He explores how the conversation on critical race theory has expanded into the contemporary popular conscience, showing why critical race theory matters and why we should all care. Victor Ray Tue, 02 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558962 thebookvoice.com 4:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Critical Race Theory: Why It Matters & Why You Should Care Author: Victor Ray Narrator: James Fouhey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What exactly is critical race theory? This concise and accessible exploration demystifies a crucial framework for understanding and fighting racial injustice in the United States. “A clear-eyed, expert field guide.”—Dr. Tressie McMillan Cottom, author of Thick   From renowned scholar Dr. Victor Ray, On Critical Race Theory explains the centrality of race in American history and politics, and how the often mischaracterized intellectual movement became a political necessity. Ray draws upon the radical thinking of giants such as Ida B. Wells, W.E.B. Du Bois, and Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., to clearly trace the foundations of critical race theory in the Black intellectual traditions of emancipation and the civil rights movement. From these foundations, Ray explores the many facets of our society that critical race theory interrogates, from deeply embedded structural racism to the historical connection between whiteness and property, ownership, and more. In succinct, thoughtful essays, Ray presents, analyzes, and breaks down the scholarship and concepts that constitute this often misconstrued term. He explores how the conversation on critical race theory has expanded into the contemporary popular conscience, showing why critical race theory matters and why we should all care. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Critical Race Theory: Why It Matters & Why You Should Care Author: Victor Ray Narrator: James Fouhey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What exactly is critical race theory? This concise and accessible exploration demystifies a crucial framework for understanding and fighting racial injustice in the United States. “A clear-eyed, expert field guide.”—Dr. Tressie McMillan Cottom, author of Thick   From renowned scholar Dr. Victor Ray, On Critical Race Theory explains the centrality of race in American history and politics, and how the often mischaracterized intellectual movement became a political necessity. Ray draws upon the radical thinking of giants such as Ida B. Wells, W.E.B. Du Bois, and Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., to clearly trace the foundations of critical race theory in the Black intellectual traditions of emancipation and the civil rights movement. From these foundations, Ray explores the many facets of our society that critical race theory interrogates, from deeply embedded structural racism to the historical connection between whiteness and property, ownership, and more. In succinct, thoughtful essays, Ray presents, analyzes, and breaks down the scholarship and concepts that constitute this often misconstrued term. He explores how the conversation on critical race theory has expanded into the contemporary popular conscience, showing why critical race theory matters and why we should all care. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558953 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdue: Reckoning with the Public Library Author: Amanda Oliver Narrator: Eva Wilhelm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who are libraries for, how have they evolved, and why do they fill so many roles in our society today? Based on firsthand experiences from six years of professional work as a librarian in high-poverty neighborhoods of Washington, DC, as well as interviews and research, Overdue begins with Oliver's first day at an 'unusual' branch: Northwest One. Using her experience at this branch allows Oliver to highlight the national problems that have existed in libraries since they were founded: racism, segregation, and class inequalities. These age-old problems have evolved into police violence, the opioid epidemic, rampant houselessness, and lack of mental health care nationwide—all of which come to a head in public library spaces. Can public librarians continue to play the many roles they are tasked with? Can American society sustain one of its most noble institutions? Pushing against hundreds of years of stereotypes, romanticization, and discomfort with a call to reckoning, Overdue will change the way you think about libraries forever. Amanda Oliver Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558953 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdue: Reckoning with the Public Library Author: Amanda Oliver Narrator: Eva Wilhelm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who are libraries for, how have they evolved, and why do they fill so many roles in our society today? Based on firsthand experiences from six years of professional work as a librarian in high-poverty neighborhoods of Washington, DC, as well as interviews and research, Overdue begins with Oliver's first day at an 'unusual' branch: Northwest One. Using her experience at this branch allows Oliver to highlight the national problems that have existed in libraries since they were founded: racism, segregation, and class inequalities. These age-old problems have evolved into police violence, the opioid epidemic, rampant houselessness, and lack of mental health care nationwide—all of which come to a head in public library spaces. Can public librarians continue to play the many roles they are tasked with? Can American society sustain one of its most noble institutions? Pushing against hundreds of years of stereotypes, romanticization, and discomfort with a call to reckoning, Overdue will change the way you think about libraries forever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdue: Reckoning with the Public Library Author: Amanda Oliver Narrator: Eva Wilhelm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who are libraries for, how have they evolved, and why do they fill so many roles in our society today? Based on firsthand experiences from six years of professional work as a librarian in high-poverty neighborhoods of Washington, DC, as well as interviews and research, Overdue begins with Oliver's first day at an 'unusual' branch: Northwest One. Using her experience at this branch allows Oliver to highlight the national problems that have existed in libraries since they were founded: racism, segregation, and class inequalities. These age-old problems have evolved into police violence, the opioid epidemic, rampant houselessness, and lack of mental health care nationwide—all of which come to a head in public library spaces. Can public librarians continue to play the many roles they are tasked with? Can American society sustain one of its most noble institutions? Pushing against hundreds of years of stereotypes, romanticization, and discomfort with a call to reckoning, Overdue will change the way you think about libraries forever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558937 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The State You're In: Florida Men, Florida Women, and Other Wildlife Author: Craig Pittman Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For more than thirty years, investigative journalist and New York Times bestselling author Craig Pittman has chronicled the wildest stories Florida has to offer. Featuring a selection of columns that have appeared in the Tampa Bay Times and other outlets throughout Pittman's career, this book highlights just how strange and wonderful Florida can be. With a folksy style, an eye for the absurd, and a passion for the history and environment of his home state, Pittman describes some of Florida's oddest wildlife as well as its quirkiest people. The State You're In includes a love story involving the most tattooed woman in the world, a deep dive into the state's professional mermaid industry, and an investigation of a battle between residents of a nudist resort and the U.S. Postal Service. Pittman introduces listeners to a who's who of Florida crime fiction, a what's what of exotic animals, and an array of beloved places he's seen change rapidly in his lifetime. Many of these stories are funny, some are serious, and several offer rare insights into the heart of the Sunshine State. For Pittman, Florida is both inspiring and dangerous—an 'evolutionary test' for those who live in it. Together these pieces paint a complex picture of a fascinating state longing for an identity beyond palm trees and punchlines. Craig Pittman Mon, 28 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558937 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The State You're In: Florida Men, Florida Women, and Other Wildlife Author: Craig Pittman Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For more than thirty years, investigative journalist and New York Times bestselling author Craig Pittman has chronicled the wildest stories Florida has to offer. Featuring a selection of columns that have appeared in the Tampa Bay Times and other outlets throughout Pittman's career, this book highlights just how strange and wonderful Florida can be. With a folksy style, an eye for the absurd, and a passion for the history and environment of his home state, Pittman describes some of Florida's oddest wildlife as well as its quirkiest people. The State You're In includes a love story involving the most tattooed woman in the world, a deep dive into the state's professional mermaid industry, and an investigation of a battle between residents of a nudist resort and the U.S. Postal Service. Pittman introduces listeners to a who's who of Florida crime fiction, a what's what of exotic animals, and an array of beloved places he's seen change rapidly in his lifetime. Many of these stories are funny, some are serious, and several offer rare insights into the heart of the Sunshine State. For Pittman, Florida is both inspiring and dangerous—an 'evolutionary test' for those who live in it. Together these pieces paint a complex picture of a fascinating state longing for an identity beyond palm trees and punchlines. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The State You're In: Florida Men, Florida Women, and Other Wildlife Author: Craig Pittman Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For more than thirty years, investigative journalist and New York Times bestselling author Craig Pittman has chronicled the wildest stories Florida has to offer. Featuring a selection of columns that have appeared in the Tampa Bay Times and other outlets throughout Pittman's career, this book highlights just how strange and wonderful Florida can be. With a folksy style, an eye for the absurd, and a passion for the history and environment of his home state, Pittman describes some of Florida's oddest wildlife as well as its quirkiest people. The State You're In includes a love story involving the most tattooed woman in the world, a deep dive into the state's professional mermaid industry, and an investigation of a battle between residents of a nudist resort and the U.S. Postal Service. Pittman introduces listeners to a who's who of Florida crime fiction, a what's what of exotic animals, and an array of beloved places he's seen change rapidly in his lifetime. Many of these stories are funny, some are serious, and several offer rare insights into the heart of the Sunshine State. For Pittman, Florida is both inspiring and dangerous—an 'evolutionary test' for those who live in it. Together these pieces paint a complex picture of a fascinating state longing for an identity beyond palm trees and punchlines. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immigrant Superpower: How Brains, Brawn, and Bravery Make America Stronger Author: Tim Kane Narrator: Tim Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America was built by immigrants, yet there has long been strong political opposition to immigration. In recent years, the hostility toward immigration has reached a tipping point. While partisan fighting and confusion over basic policy dominate a broken conversation, we often overlook a fundamental American truth: immigration makes America great. In The Immigrant Superpower, Tim Kane argues that immigration has been a source of American strength and American exceptionalism since the nation's founding. This book explores how immigration is essential to the military strength, economic power, and innovation of the United States. By combining stories of immigrants who have contributed to the American experience, including in the military and business, with analysis of immigration's effects on wages and unemployment, Kane presents a clear defense of greater immigration as a matter of national security. The only way to win the great power competition of the twenty-first century is to embrace America's identity as a nation of immigrants. As politicians in Washington continue to negotiate with no intention to reach an agreement, Kane exposes the immigration consensus hiding in plain sight. Using original, in-depth surveys of American attitudes toward immigration reform he maps out a step-by-step process to achieve reform. Tim Kane Mon, 31 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558872 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immigrant Superpower: How Brains, Brawn, and Bravery Make America Stronger Author: Tim Kane Narrator: Tim Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America was built by immigrants, yet there has long been strong political opposition to immigration. In recent years, the hostility toward immigration has reached a tipping point. While partisan fighting and confusion over basic policy dominate a broken conversation, we often overlook a fundamental American truth: immigration makes America great. In The Immigrant Superpower, Tim Kane argues that immigration has been a source of American strength and American exceptionalism since the nation's founding. This book explores how immigration is essential to the military strength, economic power, and innovation of the United States. By combining stories of immigrants who have contributed to the American experience, including in the military and business, with analysis of immigration's effects on wages and unemployment, Kane presents a clear defense of greater immigration as a matter of national security. The only way to win the great power competition of the twenty-first century is to embrace America's identity as a nation of immigrants. As politicians in Washington continue to negotiate with no intention to reach an agreement, Kane exposes the immigration consensus hiding in plain sight. Using original, in-depth surveys of American attitudes toward immigration reform he maps out a step-by-step process to achieve reform. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immigrant Superpower: How Brains, Brawn, and Bravery Make America Stronger Author: Tim Kane Narrator: Tim Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America was built by immigrants, yet there has long been strong political opposition to immigration. In recent years, the hostility toward immigration has reached a tipping point. While partisan fighting and confusion over basic policy dominate a broken conversation, we often overlook a fundamental American truth: immigration makes America great. In The Immigrant Superpower, Tim Kane argues that immigration has been a source of American strength and American exceptionalism since the nation's founding. This book explores how immigration is essential to the military strength, economic power, and innovation of the United States. By combining stories of immigrants who have contributed to the American experience, including in the military and business, with analysis of immigration's effects on wages and unemployment, Kane presents a clear defense of greater immigration as a matter of national security. The only way to win the great power competition of the twenty-first century is to embrace America's identity as a nation of immigrants. As politicians in Washington continue to negotiate with no intention to reach an agreement, Kane exposes the immigration consensus hiding in plain sight. Using original, in-depth surveys of American attitudes toward immigration reform he maps out a step-by-step process to achieve reform. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black on Both Sides: A Racial History of Trans Identity Author: C. Riley Snorton Narrator: C. Riley Snorton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Christine Jorgensen, America's first prominent transsexual, narrated trans embodiment in the postwar era. Her celebrity, however, has obscured other mid-century trans narratives. Their erasure from trans history masks the ways race has figured prominently in the construction and representation of transgender subjects. In Black on Both Sides, C. Riley Snorton identifies multiple intersections between blackness and transness from the mid-nineteenth century to present-day anti-black and anti-trans legislation and violence. Drawing on a varied archive of materials, Snorton attends to how slavery and the production of racialized gender provided the foundations for an understanding of gender as mutable. In tracing the genealogies of blackness and transness, Snorton follows multiple trajectories, from the medical experiments conducted on enslaved black women to the negation of blackness. Revealing instances of personal sovereignty among blacks in the antebellum North that were mapped in terms of 'cross dressing' and black literary works that express black men's access to the 'female within,' Black on Both Sides concludes with a reading of the fate of Phillip DeVine, who was murdered alongside Brandon Teena in 1993. Reconstructing these trajectories furthers our capacities to conceive more livable black and trans worlds. C. Riley Snorton Tue, 22 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558867 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black on Both Sides: A Racial History of Trans Identity Author: C. Riley Snorton Narrator: C. Riley Snorton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Christine Jorgensen, America's first prominent transsexual, narrated trans embodiment in the postwar era. Her celebrity, however, has obscured other mid-century trans narratives. Their erasure from trans history masks the ways race has figured prominently in the construction and representation of transgender subjects. In Black on Both Sides, C. Riley Snorton identifies multiple intersections between blackness and transness from the mid-nineteenth century to present-day anti-black and anti-trans legislation and violence. Drawing on a varied archive of materials, Snorton attends to how slavery and the production of racialized gender provided the foundations for an understanding of gender as mutable. In tracing the genealogies of blackness and transness, Snorton follows multiple trajectories, from the medical experiments conducted on enslaved black women to the negation of blackness. Revealing instances of personal sovereignty among blacks in the antebellum North that were mapped in terms of 'cross dressing' and black literary works that express black men's access to the 'female within,' Black on Both Sides concludes with a reading of the fate of Phillip DeVine, who was murdered alongside Brandon Teena in 1993. Reconstructing these trajectories furthers our capacities to conceive more livable black and trans worlds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black on Both Sides: A Racial History of Trans Identity Author: C. Riley Snorton Narrator: C. Riley Snorton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Christine Jorgensen, America's first prominent transsexual, narrated trans embodiment in the postwar era. Her celebrity, however, has obscured other mid-century trans narratives. Their erasure from trans history masks the ways race has figured prominently in the construction and representation of transgender subjects. In Black on Both Sides, C. Riley Snorton identifies multiple intersections between blackness and transness from the mid-nineteenth century to present-day anti-black and anti-trans legislation and violence. Drawing on a varied archive of materials, Snorton attends to how slavery and the production of racialized gender provided the foundations for an understanding of gender as mutable. In tracing the genealogies of blackness and transness, Snorton follows multiple trajectories, from the medical experiments conducted on enslaved black women to the negation of blackness. Revealing instances of personal sovereignty among blacks in the antebellum North that were mapped in terms of 'cross dressing' and black literary works that express black men's access to the 'female within,' Black on Both Sides concludes with a reading of the fate of Phillip DeVine, who was murdered alongside Brandon Teena in 1993. Reconstructing these trajectories furthers our capacities to conceive more livable black and trans worlds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558868 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Down the House: The End of Juvenile Prison Author: Nell Bernstein Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One in three American children will be arrested by the time they are twenty-three, and many will spend time locked inside horrific detention centers that defy everything we know about what motivates young people to change. Nell Bernstein eloquently argues that there is no right way to lock up a child. The very act of isolation denies children the thing that is most essential to their growth and rehabilitation: positive relationships with caring adults. Bernstein introduces us to youth across the nation who have suffered violence and psychological torture at the hands of the state. She presents these youths all as fully realized people, not victims. As they describe in their own voices their fight to maintain their humanity and protect their individuality in environments that would deny both, these young people offer a hopeful alternative to the doomed effort to reform a system that should only be dismantled. Interwoven with these heartrending stories is reporting on innovative programs that provide effective alternatives to putting children behind bars. A landmark book, Burning Down the House sparked a national conversation about our inhumane and ineffectual juvenile prisons, and ultimately makes the radical argument that the only path to justice is for state-run detention centers to be abolished completely. Nell Bernstein Mon, 31 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558868 thebookvoice.com 15:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Down the House: The End of Juvenile Prison Author: Nell Bernstein Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One in three American children will be arrested by the time they are twenty-three, and many will spend time locked inside horrific detention centers that defy everything we know about what motivates young people to change. Nell Bernstein eloquently argues that there is no right way to lock up a child. The very act of isolation denies children the thing that is most essential to their growth and rehabilitation: positive relationships with caring adults. Bernstein introduces us to youth across the nation who have suffered violence and psychological torture at the hands of the state. She presents these youths all as fully realized people, not victims. As they describe in their own voices their fight to maintain their humanity and protect their individuality in environments that would deny both, these young people offer a hopeful alternative to the doomed effort to reform a system that should only be dismantled. Interwoven with these heartrending stories is reporting on innovative programs that provide effective alternatives to putting children behind bars. A landmark book, Burning Down the House sparked a national conversation about our inhumane and ineffectual juvenile prisons, and ultimately makes the radical argument that the only path to justice is for state-run detention centers to be abolished completely. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Down the House: The End of Juvenile Prison Author: Nell Bernstein Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One in three American children will be arrested by the time they are twenty-three, and many will spend time locked inside horrific detention centers that defy everything we know about what motivates young people to change. Nell Bernstein eloquently argues that there is no right way to lock up a child. The very act of isolation denies children the thing that is most essential to their growth and rehabilitation: positive relationships with caring adults. Bernstein introduces us to youth across the nation who have suffered violence and psychological torture at the hands of the state. She presents these youths all as fully realized people, not victims. As they describe in their own voices their fight to maintain their humanity and protect their individuality in environments that would deny both, these young people offer a hopeful alternative to the doomed effort to reform a system that should only be dismantled. Interwoven with these heartrending stories is reporting on innovative programs that provide effective alternatives to putting children behind bars. A landmark book, Burning Down the House sparked a national conversation about our inhumane and ineffectual juvenile prisons, and ultimately makes the radical argument that the only path to justice is for state-run detention centers to be abolished completely. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Stop a Conspiracy: An Ancient Guide to Saving a Republic Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers Author: Sallust Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 63 BC, frustrated by his failure to be elected leader of the Roman Republic, the aristocrat Catiline tried to topple its elected government. Backed by corrupt elites and poor, alienated Romans, he fled Rome while his associates plotted to burn the city and murder its leading politicians. The attempted coup culminated with the unmasking of the conspirators in the Senate, a stormy debate that led to their execution, and the defeat of Catiline and his legions in battle. In How to Stop a Conspiracy, Josiah Osgood presents a brisk, modern new translation of the definitive account of these events, Sallust's The War with Catiline. In a taut, jaw-dropping narrative, Sallust combines juicy details about Catiline and his louche associates with highly quotable moral judgments and a wrenching description of the widespread social misery they exploited. Along the way, we get unforgettable portraits of the bitter and haunted Catiline, who was sympathetic to the plight of Romans yet willing to destroy Rome; his archenemy Cicero, who thwarts the conspiracy; and Julius Caesar, who defends the conspirators and is accused of being one of them. Complete with an introduction that discusses how The War with Catiline has shaped and continues to shape our understanding of how republics live and die, this volume makes Sallust's gripping history more accessible than ever before. Sallust Tue, 10 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558860 thebookvoice.com 2:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Stop a Conspiracy: An Ancient Guide to Saving a Republic Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers Author: Sallust Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 63 BC, frustrated by his failure to be elected leader of the Roman Republic, the aristocrat Catiline tried to topple its elected government. Backed by corrupt elites and poor, alienated Romans, he fled Rome while his associates plotted to burn the city and murder its leading politicians. The attempted coup culminated with the unmasking of the conspirators in the Senate, a stormy debate that led to their execution, and the defeat of Catiline and his legions in battle. In How to Stop a Conspiracy, Josiah Osgood presents a brisk, modern new translation of the definitive account of these events, Sallust's The War with Catiline. In a taut, jaw-dropping narrative, Sallust combines juicy details about Catiline and his louche associates with highly quotable moral judgments and a wrenching description of the widespread social misery they exploited. Along the way, we get unforgettable portraits of the bitter and haunted Catiline, who was sympathetic to the plight of Romans yet willing to destroy Rome; his archenemy Cicero, who thwarts the conspiracy; and Julius Caesar, who defends the conspirators and is accused of being one of them. Complete with an introduction that discusses how The War with Catiline has shaped and continues to shape our understanding of how republics live and die, this volume makes Sallust's gripping history more accessible than ever before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Stop a Conspiracy: An Ancient Guide to Saving a Republic Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers Author: Sallust Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 63 BC, frustrated by his failure to be elected leader of the Roman Republic, the aristocrat Catiline tried to topple its elected government. Backed by corrupt elites and poor, alienated Romans, he fled Rome while his associates plotted to burn the city and murder its leading politicians. The attempted coup culminated with the unmasking of the conspirators in the Senate, a stormy debate that led to their execution, and the defeat of Catiline and his legions in battle. In How to Stop a Conspiracy, Josiah Osgood presents a brisk, modern new translation of the definitive account of these events, Sallust's The War with Catiline. In a taut, jaw-dropping narrative, Sallust combines juicy details about Catiline and his louche associates with highly quotable moral judgments and a wrenching description of the widespread social misery they exploited. Along the way, we get unforgettable portraits of the bitter and haunted Catiline, who was sympathetic to the plight of Romans yet willing to destroy Rome; his archenemy Cicero, who thwarts the conspiracy; and Julius Caesar, who defends the conspirators and is accused of being one of them. Complete with an introduction that discusses how The War with Catiline has shaped and continues to shape our understanding of how republics live and die, this volume makes Sallust's gripping history more accessible than ever before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558859 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spin Dictators: The Changing Face of Tyranny in the 21st Century Author: Daniel Treisman, Sergei Guriev Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hitler, Stalin, and Mao ruled through violence, fear, and ideology. But in recent decades a new breed of media-savvy strongmen has been redesigning authoritarian rule for a more sophisticated, globally connected world. In place of overt, mass repression, rulers such as Vladimir Putin, Recep Tayyip Erdogan, and Viktor Orbán control their citizens by distorting information and simulating democratic procedures. Like spin doctors in democracies, they spin the news to engineer support. Uncovering this new brand of authoritarianism, Sergei Guriev and Daniel Treisman explain the rise of such 'spin dictators,' describing how they emerge and operate, the new threats they pose, and how democracies should respond. Spin Dictators traces how leaders such as Singapore's Lee Kuan Yew and Peru's Alberto Fujimori pioneered less violent, more covert, and more effective methods of monopolizing power. They cultivated an image of competence, concealed censorship, and used democratic institutions to undermine democracy, all while increasing international engagement for financial and reputational benefits. The book reveals why most of today's authoritarians are spin dictators—and how they differ from the remaining 'fear dictators' such as Kim Jong-un and Bashar al-Assad, as well as from masters of high-tech repression like Xi Jinping. Daniel Treisman, Sergei Guriev Tue, 05 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558859 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spin Dictators: The Changing Face of Tyranny in the 21st Century Author: Daniel Treisman, Sergei Guriev Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hitler, Stalin, and Mao ruled through violence, fear, and ideology. But in recent decades a new breed of media-savvy strongmen has been redesigning authoritarian rule for a more sophisticated, globally connected world. In place of overt, mass repression, rulers such as Vladimir Putin, Recep Tayyip Erdogan, and Viktor Orbán control their citizens by distorting information and simulating democratic procedures. Like spin doctors in democracies, they spin the news to engineer support. Uncovering this new brand of authoritarianism, Sergei Guriev and Daniel Treisman explain the rise of such 'spin dictators,' describing how they emerge and operate, the new threats they pose, and how democracies should respond. Spin Dictators traces how leaders such as Singapore's Lee Kuan Yew and Peru's Alberto Fujimori pioneered less violent, more covert, and more effective methods of monopolizing power. They cultivated an image of competence, concealed censorship, and used democratic institutions to undermine democracy, all while increasing international engagement for financial and reputational benefits. The book reveals why most of today's authoritarians are spin dictators—and how they differ from the remaining 'fear dictators' such as Kim Jong-un and Bashar al-Assad, as well as from masters of high-tech repression like Xi Jinping. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spin Dictators: The Changing Face of Tyranny in the 21st Century Author: Daniel Treisman, Sergei Guriev Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hitler, Stalin, and Mao ruled through violence, fear, and ideology. But in recent decades a new breed of media-savvy strongmen has been redesigning authoritarian rule for a more sophisticated, globally connected world. In place of overt, mass repression, rulers such as Vladimir Putin, Recep Tayyip Erdogan, and Viktor Orbán control their citizens by distorting information and simulating democratic procedures. Like spin doctors in democracies, they spin the news to engineer support. Uncovering this new brand of authoritarianism, Sergei Guriev and Daniel Treisman explain the rise of such 'spin dictators,' describing how they emerge and operate, the new threats they pose, and how democracies should respond. Spin Dictators traces how leaders such as Singapore's Lee Kuan Yew and Peru's Alberto Fujimori pioneered less violent, more covert, and more effective methods of monopolizing power. They cultivated an image of competence, concealed censorship, and used democratic institutions to undermine democracy, all while increasing international engagement for financial and reputational benefits. The book reveals why most of today's authoritarians are spin dictators—and how they differ from the remaining 'fear dictators' such as Kim Jong-un and Bashar al-Assad, as well as from masters of high-tech repression like Xi Jinping. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Leadership: How to Transform Corporate Culture in a Race-Conscious World Author: James D. White Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Building anti-racist companies by design creates great places to work for all. Business leaders who are ready to take a bold stance to make the world better for their employees, consumers, and community: listen to this book. This book is not apolitical. This book is explicitly anti-racist. This book takes the stance that Black Lives Matter, LGBTQIA+ rights are human rights, people of all abilities deserve respect and access, and people of all genders have the right to sovereignty over their identities. This book acknowledges that capitalism is built on a foundation of systemic racism. Business leaders, you hold an important position in the power structure, and you have the unique ability to reach thousands of employees and millions of consumers with your leadership. It's time for you to build a truly diverse, equitable, and inclusive work environment. This book is the comprehensive plan for leaders who are ready to get serious about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) and creating an anti-racist company culture. Transformational leader James D. White has gained a deep understanding of how to operationalize and integrate DEI agendas as a leader with thirty-plus years of experience at large companies. and as his lived experience as a Black man at that highest levels of corporate America. Most recently he was CEO and chairman of the global smoothie chain Jamba Juice, where he led a remarkable turnaround to make it a model of strong performance built on a foundation of a deeply diverse, anti-racist culture. And he draws on the experiences of other leaders on the vanguard of DEI. Practical lessons and real-world examples of techniques used by best practitioners will empower leaders who are asking themselves at this urgent moment what so many have asked White: What can I do? Listen to this book. James D. White Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846 thebookvoice.com 5:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Leadership: How to Transform Corporate Culture in a Race-Conscious World Author: James D. White Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Building anti-racist companies by design creates great places to work for all. Business leaders who are ready to take a bold stance to make the world better for their employees, consumers, and community: listen to this book. This book is not apolitical. This book is explicitly anti-racist. This book takes the stance that Black Lives Matter, LGBTQIA+ rights are human rights, people of all abilities deserve respect and access, and people of all genders have the right to sovereignty over their identities. This book acknowledges that capitalism is built on a foundation of systemic racism. Business leaders, you hold an important position in the power structure, and you have the unique ability to reach thousands of employees and millions of consumers with your leadership. It's time for you to build a truly diverse, equitable, and inclusive work environment. This book is the comprehensive plan for leaders who are ready to get serious about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) and creating an anti-racist company culture. Transformational leader James D. White has gained a deep understanding of how to operationalize and integrate DEI agendas as a leader with thirty-plus years of experience at large companies. and as his lived experience as a Black man at that highest levels of corporate America. Most recently he was CEO and chairman of the global smoothie chain Jamba Juice, where he led a remarkable turnaround to make it a model of strong performance built on a foundation of a deeply diverse, anti-racist culture. And he draws on the experiences of other leaders on the vanguard of DEI. Practical lessons and real-world examples of techniques used by best practitioners will empower leaders who are asking themselves at this urgent moment what so many have asked White: What can I do? Listen to this book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Leadership: How to Transform Corporate Culture in a Race-Conscious World Author: James D. White Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Building anti-racist companies by design creates great places to work for all. Business leaders who are ready to take a bold stance to make the world better for their employees, consumers, and community: listen to this book. This book is not apolitical. This book is explicitly anti-racist. This book takes the stance that Black Lives Matter, LGBTQIA+ rights are human rights, people of all abilities deserve respect and access, and people of all genders have the right to sovereignty over their identities. This book acknowledges that capitalism is built on a foundation of systemic racism. Business leaders, you hold an important position in the power structure, and you have the unique ability to reach thousands of employees and millions of consumers with your leadership. It's time for you to build a truly diverse, equitable, and inclusive work environment. This book is the comprehensive plan for leaders who are ready to get serious about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) and creating an anti-racist company culture. Transformational leader James D. White has gained a deep understanding of how to operationalize and integrate DEI agendas as a leader with thirty-plus years of experience at large companies. and as his lived experience as a Black man at that highest levels of corporate America. Most recently he was CEO and chairman of the global smoothie chain Jamba Juice, where he led a remarkable turnaround to make it a model of strong performance built on a foundation of a deeply diverse, anti-racist culture. And he draws on the experiences of other leaders on the vanguard of DEI. Practical lessons and real-world examples of techniques used by best practitioners will empower leaders who are asking themselves at this urgent moment what so many have asked White: What can I do? Listen to this book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance Author: Jason Thompson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance, award-winning diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) expert Jason R. Thompson delivers a practical and engaging handbook for implementing a DE&I program in your organization. The CAPE technique, developed by the author, gives you a clear blueprint and the tools you'll need to make your diversity program a success. In this book, you'll learn how to achieve early and significant wins to create the necessary and long term organizational change needed for successful DE&I programs. Find out what data you need to collect, how to analyze it, and choose the right goals for your organization. In addition, the CAPE technique will show your progress and ROI. You will learn to: manage and lead a diversity council and implement diversity initiatives in the correct order; get early buy-in and long-term commitment from a Chief Executive Officer by knowing what to ask for and when; and set appropriate and realistic expectations for a DE&I program with the executive leadership team. Perfect for diversity and inclusion professionals, human resources leaders, founders, business owners, and executives, Diversity and Inclusion Matters will also earn a place in the libraries of students of human resources, leadership, management, and finance. Jason Thompson Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance Author: Jason Thompson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance, award-winning diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) expert Jason R. Thompson delivers a practical and engaging handbook for implementing a DE&I program in your organization. The CAPE technique, developed by the author, gives you a clear blueprint and the tools you'll need to make your diversity program a success. In this book, you'll learn how to achieve early and significant wins to create the necessary and long term organizational change needed for successful DE&I programs. Find out what data you need to collect, how to analyze it, and choose the right goals for your organization. In addition, the CAPE technique will show your progress and ROI. You will learn to: manage and lead a diversity council and implement diversity initiatives in the correct order; get early buy-in and long-term commitment from a Chief Executive Officer by knowing what to ask for and when; and set appropriate and realistic expectations for a DE&I program with the executive leadership team. Perfect for diversity and inclusion professionals, human resources leaders, founders, business owners, and executives, Diversity and Inclusion Matters will also earn a place in the libraries of students of human resources, leadership, management, and finance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance Author: Jason Thompson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance, award-winning diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) expert Jason R. Thompson delivers a practical and engaging handbook for implementing a DE&I program in your organization. The CAPE technique, developed by the author, gives you a clear blueprint and the tools you'll need to make your diversity program a success. In this book, you'll learn how to achieve early and significant wins to create the necessary and long term organizational change needed for successful DE&I programs. Find out what data you need to collect, how to analyze it, and choose the right goals for your organization. In addition, the CAPE technique will show your progress and ROI. You will learn to: manage and lead a diversity council and implement diversity initiatives in the correct order; get early buy-in and long-term commitment from a Chief Executive Officer by knowing what to ask for and when; and set appropriate and realistic expectations for a DE&I program with the executive leadership team. Perfect for diversity and inclusion professionals, human resources leaders, founders, business owners, and executives, Diversity and Inclusion Matters will also earn a place in the libraries of students of human resources, leadership, management, and finance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558704 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Journals Author: Audre Lorde Narrator: Elizabeth Lorde-Rollins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Moving between journal entry, memoir, and exposition, Audre Lorde fuses the personal and political as she reflects on her experience coping with breast cancer and a radical mastectomy. A Penguin Classic First published over forty years ago, The Cancer Journals is a startling, powerful account of Audre Lorde's experience with breast cancer and mastectomy. Long before narratives explored the silences around illness and women's pain, Lorde questioned the rules of conformity for women's body images and supported the need to confront physical loss not hidden by prosthesis. Living as a 'black, lesbian, mother, warrior, poet,' Lorde heals and re-envisions herself on her own terms and offers her voice, grief, resistance, and courage to those dealing with their own diagnosis. Poetic and profoundly feminist, Lorde's testament gives visibility and strength to women with cancer to define themselves, and to transform their silence into language and action. Audre Lorde Tue, 15 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558704 thebookvoice.com 3:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Journals Author: Audre Lorde Narrator: Elizabeth Lorde-Rollins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Moving between journal entry, memoir, and exposition, Audre Lorde fuses the personal and political as she reflects on her experience coping with breast cancer and a radical mastectomy. A Penguin Classic First published over forty years ago, The Cancer Journals is a startling, powerful account of Audre Lorde's experience with breast cancer and mastectomy. Long before narratives explored the silences around illness and women's pain, Lorde questioned the rules of conformity for women's body images and supported the need to confront physical loss not hidden by prosthesis. Living as a 'black, lesbian, mother, warrior, poet,' Lorde heals and re-envisions herself on her own terms and offers her voice, grief, resistance, and courage to those dealing with their own diagnosis. Poetic and profoundly feminist, Lorde's testament gives visibility and strength to women with cancer to define themselves, and to transform their silence into language and action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Journals Author: Audre Lorde Narrator: Elizabeth Lorde-Rollins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Moving between journal entry, memoir, and exposition, Audre Lorde fuses the personal and political as she reflects on her experience coping with breast cancer and a radical mastectomy. A Penguin Classic First published over forty years ago, The Cancer Journals is a startling, powerful account of Audre Lorde's experience with breast cancer and mastectomy. Long before narratives explored the silences around illness and women's pain, Lorde questioned the rules of conformity for women's body images and supported the need to confront physical loss not hidden by prosthesis. Living as a 'black, lesbian, mother, warrior, poet,' Lorde heals and re-envisions herself on her own terms and offers her voice, grief, resistance, and courage to those dealing with their own diagnosis. Poetic and profoundly feminist, Lorde's testament gives visibility and strength to women with cancer to define themselves, and to transform their silence into language and action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558665 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La madre de todas las preguntas Author: Lucía Barahona (translator), Rebecca Solnit Narrator: Marta Martín Jorcano Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un nuevo libro de la autora de Los hombres me explican cosas y Wanderlust, que ilumina, entre otras cosas, la manera en que se entretejen la historia del silencio y la historia de las mujeres. 'Hay una nueva revolución feminista en marcha, y Rebecca Solnit es una de sus voces más poderosas y cautivadoras.'—Barbara Ehrenreich 'No esperen un libro incendiario, pero sí provocador. Este audaz texto provoca el pensamiento, la reflexión, promueve el debate, 'incendia' una conversación, enriquece los puntos de vista y no da nada por sentado.'—Zenda Solnit nos ofrece un nuevo e indispensable repertorio de ensayos que analizan diferentes cuestiones, como por qué la historia del silencio está indisolublemente ligada a la historia de la mujer, o por qué a los niños de cinco años no les justan los juguetes de color rosa. También escribe sobre hombres que son feministas y hombres que son violadores, rehuyendo el estereotipo. En esta nueva colección de textos, Solnit continúa su exploración de las relaciones de género actuales con su habitual astucia y humor. La madre de todas las preguntas es un libro importante y alentador desde la perspectiva decididamente feminista de la autora de Los hombres me explican cosas, sobre y para todos los que cuestionan las identidades de género y abogan por un mundo más libre. Sus escritos, cargados de inteligencia y fuerza, hablan del derecho a no responder lo que no queremos, del silencio impuesto a las mujeres durante siglos, de las mujeres que se niegan a ser silenciadas, de las violaciones y la violencia misógina, o incluso de los referentes masculinos en el canon literario occidental, desde una perspectiva de género. 'La madre de todas las preguntas pretende alejarse de los tribunales populares tan habituales en las redes sociales para ahondar en las raíces del pensamiento estereotipado sobre el género.'—Zenda 'Sus libros nos reconcilian con lo mejor de nosotros mismos y, al mismo tiempo, nos acerca a esa nueva forma de pensar más tolerante, abierta, feminista y solidaria que debería imperar en nuestra sociedad.'—Diario 16 Lucía Barahona (translator), Rebecca Solnit Wed, 23 Nov 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558665 thebookvoice.com 5:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La madre de todas las preguntas Author: Lucía Barahona (translator), Rebecca Solnit Narrator: Marta Martín Jorcano Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un nuevo libro de la autora de Los hombres me explican cosas y Wanderlust, que ilumina, entre otras cosas, la manera en que se entretejen la historia del silencio y la historia de las mujeres. 'Hay una nueva revolución feminista en marcha, y Rebecca Solnit es una de sus voces más poderosas y cautivadoras.'—Barbara Ehrenreich 'No esperen un libro incendiario, pero sí provocador. Este audaz texto provoca el pensamiento, la reflexión, promueve el debate, 'incendia' una conversación, enriquece los puntos de vista y no da nada por sentado.'—Zenda Solnit nos ofrece un nuevo e indispensable repertorio de ensayos que analizan diferentes cuestiones, como por qué la historia del silencio está indisolublemente ligada a la historia de la mujer, o por qué a los niños de cinco años no les justan los juguetes de color rosa. También escribe sobre hombres que son feministas y hombres que son violadores, rehuyendo el estereotipo. En esta nueva colección de textos, Solnit continúa su exploración de las relaciones de género actuales con su habitual astucia y humor. La madre de todas las preguntas es un libro importante y alentador desde la perspectiva decididamente feminista de la autora de Los hombres me explican cosas, sobre y para todos los que cuestionan las identidades de género y abogan por un mundo más libre. Sus escritos, cargados de inteligencia y fuerza, hablan del derecho a no responder lo que no queremos, del silencio impuesto a las mujeres durante siglos, de las mujeres que se niegan a ser silenciadas, de las violaciones y la violencia misógina, o incluso de los referentes masculinos en el canon literario occidental, desde una perspectiva de género. 'La madre de todas las preguntas pretende alejarse de los tribunales populares tan habituales en las redes sociales para ahondar en las raíces del pensamiento estereotipado sobre el género.'—Zenda 'Sus libros nos reconcilian con lo mejor de nosotros mismos y, al mismo tiempo, nos acerca a esa nueva forma de pensar más tolerante, abierta, feminista y solidaria que debería imperar en nuestra sociedad.'—Diario 16 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La madre de todas las preguntas Author: Lucía Barahona (translator), Rebecca Solnit Narrator: Marta Martín Jorcano Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un nuevo libro de la autora de Los hombres me explican cosas y Wanderlust, que ilumina, entre otras cosas, la manera en que se entretejen la historia del silencio y la historia de las mujeres. 'Hay una nueva revolución feminista en marcha, y Rebecca Solnit es una de sus voces más poderosas y cautivadoras.'—Barbara Ehrenreich 'No esperen un libro incendiario, pero sí provocador. Este audaz texto provoca el pensamiento, la reflexión, promueve el debate, 'incendia' una conversación, enriquece los puntos de vista y no da nada por sentado.'—Zenda Solnit nos ofrece un nuevo e indispensable repertorio de ensayos que analizan diferentes cuestiones, como por qué la historia del silencio está indisolublemente ligada a la historia de la mujer, o por qué a los niños de cinco años no les justan los juguetes de color rosa. También escribe sobre hombres que son feministas y hombres que son violadores, rehuyendo el estereotipo. En esta nueva colección de textos, Solnit continúa su exploración de las relaciones de género actuales con su habitual astucia y humor. La madre de todas las preguntas es un libro importante y alentador desde la perspectiva decididamente feminista de la autora de Los hombres me explican cosas, sobre y para todos los que cuestionan las identidades de género y abogan por un mundo más libre. Sus escritos, cargados de inteligencia y fuerza, hablan del derecho a no responder lo que no queremos, del silencio impuesto a las mujeres durante siglos, de las mujeres que se niegan a ser silenciadas, de las violaciones y la violencia misógina, o incluso de los referentes masculinos en el canon literario occidental, desde una perspectiva de género. 'La madre de todas las preguntas pretende alejarse de los tribunales populares tan habituales en las redes sociales para ahondar en las raíces del pensamiento estereotipado sobre el género.'—Zenda 'Sus libros nos reconcilian con lo mejor de nosotros mismos y, al mismo tiempo, nos acerca a esa nueva forma de pensar más tolerante, abierta, feminista y solidaria que debería imperar en nuestra sociedad.'—Diario 16 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558622 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cuaderno dorado Author: Doris Lessing Narrator: Elena Silva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La obra maestra de la Premio Nobel para seguir pensando el feminismo y la libertad. 2019: AÑO DORIS LESSING - Centenario del nacimiento de la autora- «Describía muchas emociones femeninas de agresión, de hostilidad, de resentimiento. Aparentemente, lo que muchas mujeres pensaban, sentían y experimentaban les causó gran sorpresa. De inmediato entró en acción un arsenal de armas muy antiguas. Como de costumbre, las principales apuntaron a los argumentos 'ella no es femenina' o 'ella odia a los hombres'.» Considerada la obra más importante de Doris Lessing y una de las obras cumbre de la literatura del siglo XX, El cuaderno dorado es la historia de Anna Wulf, una madre divorciada y novelista que lucha contra su bloqueo creativo. Aterrada por la posibilidad de volverse loca, Anna decide plasmar sus vivencias y pensamientos en cuatro cuadernos de distintos colores: en el de color negro registra su vida como escritora, en el rojo sus ideas políticas, en el amarillo sus experiencias personales y emociones más íntimas, y en el azul su cotidianidad. Sin embargo es un quinto cuaderno, el cuaderno dorado, el que reúne todos los cabos sueltos de su vida y el que posee la clave para recuperarse de aquel bloqueo en el que se encuentra estancada. Testimonio clave sobre la condición femenina y crónica de una generación, El cuaderno dorado es una poderosa narración acerca de una mujer en la búsqueda de su identidad política y personal, que se debate con el trauma causado por el rechazo emocional y la traición sexual, las ansiedades del trabajo y las tensas relaciones con la familia y los amigos. La crítica ha dicho... «Una biblia del feminismo.» Rosa Belmonte, ABC «Se merecía todos los premios. Fue una escritora magnífica con una obra muy importante y rompedora. [...] Una novela fundamental del canon anglosajón, occidental y feminista con una voz muy íntima que invita a la reflexión. Gracias a su estructura original y juguetona rompió muchos moldes; de hecho, en su momento se la consideró postmoderna -que en aquel entonces era un halago. [...] Una escritora excepcional. Leas lo que leas, te va a gustar.» Edurne Portela «Como todo clásico, podría haberse escrito ahora por la profundidad, exhaustividad e inteligencia en el tratamiento de unos conflictos que son todavía heridas abiertas. [...] Una obra inagotable, maestra, sobre la emancipación, la individualidad, el trabajo, la madurez, el feminismo y la comunidad en una sociedad que ya era líquida antes de que Zygmunt Bauman acuñase el término.» Elvira Navarro «Un referente de la literatura feminista.» Harper's Bazaar «Contemporánea, incendiaria, explosiva y acaso más necesaria que nunca. Doris Lessing se planta con una [...] de sus novelas más complejas y ambiciosas y la síntesis de una obra rebelde al mismo tiempo que profunda. [...] Es un momento propicio, sin duda, para reencontrarse -o descubrir, para quienes no la conocen- su trabajo.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Vozpópuli «El cuaderno dorado nos enseñó que la 'experiencia femenina' no era ni más ni menos que una experiencia profundamente humana.» Rosa Montero «No creo que haya en la literatura inglesa moderna una novela más comprometida. Perdura en la memoria como solo lo consiguen las novelas logradas.» Mario Vargas Llosa Doris Lessing Thu, 25 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558622 thebookvoice.com 29:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cuaderno dorado Author: Doris Lessing Narrator: Elena Silva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La obra maestra de la Premio Nobel para seguir pensando el feminismo y la libertad. 2019: AÑO DORIS LESSING - Centenario del nacimiento de la autora- «Describía muchas emociones femeninas de agresión, de hostilidad, de resentimiento. Aparentemente, lo que muchas mujeres pensaban, sentían y experimentaban les causó gran sorpresa. De inmediato entró en acción un arsenal de armas muy antiguas. Como de costumbre, las principales apuntaron a los argumentos 'ella no es femenina' o 'ella odia a los hombres'.» Considerada la obra más importante de Doris Lessing y una de las obras cumbre de la literatura del siglo XX, El cuaderno dorado es la historia de Anna Wulf, una madre divorciada y novelista que lucha contra su bloqueo creativo. Aterrada por la posibilidad de volverse loca, Anna decide plasmar sus vivencias y pensamientos en cuatro cuadernos de distintos colores: en el de color negro registra su vida como escritora, en el rojo sus ideas políticas, en el amarillo sus experiencias personales y emociones más íntimas, y en el azul su cotidianidad. Sin embargo es un quinto cuaderno, el cuaderno dorado, el que reúne todos los cabos sueltos de su vida y el que posee la clave para recuperarse de aquel bloqueo en el que se encuentra estancada. Testimonio clave sobre la condición femenina y crónica de una generación, El cuaderno dorado es una poderosa narración acerca de una mujer en la búsqueda de su identidad política y personal, que se debate con el trauma causado por el rechazo emocional y la traición sexual, las ansiedades del trabajo y las tensas relaciones con la familia y los amigos. La crítica ha dicho... «Una biblia del feminismo.» Rosa Belmonte, ABC «Se merecía todos los premios. Fue una escritora magnífica con una obra muy importante y rompedora. [...] Una novela fundamental del canon anglosajón, occidental y feminista con una voz muy íntima que invita a la reflexión. Gracias a su estructura original y juguetona rompió muchos moldes; de hecho, en su momento se la consideró postmoderna -que en aquel entonces era un halago. [...] Una escritora excepcional. Leas lo que leas, te va a gustar.» Edurne Portela «Como todo clásico, podría haberse escrito ahora por la profundidad, exhaustividad e inteligencia en el tratamiento de unos conflictos que son todavía heridas abiertas. [...] Una obra inagotable, maestra, sobre la emancipación, la individualidad, el trabajo, la madurez, el feminismo y la comunidad en una sociedad que ya era líquida antes de que Zygmunt Bauman acuñase el término.» Elvira Navarro «Un referente de la literatura feminista.» Harper's Bazaar «Contemporánea, incendiaria, explosiva y acaso más necesaria que nunca. Doris Lessing se planta con una [...] de sus novelas más complejas y ambiciosas y la síntesis de una obra rebelde al mismo tiempo que profunda. [...] Es un momento propicio, sin duda, para reencontrarse -o descubrir, para quienes no la conocen- su trabajo.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Vozpópuli «El cuaderno dorado nos enseñó que la 'experiencia femenina' no era ni más ni menos que una experiencia profundamente humana.» Rosa Montero «No creo que haya en la literatura inglesa moderna una novela más comprometida. Perdura en la memoria como solo lo consiguen las novelas logradas.» Mario Vargas Llosa Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cuaderno dorado Author: Doris Lessing Narrator: Elena Silva Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La obra maestra de la Premio Nobel para seguir pensando el feminismo y la libertad. 2019: AÑO DORIS LESSING - Centenario del nacimiento de la autora- «Describía muchas emociones femeninas de agresión, de hostilidad, de resentimiento. Aparentemente, lo que muchas mujeres pensaban, sentían y experimentaban les causó gran sorpresa. De inmediato entró en acción un arsenal de armas muy antiguas. Como de costumbre, las principales apuntaron a los argumentos 'ella no es femenina' o 'ella odia a los hombres'.» Considerada la obra más importante de Doris Lessing y una de las obras cumbre de la literatura del siglo XX, El cuaderno dorado es la historia de Anna Wulf, una madre divorciada y novelista que lucha contra su bloqueo creativo. Aterrada por la posibilidad de volverse loca, Anna decide plasmar sus vivencias y pensamientos en cuatro cuadernos de distintos colores: en el de color negro registra su vida como escritora, en el rojo sus ideas políticas, en el amarillo sus experiencias personales y emociones más íntimas, y en el azul su cotidianidad. Sin embargo es un quinto cuaderno, el cuaderno dorado, el que reúne todos los cabos sueltos de su vida y el que posee la clave para recuperarse de aquel bloqueo en el que se encuentra estancada. Testimonio clave sobre la condición femenina y crónica de una generación, El cuaderno dorado es una poderosa narración acerca de una mujer en la búsqueda de su identidad política y personal, que se debate con el trauma causado por el rechazo emocional y la traición sexual, las ansiedades del trabajo y las tensas relaciones con la familia y los amigos. La crítica ha dicho... «Una biblia del feminismo.» Rosa Belmonte, ABC «Se merecía todos los premios. Fue una escritora magnífica con una obra muy importante y rompedora. [...] Una novela fundamental del canon anglosajón, occidental y feminista con una voz muy íntima que invita a la reflexión. Gracias a su estructura original y juguetona rompió muchos moldes; de hecho, en su momento se la consideró postmoderna -que en aquel entonces era un halago. [...] Una escritora excepcional. Leas lo que leas, te va a gustar.» Edurne Portela «Como todo clásico, podría haberse escrito ahora por la profundidad, exhaustividad e inteligencia en el tratamiento de unos conflictos que son todavía heridas abiertas. [...] Una obra inagotable, maestra, sobre la emancipación, la individualidad, el trabajo, la madurez, el feminismo y la comunidad en una sociedad que ya era líquida antes de que Zygmunt Bauman acuñase el término.» Elvira Navarro «Un referente de la literatura feminista.» Harper's Bazaar «Contemporánea, incendiaria, explosiva y acaso más necesaria que nunca. Doris Lessing se planta con una [...] de sus novelas más complejas y ambiciosas y la síntesis de una obra rebelde al mismo tiempo que profunda. [...] Es un momento propicio, sin duda, para reencontrarse -o descubrir, para quienes no la conocen- su trabajo.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Vozpópuli «El cuaderno dorado nos enseñó que la 'experiencia femenina' no era ni más ni menos que una experiencia profundamente humana.» Rosa Montero «No creo que haya en la literatura inglesa moderna una novela más comprometida. Perdura en la memoria como solo lo consiguen las novelas logradas.» Mario Vargas Llosa https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558604 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough: The Violence Against Women and How to End It Author: Harriet Johnson Narrator: Harriet Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 14, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ’Outstanding’ THE SECRET BARRISTER ‘It’s brilliant, it’s comprehensive, buy it’ EVENING STANDARD ‘A powerful, illuminating, enraging and inspiring read’ JESS PHILLIPS MP ‘Precise, heartfelt and anti-pompous’ THE TIMES Why is our criminal justice system so bad at protecting women from violence? Reporting from the heart of the courtroom, this book sees barrister Harriet Johnson dissect the problems in our policing, laws and culture. How can we hold the police accountable, take stalking seriously and make justice a reality for sexual assault survivors? This is an unforgettable case for change and a clear plan of how we can make it happen. Harriet Johnson Thu, 14 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558604 thebookvoice.com 3:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough: The Violence Against Women and How to End It Author: Harriet Johnson Narrator: Harriet Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 14, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ’Outstanding’ THE SECRET BARRISTER ‘It’s brilliant, it’s comprehensive, buy it’ EVENING STANDARD ‘A powerful, illuminating, enraging and inspiring read’ JESS PHILLIPS MP ‘Precise, heartfelt and anti-pompous’ THE TIMES Why is our criminal justice system so bad at protecting women from violence? Reporting from the heart of the courtroom, this book sees barrister Harriet Johnson dissect the problems in our policing, laws and culture. How can we hold the police accountable, take stalking seriously and make justice a reality for sexual assault survivors? This is an unforgettable case for change and a clear plan of how we can make it happen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough: The Violence Against Women and How to End It Author: Harriet Johnson Narrator: Harriet Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 14, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ’Outstanding’ THE SECRET BARRISTER ‘It’s brilliant, it’s comprehensive, buy it’ EVENING STANDARD ‘A powerful, illuminating, enraging and inspiring read’ JESS PHILLIPS MP ‘Precise, heartfelt and anti-pompous’ THE TIMES Why is our criminal justice system so bad at protecting women from violence? Reporting from the heart of the courtroom, this book sees barrister Harriet Johnson dissect the problems in our policing, laws and culture. How can we hold the police accountable, take stalking seriously and make justice a reality for sexual assault survivors? This is an unforgettable case for change and a clear plan of how we can make it happen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558495 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sólo dime dónde lo hacemos Author: Mercedes Abad Narrator: Pilar Corral Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Desde siempre, lso amantes han buscado un espacio íntimo donde dar rienda suelta a sus deseos, y así el tálamo se consagró como altar del culto a Eros. Pero aquellos que, por motivos imperiosos, no pueden disfrutar de los encantos de un colchón, han de aguzar el ingenio y encontrar refugio lejos de los lugares comunes. Este libro, que sin duda reanimará su libido aletargada, recoge precisamente todos los escenarios de placer no bendecidos por la tradición: mesas isabelinas, pianos de cola, transitados rellanos, mares alborotados, ruinas exóticas, sillines de bicicletas, bañeras vacías o islas salvajes. 'Sólo dime dónde lo hacemos' le demostrará que la novedad y la sorpresa constituyen los estimulantes más eficaces del juego erótico. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Mercedes Abad es una escritora y periodista española nacida en Barcelona en 1961. Se la considera una de las novelistas de referencia en Cataluña en la actualidad. Su obra ha sido galardonada con el Premio Sonrisa Vertical o el Vargas Llosa NH. También ha escrito obras de teatro para grupos como La Fura dels Baus. Compagina su labor literaria con su faceta de profesora en la Escuela de Escritura del Ateneo Barcelonés. Mercedes Abad Mon, 07 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558495 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sólo dime dónde lo hacemos Author: Mercedes Abad Narrator: Pilar Corral Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Desde siempre, lso amantes han buscado un espacio íntimo donde dar rienda suelta a sus deseos, y así el tálamo se consagró como altar del culto a Eros. Pero aquellos que, por motivos imperiosos, no pueden disfrutar de los encantos de un colchón, han de aguzar el ingenio y encontrar refugio lejos de los lugares comunes. Este libro, que sin duda reanimará su libido aletargada, recoge precisamente todos los escenarios de placer no bendecidos por la tradición: mesas isabelinas, pianos de cola, transitados rellanos, mares alborotados, ruinas exóticas, sillines de bicicletas, bañeras vacías o islas salvajes. 'Sólo dime dónde lo hacemos' le demostrará que la novedad y la sorpresa constituyen los estimulantes más eficaces del juego erótico. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Mercedes Abad es una escritora y periodista española nacida en Barcelona en 1961. Se la considera una de las novelistas de referencia en Cataluña en la actualidad. Su obra ha sido galardonada con el Premio Sonrisa Vertical o el Vargas Llosa NH. También ha escrito obras de teatro para grupos como La Fura dels Baus. Compagina su labor literaria con su faceta de profesora en la Escuela de Escritura del Ateneo Barcelonés. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sólo dime dónde lo hacemos Author: Mercedes Abad Narrator: Pilar Corral Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Desde siempre, lso amantes han buscado un espacio íntimo donde dar rienda suelta a sus deseos, y así el tálamo se consagró como altar del culto a Eros. Pero aquellos que, por motivos imperiosos, no pueden disfrutar de los encantos de un colchón, han de aguzar el ingenio y encontrar refugio lejos de los lugares comunes. Este libro, que sin duda reanimará su libido aletargada, recoge precisamente todos los escenarios de placer no bendecidos por la tradición: mesas isabelinas, pianos de cola, transitados rellanos, mares alborotados, ruinas exóticas, sillines de bicicletas, bañeras vacías o islas salvajes. 'Sólo dime dónde lo hacemos' le demostrará que la novedad y la sorpresa constituyen los estimulantes más eficaces del juego erótico. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Mercedes Abad es una escritora y periodista española nacida en Barcelona en 1961. Se la considera una de las novelistas de referencia en Cataluña en la actualidad. Su obra ha sido galardonada con el Premio Sonrisa Vertical o el Vargas Llosa NH. También ha escrito obras de teatro para grupos como La Fura dels Baus. Compagina su labor literaria con su faceta de profesora en la Escuela de Escritura del Ateneo Barcelonés. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558118 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sisterhood: The 99ers and the Rise of U.S. Women's Soccer Author: Rob Goldman Narrator: Gina Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For legions of soccer fans, the players on the U.S. Women's National Soccer Team are the game's standard-bearers. Together their accomplishments include four World Cup titles and four Olympic gold medals. Within five years of their inaugural match in 1985, the team was the best women's soccer team on the planet. But its rise was neither easy nor harmonious. They faced discrimination and unequal treatment, most notably from their governing bodies, FIFA and U.S. Soccer. The Sisterhood is the story of the first and second generations of national team players, known as the 99ers, who were the driving force behind the rise of U.S. women's soccer and who built the foundation for the team's enduring success. Rob Goldman takes the listener onto the pitch and into the minds of the players and coaches for the team's greatest victories and most heartbreaking defeats. When the team won the '99 World Cup, it was the largest crowd to ever attend a women's sporting event. After Brandi Chastain's winning penalty kick beat China, everything changed. These women's soccer players were no longer outcasts; they were hard-nosed players and leaders who not only transformed women's sports but led a cultural revolution. Their story, told here largely in the voices of the players and coaches who were there, is epic and inspiring. Rob Goldman Tue, 25 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558118 thebookvoice.com 9:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sisterhood: The 99ers and the Rise of U.S. Women's Soccer Author: Rob Goldman Narrator: Gina Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For legions of soccer fans, the players on the U.S. Women's National Soccer Team are the game's standard-bearers. Together their accomplishments include four World Cup titles and four Olympic gold medals. Within five years of their inaugural match in 1985, the team was the best women's soccer team on the planet. But its rise was neither easy nor harmonious. They faced discrimination and unequal treatment, most notably from their governing bodies, FIFA and U.S. Soccer. The Sisterhood is the story of the first and second generations of national team players, known as the 99ers, who were the driving force behind the rise of U.S. women's soccer and who built the foundation for the team's enduring success. Rob Goldman takes the listener onto the pitch and into the minds of the players and coaches for the team's greatest victories and most heartbreaking defeats. When the team won the '99 World Cup, it was the largest crowd to ever attend a women's sporting event. After Brandi Chastain's winning penalty kick beat China, everything changed. These women's soccer players were no longer outcasts; they were hard-nosed players and leaders who not only transformed women's sports but led a cultural revolution. Their story, told here largely in the voices of the players and coaches who were there, is epic and inspiring. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sisterhood: The 99ers and the Rise of U.S. Women's Soccer Author: Rob Goldman Narrator: Gina Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For legions of soccer fans, the players on the U.S. Women's National Soccer Team are the game's standard-bearers. Together their accomplishments include four World Cup titles and four Olympic gold medals. Within five years of their inaugural match in 1985, the team was the best women's soccer team on the planet. But its rise was neither easy nor harmonious. They faced discrimination and unequal treatment, most notably from their governing bodies, FIFA and U.S. Soccer. The Sisterhood is the story of the first and second generations of national team players, known as the 99ers, who were the driving force behind the rise of U.S. women's soccer and who built the foundation for the team's enduring success. Rob Goldman takes the listener onto the pitch and into the minds of the players and coaches for the team's greatest victories and most heartbreaking defeats. When the team won the '99 World Cup, it was the largest crowd to ever attend a women's sporting event. After Brandi Chastain's winning penalty kick beat China, everything changed. These women's soccer players were no longer outcasts; they were hard-nosed players and leaders who not only transformed women's sports but led a cultural revolution. Their story, told here largely in the voices of the players and coaches who were there, is epic and inspiring. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558115 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Too: Essays on Sex Work and Survival Author: Natalie West Narrator: Angel Pean, Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This collection of narrative essays by sex workers presents a crystal-clear rejoinder: there's never been a better time to fight for justice. Responding to the resurgence of the #MeToo movement in 2017, sex workers from across the industry—hookers and prostitutes, strippers and dancers, porn stars, cam models, Dommes and subs alike—complicate narratives of sexual harassment and violence, and expand conversations often limited to normative workplaces. Writing across topics such as homelessness, motherhood, and toxic masculinity, We Too: Essays on Sex Work and Survival gives voice to the fight for agency and accountability across sex industries. With contributions by leading voices in the movement such as Melissa Gira Grant, Ceyenne Doroshow, Audacia Ray, femi babylon, April Flores, and Yin Q, this anthology explores sex work as work, and sex workers as laboring subjects in need of respect—not rescue. Contains mature themes. Natalie West Tue, 15 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558115 thebookvoice.com 12:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Too: Essays on Sex Work and Survival Author: Natalie West Narrator: Angel Pean, Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This collection of narrative essays by sex workers presents a crystal-clear rejoinder: there's never been a better time to fight for justice. Responding to the resurgence of the #MeToo movement in 2017, sex workers from across the industry—hookers and prostitutes, strippers and dancers, porn stars, cam models, Dommes and subs alike—complicate narratives of sexual harassment and violence, and expand conversations often limited to normative workplaces. Writing across topics such as homelessness, motherhood, and toxic masculinity, We Too: Essays on Sex Work and Survival gives voice to the fight for agency and accountability across sex industries. With contributions by leading voices in the movement such as Melissa Gira Grant, Ceyenne Doroshow, Audacia Ray, femi babylon, April Flores, and Yin Q, this anthology explores sex work as work, and sex workers as laboring subjects in need of respect—not rescue. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Too: Essays on Sex Work and Survival Author: Natalie West Narrator: Angel Pean, Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This collection of narrative essays by sex workers presents a crystal-clear rejoinder: there's never been a better time to fight for justice. Responding to the resurgence of the #MeToo movement in 2017, sex workers from across the industry—hookers and prostitutes, strippers and dancers, porn stars, cam models, Dommes and subs alike—complicate narratives of sexual harassment and violence, and expand conversations often limited to normative workplaces. Writing across topics such as homelessness, motherhood, and toxic masculinity, We Too: Essays on Sex Work and Survival gives voice to the fight for agency and accountability across sex industries. With contributions by leading voices in the movement such as Melissa Gira Grant, Ceyenne Doroshow, Audacia Ray, femi babylon, April Flores, and Yin Q, this anthology explores sex work as work, and sex workers as laboring subjects in need of respect—not rescue. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558112 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For No Reason at All: The Changing Narrative of the First World War in American Film Author: Jeffrey A. Hinkelman Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The years following the signing of the Armistice saw a transformation of attitudes regarding military conflict as America attempted to digest the First World War. During these years popular film culture in the US created new ways of addressing the impact of the war on individuals and society. Filmmakers created works that promoted their own ideas about the depiction of wartime service—ideas that frequently conflicted with established, heroic tropes for the portrayal of warfare on film. Filmmakers spent years modifying existing standards and working through storytelling options before achieving a consensus regarding the fitting method for rendering war on screen. This process reached its peak during the Pre-Code Era of the early 1930s when the initially prevailing narrative would be briefly supplanted by an entirely new approach that questioned the premises of wartime service. The rhetoric of these films argued for an antiwar stance that questioned the wartime experience. For No Reason at All: The Changing Narrative of the First World War in American Film discusses a variety of Great War–themed films made from 1915 to the present, tracing the changing approaches to the conflict over time. Jeffrey A. Hinkelman Tue, 15 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558112 thebookvoice.com 9:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For No Reason at All: The Changing Narrative of the First World War in American Film Author: Jeffrey A. Hinkelman Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The years following the signing of the Armistice saw a transformation of attitudes regarding military conflict as America attempted to digest the First World War. During these years popular film culture in the US created new ways of addressing the impact of the war on individuals and society. Filmmakers created works that promoted their own ideas about the depiction of wartime service—ideas that frequently conflicted with established, heroic tropes for the portrayal of warfare on film. Filmmakers spent years modifying existing standards and working through storytelling options before achieving a consensus regarding the fitting method for rendering war on screen. This process reached its peak during the Pre-Code Era of the early 1930s when the initially prevailing narrative would be briefly supplanted by an entirely new approach that questioned the premises of wartime service. The rhetoric of these films argued for an antiwar stance that questioned the wartime experience. For No Reason at All: The Changing Narrative of the First World War in American Film discusses a variety of Great War–themed films made from 1915 to the present, tracing the changing approaches to the conflict over time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For No Reason at All: The Changing Narrative of the First World War in American Film Author: Jeffrey A. Hinkelman Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The years following the signing of the Armistice saw a transformation of attitudes regarding military conflict as America attempted to digest the First World War. During these years popular film culture in the US created new ways of addressing the impact of the war on individuals and society. Filmmakers created works that promoted their own ideas about the depiction of wartime service—ideas that frequently conflicted with established, heroic tropes for the portrayal of warfare on film. Filmmakers spent years modifying existing standards and working through storytelling options before achieving a consensus regarding the fitting method for rendering war on screen. This process reached its peak during the Pre-Code Era of the early 1930s when the initially prevailing narrative would be briefly supplanted by an entirely new approach that questioned the premises of wartime service. The rhetoric of these films argued for an antiwar stance that questioned the wartime experience. For No Reason at All: The Changing Narrative of the First World War in American Film discusses a variety of Great War–themed films made from 1915 to the present, tracing the changing approaches to the conflict over time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of Racial Justice (IVP Signature Collection Edition): How Soul Change Leads to Social Change Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil, Rick Richardson Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Racial and ethnic hostility is one of the most pervasive problems the church faces. It hinders our effectiveness as one body of believers. It damages our witness. Why won't this problem just go away? Because it is a spiritual battle. In response, we must employ spiritual weapons—prayer, repentance, forgiveness. In this book Brenda Salter McNeil and Rick Richardson provide a model of racial reconciliation, social justice, and spiritual healing that creates both individual and communal transformation. Listen to this book if you want to learn how to ● use your faith as a force for change, not as a smoke screen for self-protection ● embrace your true self and renounce false racial identities ● receive and extend forgiveness as an act of racial reconciliation ● experience personal transformation through the healing of painful racial memories ● engage in social action by developing ongoing crosscultural partnerships Brenda Salter Mcneil, Rick Richardson Tue, 15 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557998 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of Racial Justice (IVP Signature Collection Edition): How Soul Change Leads to Social Change Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil, Rick Richardson Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Racial and ethnic hostility is one of the most pervasive problems the church faces. It hinders our effectiveness as one body of believers. It damages our witness. Why won't this problem just go away? Because it is a spiritual battle. In response, we must employ spiritual weapons—prayer, repentance, forgiveness. In this book Brenda Salter McNeil and Rick Richardson provide a model of racial reconciliation, social justice, and spiritual healing that creates both individual and communal transformation. Listen to this book if you want to learn how to ● use your faith as a force for change, not as a smoke screen for self-protection ● embrace your true self and renounce false racial identities ● receive and extend forgiveness as an act of racial reconciliation ● experience personal transformation through the healing of painful racial memories ● engage in social action by developing ongoing crosscultural partnerships Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of Racial Justice (IVP Signature Collection Edition): How Soul Change Leads to Social Change Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil, Rick Richardson Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Racial and ethnic hostility is one of the most pervasive problems the church faces. It hinders our effectiveness as one body of believers. It damages our witness. Why won't this problem just go away? Because it is a spiritual battle. In response, we must employ spiritual weapons—prayer, repentance, forgiveness. In this book Brenda Salter McNeil and Rick Richardson provide a model of racial reconciliation, social justice, and spiritual healing that creates both individual and communal transformation. Listen to this book if you want to learn how to ● use your faith as a force for change, not as a smoke screen for self-protection ● embrace your true self and renounce false racial identities ● receive and extend forgiveness as an act of racial reconciliation ● experience personal transformation through the healing of painful racial memories ● engage in social action by developing ongoing crosscultural partnerships https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Longpath: Becoming the Great Ancestors Our Future Needs – An Antidote for Short-Termism Author: Ari Wallach Narrator: Ari Wallach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''An antidote to nearsightedness. Ari Wallach won’t just leave you planning months or years ahead—he challenges you to look generations ahead. Get ready to think and think again.'' — Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife A paradigm-shifting manifesto for transforming our thinking from reactionary short-termism to the long-term, widening our scope beyond today, tomorrow, and to even five hundred years from now to reclaim meaning in our lives. Many of the problems we face today, from climate change to work anxiety, are the result of short-term thinking. We are constantly bombarded by notifications and “Breaking News” that are overwhelming our central nervous systems, forcing us to react in the moment and ultimately disconnecting us from what truly matters. But there is a solution. Futurist Ari Wallach offers a radical new way forward called “longpath,” a mantra and mindset to help us focus on the long view. Drawing on history, theology, neuroscience, evolutionary psychology, and social technologies, Longpath teaches readers to strengthen their ability to look ahead, relieve reactions to stressful events, increase capacity for cooperation, and even boost creativity. Wallach challenges readers to ask themselves, “to what end?”—what is my ultimate goal and how does my choice align with my values? And even more provocatively, Wallach challenges readers to ask “to what end?” for civilization at large. Whether it’s work, marriage, parenting, or simply trying to be a good human on the planet, framing decisions from a much larger scale creates a more fulfilling and sustainable life now and for future generations.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Ari Wallach Tue, 16 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557767 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Longpath: Becoming the Great Ancestors Our Future Needs – An Antidote for Short-Termism Author: Ari Wallach Narrator: Ari Wallach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''An antidote to nearsightedness. Ari Wallach won’t just leave you planning months or years ahead—he challenges you to look generations ahead. Get ready to think and think again.'' — Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife A paradigm-shifting manifesto for transforming our thinking from reactionary short-termism to the long-term, widening our scope beyond today, tomorrow, and to even five hundred years from now to reclaim meaning in our lives. Many of the problems we face today, from climate change to work anxiety, are the result of short-term thinking. We are constantly bombarded by notifications and “Breaking News” that are overwhelming our central nervous systems, forcing us to react in the moment and ultimately disconnecting us from what truly matters. But there is a solution. Futurist Ari Wallach offers a radical new way forward called “longpath,” a mantra and mindset to help us focus on the long view. Drawing on history, theology, neuroscience, evolutionary psychology, and social technologies, Longpath teaches readers to strengthen their ability to look ahead, relieve reactions to stressful events, increase capacity for cooperation, and even boost creativity. Wallach challenges readers to ask themselves, “to what end?”—what is my ultimate goal and how does my choice align with my values? And even more provocatively, Wallach challenges readers to ask “to what end?” for civilization at large. Whether it’s work, marriage, parenting, or simply trying to be a good human on the planet, framing decisions from a much larger scale creates a more fulfilling and sustainable life now and for future generations.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Longpath: Becoming the Great Ancestors Our Future Needs – An Antidote for Short-Termism Author: Ari Wallach Narrator: Ari Wallach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''An antidote to nearsightedness. Ari Wallach won’t just leave you planning months or years ahead—he challenges you to look generations ahead. Get ready to think and think again.'' — Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife A paradigm-shifting manifesto for transforming our thinking from reactionary short-termism to the long-term, widening our scope beyond today, tomorrow, and to even five hundred years from now to reclaim meaning in our lives. Many of the problems we face today, from climate change to work anxiety, are the result of short-term thinking. We are constantly bombarded by notifications and “Breaking News” that are overwhelming our central nervous systems, forcing us to react in the moment and ultimately disconnecting us from what truly matters. But there is a solution. Futurist Ari Wallach offers a radical new way forward called “longpath,” a mantra and mindset to help us focus on the long view. Drawing on history, theology, neuroscience, evolutionary psychology, and social technologies, Longpath teaches readers to strengthen their ability to look ahead, relieve reactions to stressful events, increase capacity for cooperation, and even boost creativity. Wallach challenges readers to ask themselves, “to what end?”—what is my ultimate goal and how does my choice align with my values? And even more provocatively, Wallach challenges readers to ask “to what end?” for civilization at large. Whether it’s work, marriage, parenting, or simply trying to be a good human on the planet, framing decisions from a much larger scale creates a more fulfilling and sustainable life now and for future generations.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Antigüedad (Historia de las mujeres 1) Series: #1 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este primer volumen trata de las funciones y roles sociales de las mujeres en la Grecia antigua y en Roma. Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Thu, 18 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557737 thebookvoice.com 27:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Antigüedad (Historia de las mujeres 1) Series: #1 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este primer volumen trata de las funciones y roles sociales de las mujeres en la Grecia antigua y en Roma. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Antigüedad (Historia de las mujeres 1) Series: #1 of Historia de las Mujeres Author: Georges Duby, Michelle Perrot Narrator: Carmen Huete Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta obra busca analizar cómo las relaciones de los sexos condicionan la evolución de las sociedades y la necesidad de que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Esta Historia de las mujeres responde a la necesidad de ceder la palabra a las mujeres. Alejadas, desde la Antigüedad, del escenario donde se enfrentan a los dueños del destino, reconstruir su historia significa describir su lento acceso a los medios de expresión y su conversión en persona que asume un papel protagonista. Este análisis implica, asimismo, que las relaciones entre los sexos condicionan los acontecimientos, o la evolución de las sociedades. No se buscan conclusiones tajantes sino que las mujeres encuentren, al fin, su espacio propio. Tomando la periodización habitual y el espacio del mundo occidental, esta obra se divide en cinco volúmenes independientes pero complementarios. Este primer volumen trata de las funciones y roles sociales de las mujeres en la Grecia antigua y en Roma. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557726 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tragicomedia mexicana 1 Author: José Agustín Narrator: Humberto Vélez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La vida en México de 1940 a 1970 En este primer volumen de la Tragicomedia mexicana, que comprende de 1940 a 1970, tenemos los grandes acontecimientos políticos, los modos del «tapadismo» y del fraude electoral, las leyes no escritas del sistema, los laberintos obreros y agrarios, el fortalecimiento de los empresarios, la industrialización, el desarrollo estabilizador, la penetración paulatina e invencible de Estados Unidos en casi todos los ámbitos del país, la eterna carestía, las protestas populares y la correspondiente represión, las estrellas de cine, los espectáculos y el deporte, el surgimiento y el predominio aplastante de la televisión, las grandes celebridades, la vida social, el mambo, el chachachá y el rocanrol, los rebeldes sin causa, las minifaldas, los jipis, las mafias culturales, la vida intelectual, el movimiento estudiantil y el fin del sueño del «milagro mexicano». José Agustín Thu, 18 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557726 thebookvoice.com 10:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tragicomedia mexicana 1 Author: José Agustín Narrator: Humberto Vélez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La vida en México de 1940 a 1970 En este primer volumen de la Tragicomedia mexicana, que comprende de 1940 a 1970, tenemos los grandes acontecimientos políticos, los modos del «tapadismo» y del fraude electoral, las leyes no escritas del sistema, los laberintos obreros y agrarios, el fortalecimiento de los empresarios, la industrialización, el desarrollo estabilizador, la penetración paulatina e invencible de Estados Unidos en casi todos los ámbitos del país, la eterna carestía, las protestas populares y la correspondiente represión, las estrellas de cine, los espectáculos y el deporte, el surgimiento y el predominio aplastante de la televisión, las grandes celebridades, la vida social, el mambo, el chachachá y el rocanrol, los rebeldes sin causa, las minifaldas, los jipis, las mafias culturales, la vida intelectual, el movimiento estudiantil y el fin del sueño del «milagro mexicano». Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tragicomedia mexicana 1 Author: José Agustín Narrator: Humberto Vélez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La vida en México de 1940 a 1970 En este primer volumen de la Tragicomedia mexicana, que comprende de 1940 a 1970, tenemos los grandes acontecimientos políticos, los modos del «tapadismo» y del fraude electoral, las leyes no escritas del sistema, los laberintos obreros y agrarios, el fortalecimiento de los empresarios, la industrialización, el desarrollo estabilizador, la penetración paulatina e invencible de Estados Unidos en casi todos los ámbitos del país, la eterna carestía, las protestas populares y la correspondiente represión, las estrellas de cine, los espectáculos y el deporte, el surgimiento y el predominio aplastante de la televisión, las grandes celebridades, la vida social, el mambo, el chachachá y el rocanrol, los rebeldes sin causa, las minifaldas, los jipis, las mafias culturales, la vida intelectual, el movimiento estudiantil y el fin del sueño del «milagro mexicano». https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557718 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Narcoperiodismo: La prensa en medio del crimen y la denuncia Author: Javier Valdez Cárdenas Narrator: Fernando álvarez Rebeil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Quién ordena la ejecución del autor de una nota que nunca debió publicarse? ¿Por qué algunos periodistas trabajan para la delincuencia organizada? ¿Cuánto vale reseñar un muerto, una granada en las oficinas del rotativo? Premio Internacional a la Libertad de Prensa 2011 por el Comité para la protección de periodistas en Nueva York. Narcoperiodismo, es un libro amargo y conmovedor, sus páginas aún huelen a sangre seca, a reportero mutilado, pero también a esperanza, a cuaderno de notas e ilusión de mujeres y hombres periodistas que en Tamaulipas, Culiacán, Veracruz, la Ciudad de México, Jalisco... hacen del duro oficio del periodismo, una lucha incansable por crear conciencia en un país devastado. Actualmente, en muchas ciudades de México, los periodistas, reporteros, fotógrafos y redactores son amenazados, torturados, asesinados por narcos y sicarios, por publicar lo que afecta a los líderes de cárteles, por decir la verdad. A veces los delitos se realizan con la complicidad de la policía, el ejército y algunos políticos. Y también en esta realidad dolorosa hay otro rostro: el de los comunicadores que se vuelven informantes de los narcos, de mandatarios sin escrúpulos y los delincuentes. En este libro impactante, Javier Valdez Cárdenas denuncia la forma en que el narco y la delincuencia organizada tomaron por asalto al periodismo, cómo eliminan a quienes publican noticias que no aprueban o cómo se alían con reporteros y redactores. Por medio de encuentros intensos con periodistas y editores, el autor revela por qué los comunicadores abandonan su lugar de trabajo y sus ciudades sin dejar rastro; qué hacen los sicarios con los periodistas comprometidos y cómo se infiltran en los periódicos. Pero también nos cuenta, cómo trabajan los periodistas que deciden no callar aunque la muerte los persiga, los temerarios que dicen el nombre del jefe de plaza y sus acompañantes, del policía corrupto o del funcionario involucrado, los valientes de la lente y la pluma que aun ante una cuerno de chivo escriben la verdad de los hechos. Otros autores han opinado: 'Valdez Cárdenas descansa de las fatigas semanales escribiendo reportajes de investigación. Emprendió la tarea de contar los destinos rotos de un país que escapa a la razón. Propone un viraje ético para entender los efectos de la criminalidad. No se concentra en quienes perpetran la violencia sino en sus víctimas' -Juan Villoro- Javier Valdez Cárdenas Thu, 18 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557718 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Narcoperiodismo: La prensa en medio del crimen y la denuncia Author: Javier Valdez Cárdenas Narrator: Fernando álvarez Rebeil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Quién ordena la ejecución del autor de una nota que nunca debió publicarse? ¿Por qué algunos periodistas trabajan para la delincuencia organizada? ¿Cuánto vale reseñar un muerto, una granada en las oficinas del rotativo? Premio Internacional a la Libertad de Prensa 2011 por el Comité para la protección de periodistas en Nueva York. Narcoperiodismo, es un libro amargo y conmovedor, sus páginas aún huelen a sangre seca, a reportero mutilado, pero también a esperanza, a cuaderno de notas e ilusión de mujeres y hombres periodistas que en Tamaulipas, Culiacán, Veracruz, la Ciudad de México, Jalisco... hacen del duro oficio del periodismo, una lucha incansable por crear conciencia en un país devastado. Actualmente, en muchas ciudades de México, los periodistas, reporteros, fotógrafos y redactores son amenazados, torturados, asesinados por narcos y sicarios, por publicar lo que afecta a los líderes de cárteles, por decir la verdad. A veces los delitos se realizan con la complicidad de la policía, el ejército y algunos políticos. Y también en esta realidad dolorosa hay otro rostro: el de los comunicadores que se vuelven informantes de los narcos, de mandatarios sin escrúpulos y los delincuentes. En este libro impactante, Javier Valdez Cárdenas denuncia la forma en que el narco y la delincuencia organizada tomaron por asalto al periodismo, cómo eliminan a quienes publican noticias que no aprueban o cómo se alían con reporteros y redactores. Por medio de encuentros intensos con periodistas y editores, el autor revela por qué los comunicadores abandonan su lugar de trabajo y sus ciudades sin dejar rastro; qué hacen los sicarios con los periodistas comprometidos y cómo se infiltran en los periódicos. Pero también nos cuenta, cómo trabajan los periodistas que deciden no callar aunque la muerte los persiga, los temerarios que dicen el nombre del jefe de plaza y sus acompañantes, del policía corrupto o del funcionario involucrado, los valientes de la lente y la pluma que aun ante una cuerno de chivo escriben la verdad de los hechos. Otros autores han opinado: 'Valdez Cárdenas descansa de las fatigas semanales escribiendo reportajes de investigación. Emprendió la tarea de contar los destinos rotos de un país que escapa a la razón. Propone un viraje ético para entender los efectos de la criminalidad. No se concentra en quienes perpetran la violencia sino en sus víctimas' -Juan Villoro- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Narcoperiodismo: La prensa en medio del crimen y la denuncia Author: Javier Valdez Cárdenas Narrator: Fernando álvarez Rebeil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Quién ordena la ejecución del autor de una nota que nunca debió publicarse? ¿Por qué algunos periodistas trabajan para la delincuencia organizada? ¿Cuánto vale reseñar un muerto, una granada en las oficinas del rotativo? Premio Internacional a la Libertad de Prensa 2011 por el Comité para la protección de periodistas en Nueva York. Narcoperiodismo, es un libro amargo y conmovedor, sus páginas aún huelen a sangre seca, a reportero mutilado, pero también a esperanza, a cuaderno de notas e ilusión de mujeres y hombres periodistas que en Tamaulipas, Culiacán, Veracruz, la Ciudad de México, Jalisco... hacen del duro oficio del periodismo, una lucha incansable por crear conciencia en un país devastado. Actualmente, en muchas ciudades de México, los periodistas, reporteros, fotógrafos y redactores son amenazados, torturados, asesinados por narcos y sicarios, por publicar lo que afecta a los líderes de cárteles, por decir la verdad. A veces los delitos se realizan con la complicidad de la policía, el ejército y algunos políticos. Y también en esta realidad dolorosa hay otro rostro: el de los comunicadores que se vuelven informantes de los narcos, de mandatarios sin escrúpulos y los delincuentes. En este libro impactante, Javier Valdez Cárdenas denuncia la forma en que el narco y la delincuencia organizada tomaron por asalto al periodismo, cómo eliminan a quienes publican noticias que no aprueban o cómo se alían con reporteros y redactores. Por medio de encuentros intensos con periodistas y editores, el autor revela por qué los comunicadores abandonan su lugar de trabajo y sus ciudades sin dejar rastro; qué hacen los sicarios con los periodistas comprometidos y cómo se infiltran en los periódicos. Pero también nos cuenta, cómo trabajan los periodistas que deciden no callar aunque la muerte los persiga, los temerarios que dicen el nombre del jefe de plaza y sus acompañantes, del policía corrupto o del funcionario involucrado, los valientes de la lente y la pluma que aun ante una cuerno de chivo escriben la verdad de los hechos. Otros autores han opinado: 'Valdez Cárdenas descansa de las fatigas semanales escribiendo reportajes de investigación. Emprendió la tarea de contar los destinos rotos de un país que escapa a la razón. Propone un viraje ético para entender los efectos de la criminalidad. No se concentra en quienes perpetran la violencia sino en sus víctimas' -Juan Villoro- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557711 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El pequeño libro de las grandes feministas Author: Julia Pierpont Narrator: Romina Marcos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta colección inspiradora honra a cien mujeres excepcionales a lo largo de la historia y de todo el mundo. En este luminoso volumen, la exitosa escritora del The New York Times, Julia Pierpont, narra biografías breves, vibrantes y sorprendentes de santas seculares, campeonas de la fuerza y el progreso: mujeres que sacudieron la tierra, rompieron techos e hicieron explotar los moldes. Entre ellas, se encuentran: Nina Simone Jane Austen Amelia Earhart Frida Kahlo Michelle Obama Sonia Sotomayor Pussy Riot Rosario Castellanos Nyayoi Kusama Las Hermanas Brontë Victoria Ocampo Simone De Beauvoir Safo Emily Dickinson Sor Juana Inés De La Cruz Madonna Julia Pierpont Thu, 18 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557711 thebookvoice.com 3:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El pequeño libro de las grandes feministas Author: Julia Pierpont Narrator: Romina Marcos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta colección inspiradora honra a cien mujeres excepcionales a lo largo de la historia y de todo el mundo. En este luminoso volumen, la exitosa escritora del The New York Times, Julia Pierpont, narra biografías breves, vibrantes y sorprendentes de santas seculares, campeonas de la fuerza y el progreso: mujeres que sacudieron la tierra, rompieron techos e hicieron explotar los moldes. Entre ellas, se encuentran: Nina Simone Jane Austen Amelia Earhart Frida Kahlo Michelle Obama Sonia Sotomayor Pussy Riot Rosario Castellanos Nyayoi Kusama Las Hermanas Brontë Victoria Ocampo Simone De Beauvoir Safo Emily Dickinson Sor Juana Inés De La Cruz Madonna Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El pequeño libro de las grandes feministas Author: Julia Pierpont Narrator: Romina Marcos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Esta colección inspiradora honra a cien mujeres excepcionales a lo largo de la historia y de todo el mundo. En este luminoso volumen, la exitosa escritora del The New York Times, Julia Pierpont, narra biografías breves, vibrantes y sorprendentes de santas seculares, campeonas de la fuerza y el progreso: mujeres que sacudieron la tierra, rompieron techos e hicieron explotar los moldes. Entre ellas, se encuentran: Nina Simone Jane Austen Amelia Earhart Frida Kahlo Michelle Obama Sonia Sotomayor Pussy Riot Rosario Castellanos Nyayoi Kusama Las Hermanas Brontë Victoria Ocampo Simone De Beauvoir Safo Emily Dickinson Sor Juana Inés De La Cruz Madonna https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557712 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - México racista: Una denuncia Author: Federico Navarrete Narrator: Héctor Gómez Gil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Con un afán polémico y un tono irreverente, este libro busca despertar el debate y denunciar la prevalencia de nuestras costumbres racistas y las formas de pensar que las acompañan. A partir de ejemplos cercanos y actuales, el historiador Federico Navarrete realiza un original análisis de los vínculos entre el racismo y graves casos que han cimbrado a México: desde los feminicidios en Juárez, pasando por la matanza de migrantes en San Fernando, hasta la desaparición forzada de los normalistas de Ayotzinapa. El racismo impera en México. Es un hecho cotidiano que cobra forma lo mismo en una charla privada que en anuncios de tintes 'aspiracionales' o en políticas públicas excluyentes. Desafortunadamente, una gran parte de la población es indiferente ante el fenómeno. 'Una de las causas por las que hemos tolerado la atroz espiral de muerte y violencia que nos ha rodeado en los últimos años han sido los prejuicios racistas que nos dividen y que han vuelto invisibles en vida, y por lo tanto también prescindibles, asesinables y desaparecibles a la mayoría de nuestros compatriotas' Amén de ofrecer un examen de los orígenes históricos del racismo en México, vinculados con lo que llama la 'leyenda del mestizaje', Federico Navarrete nos ofrece una serie de posibles caminos para liberarnos de esta lacerante situación en busca del respeto a las diferencias y la convivencia sensata. Su aviso es claro y oportuno: estamos a tiempo de hacer de la pluralidad un germen de convivencia y esperanza. Federico Navarrete Thu, 18 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557712 thebookvoice.com 4:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - México racista: Una denuncia Author: Federico Navarrete Narrator: Héctor Gómez Gil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Con un afán polémico y un tono irreverente, este libro busca despertar el debate y denunciar la prevalencia de nuestras costumbres racistas y las formas de pensar que las acompañan. A partir de ejemplos cercanos y actuales, el historiador Federico Navarrete realiza un original análisis de los vínculos entre el racismo y graves casos que han cimbrado a México: desde los feminicidios en Juárez, pasando por la matanza de migrantes en San Fernando, hasta la desaparición forzada de los normalistas de Ayotzinapa. El racismo impera en México. Es un hecho cotidiano que cobra forma lo mismo en una charla privada que en anuncios de tintes 'aspiracionales' o en políticas públicas excluyentes. Desafortunadamente, una gran parte de la población es indiferente ante el fenómeno. 'Una de las causas por las que hemos tolerado la atroz espiral de muerte y violencia que nos ha rodeado en los últimos años han sido los prejuicios racistas que nos dividen y que han vuelto invisibles en vida, y por lo tanto también prescindibles, asesinables y desaparecibles a la mayoría de nuestros compatriotas' Amén de ofrecer un examen de los orígenes históricos del racismo en México, vinculados con lo que llama la 'leyenda del mestizaje', Federico Navarrete nos ofrece una serie de posibles caminos para liberarnos de esta lacerante situación en busca del respeto a las diferencias y la convivencia sensata. Su aviso es claro y oportuno: estamos a tiempo de hacer de la pluralidad un germen de convivencia y esperanza. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - México racista: Una denuncia Author: Federico Navarrete Narrator: Héctor Gómez Gil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Con un afán polémico y un tono irreverente, este libro busca despertar el debate y denunciar la prevalencia de nuestras costumbres racistas y las formas de pensar que las acompañan. A partir de ejemplos cercanos y actuales, el historiador Federico Navarrete realiza un original análisis de los vínculos entre el racismo y graves casos que han cimbrado a México: desde los feminicidios en Juárez, pasando por la matanza de migrantes en San Fernando, hasta la desaparición forzada de los normalistas de Ayotzinapa. El racismo impera en México. Es un hecho cotidiano que cobra forma lo mismo en una charla privada que en anuncios de tintes 'aspiracionales' o en políticas públicas excluyentes. Desafortunadamente, una gran parte de la población es indiferente ante el fenómeno. 'Una de las causas por las que hemos tolerado la atroz espiral de muerte y violencia que nos ha rodeado en los últimos años han sido los prejuicios racistas que nos dividen y que han vuelto invisibles en vida, y por lo tanto también prescindibles, asesinables y desaparecibles a la mayoría de nuestros compatriotas' Amén de ofrecer un examen de los orígenes históricos del racismo en México, vinculados con lo que llama la 'leyenda del mestizaje', Federico Navarrete nos ofrece una serie de posibles caminos para liberarnos de esta lacerante situación en busca del respeto a las diferencias y la convivencia sensata. Su aviso es claro y oportuno: estamos a tiempo de hacer de la pluralidad un germen de convivencia y esperanza. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557687 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 10 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Bibek Debroy Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557687 thebookvoice.com 27:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 10 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 10 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 5 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Bibek Debroy Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557683 thebookvoice.com 27:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 5 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 5 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557684 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 6 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Bibek Debroy Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557684 thebookvoice.com 24:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 6 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 6 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557681 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 4 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Bibek Debroy Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557681 thebookvoice.com 27:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 4 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 4 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 9 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Bibek Debroy Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557682 thebookvoice.com 29:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 9 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 9 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557680 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 8 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Bibek Debroy Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557680 thebookvoice.com 27:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 8 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 8 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 7 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Bibek Debroy Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557679 thebookvoice.com 22:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 7 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mahabharata Vol 7 Author: Bibek Debroy Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This definitive and magnificent 10-volume unabridged translation is one of the rare English translations in full of the epic. Bibek Debroy makes the Mahabharata marvellously accessible to contemporary readers. Dispute over land and kingdom may lie at the heart of this story of war between cousins—the Pandavas and the Kouravas—but the Mahabharata is about conflicts of dharma. These conflicts are immense and various, singular and commonplace. Throughout the epic, characters face them with no clear indications of what is right and what is wrong; there are no absolute answers. Thus every possible human emotion features in the Mahabharata, the reason the epic continues to hold sway over our imagination. In this superb and widely acclaimed translation of the complete Mahabharata, Bibek Debroy takes on a great journey with incredible ease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Vegan Propaganda: (And Other Lies the Meat Industry Tells You) Author: Ed Winters Narrator: Ed Winters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.81 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Every time we eat, we have the power to radically transform the world we live in. Our choices can help alleviate the most pressing issues we face today: the climate crisis, infectious and chronic diseases, human exploitation and, of course, non-human exploitation. Undeniably, these issues can be uncomfortable to learn about but the benefits of doing so cannot be overstated. It is quite literally a matter of life and death. Through exploring the major ways that our current system of animal farming affects the world around us, as well as the cultural and psychological factors that drive our behaviours, This Is Vegan Propaganda answers the pressing question, is there a better way? Whether you are a vegan already or curious to learn more, this book will show you the other side of the story that has been hidden for far too long. Based on years of research and conversations with slaughterhouse workers and farmers, to animal rights philosophers, environmentalists and everyday consumers, vegan educator and public speaker Ed Winters will give you the knowledge to understand the true scale and enormity of the issues at stake. This Is Vegan Propaganda is the empowering and groundbreaking book on veganism that everyone, vegan and sceptic alike, needs to read. © Ed Winters 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Ed Winters Thu, 06 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557645 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Vegan Propaganda: (And Other Lies the Meat Industry Tells You) Author: Ed Winters Narrator: Ed Winters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.81 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Every time we eat, we have the power to radically transform the world we live in. Our choices can help alleviate the most pressing issues we face today: the climate crisis, infectious and chronic diseases, human exploitation and, of course, non-human exploitation. Undeniably, these issues can be uncomfortable to learn about but the benefits of doing so cannot be overstated. It is quite literally a matter of life and death. Through exploring the major ways that our current system of animal farming affects the world around us, as well as the cultural and psychological factors that drive our behaviours, This Is Vegan Propaganda answers the pressing question, is there a better way? Whether you are a vegan already or curious to learn more, this book will show you the other side of the story that has been hidden for far too long. Based on years of research and conversations with slaughterhouse workers and farmers, to animal rights philosophers, environmentalists and everyday consumers, vegan educator and public speaker Ed Winters will give you the knowledge to understand the true scale and enormity of the issues at stake. This Is Vegan Propaganda is the empowering and groundbreaking book on veganism that everyone, vegan and sceptic alike, needs to read. © Ed Winters 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Vegan Propaganda: (And Other Lies the Meat Industry Tells You) Author: Ed Winters Narrator: Ed Winters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.81 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Every time we eat, we have the power to radically transform the world we live in. Our choices can help alleviate the most pressing issues we face today: the climate crisis, infectious and chronic diseases, human exploitation and, of course, non-human exploitation. Undeniably, these issues can be uncomfortable to learn about but the benefits of doing so cannot be overstated. It is quite literally a matter of life and death. Through exploring the major ways that our current system of animal farming affects the world around us, as well as the cultural and psychological factors that drive our behaviours, This Is Vegan Propaganda answers the pressing question, is there a better way? Whether you are a vegan already or curious to learn more, this book will show you the other side of the story that has been hidden for far too long. Based on years of research and conversations with slaughterhouse workers and farmers, to animal rights philosophers, environmentalists and everyday consumers, vegan educator and public speaker Ed Winters will give you the knowledge to understand the true scale and enormity of the issues at stake. This Is Vegan Propaganda is the empowering and groundbreaking book on veganism that everyone, vegan and sceptic alike, needs to read. © Ed Winters 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557612 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cambiar de idea Series: #2 of Caballo de Troya 2019, Author: Aixa De La Cruz Narrator: Paula Iwasaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Premio Euskadi de Literatura en castellano 2020 Aixa de la Cruz firma una adictiva y brutal crónica en primera persona sobre su paso a la treintena. Cambiar de idea es un giro radical en la escritura de su autora, un punto de inflexión idóneo para reflexionar sobre el paso a la edad adulta. ** Premio Euskadi de Literatura en castellano ** Premio Librotea Tapado 2020 ** Finalista Premio Dulce Chacón 2020 «He tardado diez años de lecturas, y fiestas, y conversaciones con las mejores mentes de mi época en entender que el avatar de hombre es el traje nuevo del emperador [...]. Mi propio y escasísimo caché como mujer que escribe se ha desmoronado desde que dejé de escribir como los chicos: con voces falsamente neutrales, con personajes que pasan de puntillas por su género y se hermanan desde la hiperviolencia y las parafilias. Eso es lo que los editores que no publican a mujeres quieren que escribamos las mujeres. Los editores que no publican a mujeres andan locos por publicar a mujeres que escriban de una determinada manera, para refrendar que la subjetividad masculina es la subjetividad universal. Sus autores pueden ser sentimentales e intimistas, pero sus autoras siempre estarán estancadas en la impostura de lo masculino.» A punto de cumplir los treinta, Aixa de la Cruz pone en marcha la escritura de unas memorias que recorren algunos de los momentos más significativos de su vida: desde el día en que una de sus mejores amigas sufre un fatídico accidente de coche hasta el divorcio de la autora;desde las consecuencias de escribir una tesis doctoral hasta sus relaciones sexuales con otras mujeres; desde una infancia en la que maduró sin un «biopadre» hasta su descubrimiento del feminismo. Cambiar de idea ofrece una escritura hipnótica que va mucho más allá de la simple exposición de la primera persona: el relato del yo sirve para vehicular agudas reflexiones sobre diferentes temas de calado social y para desplegar un estilo literario rico y combativo, que posiciona a Aixa de la Cruz no ya como una de las mejores narradoras de su generación, sinotambién -y sobre todo- como una pensadora brillante. La crítica ha dicho... «Un libro lúcido, lleno de fuerza y rabia, doloroso en su sinceridad.» Laura Freixas, La Vanguardia « Cambiar de idea es la obra de una gran narradora que además es una gran pensadora. En tiempos en los que el lector siempre tiene razón, Aixa de la Cruz nos saca de nuestras casillas porque ella misma lleva tiempo fuera. Su libro es la mejor demostración de que no hace falta estar de acuerdo con la teoría para estarlo con la práctica.» Javier Rodríguez Marcos, El País «Funciona todo, brilla, te lleva hasta el final como un tren en marcha que no se para.» Elizabeth Duval «De lo mejor que he leído de feminismo en primera persona. Quizás exagero, pero yo creo que está al nivel de Teoría King Kong.» Ernesto Castro «El diálogo metaliterario es, de por sí, formalmente fascinante.» Adrián Véitez, Zenda «Un brillante ensayo feminista para el perdón de los pecados o una oración millennial que nos invita a celebrar la vida como conflicto y como cambio.» Begoña Méndez, El Cultural Aixa De La Cruz Thu, 09 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557612 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cambiar de idea Series: #2 of Caballo de Troya 2019, Author: Aixa De La Cruz Narrator: Paula Iwasaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Premio Euskadi de Literatura en castellano 2020 Aixa de la Cruz firma una adictiva y brutal crónica en primera persona sobre su paso a la treintena. Cambiar de idea es un giro radical en la escritura de su autora, un punto de inflexión idóneo para reflexionar sobre el paso a la edad adulta. ** Premio Euskadi de Literatura en castellano ** Premio Librotea Tapado 2020 ** Finalista Premio Dulce Chacón 2020 «He tardado diez años de lecturas, y fiestas, y conversaciones con las mejores mentes de mi época en entender que el avatar de hombre es el traje nuevo del emperador [...]. Mi propio y escasísimo caché como mujer que escribe se ha desmoronado desde que dejé de escribir como los chicos: con voces falsamente neutrales, con personajes que pasan de puntillas por su género y se hermanan desde la hiperviolencia y las parafilias. Eso es lo que los editores que no publican a mujeres quieren que escribamos las mujeres. Los editores que no publican a mujeres andan locos por publicar a mujeres que escriban de una determinada manera, para refrendar que la subjetividad masculina es la subjetividad universal. Sus autores pueden ser sentimentales e intimistas, pero sus autoras siempre estarán estancadas en la impostura de lo masculino.» A punto de cumplir los treinta, Aixa de la Cruz pone en marcha la escritura de unas memorias que recorren algunos de los momentos más significativos de su vida: desde el día en que una de sus mejores amigas sufre un fatídico accidente de coche hasta el divorcio de la autora;desde las consecuencias de escribir una tesis doctoral hasta sus relaciones sexuales con otras mujeres; desde una infancia en la que maduró sin un «biopadre» hasta su descubrimiento del feminismo. Cambiar de idea ofrece una escritura hipnótica que va mucho más allá de la simple exposición de la primera persona: el relato del yo sirve para vehicular agudas reflexiones sobre diferentes temas de calado social y para desplegar un estilo literario rico y combativo, que posiciona a Aixa de la Cruz no ya como una de las mejores narradoras de su generación, sinotambién -y sobre todo- como una pensadora brillante. La crítica ha dicho... «Un libro lúcido, lleno de fuerza y rabia, doloroso en su sinceridad.» Laura Freixas, La Vanguardia « Cambiar de idea es la obra de una gran narradora que además es una gran pensadora. En tiempos en los que el lector siempre tiene razón, Aixa de la Cruz nos saca de nuestras casillas porque ella misma lleva tiempo fuera. Su libro es la mejor demostración de que no hace falta estar de acuerdo con la teoría para estarlo con la práctica.» Javier Rodríguez Marcos, El País «Funciona todo, brilla, te lleva hasta el final como un tren en marcha que no se para.» Elizabeth Duval «De lo mejor que he leído de feminismo en primera persona. Quizás exagero, pero yo creo que está al nivel de Teoría King Kong.» Ernesto Castro «El diálogo metaliterario es, de por sí, formalmente fascinante.» Adrián Véitez, Zenda «Un brillante ensayo feminista para el perdón de los pecados o una oración millennial que nos invita a celebrar la vida como conflicto y como cambio.» Begoña Méndez, El Cultural Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cambiar de idea Series: #2 of Caballo de Troya 2019, Author: Aixa De La Cruz Narrator: Paula Iwasaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Premio Euskadi de Literatura en castellano 2020 Aixa de la Cruz firma una adictiva y brutal crónica en primera persona sobre su paso a la treintena. Cambiar de idea es un giro radical en la escritura de su autora, un punto de inflexión idóneo para reflexionar sobre el paso a la edad adulta. ** Premio Euskadi de Literatura en castellano ** Premio Librotea Tapado 2020 ** Finalista Premio Dulce Chacón 2020 «He tardado diez años de lecturas, y fiestas, y conversaciones con las mejores mentes de mi época en entender que el avatar de hombre es el traje nuevo del emperador [...]. Mi propio y escasísimo caché como mujer que escribe se ha desmoronado desde que dejé de escribir como los chicos: con voces falsamente neutrales, con personajes que pasan de puntillas por su género y se hermanan desde la hiperviolencia y las parafilias. Eso es lo que los editores que no publican a mujeres quieren que escribamos las mujeres. Los editores que no publican a mujeres andan locos por publicar a mujeres que escriban de una determinada manera, para refrendar que la subjetividad masculina es la subjetividad universal. Sus autores pueden ser sentimentales e intimistas, pero sus autoras siempre estarán estancadas en la impostura de lo masculino.» A punto de cumplir los treinta, Aixa de la Cruz pone en marcha la escritura de unas memorias que recorren algunos de los momentos más significativos de su vida: desde el día en que una de sus mejores amigas sufre un fatídico accidente de coche hasta el divorcio de la autora;desde las consecuencias de escribir una tesis doctoral hasta sus relaciones sexuales con otras mujeres; desde una infancia en la que maduró sin un «biopadre» hasta su descubrimiento del feminismo. Cambiar de idea ofrece una escritura hipnótica que va mucho más allá de la simple exposición de la primera persona: el relato del yo sirve para vehicular agudas reflexiones sobre diferentes temas de calado social y para desplegar un estilo literario rico y combativo, que posiciona a Aixa de la Cruz no ya como una de las mejores narradoras de su generación, sinotambién -y sobre todo- como una pensadora brillante. La crítica ha dicho... «Un libro lúcido, lleno de fuerza y rabia, doloroso en su sinceridad.» Laura Freixas, La Vanguardia « Cambiar de idea es la obra de una gran narradora que además es una gran pensadora. En tiempos en los que el lector siempre tiene razón, Aixa de la Cruz nos saca de nuestras casillas porque ella misma lleva tiempo fuera. Su libro es la mejor demostración de que no hace falta estar de acuerdo con la teoría para estarlo con la práctica.» Javier Rodríguez Marcos, El País «Funciona todo, brilla, te lleva hasta el final como un tren en marcha que no se para.» Elizabeth Duval «De lo mejor que he leído de feminismo en primera persona. Quizás exagero, pero yo creo que está al nivel de Teoría King Kong.» Ernesto Castro «El diálogo metaliterario es, de por sí, formalmente fascinante.» Adrián Véitez, Zenda «Un brillante ensayo feminista para el perdón de los pecados o una oración millennial que nos invita a celebrar la vida como conflicto y como cambio.» Begoña Méndez, El Cultural https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decarcerating Disability: Deinstitutionalization and Prison Abolition Author: Liat Ben-Moshe Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Prison abolition and decarceration are increasingly debated, but it is often without taking into account the largest exodus of people from carceral facilities in the twentieth century: the closure of disability institutions and psychiatric hospitals. Decarcerating Disability provides a much-needed corrective, combining a genealogy of deinstitutionalization with critiques of the current prison system. Liat Ben-Moshe provides groundbreaking case studies that show how abolition is not an unattainable goal but rather a reality, and how it plays out in different arenas of incarceration—antipsychiatry, the field of intellectual disabilities, and the fight against the prison-industrial complex. Ben-Moshe discusses a range of topics, including why deinstitutionalization is often wrongly blamed for the rise in incarceration; who resists decarceration and deinstitutionalization, and the coalitions opposing such resistance; and how understanding deinstitutionalization as a form of residential integration makes visible intersections with racial desegregation. By connecting deinstitutionalization with prison abolition, Decarcerating Disability also illuminates some of the limitations of disability rights and inclusion discourses, as well as tactics such as litigation, in securing freedom. Liat Ben-Moshe Tue, 15 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557326 thebookvoice.com 15:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decarcerating Disability: Deinstitutionalization and Prison Abolition Author: Liat Ben-Moshe Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Prison abolition and decarceration are increasingly debated, but it is often without taking into account the largest exodus of people from carceral facilities in the twentieth century: the closure of disability institutions and psychiatric hospitals. Decarcerating Disability provides a much-needed corrective, combining a genealogy of deinstitutionalization with critiques of the current prison system. Liat Ben-Moshe provides groundbreaking case studies that show how abolition is not an unattainable goal but rather a reality, and how it plays out in different arenas of incarceration—antipsychiatry, the field of intellectual disabilities, and the fight against the prison-industrial complex. Ben-Moshe discusses a range of topics, including why deinstitutionalization is often wrongly blamed for the rise in incarceration; who resists decarceration and deinstitutionalization, and the coalitions opposing such resistance; and how understanding deinstitutionalization as a form of residential integration makes visible intersections with racial desegregation. By connecting deinstitutionalization with prison abolition, Decarcerating Disability also illuminates some of the limitations of disability rights and inclusion discourses, as well as tactics such as litigation, in securing freedom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decarcerating Disability: Deinstitutionalization and Prison Abolition Author: Liat Ben-Moshe Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Prison abolition and decarceration are increasingly debated, but it is often without taking into account the largest exodus of people from carceral facilities in the twentieth century: the closure of disability institutions and psychiatric hospitals. Decarcerating Disability provides a much-needed corrective, combining a genealogy of deinstitutionalization with critiques of the current prison system. Liat Ben-Moshe provides groundbreaking case studies that show how abolition is not an unattainable goal but rather a reality, and how it plays out in different arenas of incarceration—antipsychiatry, the field of intellectual disabilities, and the fight against the prison-industrial complex. Ben-Moshe discusses a range of topics, including why deinstitutionalization is often wrongly blamed for the rise in incarceration; who resists decarceration and deinstitutionalization, and the coalitions opposing such resistance; and how understanding deinstitutionalization as a form of residential integration makes visible intersections with racial desegregation. By connecting deinstitutionalization with prison abolition, Decarcerating Disability also illuminates some of the limitations of disability rights and inclusion discourses, as well as tactics such as litigation, in securing freedom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557325 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counterrevolution: The Crusade to Roll Back the Gains of the Civil Rights Movement Author: Stephen Steinberg Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Black Reconstruction W. E. B. Du Bois wrote, 'The slave went free; stood for a brief moment in the sun; then moved back again toward slavery.' His words echo across the decades as the civil rights revolution, marked by the passage of landmark civil rights laws in the '60s, has seen those gains steadily and systematically whittled away. As history testifies, revolution nearly always triggers its antithesis: counterrevolution. In this book, Steinberg provides an analysis of this backlash, tracing the reverse flow of history that has led to the current national reckoning on race. Steinberg puts counterrevolution into historical and theoretical perspective, exploring the 'victim-blaming' and 'colorblind' discourses that emerged in the post-segregation era and undermined progress toward racial equality, and led to the gutting of affirmative action. This book reflects Steinberg's long career as a critical race scholar, culminating with his assessment of our current moment and the possibilities for political transformation. Stephen Steinberg Tue, 18 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557325 thebookvoice.com 11:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counterrevolution: The Crusade to Roll Back the Gains of the Civil Rights Movement Author: Stephen Steinberg Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Black Reconstruction W. E. B. Du Bois wrote, 'The slave went free; stood for a brief moment in the sun; then moved back again toward slavery.' His words echo across the decades as the civil rights revolution, marked by the passage of landmark civil rights laws in the '60s, has seen those gains steadily and systematically whittled away. As history testifies, revolution nearly always triggers its antithesis: counterrevolution. In this book, Steinberg provides an analysis of this backlash, tracing the reverse flow of history that has led to the current national reckoning on race. Steinberg puts counterrevolution into historical and theoretical perspective, exploring the 'victim-blaming' and 'colorblind' discourses that emerged in the post-segregation era and undermined progress toward racial equality, and led to the gutting of affirmative action. This book reflects Steinberg's long career as a critical race scholar, culminating with his assessment of our current moment and the possibilities for political transformation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counterrevolution: The Crusade to Roll Back the Gains of the Civil Rights Movement Author: Stephen Steinberg Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Black Reconstruction W. E. B. Du Bois wrote, 'The slave went free; stood for a brief moment in the sun; then moved back again toward slavery.' His words echo across the decades as the civil rights revolution, marked by the passage of landmark civil rights laws in the '60s, has seen those gains steadily and systematically whittled away. As history testifies, revolution nearly always triggers its antithesis: counterrevolution. In this book, Steinberg provides an analysis of this backlash, tracing the reverse flow of history that has led to the current national reckoning on race. Steinberg puts counterrevolution into historical and theoretical perspective, exploring the 'victim-blaming' and 'colorblind' discourses that emerged in the post-segregation era and undermined progress toward racial equality, and led to the gutting of affirmative action. This book reflects Steinberg's long career as a critical race scholar, culminating with his assessment of our current moment and the possibilities for political transformation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trolls of Wall Street: How the Outcasts and Insurgents Are Hacking the Markets Author: Nathaniel Popper Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story of an improbable gang of self-proclaimed “degenerates” who made WallStreetBets into a cultural movement that moved from the fringes of the internet to the center of Wall Street, upending the global financial markets and changing how an entire generation thinks about money, investing, and themselves.    Jaime Rogozinski and Jordan Zazzara were not what anyone would mistake for traditional financial power players. But they turned WallStreetBets, a subreddit focused on risky financial trading, into one of the most disruptive forces to bubble up from the fringes of the internet.  This crude and unassuming message board harnessed the power of memes and trolling to create a new kind of online community. The group intertwined with the distrust and turmoil of our times and spoke to a generation of young men who were struggling to find their place in the world.   Deeply reported and fast moving, The Trolls of Wall Street is the suspenseful story of the people who made and lost millions, battling with each other—and with Wall Street—for power and status. It is a sobering account of how millions of young Americans became obsessed with money and the markets, casting a long and lasting influence over finance, politics, and popular culture. Nathaniel Popper Tue, 11 Jun 2024 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557019 thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trolls of Wall Street: How the Outcasts and Insurgents Are Hacking the Markets Author: Nathaniel Popper Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story of an improbable gang of self-proclaimed “degenerates” who made WallStreetBets into a cultural movement that moved from the fringes of the internet to the center of Wall Street, upending the global financial markets and changing how an entire generation thinks about money, investing, and themselves.    Jaime Rogozinski and Jordan Zazzara were not what anyone would mistake for traditional financial power players. But they turned WallStreetBets, a subreddit focused on risky financial trading, into one of the most disruptive forces to bubble up from the fringes of the internet.  This crude and unassuming message board harnessed the power of memes and trolling to create a new kind of online community. The group intertwined with the distrust and turmoil of our times and spoke to a generation of young men who were struggling to find their place in the world.   Deeply reported and fast moving, The Trolls of Wall Street is the suspenseful story of the people who made and lost millions, battling with each other—and with Wall Street—for power and status. It is a sobering account of how millions of young Americans became obsessed with money and the markets, casting a long and lasting influence over finance, politics, and popular culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trolls of Wall Street: How the Outcasts and Insurgents Are Hacking the Markets Author: Nathaniel Popper Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story of an improbable gang of self-proclaimed “degenerates” who made WallStreetBets into a cultural movement that moved from the fringes of the internet to the center of Wall Street, upending the global financial markets and changing how an entire generation thinks about money, investing, and themselves.    Jaime Rogozinski and Jordan Zazzara were not what anyone would mistake for traditional financial power players. But they turned WallStreetBets, a subreddit focused on risky financial trading, into one of the most disruptive forces to bubble up from the fringes of the internet.  This crude and unassuming message board harnessed the power of memes and trolling to create a new kind of online community. The group intertwined with the distrust and turmoil of our times and spoke to a generation of young men who were struggling to find their place in the world.   Deeply reported and fast moving, The Trolls of Wall Street is the suspenseful story of the people who made and lost millions, battling with each other—and with Wall Street—for power and status. It is a sobering account of how millions of young Americans became obsessed with money and the markets, casting a long and lasting influence over finance, politics, and popular culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556992 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Boy Will Die of Sorrow: A Memoir of Immigration From the Front Lines Author: Efrén C. Olivares Narrator: José Antonio Rodríguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This deeply personal perspective from a human rights lawyer—whose work on the front lines of the fight against family separations in South Texas intertwines with his own story of immigrating to the United States at thirteen—reframes the United States' history as a nation of immigrants but also a nation against immigrants. In the summer of 2018, Efrén C. Olivares found himself representing hundreds of immigrant families when Zero Tolerance separated thousands of children from their parents at the U.S.-Mexico border. Twenty-five years earlier, he had been separated from his own father for several years when he migrated to the U.S. to work. Their family was eventually reunited in Texas, where Efrén and his brother went to high school and learned a new language and culture.  By sharing these gripping family separation stories alongside his own, Olivares gives voice to immigrants who have been punished and silenced for seeking safety and opportunity. Through him we meet Mario and his daughter Oralia, Viviana and her son Sandro, Patricia and her son Alessandro, and many others. We see how the principles that ostensibly bind the U.S. together fall apart at its borders. My Boy Will Die of Sorrow reflects on the immigrant experience then and now, on what separations do to families, and how the act of separation itself adds another layer to the immigrant identity. Our concern for fellow human beings who live at the margins of our society—at the border, literally and figuratively—is shaped by how we view ourselves in relation both to our fellow citizens and to immigrants. He discusses not only law and immigration policy in accessible terms, but also makes the case for how this hostility is nothing new: children were put in cages when coming through Ellis Island, and Japanese Americans were forcibly separated from their families and interned during WWII. By examining his personal story and the stories of the families he represents side by side, Olivares meaningfully engages readers with their assumptions about what nationhood means in America and challenges us to question our own empathy and compassion. Efrén C. Olivares Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556992 thebookvoice.com 10:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Boy Will Die of Sorrow: A Memoir of Immigration From the Front Lines Author: Efrén C. Olivares Narrator: José Antonio Rodríguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This deeply personal perspective from a human rights lawyer—whose work on the front lines of the fight against family separations in South Texas intertwines with his own story of immigrating to the United States at thirteen—reframes the United States' history as a nation of immigrants but also a nation against immigrants. In the summer of 2018, Efrén C. Olivares found himself representing hundreds of immigrant families when Zero Tolerance separated thousands of children from their parents at the U.S.-Mexico border. Twenty-five years earlier, he had been separated from his own father for several years when he migrated to the U.S. to work. Their family was eventually reunited in Texas, where Efrén and his brother went to high school and learned a new language and culture.  By sharing these gripping family separation stories alongside his own, Olivares gives voice to immigrants who have been punished and silenced for seeking safety and opportunity. Through him we meet Mario and his daughter Oralia, Viviana and her son Sandro, Patricia and her son Alessandro, and many others. We see how the principles that ostensibly bind the U.S. together fall apart at its borders. My Boy Will Die of Sorrow reflects on the immigrant experience then and now, on what separations do to families, and how the act of separation itself adds another layer to the immigrant identity. Our concern for fellow human beings who live at the margins of our society—at the border, literally and figuratively—is shaped by how we view ourselves in relation both to our fellow citizens and to immigrants. He discusses not only law and immigration policy in accessible terms, but also makes the case for how this hostility is nothing new: children were put in cages when coming through Ellis Island, and Japanese Americans were forcibly separated from their families and interned during WWII. By examining his personal story and the stories of the families he represents side by side, Olivares meaningfully engages readers with their assumptions about what nationhood means in America and challenges us to question our own empathy and compassion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Boy Will Die of Sorrow: A Memoir of Immigration From the Front Lines Author: Efrén C. Olivares Narrator: José Antonio Rodríguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This deeply personal perspective from a human rights lawyer—whose work on the front lines of the fight against family separations in South Texas intertwines with his own story of immigrating to the United States at thirteen—reframes the United States' history as a nation of immigrants but also a nation against immigrants. In the summer of 2018, Efrén C. Olivares found himself representing hundreds of immigrant families when Zero Tolerance separated thousands of children from their parents at the U.S.-Mexico border. Twenty-five years earlier, he had been separated from his own father for several years when he migrated to the U.S. to work. Their family was eventually reunited in Texas, where Efrén and his brother went to high school and learned a new language and culture.  By sharing these gripping family separation stories alongside his own, Olivares gives voice to immigrants who have been punished and silenced for seeking safety and opportunity. Through him we meet Mario and his daughter Oralia, Viviana and her son Sandro, Patricia and her son Alessandro, and many others. We see how the principles that ostensibly bind the U.S. together fall apart at its borders. My Boy Will Die of Sorrow reflects on the immigrant experience then and now, on what separations do to families, and how the act of separation itself adds another layer to the immigrant identity. Our concern for fellow human beings who live at the margins of our society—at the border, literally and figuratively—is shaped by how we view ourselves in relation both to our fellow citizens and to immigrants. He discusses not only law and immigration policy in accessible terms, but also makes the case for how this hostility is nothing new: children were put in cages when coming through Ellis Island, and Japanese Americans were forcibly separated from their families and interned during WWII. By examining his personal story and the stories of the families he represents side by side, Olivares meaningfully engages readers with their assumptions about what nationhood means in America and challenges us to question our own empathy and compassion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556983 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roll Red Roll: Rape, Power, and Football in the American Heartland Author: Nancy Schwartzman Narrator: Nancy Schwartzman, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An incisive narrative about a teen rape case that divided a Rust Belt town, exposing the hostile and systemic undercurrents that enable sexual violence, and spotlighting ways to make change. In football-obsessed Steubenville, Ohio, on a summer night in 2012, an incapacitated sixteen-year-old girl was repeatedly assaulted by members of the “Big Red” high school football team. They took turns documenting the crime and sharing on Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube. The victim, Jane Doe, learned the details via social media at a time when teens didn’t yet understand the lasting trail of their digital breadcrumbs. Crime blogger Alexandria Goddard, along with hacker collective Anonymous, exposed the photos, Tweets, and videos, making this the first rape case ever to go viral and catapulting Steubenville onto the national stage. Filmmaker Nancy Schwartzman spent four years embedded in the town, documenting the case and its reverberations. Ten years after the assault, Roll Red Roll is the culmination of that research, weaving in new interviews and personal reflections to take readers beyond Steubenville to examine rape culture in everything from sports to teen dynamics. Roll Red Roll explores the factors that normalize  sexual assault in our communities. Through inter-views with sportswriter David Zirin, victim’s rights attorney Gloria Allred and more, Schwartzman untangles the societal norms in which we too often sacrifice our daughters to protect our sons. With the Steubenville case as a flashpoint that helped spark the #MeToo movement, a decade later, Roll Red Roll focuses on the perpetrators and asks, can our society truly change? Nancy Schwartzman Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556983 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roll Red Roll: Rape, Power, and Football in the American Heartland Author: Nancy Schwartzman Narrator: Nancy Schwartzman, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An incisive narrative about a teen rape case that divided a Rust Belt town, exposing the hostile and systemic undercurrents that enable sexual violence, and spotlighting ways to make change. In football-obsessed Steubenville, Ohio, on a summer night in 2012, an incapacitated sixteen-year-old girl was repeatedly assaulted by members of the “Big Red” high school football team. They took turns documenting the crime and sharing on Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube. The victim, Jane Doe, learned the details via social media at a time when teens didn’t yet understand the lasting trail of their digital breadcrumbs. Crime blogger Alexandria Goddard, along with hacker collective Anonymous, exposed the photos, Tweets, and videos, making this the first rape case ever to go viral and catapulting Steubenville onto the national stage. Filmmaker Nancy Schwartzman spent four years embedded in the town, documenting the case and its reverberations. Ten years after the assault, Roll Red Roll is the culmination of that research, weaving in new interviews and personal reflections to take readers beyond Steubenville to examine rape culture in everything from sports to teen dynamics. Roll Red Roll explores the factors that normalize  sexual assault in our communities. Through inter-views with sportswriter David Zirin, victim’s rights attorney Gloria Allred and more, Schwartzman untangles the societal norms in which we too often sacrifice our daughters to protect our sons. With the Steubenville case as a flashpoint that helped spark the #MeToo movement, a decade later, Roll Red Roll focuses on the perpetrators and asks, can our society truly change? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roll Red Roll: Rape, Power, and Football in the American Heartland Author: Nancy Schwartzman Narrator: Nancy Schwartzman, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An incisive narrative about a teen rape case that divided a Rust Belt town, exposing the hostile and systemic undercurrents that enable sexual violence, and spotlighting ways to make change. In football-obsessed Steubenville, Ohio, on a summer night in 2012, an incapacitated sixteen-year-old girl was repeatedly assaulted by members of the “Big Red” high school football team. They took turns documenting the crime and sharing on Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube. The victim, Jane Doe, learned the details via social media at a time when teens didn’t yet understand the lasting trail of their digital breadcrumbs. Crime blogger Alexandria Goddard, along with hacker collective Anonymous, exposed the photos, Tweets, and videos, making this the first rape case ever to go viral and catapulting Steubenville onto the national stage. Filmmaker Nancy Schwartzman spent four years embedded in the town, documenting the case and its reverberations. Ten years after the assault, Roll Red Roll is the culmination of that research, weaving in new interviews and personal reflections to take readers beyond Steubenville to examine rape culture in everything from sports to teen dynamics. Roll Red Roll explores the factors that normalize  sexual assault in our communities. Through inter-views with sportswriter David Zirin, victim’s rights attorney Gloria Allred and more, Schwartzman untangles the societal norms in which we too often sacrifice our daughters to protect our sons. With the Steubenville case as a flashpoint that helped spark the #MeToo movement, a decade later, Roll Red Roll focuses on the perpetrators and asks, can our society truly change? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nicht mein Antirassismus - Warum wir einander zuhören sollten, statt uns gegenseitig den Mund zu verbieten. Eine Ermutigung (Ungekürzt) Author: Canan Topçu Narrator: Canan Topçu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Es vergeht kaum ein Tag, an dem die Debatte um Identitätspolitik und Rassismus keinen neuen Aufschlag bekommt. Waren es gestern noch 'alte, weiße Männer', die unter Beschuss gerieten, so wird heute darüber gestritten, wer Amanda Gorman übersetzen darf. Der Ton: wütend, aggressiv, spaltend. Längst geht es nicht mehr um Gleichbehandlung, sondern Deutungshoheit: Wer hat hier das Sagen und darf mitreden? Die türkeistämmige Journalistin und Autorin Canan Topçu sagt: 'Das ist nicht mein Antirassismus.' Sie wehrt sich gegen Denkverbote und Meinungsmache und streitet für Dialog, für das Besonnen-Miteinander-Umgehen und dafür, die eigene Meinung nicht zum alleinigen Maß der Dinge zu machen. Canan Topçu Fri, 29 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556793 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nicht mein Antirassismus - Warum wir einander zuhören sollten, statt uns gegenseitig den Mund zu verbieten. Eine Ermutigung (Ungekürzt) Author: Canan Topçu Narrator: Canan Topçu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Es vergeht kaum ein Tag, an dem die Debatte um Identitätspolitik und Rassismus keinen neuen Aufschlag bekommt. Waren es gestern noch 'alte, weiße Männer', die unter Beschuss gerieten, so wird heute darüber gestritten, wer Amanda Gorman übersetzen darf. Der Ton: wütend, aggressiv, spaltend. Längst geht es nicht mehr um Gleichbehandlung, sondern Deutungshoheit: Wer hat hier das Sagen und darf mitreden? Die türkeistämmige Journalistin und Autorin Canan Topçu sagt: 'Das ist nicht mein Antirassismus.' Sie wehrt sich gegen Denkverbote und Meinungsmache und streitet für Dialog, für das Besonnen-Miteinander-Umgehen und dafür, die eigene Meinung nicht zum alleinigen Maß der Dinge zu machen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nicht mein Antirassismus - Warum wir einander zuhören sollten, statt uns gegenseitig den Mund zu verbieten. Eine Ermutigung (Ungekürzt) Author: Canan Topçu Narrator: Canan Topçu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Es vergeht kaum ein Tag, an dem die Debatte um Identitätspolitik und Rassismus keinen neuen Aufschlag bekommt. Waren es gestern noch 'alte, weiße Männer', die unter Beschuss gerieten, so wird heute darüber gestritten, wer Amanda Gorman übersetzen darf. Der Ton: wütend, aggressiv, spaltend. Längst geht es nicht mehr um Gleichbehandlung, sondern Deutungshoheit: Wer hat hier das Sagen und darf mitreden? Die türkeistämmige Journalistin und Autorin Canan Topçu sagt: 'Das ist nicht mein Antirassismus.' Sie wehrt sich gegen Denkverbote und Meinungsmache und streitet für Dialog, für das Besonnen-Miteinander-Umgehen und dafür, die eigene Meinung nicht zum alleinigen Maß der Dinge zu machen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: She's Unlikeable: And Other Lies That Bring Women Down Author: Aparna Shewakramani Narrator: Aparna Shewakramani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When Aparna Shewakramani appeared on Netflix’s hit series Indian Matchmaking, it soon became clear that Aparna knew what she wanted. But all stories are told through certain lenses—and her story is no exception. Being on a reality show made Aparna feel like a character. Her decisiveness and sense of self-worth led viewers to see her as a very specific archetype: the villain, the woman you love to hate, the unlikeable woman. It turned around, though, with a single message of support: Be Like Aparna. Soon supporters were in the tens of thousands. Women are tired of seeing other women being vilified simply because they have a voice. In this book, you will learn about the real Aparna Shewakramani. She bares it all—the good, the bad, and the it-depends-on-how-you-look-at-it. There is her mother’s bravery in escaping an abusive marriage, Aparna’s diagnosis of an autoimmune disease, and her confession that she, too, is susceptible to the deep-rooted need to be pretty and likeable. But it is also the story of her entrepreneurial spirit and her success. It is about lessons learned and the strength to be your own woman. This is a journey to prevent Aparna-the-person from being erased by Aparna-the-character. Aparna Shewakramani Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556618 thebookvoice.com 5:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: She's Unlikeable: And Other Lies That Bring Women Down Author: Aparna Shewakramani Narrator: Aparna Shewakramani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When Aparna Shewakramani appeared on Netflix’s hit series Indian Matchmaking, it soon became clear that Aparna knew what she wanted. But all stories are told through certain lenses—and her story is no exception. Being on a reality show made Aparna feel like a character. Her decisiveness and sense of self-worth led viewers to see her as a very specific archetype: the villain, the woman you love to hate, the unlikeable woman. It turned around, though, with a single message of support: Be Like Aparna. Soon supporters were in the tens of thousands. Women are tired of seeing other women being vilified simply because they have a voice. In this book, you will learn about the real Aparna Shewakramani. She bares it all—the good, the bad, and the it-depends-on-how-you-look-at-it. There is her mother’s bravery in escaping an abusive marriage, Aparna’s diagnosis of an autoimmune disease, and her confession that she, too, is susceptible to the deep-rooted need to be pretty and likeable. But it is also the story of her entrepreneurial spirit and her success. It is about lessons learned and the strength to be your own woman. This is a journey to prevent Aparna-the-person from being erased by Aparna-the-character. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: She's Unlikeable: And Other Lies That Bring Women Down Author: Aparna Shewakramani Narrator: Aparna Shewakramani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When Aparna Shewakramani appeared on Netflix’s hit series Indian Matchmaking, it soon became clear that Aparna knew what she wanted. But all stories are told through certain lenses—and her story is no exception. Being on a reality show made Aparna feel like a character. Her decisiveness and sense of self-worth led viewers to see her as a very specific archetype: the villain, the woman you love to hate, the unlikeable woman. It turned around, though, with a single message of support: Be Like Aparna. Soon supporters were in the tens of thousands. Women are tired of seeing other women being vilified simply because they have a voice. In this book, you will learn about the real Aparna Shewakramani. She bares it all—the good, the bad, and the it-depends-on-how-you-look-at-it. There is her mother’s bravery in escaping an abusive marriage, Aparna’s diagnosis of an autoimmune disease, and her confession that she, too, is susceptible to the deep-rooted need to be pretty and likeable. But it is also the story of her entrepreneurial spirit and her success. It is about lessons learned and the strength to be your own woman. This is a journey to prevent Aparna-the-person from being erased by Aparna-the-character. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Generation Myth: Why When You're Born Matters Less Than You Think Author: Bobby Duffy Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Boomers are narcissists. Millennials are spoiled. Gen Zers are lazy. We assume people born around the same time have basically the same values. It makes for good headlines, but is it true? Bobby Duffy has spent years studying generational distinctions. In this book, he argues that our generational identities are not fixed but fluid, reforming throughout our lives. Based on an analysis of what over three million people really think about homeownership, sex, well-being, and more, Duffy offers a new model for understanding how generations form, how they shape societies, and why generational differences aren’t as sharp as we think. The Generation Myth is a vital rejoinder to alarmist worries about generational warfare and social decline. The kids are alright, it turns out. Their parents are too. Bobby Duffy Tue, 04 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556597 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Generation Myth: Why When You're Born Matters Less Than You Think Author: Bobby Duffy Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Boomers are narcissists. Millennials are spoiled. Gen Zers are lazy. We assume people born around the same time have basically the same values. It makes for good headlines, but is it true? Bobby Duffy has spent years studying generational distinctions. In this book, he argues that our generational identities are not fixed but fluid, reforming throughout our lives. Based on an analysis of what over three million people really think about homeownership, sex, well-being, and more, Duffy offers a new model for understanding how generations form, how they shape societies, and why generational differences aren’t as sharp as we think. The Generation Myth is a vital rejoinder to alarmist worries about generational warfare and social decline. The kids are alright, it turns out. Their parents are too. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Generation Myth: Why When You're Born Matters Less Than You Think Author: Bobby Duffy Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Boomers are narcissists. Millennials are spoiled. Gen Zers are lazy. We assume people born around the same time have basically the same values. It makes for good headlines, but is it true? Bobby Duffy has spent years studying generational distinctions. In this book, he argues that our generational identities are not fixed but fluid, reforming throughout our lives. Based on an analysis of what over three million people really think about homeownership, sex, well-being, and more, Duffy offers a new model for understanding how generations form, how they shape societies, and why generational differences aren’t as sharp as we think. The Generation Myth is a vital rejoinder to alarmist worries about generational warfare and social decline. The kids are alright, it turns out. Their parents are too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Reconciliation: Strengthening Relationships for All Australians in 7 Easy Steps Author: Munya Andrews And Carla Rogers Narrator: Munya Andrews And Carla Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Blending keen insight with engaging anecdotes and practical advice, this easy-to-listen to audiobook, narrated by the authors, will give you the tools you need to feel confident living with, working with and supporting our First Nations peoples. Equip yourself with the skills to communicate without fear of misunderstanding or offence. Build strategies for engaging communities respectfully and strengthening partnerships. And most of all, be proud of the incredible richness of the oldest continuing culture in the world. A great place to start to help people understand the issues involved in conciliation between Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and non-Aboriginal Australians. - Bruce Pascoe, Author, Dark Emu Through seven simple, reasonable and practical steps, this book enables individuals to take ownership of their contribution to Reconciliation in this country. - The Hon Linda Burney, MP What an insightful and accessible book... I strongly recommend this book to all and especially to organizations committed to reconciliation. - David Liddiard, OAM This is a timely and important book. Munya and Carla offer a much-needed practical guide for people to personally or collectively take action. - Senator Rachel Siewert If understanding Aboriginal cultures is an interest of yours, this is the book for you. - Bob Dick With information about Aboriginal culture, language and spirituality, you will return to this book again and again. It instills a sense of awe and shared pride in who we are as a nation and more than delivers as an action plan, it opens our hearts and minds. - The Honorable Justice Helen Wood Supreme Court of Tasmania Munya Andrews And Carla Rogers Tue, 12 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556564 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Reconciliation: Strengthening Relationships for All Australians in 7 Easy Steps Author: Munya Andrews And Carla Rogers Narrator: Munya Andrews And Carla Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Blending keen insight with engaging anecdotes and practical advice, this easy-to-listen to audiobook, narrated by the authors, will give you the tools you need to feel confident living with, working with and supporting our First Nations peoples. Equip yourself with the skills to communicate without fear of misunderstanding or offence. Build strategies for engaging communities respectfully and strengthening partnerships. And most of all, be proud of the incredible richness of the oldest continuing culture in the world. A great place to start to help people understand the issues involved in conciliation between Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and non-Aboriginal Australians. - Bruce Pascoe, Author, Dark Emu Through seven simple, reasonable and practical steps, this book enables individuals to take ownership of their contribution to Reconciliation in this country. - The Hon Linda Burney, MP What an insightful and accessible book... I strongly recommend this book to all and especially to organizations committed to reconciliation. - David Liddiard, OAM This is a timely and important book. Munya and Carla offer a much-needed practical guide for people to personally or collectively take action. - Senator Rachel Siewert If understanding Aboriginal cultures is an interest of yours, this is the book for you. - Bob Dick With information about Aboriginal culture, language and spirituality, you will return to this book again and again. It instills a sense of awe and shared pride in who we are as a nation and more than delivers as an action plan, it opens our hearts and minds. - The Honorable Justice Helen Wood Supreme Court of Tasmania Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Reconciliation: Strengthening Relationships for All Australians in 7 Easy Steps Author: Munya Andrews And Carla Rogers Narrator: Munya Andrews And Carla Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Blending keen insight with engaging anecdotes and practical advice, this easy-to-listen to audiobook, narrated by the authors, will give you the tools you need to feel confident living with, working with and supporting our First Nations peoples. Equip yourself with the skills to communicate without fear of misunderstanding or offence. Build strategies for engaging communities respectfully and strengthening partnerships. And most of all, be proud of the incredible richness of the oldest continuing culture in the world. A great place to start to help people understand the issues involved in conciliation between Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and non-Aboriginal Australians. - Bruce Pascoe, Author, Dark Emu Through seven simple, reasonable and practical steps, this book enables individuals to take ownership of their contribution to Reconciliation in this country. - The Hon Linda Burney, MP What an insightful and accessible book... I strongly recommend this book to all and especially to organizations committed to reconciliation. - David Liddiard, OAM This is a timely and important book. Munya and Carla offer a much-needed practical guide for people to personally or collectively take action. - Senator Rachel Siewert If understanding Aboriginal cultures is an interest of yours, this is the book for you. - Bob Dick With information about Aboriginal culture, language and spirituality, you will return to this book again and again. It instills a sense of awe and shared pride in who we are as a nation and more than delivers as an action plan, it opens our hearts and minds. - The Honorable Justice Helen Wood Supreme Court of Tasmania https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Our Red Book: Intimate Histories of Periods, Growing & Changing Author: Rachel Kauder Nalebuff Narrator: Nicky Endres, Carolina Hoyos, Em Grosland, Nikki Massoud, Inés Del Castillo, Catherine Ho, Marie Hoffman, Shiromi Arserio, Christian Barillas, Gabra Zackman, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of essays, oral histories, and artworks about periods across all stages of life, gathered by the editor of the New York Times bestselling anthology My Little Red Book. After hearing a harrowing coming-of-age story from her great aunt, Rachel Kauder Nalebuff started gathering stories about menstruation in her family that had never been told. What began as an oral history project quickly snowballed: Rachel heard from family and friends, and then from strangers—writers, experts, community leaders, activists, young people, and other visionaries—about the most intimate physical transformations in their lives. Our Red Book takes us through stories of first periods, last periods, missing periods, and everything about bleeding that people wish they had been told. Weaving together powerful voices—from teenagers, midwives, Indigenous scholars, Olympic athletes, incarcerated writers, disoriented fathers, elected leaders who fought to make period products free, friends transitioning genders, grandmothers, and lovers—the book invites us on a collective journey of growth and change, with Rachel’s own voice as a guide. The result is a people’s history of menstruation, told through an array of perspectives and identities that span the globe. Gathered over twenty years, the collection takes stock of our shifting relationships to family, cultural inheritance, gender, aging, and liberation. Rachel Kauder Nalebuff Tue, 01 Nov 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556503 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Our Red Book: Intimate Histories of Periods, Growing & Changing Author: Rachel Kauder Nalebuff Narrator: Nicky Endres, Carolina Hoyos, Em Grosland, Nikki Massoud, Inés Del Castillo, Catherine Ho, Marie Hoffman, Shiromi Arserio, Christian Barillas, Gabra Zackman, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of essays, oral histories, and artworks about periods across all stages of life, gathered by the editor of the New York Times bestselling anthology My Little Red Book. After hearing a harrowing coming-of-age story from her great aunt, Rachel Kauder Nalebuff started gathering stories about menstruation in her family that had never been told. What began as an oral history project quickly snowballed: Rachel heard from family and friends, and then from strangers—writers, experts, community leaders, activists, young people, and other visionaries—about the most intimate physical transformations in their lives. Our Red Book takes us through stories of first periods, last periods, missing periods, and everything about bleeding that people wish they had been told. Weaving together powerful voices—from teenagers, midwives, Indigenous scholars, Olympic athletes, incarcerated writers, disoriented fathers, elected leaders who fought to make period products free, friends transitioning genders, grandmothers, and lovers—the book invites us on a collective journey of growth and change, with Rachel’s own voice as a guide. The result is a people’s history of menstruation, told through an array of perspectives and identities that span the globe. Gathered over twenty years, the collection takes stock of our shifting relationships to family, cultural inheritance, gender, aging, and liberation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Our Red Book: Intimate Histories of Periods, Growing & Changing Author: Rachel Kauder Nalebuff Narrator: Nicky Endres, Carolina Hoyos, Em Grosland, Nikki Massoud, Inés Del Castillo, Catherine Ho, Marie Hoffman, Shiromi Arserio, Christian Barillas, Gabra Zackman, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collection of essays, oral histories, and artworks about periods across all stages of life, gathered by the editor of the New York Times bestselling anthology My Little Red Book. After hearing a harrowing coming-of-age story from her great aunt, Rachel Kauder Nalebuff started gathering stories about menstruation in her family that had never been told. What began as an oral history project quickly snowballed: Rachel heard from family and friends, and then from strangers—writers, experts, community leaders, activists, young people, and other visionaries—about the most intimate physical transformations in their lives. Our Red Book takes us through stories of first periods, last periods, missing periods, and everything about bleeding that people wish they had been told. Weaving together powerful voices—from teenagers, midwives, Indigenous scholars, Olympic athletes, incarcerated writers, disoriented fathers, elected leaders who fought to make period products free, friends transitioning genders, grandmothers, and lovers—the book invites us on a collective journey of growth and change, with Rachel’s own voice as a guide. The result is a people’s history of menstruation, told through an array of perspectives and identities that span the globe. Gathered over twenty years, the collection takes stock of our shifting relationships to family, cultural inheritance, gender, aging, and liberation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cosplay: A History: The Builders, Fans, and Makers Who Bring Your Favorite Stories to Life Author: Andrew Liptak Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A history of the colorful and complex kingdom of cosplay and fandom fashion by Andrew Liptak, journalist, historian, and member of the legendary fan-based Star Wars organization the 501st Legion. In recent years, cosplay—the practice of dressing up in costume as a character—has exploded, becoming a mainstream cultural phenomenon. But what are the circumstances that made its rise possible? Andrew Liptak—a member of the legendary 501st Legion, an international fan-based organization dedicated to the dark side of Star Wars—delves into the origins and culture of cosplay to answer this question. Cosplay: A History looks at the practice’s ever-growing fandom and conventions, its roots in 15th-century costuming, the relationship between franchises and the cosplayers they inspire, and the technology that brings even the most intricate details in these costumes to life. Cosplay veterans and newcomers alike will find much to relish in this rich and comprehensive history. Andrew Liptak Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556501 thebookvoice.com 11:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cosplay: A History: The Builders, Fans, and Makers Who Bring Your Favorite Stories to Life Author: Andrew Liptak Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A history of the colorful and complex kingdom of cosplay and fandom fashion by Andrew Liptak, journalist, historian, and member of the legendary fan-based Star Wars organization the 501st Legion. In recent years, cosplay—the practice of dressing up in costume as a character—has exploded, becoming a mainstream cultural phenomenon. But what are the circumstances that made its rise possible? Andrew Liptak—a member of the legendary 501st Legion, an international fan-based organization dedicated to the dark side of Star Wars—delves into the origins and culture of cosplay to answer this question. Cosplay: A History looks at the practice’s ever-growing fandom and conventions, its roots in 15th-century costuming, the relationship between franchises and the cosplayers they inspire, and the technology that brings even the most intricate details in these costumes to life. Cosplay veterans and newcomers alike will find much to relish in this rich and comprehensive history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cosplay: A History: The Builders, Fans, and Makers Who Bring Your Favorite Stories to Life Author: Andrew Liptak Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A history of the colorful and complex kingdom of cosplay and fandom fashion by Andrew Liptak, journalist, historian, and member of the legendary fan-based Star Wars organization the 501st Legion. In recent years, cosplay—the practice of dressing up in costume as a character—has exploded, becoming a mainstream cultural phenomenon. But what are the circumstances that made its rise possible? Andrew Liptak—a member of the legendary 501st Legion, an international fan-based organization dedicated to the dark side of Star Wars—delves into the origins and culture of cosplay to answer this question. Cosplay: A History looks at the practice’s ever-growing fandom and conventions, its roots in 15th-century costuming, the relationship between franchises and the cosplayers they inspire, and the technology that brings even the most intricate details in these costumes to life. Cosplay veterans and newcomers alike will find much to relish in this rich and comprehensive history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Club: Putting a Stop to Women's Dead-End Work Author: Laurie Weingart, Lise Vesterlund, Brenda Peyser, Linda Babcock Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this “long overdue manifesto on gender equality in the workplace,” (Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit), The No Club offers a timely call and an action plan to unburden women from work that goes unrewarded. The No Club started when four women, crushed by endless to-do lists, banded together to get their work lives under control. Working harder than ever, they still trailed behind their male colleagues. And so, they vowed to say no to requests that pulled them away from the work that mattered most to their careers. Their over-a-decade-long journey and subsequent, groundbreaking research reveals that women everywhere are unfairly burdened with “non-promotable work,” a tremendous problem we can—and must—solve. All organizations have work that no one wants to do: planning the office party, screening interns, attending to that time-consuming client, or simply helping others with their work. A woman, most often, takes on these tasks. In study after study, the original “No Club”—professors Linda Babcock (bestselling author of Women Don’t Ask), Brenda Peyser, Lise Vesterlund, and Laurie Weingart—document that women are disproportionately asked and expected to do this work. The imbalance leaves women overcommitted and underutilized as companies forfeit revenue, productivity, and top talent. The No Club walks through how any woman can rebalance her workload, empowering individuals to make savvy decisions about the work they take on. The authors also illuminate how organizations can reassess how they assign and reward work to level the playing field. With hard data, personal anecdotes from women of all stripes, self- and workplace-assessments for immediate use, and innovative advice from the authors’ consulting with Fortune 500 companies, this book will forever change the conversation about how we advance women’s careers and achieve equity in the 21st century. Laurie Weingart, Lise Vesterlund, Brenda Peyser, Linda Babcock Tue, 03 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556496 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Club: Putting a Stop to Women's Dead-End Work Author: Laurie Weingart, Lise Vesterlund, Brenda Peyser, Linda Babcock Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this “long overdue manifesto on gender equality in the workplace,” (Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit), The No Club offers a timely call and an action plan to unburden women from work that goes unrewarded. The No Club started when four women, crushed by endless to-do lists, banded together to get their work lives under control. Working harder than ever, they still trailed behind their male colleagues. And so, they vowed to say no to requests that pulled them away from the work that mattered most to their careers. Their over-a-decade-long journey and subsequent, groundbreaking research reveals that women everywhere are unfairly burdened with “non-promotable work,” a tremendous problem we can—and must—solve. All organizations have work that no one wants to do: planning the office party, screening interns, attending to that time-consuming client, or simply helping others with their work. A woman, most often, takes on these tasks. In study after study, the original “No Club”—professors Linda Babcock (bestselling author of Women Don’t Ask), Brenda Peyser, Lise Vesterlund, and Laurie Weingart—document that women are disproportionately asked and expected to do this work. The imbalance leaves women overcommitted and underutilized as companies forfeit revenue, productivity, and top talent. The No Club walks through how any woman can rebalance her workload, empowering individuals to make savvy decisions about the work they take on. The authors also illuminate how organizations can reassess how they assign and reward work to level the playing field. With hard data, personal anecdotes from women of all stripes, self- and workplace-assessments for immediate use, and innovative advice from the authors’ consulting with Fortune 500 companies, this book will forever change the conversation about how we advance women’s careers and achieve equity in the 21st century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Club: Putting a Stop to Women's Dead-End Work Author: Laurie Weingart, Lise Vesterlund, Brenda Peyser, Linda Babcock Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this “long overdue manifesto on gender equality in the workplace,” (Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit), The No Club offers a timely call and an action plan to unburden women from work that goes unrewarded. The No Club started when four women, crushed by endless to-do lists, banded together to get their work lives under control. Working harder than ever, they still trailed behind their male colleagues. And so, they vowed to say no to requests that pulled them away from the work that mattered most to their careers. Their over-a-decade-long journey and subsequent, groundbreaking research reveals that women everywhere are unfairly burdened with “non-promotable work,” a tremendous problem we can—and must—solve. All organizations have work that no one wants to do: planning the office party, screening interns, attending to that time-consuming client, or simply helping others with their work. A woman, most often, takes on these tasks. In study after study, the original “No Club”—professors Linda Babcock (bestselling author of Women Don’t Ask), Brenda Peyser, Lise Vesterlund, and Laurie Weingart—document that women are disproportionately asked and expected to do this work. The imbalance leaves women overcommitted and underutilized as companies forfeit revenue, productivity, and top talent. The No Club walks through how any woman can rebalance her workload, empowering individuals to make savvy decisions about the work they take on. The authors also illuminate how organizations can reassess how they assign and reward work to level the playing field. With hard data, personal anecdotes from women of all stripes, self- and workplace-assessments for immediate use, and innovative advice from the authors’ consulting with Fortune 500 companies, this book will forever change the conversation about how we advance women’s careers and achieve equity in the 21st century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La industria del fin del mundo Author: Ignacio Padilla Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El apocalipsis ha obsesionado a gente de tantas culturas y épocas que solo cabe decir que viene sucediendo hace demasiado tiempo. Pero pocas oportunidades fueron tan propicias para que el imaginario colectivo albergara pronósticos de una catástrofe definitiva como aquel 2012 en el que Ignacio Padilla publicó este ensayo. Hermano mayor de su otro libro consagrado al miedo (El legado de los monstruos), La industria del fin del mundo se ocupa del 'combustible pánico' que nos mueve y de las tendencias milenaristas en la civilización global. Quizás lo más jugoso del periplo llegue, cómo no, en los últimos capítulos: una reflexión sobre qué ocurre cuando el final ya pasó. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Ignacio Padilla (Ciudad de México 1968 - Querétaro, 2016) fue un escritor de novelas, crónicas, cuentos y ensayos. Incursionó también en la literatura infantil. Ocupó los cargos de Director de la Biblioteca Vasconcelos, miembro de la Academia Mexicana de la Lengua y diplomático. Su obra, multipremiada, abarca títulos como Arte y olvido del terremoto, La catedral de los ahogados y La industria del fin del mundo, además de otros textos que giran alrededor de autores como Paul Bowles y Miguel de Cervantes. Ignacio Padilla Fri, 29 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556281 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La industria del fin del mundo Author: Ignacio Padilla Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El apocalipsis ha obsesionado a gente de tantas culturas y épocas que solo cabe decir que viene sucediendo hace demasiado tiempo. Pero pocas oportunidades fueron tan propicias para que el imaginario colectivo albergara pronósticos de una catástrofe definitiva como aquel 2012 en el que Ignacio Padilla publicó este ensayo. Hermano mayor de su otro libro consagrado al miedo (El legado de los monstruos), La industria del fin del mundo se ocupa del 'combustible pánico' que nos mueve y de las tendencias milenaristas en la civilización global. Quizás lo más jugoso del periplo llegue, cómo no, en los últimos capítulos: una reflexión sobre qué ocurre cuando el final ya pasó. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Ignacio Padilla (Ciudad de México 1968 - Querétaro, 2016) fue un escritor de novelas, crónicas, cuentos y ensayos. Incursionó también en la literatura infantil. Ocupó los cargos de Director de la Biblioteca Vasconcelos, miembro de la Academia Mexicana de la Lengua y diplomático. Su obra, multipremiada, abarca títulos como Arte y olvido del terremoto, La catedral de los ahogados y La industria del fin del mundo, además de otros textos que giran alrededor de autores como Paul Bowles y Miguel de Cervantes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La industria del fin del mundo Author: Ignacio Padilla Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El apocalipsis ha obsesionado a gente de tantas culturas y épocas que solo cabe decir que viene sucediendo hace demasiado tiempo. Pero pocas oportunidades fueron tan propicias para que el imaginario colectivo albergara pronósticos de una catástrofe definitiva como aquel 2012 en el que Ignacio Padilla publicó este ensayo. Hermano mayor de su otro libro consagrado al miedo (El legado de los monstruos), La industria del fin del mundo se ocupa del 'combustible pánico' que nos mueve y de las tendencias milenaristas en la civilización global. Quizás lo más jugoso del periplo llegue, cómo no, en los últimos capítulos: una reflexión sobre qué ocurre cuando el final ya pasó. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Ignacio Padilla (Ciudad de México 1968 - Querétaro, 2016) fue un escritor de novelas, crónicas, cuentos y ensayos. Incursionó también en la literatura infantil. Ocupó los cargos de Director de la Biblioteca Vasconcelos, miembro de la Academia Mexicana de la Lengua y diplomático. Su obra, multipremiada, abarca títulos como Arte y olvido del terremoto, La catedral de los ahogados y La industria del fin del mundo, además de otros textos que giran alrededor de autores como Paul Bowles y Miguel de Cervantes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556186 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Life, Honey in the Heart Author: Martín Prechtel Narrator: Martín Prechtel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Martín Prechtel continues the narrative of his unique life in Santiago, Atitlan in Long Life, Honey in the Heart, an eloquent memoir replete with the subtle intelligence and sophistication of Mayan culture. Set against the dramatic backdrop of Guatemala's political upheaval in the 1980s, this heady mix of magic, humor, and spirituality immerses the reader in the experiences of Mayan birth, courting, marriage, childrearing, old age, death, and beyond, using the true story of Prechtel's own family and friends. Martín Prechtel Tue, 15 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556186 thebookvoice.com 15:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Life, Honey in the Heart Author: Martín Prechtel Narrator: Martín Prechtel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Martín Prechtel continues the narrative of his unique life in Santiago, Atitlan in Long Life, Honey in the Heart, an eloquent memoir replete with the subtle intelligence and sophistication of Mayan culture. Set against the dramatic backdrop of Guatemala's political upheaval in the 1980s, this heady mix of magic, humor, and spirituality immerses the reader in the experiences of Mayan birth, courting, marriage, childrearing, old age, death, and beyond, using the true story of Prechtel's own family and friends. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Life, Honey in the Heart Author: Martín Prechtel Narrator: Martín Prechtel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Martín Prechtel continues the narrative of his unique life in Santiago, Atitlan in Long Life, Honey in the Heart, an eloquent memoir replete with the subtle intelligence and sophistication of Mayan culture. Set against the dramatic backdrop of Guatemala's political upheaval in the 1980s, this heady mix of magic, humor, and spirituality immerses the reader in the experiences of Mayan birth, courting, marriage, childrearing, old age, death, and beyond, using the true story of Prechtel's own family and friends. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556170 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las cárceles que elegimos Author: Doris Lessing Narrator: Charo Soria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El pensamiento inédito de la ganadora del Premio Nobel. «En este mundo insensato y violento en el que vivimos, las palabras de Doris Lessing son un aliento y una guía.» Alberto Manguel, El País En los ensayos inéditos que conforman este libro, Doris Lessing nos contagia la necesidad de cuestionar las convicciones políticas y morales que marcaron el siglo XX y nos emplaza a cultivar un pensamiento crítico individual como única manera de hacer frente a los axiomas heredados del pasado. En un mundo globalizado e insensibilizado, la autora nos recuerda que el futuro de la humanidad no es la democracia en sí misma ni los grandes movimientos revolucionarios, sino la capacidad del ser humano de analizarse, estudiar su propio comportamiento y aprender del ayer. «Esta es una época en que la miedo estar vivo, en que es difícil pensar en los seres humanos como criaturas racionales. Dondequiera que uno mire solo ve brutalidad y estupidez [...]. Pero yo creo que, si bien es cierto que en líneas generales vamos a peor, es justo porque las cosas son tan aterradoras que nos quedamos como hipnotizados y no advertimos -o, si las advertimos, les restamos importancia- fuerzas igualmente poderosas en el sentido contrario, las fuerzas de la razón, la cordura y la civilización.» Doris Lessing La crítica ha dicho... «Inspirado en sus años de aprendizaje del sufismo, representa una invitación a repensarnos como especie para recuperar el sentido y la razón. Lo estamos haciendo todo fatal y Lessing era muy consciente. » Edurne Portela «Sus textos siguen estando de rabiosa actualidad: denuncia los totalitarismos, hace una ardiente defensa del pensamiento crítico, analiza cómo nos vemos a nosotros mismos, individualmente y como sociedad, y reflexiona acerca de cómo las emociones colectivas enmascaran el pensamiento racional.» Eva Cosculluela, Artes & Letras (Heraldo de Aragón) «Una sacudida que apela a nuestro pensamiento crítico individual. [...] Reflexiones dolorosas, pertinentes, vigentes y necesarias escritas [...] con una voz clara e independiente.» Ángeles López, La Razón «La experiencia vital de Lessing irriga las páginas de sus libros, manteniéndolos vivos e inmunes al paso del tiempo. Su pensamiento siempre será contemporáneo por su perspectiva universal. Es justo eso lo que transmite este libro, Las cárceles que elegimos, una gragea de la Lessing más leñera y certera.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Voz Populi «Lessing usa la filosofía, el arte y la cultura en general para hablarnos de la cárcel del conformismo. Y haríamos bien en escucharla y aprender de ella.» Village Voice «Doris Lessing siempre tiene razón. [...] Brilla, como siempre, con sabiduría y sensatez.» Darío Luque, Anika entre libros Doris Lessing Thu, 18 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556170 thebookvoice.com 3:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las cárceles que elegimos Author: Doris Lessing Narrator: Charo Soria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El pensamiento inédito de la ganadora del Premio Nobel. «En este mundo insensato y violento en el que vivimos, las palabras de Doris Lessing son un aliento y una guía.» Alberto Manguel, El País En los ensayos inéditos que conforman este libro, Doris Lessing nos contagia la necesidad de cuestionar las convicciones políticas y morales que marcaron el siglo XX y nos emplaza a cultivar un pensamiento crítico individual como única manera de hacer frente a los axiomas heredados del pasado. En un mundo globalizado e insensibilizado, la autora nos recuerda que el futuro de la humanidad no es la democracia en sí misma ni los grandes movimientos revolucionarios, sino la capacidad del ser humano de analizarse, estudiar su propio comportamiento y aprender del ayer. «Esta es una época en que la miedo estar vivo, en que es difícil pensar en los seres humanos como criaturas racionales. Dondequiera que uno mire solo ve brutalidad y estupidez [...]. Pero yo creo que, si bien es cierto que en líneas generales vamos a peor, es justo porque las cosas son tan aterradoras que nos quedamos como hipnotizados y no advertimos -o, si las advertimos, les restamos importancia- fuerzas igualmente poderosas en el sentido contrario, las fuerzas de la razón, la cordura y la civilización.» Doris Lessing La crítica ha dicho... «Inspirado en sus años de aprendizaje del sufismo, representa una invitación a repensarnos como especie para recuperar el sentido y la razón. Lo estamos haciendo todo fatal y Lessing era muy consciente. » Edurne Portela «Sus textos siguen estando de rabiosa actualidad: denuncia los totalitarismos, hace una ardiente defensa del pensamiento crítico, analiza cómo nos vemos a nosotros mismos, individualmente y como sociedad, y reflexiona acerca de cómo las emociones colectivas enmascaran el pensamiento racional.» Eva Cosculluela, Artes & Letras (Heraldo de Aragón) «Una sacudida que apela a nuestro pensamiento crítico individual. [...] Reflexiones dolorosas, pertinentes, vigentes y necesarias escritas [...] con una voz clara e independiente.» Ángeles López, La Razón «La experiencia vital de Lessing irriga las páginas de sus libros, manteniéndolos vivos e inmunes al paso del tiempo. Su pensamiento siempre será contemporáneo por su perspectiva universal. Es justo eso lo que transmite este libro, Las cárceles que elegimos, una gragea de la Lessing más leñera y certera.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Voz Populi «Lessing usa la filosofía, el arte y la cultura en general para hablarnos de la cárcel del conformismo. Y haríamos bien en escucharla y aprender de ella.» Village Voice «Doris Lessing siempre tiene razón. [...] Brilla, como siempre, con sabiduría y sensatez.» Darío Luque, Anika entre libros Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las cárceles que elegimos Author: Doris Lessing Narrator: Charo Soria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El pensamiento inédito de la ganadora del Premio Nobel. «En este mundo insensato y violento en el que vivimos, las palabras de Doris Lessing son un aliento y una guía.» Alberto Manguel, El País En los ensayos inéditos que conforman este libro, Doris Lessing nos contagia la necesidad de cuestionar las convicciones políticas y morales que marcaron el siglo XX y nos emplaza a cultivar un pensamiento crítico individual como única manera de hacer frente a los axiomas heredados del pasado. En un mundo globalizado e insensibilizado, la autora nos recuerda que el futuro de la humanidad no es la democracia en sí misma ni los grandes movimientos revolucionarios, sino la capacidad del ser humano de analizarse, estudiar su propio comportamiento y aprender del ayer. «Esta es una época en que la miedo estar vivo, en que es difícil pensar en los seres humanos como criaturas racionales. Dondequiera que uno mire solo ve brutalidad y estupidez [...]. Pero yo creo que, si bien es cierto que en líneas generales vamos a peor, es justo porque las cosas son tan aterradoras que nos quedamos como hipnotizados y no advertimos -o, si las advertimos, les restamos importancia- fuerzas igualmente poderosas en el sentido contrario, las fuerzas de la razón, la cordura y la civilización.» Doris Lessing La crítica ha dicho... «Inspirado en sus años de aprendizaje del sufismo, representa una invitación a repensarnos como especie para recuperar el sentido y la razón. Lo estamos haciendo todo fatal y Lessing era muy consciente. » Edurne Portela «Sus textos siguen estando de rabiosa actualidad: denuncia los totalitarismos, hace una ardiente defensa del pensamiento crítico, analiza cómo nos vemos a nosotros mismos, individualmente y como sociedad, y reflexiona acerca de cómo las emociones colectivas enmascaran el pensamiento racional.» Eva Cosculluela, Artes & Letras (Heraldo de Aragón) «Una sacudida que apela a nuestro pensamiento crítico individual. [...] Reflexiones dolorosas, pertinentes, vigentes y necesarias escritas [...] con una voz clara e independiente.» Ángeles López, La Razón «La experiencia vital de Lessing irriga las páginas de sus libros, manteniéndolos vivos e inmunes al paso del tiempo. Su pensamiento siempre será contemporáneo por su perspectiva universal. Es justo eso lo que transmite este libro, Las cárceles que elegimos, una gragea de la Lessing más leñera y certera.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Voz Populi «Lessing usa la filosofía, el arte y la cultura en general para hablarnos de la cárcel del conformismo. Y haríamos bien en escucharla y aprender de ella.» Village Voice «Doris Lessing siempre tiene razón. [...] Brilla, como siempre, con sabiduría y sensatez.» Darío Luque, Anika entre libros https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556159 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifesto: On Never Giving Up Author: Bernardine Evaristo Narrator: Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling and Booker Prize–winning author of Girl, Woman, Other, Bernardine Evaristo’s memoir of her own life and writing, and her manifesto on unstoppability, creativity, and activism Bernardine Evaristo’s 2019 Booker Prize win was a historic and revolutionary occasion, with Evaristo being the first Black woman and first Black British person ever to win the prize in its fifty-year history. Girl, Woman, Other was named a favorite book of the year by President Obama and Roxane Gay, was translated into thirty-five languages, and has now reached more than a million readers. Evaristo’s astonishing nonfiction debut, Manifesto, is a vibrant and inspirational account of Evaristo’s life and career as she rebelled against the mainstream and fought over several decades to bring her creative work into the world. With her characteristic humor, Evaristo describes her childhood as one of eight siblings, with a Nigerian father and white Catholic mother; tells the story of how she helped set up Britain’s first Black women’s theater company; remembers the queer relationships of her twenties; and recounts her determination to write books that were absent in the literary world around her. She provides a hugely powerful perspective to contemporary conversations around race, class, feminism, sexuality, and aging. She reminds us of how far we have come, and how far we still have to go. In Manifesto, Evaristo charts her theory of unstoppability, showing creative people how they too can visualize and find success in their work, ignoring the naysayers. Both unconventional memoir and inspirational text, Manifesto is a unique reminder to us all to persist in doing work we believe in, even when we might feel overlooked or discounted. Evaristo shows us how we too can follow in her footsteps, from first vision, to insistent perseverance, to eventual triumph. Bernardine Evaristo Tue, 18 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556159 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifesto: On Never Giving Up Author: Bernardine Evaristo Narrator: Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling and Booker Prize–winning author of Girl, Woman, Other, Bernardine Evaristo’s memoir of her own life and writing, and her manifesto on unstoppability, creativity, and activism Bernardine Evaristo’s 2019 Booker Prize win was a historic and revolutionary occasion, with Evaristo being the first Black woman and first Black British person ever to win the prize in its fifty-year history. Girl, Woman, Other was named a favorite book of the year by President Obama and Roxane Gay, was translated into thirty-five languages, and has now reached more than a million readers. Evaristo’s astonishing nonfiction debut, Manifesto, is a vibrant and inspirational account of Evaristo’s life and career as she rebelled against the mainstream and fought over several decades to bring her creative work into the world. With her characteristic humor, Evaristo describes her childhood as one of eight siblings, with a Nigerian father and white Catholic mother; tells the story of how she helped set up Britain’s first Black women’s theater company; remembers the queer relationships of her twenties; and recounts her determination to write books that were absent in the literary world around her. She provides a hugely powerful perspective to contemporary conversations around race, class, feminism, sexuality, and aging. She reminds us of how far we have come, and how far we still have to go. In Manifesto, Evaristo charts her theory of unstoppability, showing creative people how they too can visualize and find success in their work, ignoring the naysayers. Both unconventional memoir and inspirational text, Manifesto is a unique reminder to us all to persist in doing work we believe in, even when we might feel overlooked or discounted. Evaristo shows us how we too can follow in her footsteps, from first vision, to insistent perseverance, to eventual triumph. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifesto: On Never Giving Up Author: Bernardine Evaristo Narrator: Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling and Booker Prize–winning author of Girl, Woman, Other, Bernardine Evaristo’s memoir of her own life and writing, and her manifesto on unstoppability, creativity, and activism Bernardine Evaristo’s 2019 Booker Prize win was a historic and revolutionary occasion, with Evaristo being the first Black woman and first Black British person ever to win the prize in its fifty-year history. Girl, Woman, Other was named a favorite book of the year by President Obama and Roxane Gay, was translated into thirty-five languages, and has now reached more than a million readers. Evaristo’s astonishing nonfiction debut, Manifesto, is a vibrant and inspirational account of Evaristo’s life and career as she rebelled against the mainstream and fought over several decades to bring her creative work into the world. With her characteristic humor, Evaristo describes her childhood as one of eight siblings, with a Nigerian father and white Catholic mother; tells the story of how she helped set up Britain’s first Black women’s theater company; remembers the queer relationships of her twenties; and recounts her determination to write books that were absent in the literary world around her. She provides a hugely powerful perspective to contemporary conversations around race, class, feminism, sexuality, and aging. She reminds us of how far we have come, and how far we still have to go. In Manifesto, Evaristo charts her theory of unstoppability, showing creative people how they too can visualize and find success in their work, ignoring the naysayers. Both unconventional memoir and inspirational text, Manifesto is a unique reminder to us all to persist in doing work we believe in, even when we might feel overlooked or discounted. Evaristo shows us how we too can follow in her footsteps, from first vision, to insistent perseverance, to eventual triumph. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556145 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prophet of the Andes: An Unlikely Journey to the Promised Land Author: Graciela Mochkofsky Narrator: Alma Cuervo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The remarkable true story of how one Peruvian carpenter led hundreds of Christians to Judaism, sparking a pilgrimage from the Andes to Israel and inspiring a wave of emerging Latin American Jewish communities   “If Gabriel García Márquez had written the Old Testament, it might read like Graciela Mochkofsky's staggering true account of a humble Peruvian carpenter's spiritual odyssey from a shack in the Andes, via the Amazon, to the Promised Land of Israel with a community of devoted followers.' —Judith Thurman, award-winning author of Isak Dinesen Segundo Villanueva was born in 1927 in a tiny farming village perched in the Andes; when he was seventeen, his father was murdered and Segundo was left with little more than a Bible as his inheritance. This Bible launched Segundo on a lifelong obsession to find the true message of God contained in its pages. He found himself looking for answers outside the Catholic Church, whose hierarchy and colonial roots embodied the gaping social and racial inequities of Peruvian society.   Over years of religious study, Segundo explored various Protestant sects and founded his own religious community in the Amazon jungle before discovering a version of Judaism he pieced together independently from his readings of the Old Testament. His makeshift synagogue began to draw in crowds of fervent believers, seeking a faith that truly served their needs. Then, in a series of extraordinary events, politically motivated Israeli rabbis converted the community to Orthodox Judaism and resettled them on the West Bank. Segundo’s incredible journey made him an unlikely pioneer for a new kind of Jewish faith, one that is now attracting masses of impoverished people across Latin America.   Through detailed reporting and a deep understanding of religious and cultural history, Graciela Mochkofsky documents this unprecedented and momentous chapter in the history of modern religion. This is a moving and fascinating story of faith and the search for dignity and meaning. Graciela Mochkofsky Tue, 02 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556145 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prophet of the Andes: An Unlikely Journey to the Promised Land Author: Graciela Mochkofsky Narrator: Alma Cuervo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The remarkable true story of how one Peruvian carpenter led hundreds of Christians to Judaism, sparking a pilgrimage from the Andes to Israel and inspiring a wave of emerging Latin American Jewish communities   “If Gabriel García Márquez had written the Old Testament, it might read like Graciela Mochkofsky's staggering true account of a humble Peruvian carpenter's spiritual odyssey from a shack in the Andes, via the Amazon, to the Promised Land of Israel with a community of devoted followers.' —Judith Thurman, award-winning author of Isak Dinesen Segundo Villanueva was born in 1927 in a tiny farming village perched in the Andes; when he was seventeen, his father was murdered and Segundo was left with little more than a Bible as his inheritance. This Bible launched Segundo on a lifelong obsession to find the true message of God contained in its pages. He found himself looking for answers outside the Catholic Church, whose hierarchy and colonial roots embodied the gaping social and racial inequities of Peruvian society.   Over years of religious study, Segundo explored various Protestant sects and founded his own religious community in the Amazon jungle before discovering a version of Judaism he pieced together independently from his readings of the Old Testament. His makeshift synagogue began to draw in crowds of fervent believers, seeking a faith that truly served their needs. Then, in a series of extraordinary events, politically motivated Israeli rabbis converted the community to Orthodox Judaism and resettled them on the West Bank. Segundo’s incredible journey made him an unlikely pioneer for a new kind of Jewish faith, one that is now attracting masses of impoverished people across Latin America.   Through detailed reporting and a deep understanding of religious and cultural history, Graciela Mochkofsky documents this unprecedented and momentous chapter in the history of modern religion. This is a moving and fascinating story of faith and the search for dignity and meaning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prophet of the Andes: An Unlikely Journey to the Promised Land Author: Graciela Mochkofsky Narrator: Alma Cuervo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The remarkable true story of how one Peruvian carpenter led hundreds of Christians to Judaism, sparking a pilgrimage from the Andes to Israel and inspiring a wave of emerging Latin American Jewish communities   “If Gabriel García Márquez had written the Old Testament, it might read like Graciela Mochkofsky's staggering true account of a humble Peruvian carpenter's spiritual odyssey from a shack in the Andes, via the Amazon, to the Promised Land of Israel with a community of devoted followers.' —Judith Thurman, award-winning author of Isak Dinesen Segundo Villanueva was born in 1927 in a tiny farming village perched in the Andes; when he was seventeen, his father was murdered and Segundo was left with little more than a Bible as his inheritance. This Bible launched Segundo on a lifelong obsession to find the true message of God contained in its pages. He found himself looking for answers outside the Catholic Church, whose hierarchy and colonial roots embodied the gaping social and racial inequities of Peruvian society.   Over years of religious study, Segundo explored various Protestant sects and founded his own religious community in the Amazon jungle before discovering a version of Judaism he pieced together independently from his readings of the Old Testament. His makeshift synagogue began to draw in crowds of fervent believers, seeking a faith that truly served their needs. Then, in a series of extraordinary events, politically motivated Israeli rabbis converted the community to Orthodox Judaism and resettled them on the West Bank. Segundo’s incredible journey made him an unlikely pioneer for a new kind of Jewish faith, one that is now attracting masses of impoverished people across Latin America.   Through detailed reporting and a deep understanding of religious and cultural history, Graciela Mochkofsky documents this unprecedented and momentous chapter in the history of modern religion. This is a moving and fascinating story of faith and the search for dignity and meaning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556139 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fishermen and the Dragon: Fear, Greed, and a Fight for Justice on the Gulf Coast Author: Kirk Wallace Johnson Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Public Library Best of 2022 A gripping, twisting account of a small town set on fire by hatred, xenophobia, and ecological disaster—a story that weaves together corporate malfeasance, a battle over shrinking natural resources, a turning point in the modern white supremacist movement, and one woman’s relentless battle for environmental justice. “Riveting…it has a little of everything that a thrilling story needs.  It feels quite prescient, as if something we’re living out now, you can see scenes of it then.  A gripping book that deserves a wide readership.”--George Packer, author of The Unwinding By the late 1970s, the fishermen of the Texas Gulf Coast were struggling. The bays that had sustained generations of shrimpers and crabbers before them were being poisoned by nearby petrochemical plants, oil spills, pesticides, and concrete.  But as their nets came up light, the white shrimpers could only see one culprit: the small but growing number of newly resettled Vietnamese refugees who had recently started fishing.  Turf was claimed.  Guns were flashed.  Threats were made.  After a white crabber was killed by a young Vietnamese refugee in self-defense, the situation became a tinderbox primed to explode, and the Grand Dragon of the Texas Knights of the Ku Klux Klan saw an opportunity to stoke the fishermen’s rage and prejudices.  At a massive Klan rally near Galveston Bay one night in 1981, he strode over to an old boat graffitied with the words U.S.S. VIET CONG, torch in hand, and issued a ninety-day deadline for the refugees to leave or else “it’s going to be a helluva lot more violent than Vietnam!”  The white fishermen roared as the boat burned, convinced that if they could drive these newcomers from the coast, everything would return to normal. A shocking campaign of violence ensued, marked by burning crosses, conspiracy theories, death threats, torched boats, and heavily armed Klansmen patrolling Galveston Bay.  The Vietnamese were on the brink of fleeing, until a charismatic leader in their community, a highly decorated colonel, convinced them to stand their ground by entrusting their fate with the Constitution.   Drawing upon a trove of never-before-published material, including FBI and ATF records, unprecedented access to case files, and scores of firsthand interviews with Klansmen, shrimpers, law enforcement, environmental activists, lawyers, perpetrators and victims, Johnson uncovers secrets and secures confessions to crimes that went unsolved for more than forty years.  This explosive investigation of a forgotten story, years in the making, ultimately leads Johnson to the doorstep of the one woman who could see clearly enough to recognize the true threat to the bays—and who now represents the fishermen’s last hope. Kirk Wallace Johnson Tue, 09 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556139 thebookvoice.com 9:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fishermen and the Dragon: Fear, Greed, and a Fight for Justice on the Gulf Coast Author: Kirk Wallace Johnson Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Public Library Best of 2022 A gripping, twisting account of a small town set on fire by hatred, xenophobia, and ecological disaster—a story that weaves together corporate malfeasance, a battle over shrinking natural resources, a turning point in the modern white supremacist movement, and one woman’s relentless battle for environmental justice. “Riveting…it has a little of everything that a thrilling story needs.  It feels quite prescient, as if something we’re living out now, you can see scenes of it then.  A gripping book that deserves a wide readership.”--George Packer, author of The Unwinding By the late 1970s, the fishermen of the Texas Gulf Coast were struggling. The bays that had sustained generations of shrimpers and crabbers before them were being poisoned by nearby petrochemical plants, oil spills, pesticides, and concrete.  But as their nets came up light, the white shrimpers could only see one culprit: the small but growing number of newly resettled Vietnamese refugees who had recently started fishing.  Turf was claimed.  Guns were flashed.  Threats were made.  After a white crabber was killed by a young Vietnamese refugee in self-defense, the situation became a tinderbox primed to explode, and the Grand Dragon of the Texas Knights of the Ku Klux Klan saw an opportunity to stoke the fishermen’s rage and prejudices.  At a massive Klan rally near Galveston Bay one night in 1981, he strode over to an old boat graffitied with the words U.S.S. VIET CONG, torch in hand, and issued a ninety-day deadline for the refugees to leave or else “it’s going to be a helluva lot more violent than Vietnam!”  The white fishermen roared as the boat burned, convinced that if they could drive these newcomers from the coast, everything would return to normal. A shocking campaign of violence ensued, marked by burning crosses, conspiracy theories, death threats, torched boats, and heavily armed Klansmen patrolling Galveston Bay.  The Vietnamese were on the brink of fleeing, until a charismatic leader in their community, a highly decorated colonel, convinced them to stand their ground by entrusting their fate with the Constitution.   Drawing upon a trove of never-before-published material, including FBI and ATF records, unprecedented access to case files, and scores of firsthand interviews with Klansmen, shrimpers, law enforcement, environmental activists, lawyers, perpetrators and victims, Johnson uncovers secrets and secures confessions to crimes that went unsolved for more than forty years.  This explosive investigation of a forgotten story, years in the making, ultimately leads Johnson to the doorstep of the one woman who could see clearly enough to recognize the true threat to the bays—and who now represents the fishermen’s last hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fishermen and the Dragon: Fear, Greed, and a Fight for Justice on the Gulf Coast Author: Kirk Wallace Johnson Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Public Library Best of 2022 A gripping, twisting account of a small town set on fire by hatred, xenophobia, and ecological disaster—a story that weaves together corporate malfeasance, a battle over shrinking natural resources, a turning point in the modern white supremacist movement, and one woman’s relentless battle for environmental justice. “Riveting…it has a little of everything that a thrilling story needs.  It feels quite prescient, as if something we’re living out now, you can see scenes of it then.  A gripping book that deserves a wide readership.”--George Packer, author of The Unwinding By the late 1970s, the fishermen of the Texas Gulf Coast were struggling. The bays that had sustained generations of shrimpers and crabbers before them were being poisoned by nearby petrochemical plants, oil spills, pesticides, and concrete.  But as their nets came up light, the white shrimpers could only see one culprit: the small but growing number of newly resettled Vietnamese refugees who had recently started fishing.  Turf was claimed.  Guns were flashed.  Threats were made.  After a white crabber was killed by a young Vietnamese refugee in self-defense, the situation became a tinderbox primed to explode, and the Grand Dragon of the Texas Knights of the Ku Klux Klan saw an opportunity to stoke the fishermen’s rage and prejudices.  At a massive Klan rally near Galveston Bay one night in 1981, he strode over to an old boat graffitied with the words U.S.S. VIET CONG, torch in hand, and issued a ninety-day deadline for the refugees to leave or else “it’s going to be a helluva lot more violent than Vietnam!”  The white fishermen roared as the boat burned, convinced that if they could drive these newcomers from the coast, everything would return to normal. A shocking campaign of violence ensued, marked by burning crosses, conspiracy theories, death threats, torched boats, and heavily armed Klansmen patrolling Galveston Bay.  The Vietnamese were on the brink of fleeing, until a charismatic leader in their community, a highly decorated colonel, convinced them to stand their ground by entrusting their fate with the Constitution.   Drawing upon a trove of never-before-published material, including FBI and ATF records, unprecedented access to case files, and scores of firsthand interviews with Klansmen, shrimpers, law enforcement, environmental activists, lawyers, perpetrators and victims, Johnson uncovers secrets and secures confessions to crimes that went unsolved for more than forty years.  This explosive investigation of a forgotten story, years in the making, ultimately leads Johnson to the doorstep of the one woman who could see clearly enough to recognize the true threat to the bays—and who now represents the fishermen’s last hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556132 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556132]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acceptance: A Memoir Author: Emi Nietfeld Narrator: Julia Knippen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Nietfeld’s gifts for capturing the fury of living at the mercy of bad circumstances, for critiquing the hero’s journey even while she tells it, make Acceptance a remarkable memoir.” —The New York Times Book Review A hard-hitting and hilarious memoir of ambition, desperation, and the dark side of grit Growing up in a house filled with dirty feather boas and fearless mice, Emi Nietfeld dreams of escaping to the Ivy League. Emi’s single mom believes in her, but can’t stop hoarding—catapulting Emi into the underworld of troubled teen treatment, foster care, and homelessness. When her shot arrives to trade sleeping in her car for the hallowed halls of an elite college, Emi must decide: How far will she go to market herself as a perfect “overcomer” when her problems are far from over? And what will it cost to maintain that illusion at Harvard and into adulthood?   From journalist, mental health advocate, and software engineer Emi Nietfeld, this searing coming-of-age story is both a chronicle of the American Dream and an indictment of it. Exposing the price of trading a troubled past for the promise of a bright future, Nietfeld explores whether any amount of success can make trauma worth it. With a ribbon of dark humor, Acceptance challenges our ideas of what it means to overcome—and live on your own terms. Emi Nietfeld Tue, 02 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556132 thebookvoice.com 13:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556132]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acceptance: A Memoir Author: Emi Nietfeld Narrator: Julia Knippen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Nietfeld’s gifts for capturing the fury of living at the mercy of bad circumstances, for critiquing the hero’s journey even while she tells it, make Acceptance a remarkable memoir.” —The New York Times Book Review A hard-hitting and hilarious memoir of ambition, desperation, and the dark side of grit Growing up in a house filled with dirty feather boas and fearless mice, Emi Nietfeld dreams of escaping to the Ivy League. Emi’s single mom believes in her, but can’t stop hoarding—catapulting Emi into the underworld of troubled teen treatment, foster care, and homelessness. When her shot arrives to trade sleeping in her car for the hallowed halls of an elite college, Emi must decide: How far will she go to market herself as a perfect “overcomer” when her problems are far from over? And what will it cost to maintain that illusion at Harvard and into adulthood?   From journalist, mental health advocate, and software engineer Emi Nietfeld, this searing coming-of-age story is both a chronicle of the American Dream and an indictment of it. Exposing the price of trading a troubled past for the promise of a bright future, Nietfeld explores whether any amount of success can make trauma worth it. With a ribbon of dark humor, Acceptance challenges our ideas of what it means to overcome—and live on your own terms. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556132]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acceptance: A Memoir Author: Emi Nietfeld Narrator: Julia Knippen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Nietfeld’s gifts for capturing the fury of living at the mercy of bad circumstances, for critiquing the hero’s journey even while she tells it, make Acceptance a remarkable memoir.” —The New York Times Book Review A hard-hitting and hilarious memoir of ambition, desperation, and the dark side of grit Growing up in a house filled with dirty feather boas and fearless mice, Emi Nietfeld dreams of escaping to the Ivy League. Emi’s single mom believes in her, but can’t stop hoarding—catapulting Emi into the underworld of troubled teen treatment, foster care, and homelessness. When her shot arrives to trade sleeping in her car for the hallowed halls of an elite college, Emi must decide: How far will she go to market herself as a perfect “overcomer” when her problems are far from over? And what will it cost to maintain that illusion at Harvard and into adulthood?   From journalist, mental health advocate, and software engineer Emi Nietfeld, this searing coming-of-age story is both a chronicle of the American Dream and an indictment of it. Exposing the price of trading a troubled past for the promise of a bright future, Nietfeld explores whether any amount of success can make trauma worth it. With a ribbon of dark humor, Acceptance challenges our ideas of what it means to overcome—and live on your own terms. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556118 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Asian American Histories of the United States Author: Catherine Ceniza Choy Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inclusive and landmark history, emphasizing how essential Asian American experiences are to any understanding of US history Original and expansive, Asian American Histories of the United States is a nearly 200-year history of Asian migration, labor, and community formation in the US. Reckoning with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and the surge in anti-Asian hate and violence, award-winning historian Catherine Ceniza Choy presents an urgent social history of the fastest growing group of Americans. The book features the lived experiences and diverse voices of immigrants, refugees, US-born Asian Americans, multiracial Americans, and workers from industries spanning agriculture to healthcare. Despite significant Asian American breakthroughs in American politics, arts, and popular culture in the twenty-first century, a profound lack of understanding of Asian American history permeates American culture. Choy traces how anti-Asian violence and its intersection with misogyny and other forms of hatred, the erasure of Asian American experiences and contributions, and Asian American resistance to what has been omitted are prominent themes in Asian American history. This ambitious book is fundamental to understanding the American experience and its existential crises of the early twenty-first century. Catherine Ceniza Choy Tue, 02 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556118 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Asian American Histories of the United States Author: Catherine Ceniza Choy Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inclusive and landmark history, emphasizing how essential Asian American experiences are to any understanding of US history Original and expansive, Asian American Histories of the United States is a nearly 200-year history of Asian migration, labor, and community formation in the US. Reckoning with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and the surge in anti-Asian hate and violence, award-winning historian Catherine Ceniza Choy presents an urgent social history of the fastest growing group of Americans. The book features the lived experiences and diverse voices of immigrants, refugees, US-born Asian Americans, multiracial Americans, and workers from industries spanning agriculture to healthcare. Despite significant Asian American breakthroughs in American politics, arts, and popular culture in the twenty-first century, a profound lack of understanding of Asian American history permeates American culture. Choy traces how anti-Asian violence and its intersection with misogyny and other forms of hatred, the erasure of Asian American experiences and contributions, and Asian American resistance to what has been omitted are prominent themes in Asian American history. This ambitious book is fundamental to understanding the American experience and its existential crises of the early twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Asian American Histories of the United States Author: Catherine Ceniza Choy Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inclusive and landmark history, emphasizing how essential Asian American experiences are to any understanding of US history Original and expansive, Asian American Histories of the United States is a nearly 200-year history of Asian migration, labor, and community formation in the US. Reckoning with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and the surge in anti-Asian hate and violence, award-winning historian Catherine Ceniza Choy presents an urgent social history of the fastest growing group of Americans. The book features the lived experiences and diverse voices of immigrants, refugees, US-born Asian Americans, multiracial Americans, and workers from industries spanning agriculture to healthcare. Despite significant Asian American breakthroughs in American politics, arts, and popular culture in the twenty-first century, a profound lack of understanding of Asian American history permeates American culture. Choy traces how anti-Asian violence and its intersection with misogyny and other forms of hatred, the erasure of Asian American experiences and contributions, and Asian American resistance to what has been omitted are prominent themes in Asian American history. This ambitious book is fundamental to understanding the American experience and its existential crises of the early twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556117 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifteen Days: Stories of Bravery, Friendship, Life and Death from Inside the New Canadian Army Author: Christie Blatchford Narrator: Matilda Novak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Long before she made her first trip to Afghanistan as an embedded reporter for The Globe and Mail, Christie Blatchford was already one of Canada’s most respected and eagerly read journalists. Her vivid prose, her unmistakable voice, her ability to connect emotionally with her subjects and readers, her hard-won and hard-nosed skills as a reporter–these had already established her as a household name. But with her many reports from Afghanistan, and in dozens of interviews with the returned members of the 1st Battalion, Princess Patricia’s Canadian Light Infantry and others back at home, she found the subject she was born to tackle. Her reporting of the conflict and her deeply empathetic observations of the men and women who wear the maple leaf are words for the ages, fit to stand alongside the nation’s best writing on war. It is a testament to Christie Blatchford’s skills and integrity that along with the admiration of her readers, she won the respect and trust of the soldiers. They share breathtakingly honest accounts of their desire to serve, their willingness to confront fear and danger in the battlefield, their loyalty towards each other and the heartbreak occasioned by the loss of one of their own. Grounded in insights gained over the course of three trips to Afghanistan in 2006, and drawing on hundreds of hours of interviews not only with the servicemen and -women with whom she shared so much, but with their commanders and family members as well, Christie Blatchford creates a detailed, complex and deeply affecting picture of military life in the twenty-first century. Christie Blatchford Tue, 21 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556117 thebookvoice.com 13:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifteen Days: Stories of Bravery, Friendship, Life and Death from Inside the New Canadian Army Author: Christie Blatchford Narrator: Matilda Novak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Long before she made her first trip to Afghanistan as an embedded reporter for The Globe and Mail, Christie Blatchford was already one of Canada’s most respected and eagerly read journalists. Her vivid prose, her unmistakable voice, her ability to connect emotionally with her subjects and readers, her hard-won and hard-nosed skills as a reporter–these had already established her as a household name. But with her many reports from Afghanistan, and in dozens of interviews with the returned members of the 1st Battalion, Princess Patricia’s Canadian Light Infantry and others back at home, she found the subject she was born to tackle. Her reporting of the conflict and her deeply empathetic observations of the men and women who wear the maple leaf are words for the ages, fit to stand alongside the nation’s best writing on war. It is a testament to Christie Blatchford’s skills and integrity that along with the admiration of her readers, she won the respect and trust of the soldiers. They share breathtakingly honest accounts of their desire to serve, their willingness to confront fear and danger in the battlefield, their loyalty towards each other and the heartbreak occasioned by the loss of one of their own. Grounded in insights gained over the course of three trips to Afghanistan in 2006, and drawing on hundreds of hours of interviews not only with the servicemen and -women with whom she shared so much, but with their commanders and family members as well, Christie Blatchford creates a detailed, complex and deeply affecting picture of military life in the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifteen Days: Stories of Bravery, Friendship, Life and Death from Inside the New Canadian Army Author: Christie Blatchford Narrator: Matilda Novak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Long before she made her first trip to Afghanistan as an embedded reporter for The Globe and Mail, Christie Blatchford was already one of Canada’s most respected and eagerly read journalists. Her vivid prose, her unmistakable voice, her ability to connect emotionally with her subjects and readers, her hard-won and hard-nosed skills as a reporter–these had already established her as a household name. But with her many reports from Afghanistan, and in dozens of interviews with the returned members of the 1st Battalion, Princess Patricia’s Canadian Light Infantry and others back at home, she found the subject she was born to tackle. Her reporting of the conflict and her deeply empathetic observations of the men and women who wear the maple leaf are words for the ages, fit to stand alongside the nation’s best writing on war. It is a testament to Christie Blatchford’s skills and integrity that along with the admiration of her readers, she won the respect and trust of the soldiers. They share breathtakingly honest accounts of their desire to serve, their willingness to confront fear and danger in the battlefield, their loyalty towards each other and the heartbreak occasioned by the loss of one of their own. Grounded in insights gained over the course of three trips to Afghanistan in 2006, and drawing on hundreds of hours of interviews not only with the servicemen and -women with whom she shared so much, but with their commanders and family members as well, Christie Blatchford creates a detailed, complex and deeply affecting picture of military life in the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556116 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helpless: Caledonia's Nightmare of Fear and Anarchy, and How the Law Failed All of Us Author: Christie Blatchford Narrator: Kathleen Gati Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It officially began on February 28, 2006, when a handful of protesters from the nearby Six Nations reserve walked onto Douglas Creek Estates, then a residential subdivision under construction, and blocked workers from entering. Over the course of the spring and summer of that first year, the criminal actions of the occupiers included throwing a vehicle over an overpass, the burning down of a hydro transformer which caused a three-day blackout, the torching of a bridge and the hijacking of a police vehicle. During the very worst period, ordinary residents living near the site had to pass through native barricades, show native-issued 'passports', and were occasionally threatened with body searches and routinely subjected to threats. Much of this lawless conduct occurred under the noses of the Ontario Provincial Police, who, often against their own best instincts, stood by and watched: They too had been intimidated. Arrests, where they were made, weren't made contemporaneously, but weeks or monthlater. The result was to embolden the occupiers and render non-native citizens vulnerable and afraid. Eighteen months after the occupation began, a home builder named Sam Gualtieri, working on the house he was giving his daughter as a wedding present, was attacked by protesters and beaten so badly he will never fully recover from his injuries. The occupation is now in its fifth year. Throughout, Christie Blatchford has been observing, interviewing, and investigating with the tenacity that has made her both the doyen of Canadian crime reporters and a social commentator beloved for her uncompromising sense of right and wrong.   In Helpless she tells the full story for the first time - a story that no part of the press or media in Canada has been prepared to tackle with the unflinching objectivity that Christie Blatchford displays on every page. This is a book whose many revelations, never before reported, will shock and appall. But the last word should go to the author:   'This book is not about aboriginal land claims. The book is not about the wholesale removal of seven generations of indigenous youngsters from their reserves and families - this was by dint of federal government policy - or the abuse dished out to many of them at the residential schools into which they were arbitrarily placed or the devastating effects that haunt so many today. This book is not about the dubious merits of the reserve system which may better serve those who wish to see native people fail than those who want desperately for them to succeed. I do not in any way make light of these issues, and they are one way or another in the background of everything that occurred in Caledonia.   'What Helpless is about is the failure of government to govern and to protect all its citizens equally.' Christie Blatchford Tue, 21 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556116 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helpless: Caledonia's Nightmare of Fear and Anarchy, and How the Law Failed All of Us Author: Christie Blatchford Narrator: Kathleen Gati Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It officially began on February 28, 2006, when a handful of protesters from the nearby Six Nations reserve walked onto Douglas Creek Estates, then a residential subdivision under construction, and blocked workers from entering. Over the course of the spring and summer of that first year, the criminal actions of the occupiers included throwing a vehicle over an overpass, the burning down of a hydro transformer which caused a three-day blackout, the torching of a bridge and the hijacking of a police vehicle. During the very worst period, ordinary residents living near the site had to pass through native barricades, show native-issued 'passports', and were occasionally threatened with body searches and routinely subjected to threats. Much of this lawless conduct occurred under the noses of the Ontario Provincial Police, who, often against their own best instincts, stood by and watched: They too had been intimidated. Arrests, where they were made, weren't made contemporaneously, but weeks or monthlater. The result was to embolden the occupiers and render non-native citizens vulnerable and afraid. Eighteen months after the occupation began, a home builder named Sam Gualtieri, working on the house he was giving his daughter as a wedding present, was attacked by protesters and beaten so badly he will never fully recover from his injuries. The occupation is now in its fifth year. Throughout, Christie Blatchford has been observing, interviewing, and investigating with the tenacity that has made her both the doyen of Canadian crime reporters and a social commentator beloved for her uncompromising sense of right and wrong.   In Helpless she tells the full story for the first time - a story that no part of the press or media in Canada has been prepared to tackle with the unflinching objectivity that Christie Blatchford displays on every page. This is a book whose many revelations, never before reported, will shock and appall. But the last word should go to the author:   'This book is not about aboriginal land claims. The book is not about the wholesale removal of seven generations of indigenous youngsters from their reserves and families - this was by dint of federal government policy - or the abuse dished out to many of them at the residential schools into which they were arbitrarily placed or the devastating effects that haunt so many today. This book is not about the dubious merits of the reserve system which may better serve those who wish to see native people fail than those who want desperately for them to succeed. I do not in any way make light of these issues, and they are one way or another in the background of everything that occurred in Caledonia.   'What Helpless is about is the failure of government to govern and to protect all its citizens equally.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helpless: Caledonia's Nightmare of Fear and Anarchy, and How the Law Failed All of Us Author: Christie Blatchford Narrator: Kathleen Gati Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It officially began on February 28, 2006, when a handful of protesters from the nearby Six Nations reserve walked onto Douglas Creek Estates, then a residential subdivision under construction, and blocked workers from entering. Over the course of the spring and summer of that first year, the criminal actions of the occupiers included throwing a vehicle over an overpass, the burning down of a hydro transformer which caused a three-day blackout, the torching of a bridge and the hijacking of a police vehicle. During the very worst period, ordinary residents living near the site had to pass through native barricades, show native-issued 'passports', and were occasionally threatened with body searches and routinely subjected to threats. Much of this lawless conduct occurred under the noses of the Ontario Provincial Police, who, often against their own best instincts, stood by and watched: They too had been intimidated. Arrests, where they were made, weren't made contemporaneously, but weeks or monthlater. The result was to embolden the occupiers and render non-native citizens vulnerable and afraid. Eighteen months after the occupation began, a home builder named Sam Gualtieri, working on the house he was giving his daughter as a wedding present, was attacked by protesters and beaten so badly he will never fully recover from his injuries. The occupation is now in its fifth year. Throughout, Christie Blatchford has been observing, interviewing, and investigating with the tenacity that has made her both the doyen of Canadian crime reporters and a social commentator beloved for her uncompromising sense of right and wrong.   In Helpless she tells the full story for the first time - a story that no part of the press or media in Canada has been prepared to tackle with the unflinching objectivity that Christie Blatchford displays on every page. This is a book whose many revelations, never before reported, will shock and appall. But the last word should go to the author:   'This book is not about aboriginal land claims. The book is not about the wholesale removal of seven generations of indigenous youngsters from their reserves and families - this was by dint of federal government policy - or the abuse dished out to many of them at the residential schools into which they were arbitrarily placed or the devastating effects that haunt so many today. This book is not about the dubious merits of the reserve system which may better serve those who wish to see native people fail than those who want desperately for them to succeed. I do not in any way make light of these issues, and they are one way or another in the background of everything that occurred in Caledonia.   'What Helpless is about is the failure of government to govern and to protect all its citizens equally.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555824 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los brujos del poder Author: José Gil Olmos Narrator: Alfredo Huereca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Increíbles historias reales de esoterismo, política y poder. José Gil Olmos documenta la relación de personajes relevantes de la historia con brujos, espíritus y chamanes. Pásele al mercado del oscurantismo, lo místico, lo esotérico. Hay chamanes, hechiceros, espiritistas, masones, neurolingüistas, brujos, bao baos, curanderos. Atienden a todos por igual, pero tienen un público muy especial, que ha hecho de estos encuentros un ritual para la toma de decisiones o para mantener y expander su poder: los políticos. José Gil Olmos cuenta la historia de algunos políticos de los últimos cien años que han estado vinculados a estas prácticas (como Elba Esther Gordillo también conocida como La Maestra, Madero, Felipe Ángeles, Calles, los priistas, Francisco Barrio, Martha Sahagún o los yunquistas). José Gil Olmos Thu, 11 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555824 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los brujos del poder Author: José Gil Olmos Narrator: Alfredo Huereca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Increíbles historias reales de esoterismo, política y poder. José Gil Olmos documenta la relación de personajes relevantes de la historia con brujos, espíritus y chamanes. Pásele al mercado del oscurantismo, lo místico, lo esotérico. Hay chamanes, hechiceros, espiritistas, masones, neurolingüistas, brujos, bao baos, curanderos. Atienden a todos por igual, pero tienen un público muy especial, que ha hecho de estos encuentros un ritual para la toma de decisiones o para mantener y expander su poder: los políticos. José Gil Olmos cuenta la historia de algunos políticos de los últimos cien años que han estado vinculados a estas prácticas (como Elba Esther Gordillo también conocida como La Maestra, Madero, Felipe Ángeles, Calles, los priistas, Francisco Barrio, Martha Sahagún o los yunquistas). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los brujos del poder Author: José Gil Olmos Narrator: Alfredo Huereca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Increíbles historias reales de esoterismo, política y poder. José Gil Olmos documenta la relación de personajes relevantes de la historia con brujos, espíritus y chamanes. Pásele al mercado del oscurantismo, lo místico, lo esotérico. Hay chamanes, hechiceros, espiritistas, masones, neurolingüistas, brujos, bao baos, curanderos. Atienden a todos por igual, pero tienen un público muy especial, que ha hecho de estos encuentros un ritual para la toma de decisiones o para mantener y expander su poder: los políticos. José Gil Olmos cuenta la historia de algunos políticos de los últimos cien años que han estado vinculados a estas prácticas (como Elba Esther Gordillo también conocida como La Maestra, Madero, Felipe Ángeles, Calles, los priistas, Francisco Barrio, Martha Sahagún o los yunquistas). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555821 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La santa muerte: La virgen de los olvidados Author: José Gil Olmos Narrator: Alfredo Huereca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un libro que expone de manera clara y resumida la historia y sistema de uno de los cultos populares más extendidos del México actual: la adoración a la Santa muerte. La virgen de los olvidados. Su sola mención y su figura pueden provocar rechazo y temor; sin embargo, para muchos mexicanos es imagen de devoción. El culto a la Santa Muerte es uno de los fenómenos religiosos más importantes y complejos de México actualmente, y así lo avalan millones de devotos en todo el país, e incluso en Estados Unidos, Canadá y Centroamérica. Desde 1797 se tiene documentada la primera noticia de un rito indígena a un esqueleto al que desde entonces ya llamaban 'Santa Muerte'. Pero fue hasta hace dos décadas, a partir de la crisis económica más profunda y dolorosa del país, cuando se comenzó a erigir como una figura guardiana, salvadora, que da amparo a los más pobres y desprotegidos de la sociedad. A partir de entonces creció vertiginosamente el culto de la Santa Muerte, en diversas clases sociales, y no sólo como en sus inicios: entre delincuentes, prostitutas y policías. Ahora políticos, actores, cantantes, comerciantes, deportistas, estudiantes, amas de casa y desempleados, entre otros, forman parte del nuevo grupo de fieles que le rezan, pidiéndole lo que el Estado y el gobierno deberían darles: seguridad, trabajo, empleo, salud y bienestar El periodista José Gil Olmos reconstruye en este libro la historia de este culto en México, pues de icono religioso y figura rechazada por la Iglesia católica, después de la Revolución, se volvió un símbolo de identidad nacional y ahora es tan popular que su imagen se comercializa casi tanto como la de la Virgen de Guadalupe. José Gil Olmos Thu, 11 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555821 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La santa muerte: La virgen de los olvidados Author: José Gil Olmos Narrator: Alfredo Huereca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un libro que expone de manera clara y resumida la historia y sistema de uno de los cultos populares más extendidos del México actual: la adoración a la Santa muerte. La virgen de los olvidados. Su sola mención y su figura pueden provocar rechazo y temor; sin embargo, para muchos mexicanos es imagen de devoción. El culto a la Santa Muerte es uno de los fenómenos religiosos más importantes y complejos de México actualmente, y así lo avalan millones de devotos en todo el país, e incluso en Estados Unidos, Canadá y Centroamérica. Desde 1797 se tiene documentada la primera noticia de un rito indígena a un esqueleto al que desde entonces ya llamaban 'Santa Muerte'. Pero fue hasta hace dos décadas, a partir de la crisis económica más profunda y dolorosa del país, cuando se comenzó a erigir como una figura guardiana, salvadora, que da amparo a los más pobres y desprotegidos de la sociedad. A partir de entonces creció vertiginosamente el culto de la Santa Muerte, en diversas clases sociales, y no sólo como en sus inicios: entre delincuentes, prostitutas y policías. Ahora políticos, actores, cantantes, comerciantes, deportistas, estudiantes, amas de casa y desempleados, entre otros, forman parte del nuevo grupo de fieles que le rezan, pidiéndole lo que el Estado y el gobierno deberían darles: seguridad, trabajo, empleo, salud y bienestar El periodista José Gil Olmos reconstruye en este libro la historia de este culto en México, pues de icono religioso y figura rechazada por la Iglesia católica, después de la Revolución, se volvió un símbolo de identidad nacional y ahora es tan popular que su imagen se comercializa casi tanto como la de la Virgen de Guadalupe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La santa muerte: La virgen de los olvidados Author: José Gil Olmos Narrator: Alfredo Huereca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un libro que expone de manera clara y resumida la historia y sistema de uno de los cultos populares más extendidos del México actual: la adoración a la Santa muerte. La virgen de los olvidados. Su sola mención y su figura pueden provocar rechazo y temor; sin embargo, para muchos mexicanos es imagen de devoción. El culto a la Santa Muerte es uno de los fenómenos religiosos más importantes y complejos de México actualmente, y así lo avalan millones de devotos en todo el país, e incluso en Estados Unidos, Canadá y Centroamérica. Desde 1797 se tiene documentada la primera noticia de un rito indígena a un esqueleto al que desde entonces ya llamaban 'Santa Muerte'. Pero fue hasta hace dos décadas, a partir de la crisis económica más profunda y dolorosa del país, cuando se comenzó a erigir como una figura guardiana, salvadora, que da amparo a los más pobres y desprotegidos de la sociedad. A partir de entonces creció vertiginosamente el culto de la Santa Muerte, en diversas clases sociales, y no sólo como en sus inicios: entre delincuentes, prostitutas y policías. Ahora políticos, actores, cantantes, comerciantes, deportistas, estudiantes, amas de casa y desempleados, entre otros, forman parte del nuevo grupo de fieles que le rezan, pidiéndole lo que el Estado y el gobierno deberían darles: seguridad, trabajo, empleo, salud y bienestar El periodista José Gil Olmos reconstruye en este libro la historia de este culto en México, pues de icono religioso y figura rechazada por la Iglesia católica, después de la Revolución, se volvió un símbolo de identidad nacional y ahora es tan popular que su imagen se comercializa casi tanto como la de la Virgen de Guadalupe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555818 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Regenesis: Feeding the World without Devouring the Planet Author: George Monbiot Narrator: George Monbiot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. People talk a lot about the problems with intensive farming. But the problem isn't the adjective. It's the noun. Around the world, farming has been wiping out vast habitats, depleting freshwater, polluting oceans, and accelerating global heating, while leaving millions undernourished and unfed. Increasingly, there are signs that the system itself is beginning to flicker. But, as George Monbiot shows us in this brilliant, bracingly original new book, there is another way. Regenesis is an exhilarating journey into a new possible future for food, people and the planet. Drawing on the revelatory, rapidly advancing science of soil ecology, Monbiot shows how the hidden biological universe beneath our feet could transform what we eat and how we grow it. He travels to meet the people who are unlocking these methods, from the fruit and vegetable growers who cultivate pests as well as potatoes; through producers of perennial grains who are liberating their fields from ploughs; to the scientists pioneering new forms of protein and fat that can be cooked into rich golden pancakes and much, much more. We start to see how the tiniest life forms in the soil might help us save the living world, allowing us to produce abundant, cheap, healthy food while returning vast swathes of land to the wild. Here, for the first time, is a profoundly hopeful, appetising and exciting vision of food: of revolutionary cultivation and cuisine that could nourish us all and restore our world of wonders. © George Monbiot 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 George Monbiot Thu, 26 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555818 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Regenesis: Feeding the World without Devouring the Planet Author: George Monbiot Narrator: George Monbiot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. People talk a lot about the problems with intensive farming. But the problem isn't the adjective. It's the noun. Around the world, farming has been wiping out vast habitats, depleting freshwater, polluting oceans, and accelerating global heating, while leaving millions undernourished and unfed. Increasingly, there are signs that the system itself is beginning to flicker. But, as George Monbiot shows us in this brilliant, bracingly original new book, there is another way. Regenesis is an exhilarating journey into a new possible future for food, people and the planet. Drawing on the revelatory, rapidly advancing science of soil ecology, Monbiot shows how the hidden biological universe beneath our feet could transform what we eat and how we grow it. He travels to meet the people who are unlocking these methods, from the fruit and vegetable growers who cultivate pests as well as potatoes; through producers of perennial grains who are liberating their fields from ploughs; to the scientists pioneering new forms of protein and fat that can be cooked into rich golden pancakes and much, much more. We start to see how the tiniest life forms in the soil might help us save the living world, allowing us to produce abundant, cheap, healthy food while returning vast swathes of land to the wild. Here, for the first time, is a profoundly hopeful, appetising and exciting vision of food: of revolutionary cultivation and cuisine that could nourish us all and restore our world of wonders. © George Monbiot 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Regenesis: Feeding the World without Devouring the Planet Author: George Monbiot Narrator: George Monbiot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. People talk a lot about the problems with intensive farming. But the problem isn't the adjective. It's the noun. Around the world, farming has been wiping out vast habitats, depleting freshwater, polluting oceans, and accelerating global heating, while leaving millions undernourished and unfed. Increasingly, there are signs that the system itself is beginning to flicker. But, as George Monbiot shows us in this brilliant, bracingly original new book, there is another way. Regenesis is an exhilarating journey into a new possible future for food, people and the planet. Drawing on the revelatory, rapidly advancing science of soil ecology, Monbiot shows how the hidden biological universe beneath our feet could transform what we eat and how we grow it. He travels to meet the people who are unlocking these methods, from the fruit and vegetable growers who cultivate pests as well as potatoes; through producers of perennial grains who are liberating their fields from ploughs; to the scientists pioneering new forms of protein and fat that can be cooked into rich golden pancakes and much, much more. We start to see how the tiniest life forms in the soil might help us save the living world, allowing us to produce abundant, cheap, healthy food while returning vast swathes of land to the wild. Here, for the first time, is a profoundly hopeful, appetising and exciting vision of food: of revolutionary cultivation and cuisine that could nourish us all and restore our world of wonders. © George Monbiot 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics of Disinformation Author: Pere Masip, Eva Campos Dominguez, Bella Palomo, Dolors Palau Sampio, Guillermo Lopez Garcia Narrator: Asa Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover a comprehensive exploration of the underlying theories of disinformation, and their impact, from leading voices in the field Politics of Disinformation delivers a thorough discussion of the overwhelming problem of modern fake news in the political arena. The book reviews fundamental theoretical concepts of disinformation and analyzes the impact of new techniques of misinformation and the dissemination of false information in the public space. A group of distinguished authors provide case studies to illustrate the effect of disinformation all around the world; including, but not limited to Europe, the Middle East, and South America. The chapters include examination of topics such as the rise of populism, the increasing political influence of social networks, the use of fact checking to combat fake news and echo chambers, and comparative analyses of how disinformation affects conservatives and liberals. A final case study examines all of these factors as they relate to the recent Spanish election of 2019 and how they affected the results. Pere Masip, Eva Campos Dominguez, Bella Palomo, Dolors Palau Sampio, Guillermo Lopez Garcia Fri, 31 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555693 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics of Disinformation Author: Pere Masip, Eva Campos Dominguez, Bella Palomo, Dolors Palau Sampio, Guillermo Lopez Garcia Narrator: Asa Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover a comprehensive exploration of the underlying theories of disinformation, and their impact, from leading voices in the field Politics of Disinformation delivers a thorough discussion of the overwhelming problem of modern fake news in the political arena. The book reviews fundamental theoretical concepts of disinformation and analyzes the impact of new techniques of misinformation and the dissemination of false information in the public space. A group of distinguished authors provide case studies to illustrate the effect of disinformation all around the world; including, but not limited to Europe, the Middle East, and South America. The chapters include examination of topics such as the rise of populism, the increasing political influence of social networks, the use of fact checking to combat fake news and echo chambers, and comparative analyses of how disinformation affects conservatives and liberals. A final case study examines all of these factors as they relate to the recent Spanish election of 2019 and how they affected the results. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics of Disinformation Author: Pere Masip, Eva Campos Dominguez, Bella Palomo, Dolors Palau Sampio, Guillermo Lopez Garcia Narrator: Asa Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover a comprehensive exploration of the underlying theories of disinformation, and their impact, from leading voices in the field Politics of Disinformation delivers a thorough discussion of the overwhelming problem of modern fake news in the political arena. The book reviews fundamental theoretical concepts of disinformation and analyzes the impact of new techniques of misinformation and the dissemination of false information in the public space. A group of distinguished authors provide case studies to illustrate the effect of disinformation all around the world; including, but not limited to Europe, the Middle East, and South America. The chapters include examination of topics such as the rise of populism, the increasing political influence of social networks, the use of fact checking to combat fake news and echo chambers, and comparative analyses of how disinformation affects conservatives and liberals. A final case study examines all of these factors as they relate to the recent Spanish election of 2019 and how they affected the results. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555691 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyoncé in the World: Making Meaning with Queen Bey in Troubled Times Author: Christina Baade, Kristen Mcgee Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Essays investigate Beyoncé's global impact From Destiny's Child to Lemonade, Homecoming, and The Gift, Beyoncé Knowles-Carter has redefined global stardom, feminism, Black representation, and celebrity activism. This book brings together new work from sixteen international scholars to explore Beyonce's impact as an artist and public figure from the perspectives of critical race studies, gender and women's studies, queer and cultural studies, music, and fan studies. The authors explore Beyoncé's musical persona as one that builds upon the lineages of Black female cool, Black southern culture, and Black feminist cultural production. They explore Beyoncé's reception within and beyond North America, including how a range of performers—from YouTube gospel singers to Brazilian pop artists—have drawn inspiration from her performances and image. The authors show how Beyoncé's music is a source of healing and kinship for many fans, particularly Black women and queer communities of color. Combining cutting edge research, vivid examples, and accessible writing, this collection provides multiple lenses onto the significance of Beyoncé in the United States and around the world. Christina Baade, Kristen Mcgee Tue, 29 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555691 thebookvoice.com 16:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyoncé in the World: Making Meaning with Queen Bey in Troubled Times Author: Christina Baade, Kristen Mcgee Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Essays investigate Beyoncé's global impact From Destiny's Child to Lemonade, Homecoming, and The Gift, Beyoncé Knowles-Carter has redefined global stardom, feminism, Black representation, and celebrity activism. This book brings together new work from sixteen international scholars to explore Beyonce's impact as an artist and public figure from the perspectives of critical race studies, gender and women's studies, queer and cultural studies, music, and fan studies. The authors explore Beyoncé's musical persona as one that builds upon the lineages of Black female cool, Black southern culture, and Black feminist cultural production. They explore Beyoncé's reception within and beyond North America, including how a range of performers—from YouTube gospel singers to Brazilian pop artists—have drawn inspiration from her performances and image. The authors show how Beyoncé's music is a source of healing and kinship for many fans, particularly Black women and queer communities of color. Combining cutting edge research, vivid examples, and accessible writing, this collection provides multiple lenses onto the significance of Beyoncé in the United States and around the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyoncé in the World: Making Meaning with Queen Bey in Troubled Times Author: Christina Baade, Kristen Mcgee Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Essays investigate Beyoncé's global impact From Destiny's Child to Lemonade, Homecoming, and The Gift, Beyoncé Knowles-Carter has redefined global stardom, feminism, Black representation, and celebrity activism. This book brings together new work from sixteen international scholars to explore Beyonce's impact as an artist and public figure from the perspectives of critical race studies, gender and women's studies, queer and cultural studies, music, and fan studies. The authors explore Beyoncé's musical persona as one that builds upon the lineages of Black female cool, Black southern culture, and Black feminist cultural production. They explore Beyoncé's reception within and beyond North America, including how a range of performers—from YouTube gospel singers to Brazilian pop artists—have drawn inspiration from her performances and image. The authors show how Beyoncé's music is a source of healing and kinship for many fans, particularly Black women and queer communities of color. Combining cutting edge research, vivid examples, and accessible writing, this collection provides multiple lenses onto the significance of Beyoncé in the United States and around the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushing Cool: Big Tobacco, Racial Marketing, and the Untold Story of the Menthol Cigarette Author: Keith Wailoo Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Police put Eric Garner in a fatal chokehold for selling cigarettes on a New York City street corner. George Floyd was killed by police outside a store in Minneapolis known as 'the best place to buy menthols.' Black smokers overwhelmingly prefer menthol brands such as Kool, Salem, and Newport. All of this is no coincidence. The disproportionate Black deaths and cries of 'I can’t breathe' that ring out in our era—because of police violence, COVID-19, or menthol smoking—are intimately connected to a post-1960s history of race and exploitation. In Pushing Cool, Keith Wailoo tells the intricate and poignant story of menthol cigarettes for the first time. He pulls back the curtain to reveal the hidden persuaders who shaped menthol buying habits and racial markets across America: the world of tobacco marketers, consultants, psychologists, and social scientists, as well as Black lawmakers and civic groups including the NAACP. Today most Black smokers buy menthols, and calls to prohibit their circulation hinge on a history of the industry's targeted racial marketing. In 2009, when Congress banned flavored cigarettes as criminal enticements to encourage youth smoking, menthol cigarettes were also slated to be banned. Through a detailed study of internal tobacco industry documents, Wailoo exposes why they weren't and how they remain so popular with Black smokers. Keith Wailoo Fri, 31 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555672 thebookvoice.com 12:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushing Cool: Big Tobacco, Racial Marketing, and the Untold Story of the Menthol Cigarette Author: Keith Wailoo Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Police put Eric Garner in a fatal chokehold for selling cigarettes on a New York City street corner. George Floyd was killed by police outside a store in Minneapolis known as 'the best place to buy menthols.' Black smokers overwhelmingly prefer menthol brands such as Kool, Salem, and Newport. All of this is no coincidence. The disproportionate Black deaths and cries of 'I can’t breathe' that ring out in our era—because of police violence, COVID-19, or menthol smoking—are intimately connected to a post-1960s history of race and exploitation. In Pushing Cool, Keith Wailoo tells the intricate and poignant story of menthol cigarettes for the first time. He pulls back the curtain to reveal the hidden persuaders who shaped menthol buying habits and racial markets across America: the world of tobacco marketers, consultants, psychologists, and social scientists, as well as Black lawmakers and civic groups including the NAACP. Today most Black smokers buy menthols, and calls to prohibit their circulation hinge on a history of the industry's targeted racial marketing. In 2009, when Congress banned flavored cigarettes as criminal enticements to encourage youth smoking, menthol cigarettes were also slated to be banned. Through a detailed study of internal tobacco industry documents, Wailoo exposes why they weren't and how they remain so popular with Black smokers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushing Cool: Big Tobacco, Racial Marketing, and the Untold Story of the Menthol Cigarette Author: Keith Wailoo Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Police put Eric Garner in a fatal chokehold for selling cigarettes on a New York City street corner. George Floyd was killed by police outside a store in Minneapolis known as 'the best place to buy menthols.' Black smokers overwhelmingly prefer menthol brands such as Kool, Salem, and Newport. All of this is no coincidence. The disproportionate Black deaths and cries of 'I can’t breathe' that ring out in our era—because of police violence, COVID-19, or menthol smoking—are intimately connected to a post-1960s history of race and exploitation. In Pushing Cool, Keith Wailoo tells the intricate and poignant story of menthol cigarettes for the first time. He pulls back the curtain to reveal the hidden persuaders who shaped menthol buying habits and racial markets across America: the world of tobacco marketers, consultants, psychologists, and social scientists, as well as Black lawmakers and civic groups including the NAACP. Today most Black smokers buy menthols, and calls to prohibit their circulation hinge on a history of the industry's targeted racial marketing. In 2009, when Congress banned flavored cigarettes as criminal enticements to encourage youth smoking, menthol cigarettes were also slated to be banned. Through a detailed study of internal tobacco industry documents, Wailoo exposes why they weren't and how they remain so popular with Black smokers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555663 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black, Brown, Bruised: How Racialized STEM Education Stifles Innovation Author: Ebony Omotola Mcgee Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on narratives from hundreds of Black, Latinx, and Indigenous individuals, Ebony Omotola McGee examines the experiences of underrepresented racially minoritized students and faculty members who have succeeded in STEM. Black, Brown, Bruised reveals the challenges that underrepresented racially minoritized students confront in order to succeed in these exclusive, usually all-White, academic and professional realms. The book provides searing accounts of racism inscribed on campus, in the lab, and on the job, and portrays learning and work environments as arenas rife with racial stereotyping, conscious and unconscious bias, and micro-aggressions. As a result, many students experience the effects of a racial battle fatigue—physical and mental exhaustion borne of their hostile learning and work environments—leading them to abandon STEM fields entirely. McGee offers policies and practices that must be implemented to ensure that STEM education and employment become more inclusive including internships, mentoring opportunities, and curricular offerings. Such structural changes are imperative if we are to reverse the negative effects of racialized STEM and unlock the potential of all students to drive technological innovation and power the economy. Ebony Omotola Mcgee Tue, 18 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555663 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black, Brown, Bruised: How Racialized STEM Education Stifles Innovation Author: Ebony Omotola Mcgee Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on narratives from hundreds of Black, Latinx, and Indigenous individuals, Ebony Omotola McGee examines the experiences of underrepresented racially minoritized students and faculty members who have succeeded in STEM. Black, Brown, Bruised reveals the challenges that underrepresented racially minoritized students confront in order to succeed in these exclusive, usually all-White, academic and professional realms. The book provides searing accounts of racism inscribed on campus, in the lab, and on the job, and portrays learning and work environments as arenas rife with racial stereotyping, conscious and unconscious bias, and micro-aggressions. As a result, many students experience the effects of a racial battle fatigue—physical and mental exhaustion borne of their hostile learning and work environments—leading them to abandon STEM fields entirely. McGee offers policies and practices that must be implemented to ensure that STEM education and employment become more inclusive including internships, mentoring opportunities, and curricular offerings. Such structural changes are imperative if we are to reverse the negative effects of racialized STEM and unlock the potential of all students to drive technological innovation and power the economy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black, Brown, Bruised: How Racialized STEM Education Stifles Innovation Author: Ebony Omotola Mcgee Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on narratives from hundreds of Black, Latinx, and Indigenous individuals, Ebony Omotola McGee examines the experiences of underrepresented racially minoritized students and faculty members who have succeeded in STEM. Black, Brown, Bruised reveals the challenges that underrepresented racially minoritized students confront in order to succeed in these exclusive, usually all-White, academic and professional realms. The book provides searing accounts of racism inscribed on campus, in the lab, and on the job, and portrays learning and work environments as arenas rife with racial stereotyping, conscious and unconscious bias, and micro-aggressions. As a result, many students experience the effects of a racial battle fatigue—physical and mental exhaustion borne of their hostile learning and work environments—leading them to abandon STEM fields entirely. McGee offers policies and practices that must be implemented to ensure that STEM education and employment become more inclusive including internships, mentoring opportunities, and curricular offerings. Such structural changes are imperative if we are to reverse the negative effects of racialized STEM and unlock the potential of all students to drive technological innovation and power the economy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Antiracist Children: A Practical Parenting Guide Author: Britt Hawthorne Narrator: Stephanie Keiko Kong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A must-have guide to raising inclusive, antiracist children from educator and advocate, Britt Hawthorne. Raising antiracist children is a noble goal for any parent, caregiver, or educator, but it can be hard to know where to start. Let Britt Hawthorne—a nationally recognized teacher and advocate—be your guide. Raising Antiracist Children acts as an interactive guide for strategically incorporating the tools of inclusivity into everyday life and parenting. Hawthorne breaks down antiracist parenting into four comprehensive sections: -Healthy bodies—Establishing a safe and body-positive home environment to combat stereotypes and create boundaries. -Radical minds—Encouraging children to be agents of change, accompanied by scripts for teaching advocacy, giving and taking productive feedback, and becoming a coconspirator for change. -Conscious shopping—Raising awareness of how local shopping can empower or hinder a community’s ability to thrive, and teaching readers of all ages how to create shopping habits that support their values. -Thriving communities—Acknowledging the personal power we have to shape our schools, towns, and worlds, accompanied by exercises for instigating change. Full of questionnaires, stories, activities, tips, and tools, Raising Antiracist Children is a must-have, practical guide essential for parents and caregivers everywhere. Britt Hawthorne Tue, 07 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555611 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Antiracist Children: A Practical Parenting Guide Author: Britt Hawthorne Narrator: Stephanie Keiko Kong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A must-have guide to raising inclusive, antiracist children from educator and advocate, Britt Hawthorne. Raising antiracist children is a noble goal for any parent, caregiver, or educator, but it can be hard to know where to start. Let Britt Hawthorne—a nationally recognized teacher and advocate—be your guide. Raising Antiracist Children acts as an interactive guide for strategically incorporating the tools of inclusivity into everyday life and parenting. Hawthorne breaks down antiracist parenting into four comprehensive sections: -Healthy bodies—Establishing a safe and body-positive home environment to combat stereotypes and create boundaries. -Radical minds—Encouraging children to be agents of change, accompanied by scripts for teaching advocacy, giving and taking productive feedback, and becoming a coconspirator for change. -Conscious shopping—Raising awareness of how local shopping can empower or hinder a community’s ability to thrive, and teaching readers of all ages how to create shopping habits that support their values. -Thriving communities—Acknowledging the personal power we have to shape our schools, towns, and worlds, accompanied by exercises for instigating change. Full of questionnaires, stories, activities, tips, and tools, Raising Antiracist Children is a must-have, practical guide essential for parents and caregivers everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Antiracist Children: A Practical Parenting Guide Author: Britt Hawthorne Narrator: Stephanie Keiko Kong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A must-have guide to raising inclusive, antiracist children from educator and advocate, Britt Hawthorne. Raising antiracist children is a noble goal for any parent, caregiver, or educator, but it can be hard to know where to start. Let Britt Hawthorne—a nationally recognized teacher and advocate—be your guide. Raising Antiracist Children acts as an interactive guide for strategically incorporating the tools of inclusivity into everyday life and parenting. Hawthorne breaks down antiracist parenting into four comprehensive sections: -Healthy bodies—Establishing a safe and body-positive home environment to combat stereotypes and create boundaries. -Radical minds—Encouraging children to be agents of change, accompanied by scripts for teaching advocacy, giving and taking productive feedback, and becoming a coconspirator for change. -Conscious shopping—Raising awareness of how local shopping can empower or hinder a community’s ability to thrive, and teaching readers of all ages how to create shopping habits that support their values. -Thriving communities—Acknowledging the personal power we have to shape our schools, towns, and worlds, accompanied by exercises for instigating change. Full of questionnaires, stories, activities, tips, and tools, Raising Antiracist Children is a must-have, practical guide essential for parents and caregivers everywhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fix the System, Not the Women Author: Laura Bates Narrator: Laura Bates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR 'Get your daughters to read this, but only after your partners and sons have finished it’ Jo Brand 'An astute and persuasive page-turner' Observer 'Powerful’ Sunday Times  Too often, we blame women. For walking home alone at night. For not demanding a seat at the table. For not overcoming the odds that are stacked against them.    This distracts us from the real problem: the failings and biases of a society that was not built for women. In this explosive book, feminist writer and activist Laura Bates exposes the systemic prejudice at the heart of five of our key institutions. Education Politics Media Policing Criminal justice Combining stories with shocking evidence, Fix the System, Not the Women is a blazing examination of sexual injustice and a rallying cry for reform. 'A blistering manifesto for change' Dr Pragya Agarwal 'I am in awe of Laura Bates . . . her writing is nothing short of perfect' Sofie Hagen, author of Happy Fat ‘Finish the book furious – before rallying for the next fight’ Grazia Latest Must-Reads Laura Bates Thu, 12 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555602 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fix the System, Not the Women Author: Laura Bates Narrator: Laura Bates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR 'Get your daughters to read this, but only after your partners and sons have finished it’ Jo Brand 'An astute and persuasive page-turner' Observer 'Powerful’ Sunday Times  Too often, we blame women. For walking home alone at night. For not demanding a seat at the table. For not overcoming the odds that are stacked against them.    This distracts us from the real problem: the failings and biases of a society that was not built for women. In this explosive book, feminist writer and activist Laura Bates exposes the systemic prejudice at the heart of five of our key institutions. Education Politics Media Policing Criminal justice Combining stories with shocking evidence, Fix the System, Not the Women is a blazing examination of sexual injustice and a rallying cry for reform. 'A blistering manifesto for change' Dr Pragya Agarwal 'I am in awe of Laura Bates . . . her writing is nothing short of perfect' Sofie Hagen, author of Happy Fat ‘Finish the book furious – before rallying for the next fight’ Grazia Latest Must-Reads Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fix the System, Not the Women Author: Laura Bates Narrator: Laura Bates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR 'Get your daughters to read this, but only after your partners and sons have finished it’ Jo Brand 'An astute and persuasive page-turner' Observer 'Powerful’ Sunday Times  Too often, we blame women. For walking home alone at night. For not demanding a seat at the table. For not overcoming the odds that are stacked against them.    This distracts us from the real problem: the failings and biases of a society that was not built for women. In this explosive book, feminist writer and activist Laura Bates exposes the systemic prejudice at the heart of five of our key institutions. Education Politics Media Policing Criminal justice Combining stories with shocking evidence, Fix the System, Not the Women is a blazing examination of sexual injustice and a rallying cry for reform. 'A blistering manifesto for change' Dr Pragya Agarwal 'I am in awe of Laura Bates . . . her writing is nothing short of perfect' Sofie Hagen, author of Happy Fat ‘Finish the book furious – before rallying for the next fight’ Grazia Latest Must-Reads https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britons Through Negro Spectacles Series: #10 of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Abc Merriman-Labor Narrator: Mohammed Mansary, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'We shall therefore confine our walk to Central London where people meet on business during the day, and to West London where they meet for pleasure at night. If you will walk about the first City in the British Empire arm in arm with Merriman-Labor, you are sure to see Britons in merriment and at labour, by night and by day, in West and Central London.' In Britons Through Negro Spectacles Merriman-Labor takes us on a joyous, intoxicating tour of London at the turn of the 20th century. Slyly subverting the colonial gaze usually placed on Africa, he introduces us to the citizens, culture and customs of Britain with a mischievous glint in his eye. This incredible work of social commentary feels a century ahead of its time, and provides unique insights into the intersection between empire, race and community at this important moment in history. Selected by Booker Prize-winning author Bernardine Evaristo, this series rediscovers and celebrates pioneering books depicting black Britain that remap the nation. © ABC Merriman-Labor 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Abc Merriman-Labor Thu, 03 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555317 thebookvoice.com 4:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britons Through Negro Spectacles Series: #10 of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Abc Merriman-Labor Narrator: Mohammed Mansary, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'We shall therefore confine our walk to Central London where people meet on business during the day, and to West London where they meet for pleasure at night. If you will walk about the first City in the British Empire arm in arm with Merriman-Labor, you are sure to see Britons in merriment and at labour, by night and by day, in West and Central London.' In Britons Through Negro Spectacles Merriman-Labor takes us on a joyous, intoxicating tour of London at the turn of the 20th century. Slyly subverting the colonial gaze usually placed on Africa, he introduces us to the citizens, culture and customs of Britain with a mischievous glint in his eye. This incredible work of social commentary feels a century ahead of its time, and provides unique insights into the intersection between empire, race and community at this important moment in history. Selected by Booker Prize-winning author Bernardine Evaristo, this series rediscovers and celebrates pioneering books depicting black Britain that remap the nation. © ABC Merriman-Labor 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britons Through Negro Spectacles Series: #10 of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Abc Merriman-Labor Narrator: Mohammed Mansary, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'We shall therefore confine our walk to Central London where people meet on business during the day, and to West London where they meet for pleasure at night. If you will walk about the first City in the British Empire arm in arm with Merriman-Labor, you are sure to see Britons in merriment and at labour, by night and by day, in West and Central London.' In Britons Through Negro Spectacles Merriman-Labor takes us on a joyous, intoxicating tour of London at the turn of the 20th century. Slyly subverting the colonial gaze usually placed on Africa, he introduces us to the citizens, culture and customs of Britain with a mischievous glint in his eye. This incredible work of social commentary feels a century ahead of its time, and provides unique insights into the intersection between empire, race and community at this important moment in history. Selected by Booker Prize-winning author Bernardine Evaristo, this series rediscovers and celebrates pioneering books depicting black Britain that remap the nation. © ABC Merriman-Labor 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555308 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How You Get Famous: Ten Years of Drag Madness in Brooklyn Author: Nicole Pasulka Narrator: Nicky Endres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “funny, poignant, dishy, and even enlightening” adventure through a tight-knit world of drag performers making art, mayhem, and dreaming of making it big, this book is “the story of America now” (Alexander Chee, The New York Times). In How You Get Famous, journalist Nicole Pasulka raucously documents the rebirth of the New York drag scene, following a group of iconoclastic performers with undeniable charisma, talent, and a hell of a lot to prove. In the past decade, drag has become a place where edgy, competitive showoffs can find security in a callous and over priced city, a shot at real money, and a level of recognition queer people rarely achieve. But can drag keep its edge as it travels from the backroom to the main stage? A “joyful and scrappy” (Esquire) portrait of the 21st-century search for celebrity and community, How You Get Famous is “dripping in plush detail and drama” (Mother Jones) and “stitched together with great respect and love” (The Guardian). It’s the story of an aimless coat check worker who sweet-talked his way into hosting a drag show at a Brooklyn dive bar, a pair of teenagers sneaking into clubs and pocketing tips to help support their families, and eclectic performers who have managed to land a spot on TV and millions of followers…all colliding in an unprecedented account of a subculture on the brink of becoming a cultural phenomenon. “If you like to have a good time, you want to read this book!”—BuzzFeed Nicole Pasulka Tue, 07 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555308 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How You Get Famous: Ten Years of Drag Madness in Brooklyn Author: Nicole Pasulka Narrator: Nicky Endres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “funny, poignant, dishy, and even enlightening” adventure through a tight-knit world of drag performers making art, mayhem, and dreaming of making it big, this book is “the story of America now” (Alexander Chee, The New York Times). In How You Get Famous, journalist Nicole Pasulka raucously documents the rebirth of the New York drag scene, following a group of iconoclastic performers with undeniable charisma, talent, and a hell of a lot to prove. In the past decade, drag has become a place where edgy, competitive showoffs can find security in a callous and over priced city, a shot at real money, and a level of recognition queer people rarely achieve. But can drag keep its edge as it travels from the backroom to the main stage? A “joyful and scrappy” (Esquire) portrait of the 21st-century search for celebrity and community, How You Get Famous is “dripping in plush detail and drama” (Mother Jones) and “stitched together with great respect and love” (The Guardian). It’s the story of an aimless coat check worker who sweet-talked his way into hosting a drag show at a Brooklyn dive bar, a pair of teenagers sneaking into clubs and pocketing tips to help support their families, and eclectic performers who have managed to land a spot on TV and millions of followers…all colliding in an unprecedented account of a subculture on the brink of becoming a cultural phenomenon. “If you like to have a good time, you want to read this book!”—BuzzFeed Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How You Get Famous: Ten Years of Drag Madness in Brooklyn Author: Nicole Pasulka Narrator: Nicky Endres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “funny, poignant, dishy, and even enlightening” adventure through a tight-knit world of drag performers making art, mayhem, and dreaming of making it big, this book is “the story of America now” (Alexander Chee, The New York Times). In How You Get Famous, journalist Nicole Pasulka raucously documents the rebirth of the New York drag scene, following a group of iconoclastic performers with undeniable charisma, talent, and a hell of a lot to prove. In the past decade, drag has become a place where edgy, competitive showoffs can find security in a callous and over priced city, a shot at real money, and a level of recognition queer people rarely achieve. But can drag keep its edge as it travels from the backroom to the main stage? A “joyful and scrappy” (Esquire) portrait of the 21st-century search for celebrity and community, How You Get Famous is “dripping in plush detail and drama” (Mother Jones) and “stitched together with great respect and love” (The Guardian). It’s the story of an aimless coat check worker who sweet-talked his way into hosting a drag show at a Brooklyn dive bar, a pair of teenagers sneaking into clubs and pocketing tips to help support their families, and eclectic performers who have managed to land a spot on TV and millions of followers…all colliding in an unprecedented account of a subculture on the brink of becoming a cultural phenomenon. “If you like to have a good time, you want to read this book!”—BuzzFeed https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Historia mínima de los feminismos en América Latina Author: Dora Barrancos Narrator: Adriana Galindo Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Con el propósito de que públicos amplios se acerquen a aspectos fundamentales de las luchas por los derechos de las mujeres, este libro narra el largo periplo de las feministas en América Latina. En un extraordinario esfuerzo de síntesis, se revisan propuestas y acciones emprendidas por una variedad de colectivos de mujeres: desde la formulación de los primeros feminismos hasta la experiencia inédita de nuestros días, cuando los reclamos de las mujeres nutren masivas expresiones populares, como nunca antes había ocurrido. En estas páginas se advierten los cambios entre los primeros programas feministas y las demandas actuales de los variados movimientos, así como la vigorosa acción antipatriarcal que recorre Latinoamérica y que sacude especialmente a las jóvenes generaciones. Dora Barrancos Wed, 03 Aug 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555290 thebookvoice.com 9:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Historia mínima de los feminismos en América Latina Author: Dora Barrancos Narrator: Adriana Galindo Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Con el propósito de que públicos amplios se acerquen a aspectos fundamentales de las luchas por los derechos de las mujeres, este libro narra el largo periplo de las feministas en América Latina. En un extraordinario esfuerzo de síntesis, se revisan propuestas y acciones emprendidas por una variedad de colectivos de mujeres: desde la formulación de los primeros feminismos hasta la experiencia inédita de nuestros días, cuando los reclamos de las mujeres nutren masivas expresiones populares, como nunca antes había ocurrido. En estas páginas se advierten los cambios entre los primeros programas feministas y las demandas actuales de los variados movimientos, así como la vigorosa acción antipatriarcal que recorre Latinoamérica y que sacude especialmente a las jóvenes generaciones. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Historia mínima de los feminismos en América Latina Author: Dora Barrancos Narrator: Adriana Galindo Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Con el propósito de que públicos amplios se acerquen a aspectos fundamentales de las luchas por los derechos de las mujeres, este libro narra el largo periplo de las feministas en América Latina. En un extraordinario esfuerzo de síntesis, se revisan propuestas y acciones emprendidas por una variedad de colectivos de mujeres: desde la formulación de los primeros feminismos hasta la experiencia inédita de nuestros días, cuando los reclamos de las mujeres nutren masivas expresiones populares, como nunca antes había ocurrido. En estas páginas se advierten los cambios entre los primeros programas feministas y las demandas actuales de los variados movimientos, así como la vigorosa acción antipatriarcal que recorre Latinoamérica y que sacude especialmente a las jóvenes generaciones. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555274 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Pivots: Reimagining Justice, Reimagining Ourselves Author: Shawn A. Ginwright Narrator: Shawn A. Ginwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Reading this courageous book feels like the beginning of a social and personal awakening...I can’t stop thinking about it.”—Brené Brown, PhD, author of Atlas of the Heart   For readers of Emergent Strategy and Dare to Lead, an activist's roadmap to long-term social justice impact through four simple shifts. We need a fundamental shift in our values--a pivot in how we think, act, work, and connect. Despite what we’ve been told, the most critical mainspring of social change isn’t coalition building or problem analysis. It’s healing: deep, whole, and systemic, inside and out. Here, Shawn Ginwright, PhD, breaks down the common myths of social movements--a set of deeply ingrained beliefs that actually hold us back from healing and achieving sustainable systemic change. He shows us why these frames don’t work, proposing instead four revolutionary pivots for better activism and collective leadership: Awareness: from lens to mirror Connection: from transactional to transformative relationships Vision: from problem-fixing to possibility-creating Presence: from hustle to flow Supplemented with reflections, prompts, cutting-edge research, and the author’s own insights and lived experience as an African American social scientist, professor, and movement builder, The Four Pivots helps us uncover our obstruction points. It shows us how to discover new lenses and boldly assert our need for connection, transformation, trust, wholeness, and healing. It gives us permission to create a better future--to acknowledge that a broken system has been predefining our dreams and limiting what we allow ourselves to imagine, but that it doesn’t have to be that way at all. Are you ready to pivot? Shawn A. Ginwright Tue, 25 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555274 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Pivots: Reimagining Justice, Reimagining Ourselves Author: Shawn A. Ginwright Narrator: Shawn A. Ginwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Reading this courageous book feels like the beginning of a social and personal awakening...I can’t stop thinking about it.”—Brené Brown, PhD, author of Atlas of the Heart   For readers of Emergent Strategy and Dare to Lead, an activist's roadmap to long-term social justice impact through four simple shifts. We need a fundamental shift in our values--a pivot in how we think, act, work, and connect. Despite what we’ve been told, the most critical mainspring of social change isn’t coalition building or problem analysis. It’s healing: deep, whole, and systemic, inside and out. Here, Shawn Ginwright, PhD, breaks down the common myths of social movements--a set of deeply ingrained beliefs that actually hold us back from healing and achieving sustainable systemic change. He shows us why these frames don’t work, proposing instead four revolutionary pivots for better activism and collective leadership: Awareness: from lens to mirror Connection: from transactional to transformative relationships Vision: from problem-fixing to possibility-creating Presence: from hustle to flow Supplemented with reflections, prompts, cutting-edge research, and the author’s own insights and lived experience as an African American social scientist, professor, and movement builder, The Four Pivots helps us uncover our obstruction points. It shows us how to discover new lenses and boldly assert our need for connection, transformation, trust, wholeness, and healing. It gives us permission to create a better future--to acknowledge that a broken system has been predefining our dreams and limiting what we allow ourselves to imagine, but that it doesn’t have to be that way at all. Are you ready to pivot? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Pivots: Reimagining Justice, Reimagining Ourselves Author: Shawn A. Ginwright Narrator: Shawn A. Ginwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Reading this courageous book feels like the beginning of a social and personal awakening...I can’t stop thinking about it.”—Brené Brown, PhD, author of Atlas of the Heart   For readers of Emergent Strategy and Dare to Lead, an activist's roadmap to long-term social justice impact through four simple shifts. We need a fundamental shift in our values--a pivot in how we think, act, work, and connect. Despite what we’ve been told, the most critical mainspring of social change isn’t coalition building or problem analysis. It’s healing: deep, whole, and systemic, inside and out. Here, Shawn Ginwright, PhD, breaks down the common myths of social movements--a set of deeply ingrained beliefs that actually hold us back from healing and achieving sustainable systemic change. He shows us why these frames don’t work, proposing instead four revolutionary pivots for better activism and collective leadership: Awareness: from lens to mirror Connection: from transactional to transformative relationships Vision: from problem-fixing to possibility-creating Presence: from hustle to flow Supplemented with reflections, prompts, cutting-edge research, and the author’s own insights and lived experience as an African American social scientist, professor, and movement builder, The Four Pivots helps us uncover our obstruction points. It shows us how to discover new lenses and boldly assert our need for connection, transformation, trust, wholeness, and healing. It gives us permission to create a better future--to acknowledge that a broken system has been predefining our dreams and limiting what we allow ourselves to imagine, but that it doesn’t have to be that way at all. Are you ready to pivot? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555124 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fathers' Daughter Series: #7 of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Hannah Azieb Pool Narrator: Yusra Warsama, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A powerful, intimate memoir of Eritrean-British journalist, Hannah Azieb-Pool, who returns to Eritrea at the age of 30 to meet her family for the first time 'When I stepped off the plane in Asmara, I had no idea what lay ahead, or how those events would change me . . .' In her twenties, Hannah-Azieb Pool is given a letter that unravels everything she knows about her life. She knew she was adopted from an orphanage in Eritrea, and as her adoptive family brought her to the UK, they believed she did not have any surviving relatives. When she discovers the truth in a letter from her brother - that her birth father is alive and her Eritrean family are desperate to meet her - she is faced with a critical choice. Should she go? In this intimate memoir, she takes us with her on an extraordinary journey of self-discovery, as she travels to Eritrea to uncover her own story. With radiant warmth, courage and wisdom, Hannah-Azieb disentangles the charged concepts of identity, family and home. Featuring a new introduction from Bernardine Evaristo and an updated afterword from the author, this is a timeless, essential read. 'Remarkable' Observer 'What a story. So vivid, honest and moving' Andrea Levy, author of Small Island Selected by Booker Prize-winning author Bernardine Evaristo, this series rediscovers and celebrates pioneering books from black Britain and the diaspora, which remap the nation and reframe our history. © Hannah Azieb 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Hannah Azieb Pool Thu, 03 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555124 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fathers' Daughter Series: #7 of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Hannah Azieb Pool Narrator: Yusra Warsama, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A powerful, intimate memoir of Eritrean-British journalist, Hannah Azieb-Pool, who returns to Eritrea at the age of 30 to meet her family for the first time 'When I stepped off the plane in Asmara, I had no idea what lay ahead, or how those events would change me . . .' In her twenties, Hannah-Azieb Pool is given a letter that unravels everything she knows about her life. She knew she was adopted from an orphanage in Eritrea, and as her adoptive family brought her to the UK, they believed she did not have any surviving relatives. When she discovers the truth in a letter from her brother - that her birth father is alive and her Eritrean family are desperate to meet her - she is faced with a critical choice. Should she go? In this intimate memoir, she takes us with her on an extraordinary journey of self-discovery, as she travels to Eritrea to uncover her own story. With radiant warmth, courage and wisdom, Hannah-Azieb disentangles the charged concepts of identity, family and home. Featuring a new introduction from Bernardine Evaristo and an updated afterword from the author, this is a timeless, essential read. 'Remarkable' Observer 'What a story. So vivid, honest and moving' Andrea Levy, author of Small Island Selected by Booker Prize-winning author Bernardine Evaristo, this series rediscovers and celebrates pioneering books from black Britain and the diaspora, which remap the nation and reframe our history. © Hannah Azieb 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fathers' Daughter Series: #7 of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Hannah Azieb Pool Narrator: Yusra Warsama, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A powerful, intimate memoir of Eritrean-British journalist, Hannah Azieb-Pool, who returns to Eritrea at the age of 30 to meet her family for the first time 'When I stepped off the plane in Asmara, I had no idea what lay ahead, or how those events would change me . . .' In her twenties, Hannah-Azieb Pool is given a letter that unravels everything she knows about her life. She knew she was adopted from an orphanage in Eritrea, and as her adoptive family brought her to the UK, they believed she did not have any surviving relatives. When she discovers the truth in a letter from her brother - that her birth father is alive and her Eritrean family are desperate to meet her - she is faced with a critical choice. Should she go? In this intimate memoir, she takes us with her on an extraordinary journey of self-discovery, as she travels to Eritrea to uncover her own story. With radiant warmth, courage and wisdom, Hannah-Azieb disentangles the charged concepts of identity, family and home. Featuring a new introduction from Bernardine Evaristo and an updated afterword from the author, this is a timeless, essential read. 'Remarkable' Observer 'What a story. So vivid, honest and moving' Andrea Levy, author of Small Island Selected by Booker Prize-winning author Bernardine Evaristo, this series rediscovers and celebrates pioneering books from black Britain and the diaspora, which remap the nation and reframe our history. © Hannah Azieb 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555115 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Africa Is Not a Country: Breaking Stereotypes of Modern Africa Author: Dipo Faloyin Narrator: Dipo Faloyin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Africa Is Not A Country is a kaleidoscopic portrait of modern Africa, that pushes back against harmful stereotypes to tell a more comprehensive story. You already know these stereotypes. So often Africa is depicted simplistically as an arid red landscape of famines and safaris, uniquely plagued by poverty and strife. In this funny and insightful book, Dipo Faloyin offers a much-needed corrective, creating a fresh and multifaceted view of this vast continent. To unspool this inaccurate narrative, Africa Is Not A Country looks to a wide range of subjects, from chronicling urban life in Lagos and the lively West African rivalry over who makes the best Jollof rice, to the story of democracy in seven dictatorships and the dangers of white saviourism and harmful stereotypes in popular culture. It examines how each African country was formed, by white European explorers who turned up with loose maps and even looser morals, and how 90% of Africa's material cultural legacy was stolen during the colonial era, and the fight to get those artefacts back. By turns intimate and political, Africa Is Not A Country brings the story of the continent towards reality, celebrating the energy and fabric of its different cultures and communities in a way that has never been done before. © Dipo Faloyin 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Dipo Faloyin Thu, 07 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555115 thebookvoice.com 9:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Africa Is Not a Country: Breaking Stereotypes of Modern Africa Author: Dipo Faloyin Narrator: Dipo Faloyin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Africa Is Not A Country is a kaleidoscopic portrait of modern Africa, that pushes back against harmful stereotypes to tell a more comprehensive story. You already know these stereotypes. So often Africa is depicted simplistically as an arid red landscape of famines and safaris, uniquely plagued by poverty and strife. In this funny and insightful book, Dipo Faloyin offers a much-needed corrective, creating a fresh and multifaceted view of this vast continent. To unspool this inaccurate narrative, Africa Is Not A Country looks to a wide range of subjects, from chronicling urban life in Lagos and the lively West African rivalry over who makes the best Jollof rice, to the story of democracy in seven dictatorships and the dangers of white saviourism and harmful stereotypes in popular culture. It examines how each African country was formed, by white European explorers who turned up with loose maps and even looser morals, and how 90% of Africa's material cultural legacy was stolen during the colonial era, and the fight to get those artefacts back. By turns intimate and political, Africa Is Not A Country brings the story of the continent towards reality, celebrating the energy and fabric of its different cultures and communities in a way that has never been done before. © Dipo Faloyin 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Africa Is Not a Country: Breaking Stereotypes of Modern Africa Author: Dipo Faloyin Narrator: Dipo Faloyin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Africa Is Not A Country is a kaleidoscopic portrait of modern Africa, that pushes back against harmful stereotypes to tell a more comprehensive story. You already know these stereotypes. So often Africa is depicted simplistically as an arid red landscape of famines and safaris, uniquely plagued by poverty and strife. In this funny and insightful book, Dipo Faloyin offers a much-needed corrective, creating a fresh and multifaceted view of this vast continent. To unspool this inaccurate narrative, Africa Is Not A Country looks to a wide range of subjects, from chronicling urban life in Lagos and the lively West African rivalry over who makes the best Jollof rice, to the story of democracy in seven dictatorships and the dangers of white saviourism and harmful stereotypes in popular culture. It examines how each African country was formed, by white European explorers who turned up with loose maps and even looser morals, and how 90% of Africa's material cultural legacy was stolen during the colonial era, and the fight to get those artefacts back. By turns intimate and political, Africa Is Not A Country brings the story of the continent towards reality, celebrating the energy and fabric of its different cultures and communities in a way that has never been done before. © Dipo Faloyin 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555073 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La jaula de la melancolía: Identidad y metamorfosis del mexicano Author: Roger Bartra Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Este libro es una reflexión crítica sobre la cultura mexicana contemporánea. Este libro es una reflexión crítica sobre la cultura mexicana contemporánea. Se han elegido los lugares comunes del carácter del mexicano: se trata de un manojo de estereotipos codificados por la intelectualidad, pero cuyas huellas se reproducen en la sociedad, provocando el espejismo de una cultura popular de masas. Estas imágenes sobre 'lo mexicano' no son reflejo de la conciencia popular (suponiendo, cosa que se duda, que dicha conciencia exista como entidad única y homogénea). Al leer con actitud sensata los estudios sobre 'lo mexicano' se llega a la conclusión de que el carácter del mexicano es una entelequia artificial, sólo tiene una existencia literaria y mitológica, lo que no le resta fuerza e importancia, pero debe hacer que reflexione sobre la manera en que se puede penetrar el fenómeno y sobre la peculiar forma en la que se inserta en la estructura cultural y social de México. En un país que parece naufragar, azotado por las inclemencias de la crisis y sumido en el despotismo político, surge la terrible pregunta: ¿tiene sentido ser mexicano? A partir de esta interrogante, se critican ásperamente los mitos de la identidad nacional: se propone al lector un juego macabro: hacer la disección de un cadáver, el mexicano inventado por la cultura dominante. El espécimen descubierto por el bisturí resulta ser un extraño anfibio, ni primitivo ni moderno, que adopta el aspecto de un curioso animal: el ajolote. Roger Bartra Thu, 04 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555073 thebookvoice.com 5:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La jaula de la melancolía: Identidad y metamorfosis del mexicano Author: Roger Bartra Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Este libro es una reflexión crítica sobre la cultura mexicana contemporánea. Este libro es una reflexión crítica sobre la cultura mexicana contemporánea. Se han elegido los lugares comunes del carácter del mexicano: se trata de un manojo de estereotipos codificados por la intelectualidad, pero cuyas huellas se reproducen en la sociedad, provocando el espejismo de una cultura popular de masas. Estas imágenes sobre 'lo mexicano' no son reflejo de la conciencia popular (suponiendo, cosa que se duda, que dicha conciencia exista como entidad única y homogénea). Al leer con actitud sensata los estudios sobre 'lo mexicano' se llega a la conclusión de que el carácter del mexicano es una entelequia artificial, sólo tiene una existencia literaria y mitológica, lo que no le resta fuerza e importancia, pero debe hacer que reflexione sobre la manera en que se puede penetrar el fenómeno y sobre la peculiar forma en la que se inserta en la estructura cultural y social de México. En un país que parece naufragar, azotado por las inclemencias de la crisis y sumido en el despotismo político, surge la terrible pregunta: ¿tiene sentido ser mexicano? A partir de esta interrogante, se critican ásperamente los mitos de la identidad nacional: se propone al lector un juego macabro: hacer la disección de un cadáver, el mexicano inventado por la cultura dominante. El espécimen descubierto por el bisturí resulta ser un extraño anfibio, ni primitivo ni moderno, que adopta el aspecto de un curioso animal: el ajolote. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La jaula de la melancolía: Identidad y metamorfosis del mexicano Author: Roger Bartra Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Este libro es una reflexión crítica sobre la cultura mexicana contemporánea. Este libro es una reflexión crítica sobre la cultura mexicana contemporánea. Se han elegido los lugares comunes del carácter del mexicano: se trata de un manojo de estereotipos codificados por la intelectualidad, pero cuyas huellas se reproducen en la sociedad, provocando el espejismo de una cultura popular de masas. Estas imágenes sobre 'lo mexicano' no son reflejo de la conciencia popular (suponiendo, cosa que se duda, que dicha conciencia exista como entidad única y homogénea). Al leer con actitud sensata los estudios sobre 'lo mexicano' se llega a la conclusión de que el carácter del mexicano es una entelequia artificial, sólo tiene una existencia literaria y mitológica, lo que no le resta fuerza e importancia, pero debe hacer que reflexione sobre la manera en que se puede penetrar el fenómeno y sobre la peculiar forma en la que se inserta en la estructura cultural y social de México. En un país que parece naufragar, azotado por las inclemencias de la crisis y sumido en el despotismo político, surge la terrible pregunta: ¿tiene sentido ser mexicano? A partir de esta interrogante, se critican ásperamente los mitos de la identidad nacional: se propone al lector un juego macabro: hacer la disección de un cadáver, el mexicano inventado por la cultura dominante. El espécimen descubierto por el bisturí resulta ser un extraño anfibio, ni primitivo ni moderno, que adopta el aspecto de un curioso animal: el ajolote. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555030 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hombres de verdad Author: Alberto Marcos Narrator: Marcos López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un hombre en el ocaso de su vida tiene una última cita con la persona de sus sueños, un treintañero debe lidiar con problemas de impotencia en plena cima sexual, un genial cineasta es incapaz de rodar de nuevo tras realizar su obra culmen, una pareja gay viaja con sus madres al santuario de Fátima para pedir a la Virgen por el éxito de su cercana boda… Los protagonistas de 'Hombres de verdad' enfrentan las contradicciones que supone ser varón hoy en día, atrapados entre el rol tradicional de la masculinidad dura, insensible y dominante, y la lucha por alcanzar el territorio de la emoción, los afectos y la fragilidad. Para ello deberán cuestionarse su papel en el amor, el deseo, la religión, los miedos o la creación artística, pero ¿qué estarán dispuestos a sacrificar para convertirse en 'hombres de verdad'? Alberto Marcos se interna en las masculinidades del siglo XXI marcadas por el nuevo escenario de igualdad que el feminismo está construyendo; nueve cuentos que ahondan en las inseguridades tradicionalmente tapadas y heredadas durante generaciones. Una nueva e imprescindible mirada que urge leer y sobre la que urge pensar. Una obra urgente para los hombres de verdad. Para lectores y lectoras de verdad. 'El sello de Un hombre de verdad, que disecciona las relaciones sentimentales en la era de las apps, es el humor amargo y la inteligencia literaria. El amor en el siglo XXI explicado a gais y a heteros, a jóvenes y a maduros. Alberto Marcos es uno de los cuentistas más rotundos y serios de la literatura española actual.' Luisgé Martín 'En los cuentos de Alberto Marcos hay ternura, humor, erotismo, a veces crueldad. Están llenos de encanto y son irresistibles.' Óscar Esquivias 'Tras leer 'Hombres de verdad' de Alberto Marcos celebré que Alberto y yo no nos conozcamos demasiado. Así me ahorré el temor a aparecer entre esas páginas que cuentan tan bien lo que creemos ocultar (a oscuras, a solas o con una foto sin cara en alguna app de ligue). También lamenté no ser amigo de Alberto. Para pedirle que –por favor– nunca me mire ni me escriba así; tan certero que me dé miedo.' Bob Pop Alberto Marcos Thu, 02 Sep 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555030 thebookvoice.com 6:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hombres de verdad Author: Alberto Marcos Narrator: Marcos López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un hombre en el ocaso de su vida tiene una última cita con la persona de sus sueños, un treintañero debe lidiar con problemas de impotencia en plena cima sexual, un genial cineasta es incapaz de rodar de nuevo tras realizar su obra culmen, una pareja gay viaja con sus madres al santuario de Fátima para pedir a la Virgen por el éxito de su cercana boda… Los protagonistas de 'Hombres de verdad' enfrentan las contradicciones que supone ser varón hoy en día, atrapados entre el rol tradicional de la masculinidad dura, insensible y dominante, y la lucha por alcanzar el territorio de la emoción, los afectos y la fragilidad. Para ello deberán cuestionarse su papel en el amor, el deseo, la religión, los miedos o la creación artística, pero ¿qué estarán dispuestos a sacrificar para convertirse en 'hombres de verdad'? Alberto Marcos se interna en las masculinidades del siglo XXI marcadas por el nuevo escenario de igualdad que el feminismo está construyendo; nueve cuentos que ahondan en las inseguridades tradicionalmente tapadas y heredadas durante generaciones. Una nueva e imprescindible mirada que urge leer y sobre la que urge pensar. Una obra urgente para los hombres de verdad. Para lectores y lectoras de verdad. 'El sello de Un hombre de verdad, que disecciona las relaciones sentimentales en la era de las apps, es el humor amargo y la inteligencia literaria. El amor en el siglo XXI explicado a gais y a heteros, a jóvenes y a maduros. Alberto Marcos es uno de los cuentistas más rotundos y serios de la literatura española actual.' Luisgé Martín 'En los cuentos de Alberto Marcos hay ternura, humor, erotismo, a veces crueldad. Están llenos de encanto y son irresistibles.' Óscar Esquivias 'Tras leer 'Hombres de verdad' de Alberto Marcos celebré que Alberto y yo no nos conozcamos demasiado. Así me ahorré el temor a aparecer entre esas páginas que cuentan tan bien lo que creemos ocultar (a oscuras, a solas o con una foto sin cara en alguna app de ligue). También lamenté no ser amigo de Alberto. Para pedirle que –por favor– nunca me mire ni me escriba así; tan certero que me dé miedo.' Bob Pop Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hombres de verdad Author: Alberto Marcos Narrator: Marcos López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Un hombre en el ocaso de su vida tiene una última cita con la persona de sus sueños, un treintañero debe lidiar con problemas de impotencia en plena cima sexual, un genial cineasta es incapaz de rodar de nuevo tras realizar su obra culmen, una pareja gay viaja con sus madres al santuario de Fátima para pedir a la Virgen por el éxito de su cercana boda… Los protagonistas de 'Hombres de verdad' enfrentan las contradicciones que supone ser varón hoy en día, atrapados entre el rol tradicional de la masculinidad dura, insensible y dominante, y la lucha por alcanzar el territorio de la emoción, los afectos y la fragilidad. Para ello deberán cuestionarse su papel en el amor, el deseo, la religión, los miedos o la creación artística, pero ¿qué estarán dispuestos a sacrificar para convertirse en 'hombres de verdad'? Alberto Marcos se interna en las masculinidades del siglo XXI marcadas por el nuevo escenario de igualdad que el feminismo está construyendo; nueve cuentos que ahondan en las inseguridades tradicionalmente tapadas y heredadas durante generaciones. Una nueva e imprescindible mirada que urge leer y sobre la que urge pensar. Una obra urgente para los hombres de verdad. Para lectores y lectoras de verdad. 'El sello de Un hombre de verdad, que disecciona las relaciones sentimentales en la era de las apps, es el humor amargo y la inteligencia literaria. El amor en el siglo XXI explicado a gais y a heteros, a jóvenes y a maduros. Alberto Marcos es uno de los cuentistas más rotundos y serios de la literatura española actual.' Luisgé Martín 'En los cuentos de Alberto Marcos hay ternura, humor, erotismo, a veces crueldad. Están llenos de encanto y son irresistibles.' Óscar Esquivias 'Tras leer 'Hombres de verdad' de Alberto Marcos celebré que Alberto y yo no nos conozcamos demasiado. Así me ahorré el temor a aparecer entre esas páginas que cuentan tan bien lo que creemos ocultar (a oscuras, a solas o con una foto sin cara en alguna app de ligue). También lamenté no ser amigo de Alberto. Para pedirle que –por favor– nunca me mire ni me escriba así; tan certero que me dé miedo.' Bob Pop https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De Guernica a Guardiola Author: Adam Crafton Narrator: Toni Astigarraga Albiac Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El origen de la invasión de los españoles al fútbol inglés viene de hace muchos años, de 1937, cuando la Guerra Civil Española ocasionó un éxodo de gente huyendo de sus casas en búsqueda de un refugio seguro en Inglaterra. Familias enteras de refugiados que aprendieron de este maravilloso deporte en Inglaterra, antes de regresar a España donde muchos de ellos vieron los primeros goles del Real Madrid en el Santiago Bernabeu y muchos otros fueron testigos del nacimiento de La Masía, en donde años más tarde nacieron granes estrellas como Lionel Messi, Andrés Iniesta o Xavi Hernández entre muchos otros. Durante los últimos años, la reputación de los futbolistas españoles ha crecido, y los clubes ingleses se han lanzado a la búsqueda de los grandes intérpretes del tiki-taka. A través de cientos de entrevistas, Adam Crafton ha podido hablar con estas grandes figuras que emigraron al fútbol inglés y que ayudaron a crear el mayor impacto en el fútbol como nunca antes se había visto. En este maravilloso libro, descubriremos cómo y por qué algunos jugadores como Xabi Alonso, Pepe Reina o Juan Mata han tenido carreras repletas de triunfos, mientras algunos otros fallaron en el intento. Pero esta no es tan solo una historia sobre fútbol, Crafton nos ofrece un magistral desarrollo del contexto histórico y social que ayudará al lector a entender las relaciones entre dos naciones que han cambiado mucho en estas últimas décadas - Adam Crafton inició su carrera como periodista antes de estudiar francés y español en la Universidad de Cambridge. Escribe para The Daily Mail y ha sido nominado cuatro veces al SJA Young Sportswriter of the Year Award. Actualmente vive en Londres y este es su último libro. Adam Crafton Fri, 01 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554867 thebookvoice.com 13:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De Guernica a Guardiola Author: Adam Crafton Narrator: Toni Astigarraga Albiac Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El origen de la invasión de los españoles al fútbol inglés viene de hace muchos años, de 1937, cuando la Guerra Civil Española ocasionó un éxodo de gente huyendo de sus casas en búsqueda de un refugio seguro en Inglaterra. Familias enteras de refugiados que aprendieron de este maravilloso deporte en Inglaterra, antes de regresar a España donde muchos de ellos vieron los primeros goles del Real Madrid en el Santiago Bernabeu y muchos otros fueron testigos del nacimiento de La Masía, en donde años más tarde nacieron granes estrellas como Lionel Messi, Andrés Iniesta o Xavi Hernández entre muchos otros. Durante los últimos años, la reputación de los futbolistas españoles ha crecido, y los clubes ingleses se han lanzado a la búsqueda de los grandes intérpretes del tiki-taka. A través de cientos de entrevistas, Adam Crafton ha podido hablar con estas grandes figuras que emigraron al fútbol inglés y que ayudaron a crear el mayor impacto en el fútbol como nunca antes se había visto. En este maravilloso libro, descubriremos cómo y por qué algunos jugadores como Xabi Alonso, Pepe Reina o Juan Mata han tenido carreras repletas de triunfos, mientras algunos otros fallaron en el intento. Pero esta no es tan solo una historia sobre fútbol, Crafton nos ofrece un magistral desarrollo del contexto histórico y social que ayudará al lector a entender las relaciones entre dos naciones que han cambiado mucho en estas últimas décadas - Adam Crafton inició su carrera como periodista antes de estudiar francés y español en la Universidad de Cambridge. Escribe para The Daily Mail y ha sido nominado cuatro veces al SJA Young Sportswriter of the Year Award. Actualmente vive en Londres y este es su último libro. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - De Guernica a Guardiola Author: Adam Crafton Narrator: Toni Astigarraga Albiac Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El origen de la invasión de los españoles al fútbol inglés viene de hace muchos años, de 1937, cuando la Guerra Civil Española ocasionó un éxodo de gente huyendo de sus casas en búsqueda de un refugio seguro en Inglaterra. Familias enteras de refugiados que aprendieron de este maravilloso deporte en Inglaterra, antes de regresar a España donde muchos de ellos vieron los primeros goles del Real Madrid en el Santiago Bernabeu y muchos otros fueron testigos del nacimiento de La Masía, en donde años más tarde nacieron granes estrellas como Lionel Messi, Andrés Iniesta o Xavi Hernández entre muchos otros. Durante los últimos años, la reputación de los futbolistas españoles ha crecido, y los clubes ingleses se han lanzado a la búsqueda de los grandes intérpretes del tiki-taka. A través de cientos de entrevistas, Adam Crafton ha podido hablar con estas grandes figuras que emigraron al fútbol inglés y que ayudaron a crear el mayor impacto en el fútbol como nunca antes se había visto. En este maravilloso libro, descubriremos cómo y por qué algunos jugadores como Xabi Alonso, Pepe Reina o Juan Mata han tenido carreras repletas de triunfos, mientras algunos otros fallaron en el intento. Pero esta no es tan solo una historia sobre fútbol, Crafton nos ofrece un magistral desarrollo del contexto histórico y social que ayudará al lector a entender las relaciones entre dos naciones que han cambiado mucho en estas últimas décadas - Adam Crafton inició su carrera como periodista antes de estudiar francés y español en la Universidad de Cambridge. Escribe para The Daily Mail y ha sido nominado cuatro veces al SJA Young Sportswriter of the Year Award. Actualmente vive en Londres y este es su último libro. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554771 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liner Notes for the Revolution: The Intellectual Life of Black Feminist Sound Author: Daphne A. Brooks Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Daphne A. Brooks explores more than a century of music archives to examine the critics, collectors, and listeners who have determined perceptions of Black women on stage and in the recording studio. How is it possible, she asks, that iconic artists such as Aretha Franklin and Beyoncé exist simultaneously at the center and on the fringe of the culture industry? Liner Notes for the Revolution offers a startling new perspective on these acclaimed figures—a perspective informed by the overlooked contributions of other Black women concerned with the work of their musical peers. Zora Neale Hurston appears as a sound archivist and a performer, Lorraine Hansberry as a queer Black feminist critic of modern culture, and Pauline Hopkins as America's first Black female cultural commentator. Brooks tackles the complicated racial politics of blues music recording, song collecting, and rock and roll criticism. She makes lyrical forays into the blues pioneers Bessie Smith and Mamie Smith, as well as fans who became critics, like the record-label entrepreneur and writer Rosetta Reitz. In the twenty-first century, pop superstar Janelle Monae's liner notes are recognized for their innovations, while celebrated singers Cécile McLorin Salvant, Rhiannon Giddens, and Valerie June take their place as cultural historians. Daphne A. Brooks Tue, 24 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554771 thebookvoice.com 20:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liner Notes for the Revolution: The Intellectual Life of Black Feminist Sound Author: Daphne A. Brooks Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Daphne A. Brooks explores more than a century of music archives to examine the critics, collectors, and listeners who have determined perceptions of Black women on stage and in the recording studio. How is it possible, she asks, that iconic artists such as Aretha Franklin and Beyoncé exist simultaneously at the center and on the fringe of the culture industry? Liner Notes for the Revolution offers a startling new perspective on these acclaimed figures—a perspective informed by the overlooked contributions of other Black women concerned with the work of their musical peers. Zora Neale Hurston appears as a sound archivist and a performer, Lorraine Hansberry as a queer Black feminist critic of modern culture, and Pauline Hopkins as America's first Black female cultural commentator. Brooks tackles the complicated racial politics of blues music recording, song collecting, and rock and roll criticism. She makes lyrical forays into the blues pioneers Bessie Smith and Mamie Smith, as well as fans who became critics, like the record-label entrepreneur and writer Rosetta Reitz. In the twenty-first century, pop superstar Janelle Monae's liner notes are recognized for their innovations, while celebrated singers Cécile McLorin Salvant, Rhiannon Giddens, and Valerie June take their place as cultural historians. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liner Notes for the Revolution: The Intellectual Life of Black Feminist Sound Author: Daphne A. Brooks Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Daphne A. Brooks explores more than a century of music archives to examine the critics, collectors, and listeners who have determined perceptions of Black women on stage and in the recording studio. How is it possible, she asks, that iconic artists such as Aretha Franklin and Beyoncé exist simultaneously at the center and on the fringe of the culture industry? Liner Notes for the Revolution offers a startling new perspective on these acclaimed figures—a perspective informed by the overlooked contributions of other Black women concerned with the work of their musical peers. Zora Neale Hurston appears as a sound archivist and a performer, Lorraine Hansberry as a queer Black feminist critic of modern culture, and Pauline Hopkins as America's first Black female cultural commentator. Brooks tackles the complicated racial politics of blues music recording, song collecting, and rock and roll criticism. She makes lyrical forays into the blues pioneers Bessie Smith and Mamie Smith, as well as fans who became critics, like the record-label entrepreneur and writer Rosetta Reitz. In the twenty-first century, pop superstar Janelle Monae's liner notes are recognized for their innovations, while celebrated singers Cécile McLorin Salvant, Rhiannon Giddens, and Valerie June take their place as cultural historians. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billionaires in World Politics Author: Peter Hagel Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Billionaires in World Politics shows how the privatization of politics assumes a new dimension when billionaires wield power in world politics, which requires a rethinking of individual agency in international relations. Structural changes have generated new opportunities for individuals to become extremely rich and to engage in politics across borders. The political agency of billionaires is being conceptualized in terms of capacities, goals, and power, which is contingent upon the specific political field a billionaire is trying to enter. Six case studies explore the power of billionaires in their pursuit of security, wealth, and esteem. Regarding the economy, the book studies how the Koch brothers' political protection of fossil fuels is affecting climate change mitigation, and how Rupert Murdoch's opinion-shaping is valorizing conservatism across borders. An analytical conclusion evaluates the prior findings in order to address three major questions: Is it more appropriate to see billionaires as 'super-actors', or as a global 'super-class'? What is the relative power of billionaires within the international system? What does the power of billionaires mean for the liberal norms of legitimate political order? Peter Hagel Tue, 18 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554754 thebookvoice.com 12:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billionaires in World Politics Author: Peter Hagel Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Billionaires in World Politics shows how the privatization of politics assumes a new dimension when billionaires wield power in world politics, which requires a rethinking of individual agency in international relations. Structural changes have generated new opportunities for individuals to become extremely rich and to engage in politics across borders. The political agency of billionaires is being conceptualized in terms of capacities, goals, and power, which is contingent upon the specific political field a billionaire is trying to enter. Six case studies explore the power of billionaires in their pursuit of security, wealth, and esteem. Regarding the economy, the book studies how the Koch brothers' political protection of fossil fuels is affecting climate change mitigation, and how Rupert Murdoch's opinion-shaping is valorizing conservatism across borders. An analytical conclusion evaluates the prior findings in order to address three major questions: Is it more appropriate to see billionaires as 'super-actors', or as a global 'super-class'? What is the relative power of billionaires within the international system? What does the power of billionaires mean for the liberal norms of legitimate political order? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billionaires in World Politics Author: Peter Hagel Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Billionaires in World Politics shows how the privatization of politics assumes a new dimension when billionaires wield power in world politics, which requires a rethinking of individual agency in international relations. Structural changes have generated new opportunities for individuals to become extremely rich and to engage in politics across borders. The political agency of billionaires is being conceptualized in terms of capacities, goals, and power, which is contingent upon the specific political field a billionaire is trying to enter. Six case studies explore the power of billionaires in their pursuit of security, wealth, and esteem. Regarding the economy, the book studies how the Koch brothers' political protection of fossil fuels is affecting climate change mitigation, and how Rupert Murdoch's opinion-shaping is valorizing conservatism across borders. An analytical conclusion evaluates the prior findings in order to address three major questions: Is it more appropriate to see billionaires as 'super-actors', or as a global 'super-class'? What is the relative power of billionaires within the international system? What does the power of billionaires mean for the liberal norms of legitimate political order? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kubrick's Men Author: Richard Rambuss Narrator: Brian Holden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The work of Stanley Kubrick amounts to a sustained reflection on the male condition: past, present, and future. The persistent theme of his filmmaking is less violence or sex than it is the pressurized exertion of masculinity in unusual or extreme circumstances, where it may be taxed or exaggerated to various effects, tragic and comic—or metamorphosed, distorted, and even undone. The stories that Kubrick's movies tell range from global nuclear politics to the unpredictable sexual dynamics of a marriage; from a day in the life of a New York City prizefighter preparing for a nighttime bout to the evolution of humankind. These male melodramas center on sociality and asociality. They feature male doubles, pairs, and rivals. They explore the romance of men and their machines, and men as machines. They figure intensely conflicted forms of male sexual desire. And they are also very much about male manners, style, taste, and art. Examining the formal, thematic, and theoretical affiliations between Kubrick's three bodies of work, Kubrick's Men offers new vantages on to the question of gender and sexuality, including the first extended treatment of homosexuality in Kubrick's male-oriented work. Contains mature themes. Richard Rambuss Tue, 03 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554740 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kubrick's Men Author: Richard Rambuss Narrator: Brian Holden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The work of Stanley Kubrick amounts to a sustained reflection on the male condition: past, present, and future. The persistent theme of his filmmaking is less violence or sex than it is the pressurized exertion of masculinity in unusual or extreme circumstances, where it may be taxed or exaggerated to various effects, tragic and comic—or metamorphosed, distorted, and even undone. The stories that Kubrick's movies tell range from global nuclear politics to the unpredictable sexual dynamics of a marriage; from a day in the life of a New York City prizefighter preparing for a nighttime bout to the evolution of humankind. These male melodramas center on sociality and asociality. They feature male doubles, pairs, and rivals. They explore the romance of men and their machines, and men as machines. They figure intensely conflicted forms of male sexual desire. And they are also very much about male manners, style, taste, and art. Examining the formal, thematic, and theoretical affiliations between Kubrick's three bodies of work, Kubrick's Men offers new vantages on to the question of gender and sexuality, including the first extended treatment of homosexuality in Kubrick's male-oriented work. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kubrick's Men Author: Richard Rambuss Narrator: Brian Holden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The work of Stanley Kubrick amounts to a sustained reflection on the male condition: past, present, and future. The persistent theme of his filmmaking is less violence or sex than it is the pressurized exertion of masculinity in unusual or extreme circumstances, where it may be taxed or exaggerated to various effects, tragic and comic—or metamorphosed, distorted, and even undone. The stories that Kubrick's movies tell range from global nuclear politics to the unpredictable sexual dynamics of a marriage; from a day in the life of a New York City prizefighter preparing for a nighttime bout to the evolution of humankind. These male melodramas center on sociality and asociality. They feature male doubles, pairs, and rivals. They explore the romance of men and their machines, and men as machines. They figure intensely conflicted forms of male sexual desire. And they are also very much about male manners, style, taste, and art. Examining the formal, thematic, and theoretical affiliations between Kubrick's three bodies of work, Kubrick's Men offers new vantages on to the question of gender and sexuality, including the first extended treatment of homosexuality in Kubrick's male-oriented work. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Weather: COVID-19 Biosocial System Dynamics Series: #13 of COVID-19 Author: Miray Maher, Lily Liu, Grace Lethbridge, Tina Wu, Dr. Austin Mardon, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Daniel Klassen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When a novel coronavirus hit the wet markets of China in December 2019, the world was not prepared. The virus spread like wildfire and within a few months, it had gone global. The pathophysiology of COVID-19 garners much attention in healthcare settings, but illness is not limited to its biological impact-the pandemic's effects are a mosaic of social, economic, political, environmental, and evolutionary influences. The rapid spread of COVID-19 led to major global changes that compromised economies, healthcare systems, and global connectivity. Written by a group of Canadian students with a passion for research and medicine, Under the Weather: COVID-19 Biosocial System Dynamics takes an interdisciplinary outlook on the high transmissibility of COVID-19 and explores ways in which policy makers, researchers, healthcare workers, epidemiologists, and the general public have come together in dire times to combat the disease. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Miray Maher, Lily Liu, Grace Lethbridge, Tina Wu, Dr. Austin Mardon, Catherine Mardon Wed, 01 Jan 2020 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554099 thebookvoice.com 4:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Weather: COVID-19 Biosocial System Dynamics Series: #13 of COVID-19 Author: Miray Maher, Lily Liu, Grace Lethbridge, Tina Wu, Dr. Austin Mardon, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Daniel Klassen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When a novel coronavirus hit the wet markets of China in December 2019, the world was not prepared. The virus spread like wildfire and within a few months, it had gone global. The pathophysiology of COVID-19 garners much attention in healthcare settings, but illness is not limited to its biological impact-the pandemic's effects are a mosaic of social, economic, political, environmental, and evolutionary influences. The rapid spread of COVID-19 led to major global changes that compromised economies, healthcare systems, and global connectivity. Written by a group of Canadian students with a passion for research and medicine, Under the Weather: COVID-19 Biosocial System Dynamics takes an interdisciplinary outlook on the high transmissibility of COVID-19 and explores ways in which policy makers, researchers, healthcare workers, epidemiologists, and the general public have come together in dire times to combat the disease. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Weather: COVID-19 Biosocial System Dynamics Series: #13 of COVID-19 Author: Miray Maher, Lily Liu, Grace Lethbridge, Tina Wu, Dr. Austin Mardon, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Daniel Klassen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When a novel coronavirus hit the wet markets of China in December 2019, the world was not prepared. The virus spread like wildfire and within a few months, it had gone global. The pathophysiology of COVID-19 garners much attention in healthcare settings, but illness is not limited to its biological impact-the pandemic's effects are a mosaic of social, economic, political, environmental, and evolutionary influences. The rapid spread of COVID-19 led to major global changes that compromised economies, healthcare systems, and global connectivity. Written by a group of Canadian students with a passion for research and medicine, Under the Weather: COVID-19 Biosocial System Dynamics takes an interdisciplinary outlook on the high transmissibility of COVID-19 and explores ways in which policy makers, researchers, healthcare workers, epidemiologists, and the general public have come together in dire times to combat the disease. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554096 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misinformation of COVID-19 Series: #12 of COVID-19 Author: Hannah Shepian, Angela Kazmierczak, Dr. Austin Mardon, Daniel Sperling, Jake Schepian, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Tinashe Murefu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Misinformation isn't a stranger to Canadians; it has been a slippery friend in need of boundaries for a long time. Since COVID-19 has appeared, its laid its fatal blow . . . Now, we're countering this communication bacterium one squirt of sanitizer at a time. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Hannah Shepian, Angela Kazmierczak, Dr. Austin Mardon, Daniel Sperling, Jake Schepian, Catherine Mardon Wed, 01 Jan 2020 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554096 thebookvoice.com 3:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misinformation of COVID-19 Series: #12 of COVID-19 Author: Hannah Shepian, Angela Kazmierczak, Dr. Austin Mardon, Daniel Sperling, Jake Schepian, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Tinashe Murefu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Misinformation isn't a stranger to Canadians; it has been a slippery friend in need of boundaries for a long time. Since COVID-19 has appeared, its laid its fatal blow . . . Now, we're countering this communication bacterium one squirt of sanitizer at a time. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misinformation of COVID-19 Series: #12 of COVID-19 Author: Hannah Shepian, Angela Kazmierczak, Dr. Austin Mardon, Daniel Sperling, Jake Schepian, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Tinashe Murefu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Misinformation isn't a stranger to Canadians; it has been a slippery friend in need of boundaries for a long time. Since COVID-19 has appeared, its laid its fatal blow . . . Now, we're countering this communication bacterium one squirt of sanitizer at a time. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554080 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racialization of Coronavirus and Hate Crimes Series: #10 of COVID-19 Author: Yvette Mae Morfe, Faried Nasir, Fatima Arshad Syed, Dr. Austin Mardon, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Katie Tolley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In these turbulent times, xenophobic tendencies have taken root against specific minority groups around the globe. What this book aims to do is to explain the racialization of COVID-19 from a historical and sociological lens-exploring the history of hate crimes and how they can explain and possibly help combat the difficulties of COVID-19 bigotry. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Yvette Mae Morfe, Faried Nasir, Fatima Arshad Syed, Dr. Austin Mardon, Catherine Mardon Wed, 01 Jan 2020 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554080 thebookvoice.com 3:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racialization of Coronavirus and Hate Crimes Series: #10 of COVID-19 Author: Yvette Mae Morfe, Faried Nasir, Fatima Arshad Syed, Dr. Austin Mardon, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Katie Tolley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In these turbulent times, xenophobic tendencies have taken root against specific minority groups around the globe. What this book aims to do is to explain the racialization of COVID-19 from a historical and sociological lens-exploring the history of hate crimes and how they can explain and possibly help combat the difficulties of COVID-19 bigotry. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racialization of Coronavirus and Hate Crimes Series: #10 of COVID-19 Author: Yvette Mae Morfe, Faried Nasir, Fatima Arshad Syed, Dr. Austin Mardon, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Katie Tolley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In these turbulent times, xenophobic tendencies have taken root against specific minority groups around the globe. What this book aims to do is to explain the racialization of COVID-19 from a historical and sociological lens-exploring the history of hate crimes and how they can explain and possibly help combat the difficulties of COVID-19 bigotry. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553799 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Color-Courageous Discipleship: Follow Jesus, Dismantle Racism, and Build Beloved Community Author: Michelle T. Sanchez Narrator: Michelle T. Sanchez, Jemar Tisby, Ed Stetzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover a Christ-centered approach to antiracism that will empower you to be transformed as you transform your world.   “A clear biblical theology for why racial solidarity is integral to discipleship—one that is not influenced by the right or the left but by Jesus!”—Dave Ferguson, lead pastor of Community Christian Church   So you’re for Jesus and against racism. But racism is such a fraught topic—can’t we just talk about Jesus?  Michelle T. Sanchez has discovered through her own journey that it’s impossible to separate racial discipleship from our relationship with God. When we choose to courageously resist racism, we discover opportunities to encounter Christ in fresh and exciting ways.   Color-Courageous Discipleship is our guidebook to a deeper connection with God through the adventure of racial discipleship. Grounded in the gospel, this practical and thought-provoking book   • reveals multiple ways that the racial dynamics of our society have already formed us • explores what it means to biblically and proactively address racial inequity for the sake of God’s glory • equips us to engage in challenging conversations about racial reconciliation with grace and truth • offers hope, creative answers, and a path forward both individually and as beloved community   Whatever your race or background, Color-Courageous Discipleship invites you to experience more of Jesus as you pursue racial righteousness in his name. *Includes a downloadable PDF of a Glossary and Notes from the book Michelle T. Sanchez Tue, 01 Nov 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553799 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Color-Courageous Discipleship: Follow Jesus, Dismantle Racism, and Build Beloved Community Author: Michelle T. Sanchez Narrator: Michelle T. Sanchez, Jemar Tisby, Ed Stetzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover a Christ-centered approach to antiracism that will empower you to be transformed as you transform your world.   “A clear biblical theology for why racial solidarity is integral to discipleship—one that is not influenced by the right or the left but by Jesus!”—Dave Ferguson, lead pastor of Community Christian Church   So you’re for Jesus and against racism. But racism is such a fraught topic—can’t we just talk about Jesus?  Michelle T. Sanchez has discovered through her own journey that it’s impossible to separate racial discipleship from our relationship with God. When we choose to courageously resist racism, we discover opportunities to encounter Christ in fresh and exciting ways.   Color-Courageous Discipleship is our guidebook to a deeper connection with God through the adventure of racial discipleship. Grounded in the gospel, this practical and thought-provoking book   • reveals multiple ways that the racial dynamics of our society have already formed us • explores what it means to biblically and proactively address racial inequity for the sake of God’s glory • equips us to engage in challenging conversations about racial reconciliation with grace and truth • offers hope, creative answers, and a path forward both individually and as beloved community   Whatever your race or background, Color-Courageous Discipleship invites you to experience more of Jesus as you pursue racial righteousness in his name. *Includes a downloadable PDF of a Glossary and Notes from the book Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Color-Courageous Discipleship: Follow Jesus, Dismantle Racism, and Build Beloved Community Author: Michelle T. Sanchez Narrator: Michelle T. Sanchez, Jemar Tisby, Ed Stetzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover a Christ-centered approach to antiracism that will empower you to be transformed as you transform your world.   “A clear biblical theology for why racial solidarity is integral to discipleship—one that is not influenced by the right or the left but by Jesus!”—Dave Ferguson, lead pastor of Community Christian Church   So you’re for Jesus and against racism. But racism is such a fraught topic—can’t we just talk about Jesus?  Michelle T. Sanchez has discovered through her own journey that it’s impossible to separate racial discipleship from our relationship with God. When we choose to courageously resist racism, we discover opportunities to encounter Christ in fresh and exciting ways.   Color-Courageous Discipleship is our guidebook to a deeper connection with God through the adventure of racial discipleship. Grounded in the gospel, this practical and thought-provoking book   • reveals multiple ways that the racial dynamics of our society have already formed us • explores what it means to biblically and proactively address racial inequity for the sake of God’s glory • equips us to engage in challenging conversations about racial reconciliation with grace and truth • offers hope, creative answers, and a path forward both individually and as beloved community   Whatever your race or background, Color-Courageous Discipleship invites you to experience more of Jesus as you pursue racial righteousness in his name. *Includes a downloadable PDF of a Glossary and Notes from the book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553798 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Color-Courageous Discipleship Student Edition: Follow Jesus, Dismantle Racism, and Build Beloved Community Author: Michelle T. Sanchez Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Teens will discover a Christ-centered approach to antiracism that will empower them to be transformed as they transform their world—with end-of-chapter discussion questions for families and youth groups.   It’s time to go beyond saying “I’m not racist.” It’s time to take action. It’s time to become a color-courageous Christian and stand up to racism wherever you see it—in your school, in your community, and in your own heart and mind.    In Color-Courageous Discipleship Student Edition, Michelle T. Sanchez shows you how racial righteousness was God’s idea in the first place. As Michelle explores antiracism from a biblical perspective, she helps us   • see how following Jesus and pursuing antiracism naturally go together • understand why this generation is uniquely positioned to seek racial justice and pursue racial equity • speak out with grace, truth, and wisdom—whatever your age or stage in life may be • engage in color-courageous spiritual practices that will strengthen your witness and revitalize your faith • step into who God is calling you to be in today’s world • be inspired to make a difference right where you are Whenever you choose to take color-courageous action in Jesus’s name, you have the opportunity to be transformed and bring transformation to others. What could be better? This book is your invitation to an antiracist discipleship adventure together with your own world-changing generation. Michelle T. Sanchez Tue, 01 Nov 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553798 thebookvoice.com 7:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Color-Courageous Discipleship Student Edition: Follow Jesus, Dismantle Racism, and Build Beloved Community Author: Michelle T. Sanchez Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Teens will discover a Christ-centered approach to antiracism that will empower them to be transformed as they transform their world—with end-of-chapter discussion questions for families and youth groups.   It’s time to go beyond saying “I’m not racist.” It’s time to take action. It’s time to become a color-courageous Christian and stand up to racism wherever you see it—in your school, in your community, and in your own heart and mind.    In Color-Courageous Discipleship Student Edition, Michelle T. Sanchez shows you how racial righteousness was God’s idea in the first place. As Michelle explores antiracism from a biblical perspective, she helps us   • see how following Jesus and pursuing antiracism naturally go together • understand why this generation is uniquely positioned to seek racial justice and pursue racial equity • speak out with grace, truth, and wisdom—whatever your age or stage in life may be • engage in color-courageous spiritual practices that will strengthen your witness and revitalize your faith • step into who God is calling you to be in today’s world • be inspired to make a difference right where you are Whenever you choose to take color-courageous action in Jesus’s name, you have the opportunity to be transformed and bring transformation to others. What could be better? This book is your invitation to an antiracist discipleship adventure together with your own world-changing generation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Color-Courageous Discipleship Student Edition: Follow Jesus, Dismantle Racism, and Build Beloved Community Author: Michelle T. Sanchez Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Teens will discover a Christ-centered approach to antiracism that will empower them to be transformed as they transform their world—with end-of-chapter discussion questions for families and youth groups.   It’s time to go beyond saying “I’m not racist.” It’s time to take action. It’s time to become a color-courageous Christian and stand up to racism wherever you see it—in your school, in your community, and in your own heart and mind.    In Color-Courageous Discipleship Student Edition, Michelle T. Sanchez shows you how racial righteousness was God’s idea in the first place. As Michelle explores antiracism from a biblical perspective, she helps us   • see how following Jesus and pursuing antiracism naturally go together • understand why this generation is uniquely positioned to seek racial justice and pursue racial equity • speak out with grace, truth, and wisdom—whatever your age or stage in life may be • engage in color-courageous spiritual practices that will strengthen your witness and revitalize your faith • step into who God is calling you to be in today’s world • be inspired to make a difference right where you are Whenever you choose to take color-courageous action in Jesus’s name, you have the opportunity to be transformed and bring transformation to others. What could be better? This book is your invitation to an antiracist discipleship adventure together with your own world-changing generation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status and Culture: How Our Desire for Social Rank Creates Taste, Identity, Art, Fashion, and Constant Change Author: W. David Marx Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Subtly altered how I see the world.' —Michelle Goldberg, New York Times “[Status and Culture] consistently posits theories I'd never previously considered that instantly feel obvious.” —Chuck Klosterman, author of The Nineties “Why are you the way that you are? Status and Culture explains nearly everything about the things you choose to be—and how the society we live in takes shape in the process.” —B.J. Novak, writer and actor Solving the long-standing mysteries of culture—from the origin of our tastes and identities, to the perpetual cycles of fashions and fads—through a careful exploration of the fundamental human desire for status All humans share a need to secure their social standing, and this universal motivation structures our behavior, forms our tastes, determines how we live, and ultimately shapes who we are. We can use status, then, to explain why some things become “cool,” how stylistic innovations arise, and why there are constant changes in clothing, music, food, sports, slang, travel, hairstyles, and even dog breeds. In Status and Culture, W. David Marx weaves together the wisdom from history, psychology, sociology, anthropology, economics, philosophy, linguistics, semiotics, cultural theory, literary theory, art history, media studies, and neuroscience to demonstrate exactly how individual status seeking creates our cultural ecosystem. Marx examines three fundamental questions: Why do individuals cluster around arbitrary behaviors and take deep meaning from them? How do distinct styles, conventions, and sensibilities emerge? Why do we change behaviors over time and why do some behaviors stick around? The answers then provide new perspectives for understanding the seeming “weightlessness” of internet culture.       Status and Culture is a book that will appeal to business people, students, creators, and anyone who has ever wondered why things become popular, why their own preferences change over time, and how identity plays out in contemporary society. Readers of this book will walk away with deep and lasting knowledge of the often secret rules of how culture really works. W. David Marx Tue, 06 Sep 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793 thebookvoice.com 13:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status and Culture: How Our Desire for Social Rank Creates Taste, Identity, Art, Fashion, and Constant Change Author: W. David Marx Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Subtly altered how I see the world.' —Michelle Goldberg, New York Times “[Status and Culture] consistently posits theories I'd never previously considered that instantly feel obvious.” —Chuck Klosterman, author of The Nineties “Why are you the way that you are? Status and Culture explains nearly everything about the things you choose to be—and how the society we live in takes shape in the process.” —B.J. Novak, writer and actor Solving the long-standing mysteries of culture—from the origin of our tastes and identities, to the perpetual cycles of fashions and fads—through a careful exploration of the fundamental human desire for status All humans share a need to secure their social standing, and this universal motivation structures our behavior, forms our tastes, determines how we live, and ultimately shapes who we are. We can use status, then, to explain why some things become “cool,” how stylistic innovations arise, and why there are constant changes in clothing, music, food, sports, slang, travel, hairstyles, and even dog breeds. In Status and Culture, W. David Marx weaves together the wisdom from history, psychology, sociology, anthropology, economics, philosophy, linguistics, semiotics, cultural theory, literary theory, art history, media studies, and neuroscience to demonstrate exactly how individual status seeking creates our cultural ecosystem. Marx examines three fundamental questions: Why do individuals cluster around arbitrary behaviors and take deep meaning from them? How do distinct styles, conventions, and sensibilities emerge? Why do we change behaviors over time and why do some behaviors stick around? The answers then provide new perspectives for understanding the seeming “weightlessness” of internet culture.       Status and Culture is a book that will appeal to business people, students, creators, and anyone who has ever wondered why things become popular, why their own preferences change over time, and how identity plays out in contemporary society. Readers of this book will walk away with deep and lasting knowledge of the often secret rules of how culture really works. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status and Culture: How Our Desire for Social Rank Creates Taste, Identity, Art, Fashion, and Constant Change Author: W. David Marx Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Subtly altered how I see the world.' —Michelle Goldberg, New York Times “[Status and Culture] consistently posits theories I'd never previously considered that instantly feel obvious.” —Chuck Klosterman, author of The Nineties “Why are you the way that you are? Status and Culture explains nearly everything about the things you choose to be—and how the society we live in takes shape in the process.” —B.J. Novak, writer and actor Solving the long-standing mysteries of culture—from the origin of our tastes and identities, to the perpetual cycles of fashions and fads—through a careful exploration of the fundamental human desire for status All humans share a need to secure their social standing, and this universal motivation structures our behavior, forms our tastes, determines how we live, and ultimately shapes who we are. We can use status, then, to explain why some things become “cool,” how stylistic innovations arise, and why there are constant changes in clothing, music, food, sports, slang, travel, hairstyles, and even dog breeds. In Status and Culture, W. David Marx weaves together the wisdom from history, psychology, sociology, anthropology, economics, philosophy, linguistics, semiotics, cultural theory, literary theory, art history, media studies, and neuroscience to demonstrate exactly how individual status seeking creates our cultural ecosystem. Marx examines three fundamental questions: Why do individuals cluster around arbitrary behaviors and take deep meaning from them? How do distinct styles, conventions, and sensibilities emerge? Why do we change behaviors over time and why do some behaviors stick around? The answers then provide new perspectives for understanding the seeming “weightlessness” of internet culture.       Status and Culture is a book that will appeal to business people, students, creators, and anyone who has ever wondered why things become popular, why their own preferences change over time, and how identity plays out in contemporary society. Readers of this book will walk away with deep and lasting knowledge of the often secret rules of how culture really works. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553756 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wozu Rassismus? - Von der Erfindung der Menschenrassen bis zum rassismuskritischen Widerstand (Ungekürzt) Author: Aladin El-Mafaalani Narrator: Denis Moschitto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Umfassend, kurz, aktuell und fundiert. Hier erfährt man alles, was man zum Thema Rassismus wissen muss. Seit dem gewaltsamen Tod von George Floyd in Minneapolis 2020 wird auch in Deutschland offen, kontrovers und hitzig über Rassismus debattiert. Wie funktioniert Rassismus, wem dient er und wozu? Dieses Buch gibt einen Überblick über die Begriffsverständnisse, die Geschichte und die Gegenwart dieser prägenden menschenfeindlichen Herrschaftsideologie. Dabei werden die jüngsten Entwicklungen und Diskurse unter die Lupe genommen und eingeordnet. Wie definiert man Rassismus, wann ist er entstanden, wie hat er sich bis heute gewandelt? Woran kann man erkennen, ob eine Handlung oder eine Aussage rassistisch ist? Was ist der Unterschied zwischen strukturellem und institutionellem Rassismus - und warum sollte man das wissen? Wie wird Rassismus von Betroffenen wahrgenommen? Welche Verantwortung haben pädagogische Institutionen? Aladin El-Mafaalani forscht seit über zehn Jahren über Rassismus, Diskriminierung und soziale Ungleichheit und fasst in diesem Buch den Stand der Diskussion allgemeinverständlich zusammen. Aladin El-Mafaalani Thu, 09 Sep 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553756 thebookvoice.com 3:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wozu Rassismus? - Von der Erfindung der Menschenrassen bis zum rassismuskritischen Widerstand (Ungekürzt) Author: Aladin El-Mafaalani Narrator: Denis Moschitto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Umfassend, kurz, aktuell und fundiert. Hier erfährt man alles, was man zum Thema Rassismus wissen muss. Seit dem gewaltsamen Tod von George Floyd in Minneapolis 2020 wird auch in Deutschland offen, kontrovers und hitzig über Rassismus debattiert. Wie funktioniert Rassismus, wem dient er und wozu? Dieses Buch gibt einen Überblick über die Begriffsverständnisse, die Geschichte und die Gegenwart dieser prägenden menschenfeindlichen Herrschaftsideologie. Dabei werden die jüngsten Entwicklungen und Diskurse unter die Lupe genommen und eingeordnet. Wie definiert man Rassismus, wann ist er entstanden, wie hat er sich bis heute gewandelt? Woran kann man erkennen, ob eine Handlung oder eine Aussage rassistisch ist? Was ist der Unterschied zwischen strukturellem und institutionellem Rassismus - und warum sollte man das wissen? Wie wird Rassismus von Betroffenen wahrgenommen? Welche Verantwortung haben pädagogische Institutionen? Aladin El-Mafaalani forscht seit über zehn Jahren über Rassismus, Diskriminierung und soziale Ungleichheit und fasst in diesem Buch den Stand der Diskussion allgemeinverständlich zusammen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wozu Rassismus? - Von der Erfindung der Menschenrassen bis zum rassismuskritischen Widerstand (Ungekürzt) Author: Aladin El-Mafaalani Narrator: Denis Moschitto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Umfassend, kurz, aktuell und fundiert. Hier erfährt man alles, was man zum Thema Rassismus wissen muss. Seit dem gewaltsamen Tod von George Floyd in Minneapolis 2020 wird auch in Deutschland offen, kontrovers und hitzig über Rassismus debattiert. Wie funktioniert Rassismus, wem dient er und wozu? Dieses Buch gibt einen Überblick über die Begriffsverständnisse, die Geschichte und die Gegenwart dieser prägenden menschenfeindlichen Herrschaftsideologie. Dabei werden die jüngsten Entwicklungen und Diskurse unter die Lupe genommen und eingeordnet. Wie definiert man Rassismus, wann ist er entstanden, wie hat er sich bis heute gewandelt? Woran kann man erkennen, ob eine Handlung oder eine Aussage rassistisch ist? Was ist der Unterschied zwischen strukturellem und institutionellem Rassismus - und warum sollte man das wissen? Wie wird Rassismus von Betroffenen wahrgenommen? Welche Verantwortung haben pädagogische Institutionen? Aladin El-Mafaalani forscht seit über zehn Jahren über Rassismus, Diskriminierung und soziale Ungleichheit und fasst in diesem Buch den Stand der Diskussion allgemeinverständlich zusammen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553741 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unattached: Empowering Essays on Singlehood Author: Angelica Malin Narrator: Rosie Wilby, Natalie Byrne, Megan Barton-Hanson, Francesca Specter, Chloe Pierre, Rachel Thompson, Shon Faye, Poorna Bell, Felicity Morse, Sophia Money-Coutts, Rebecca Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Have you ever worried about going on holiday alone? Felt queasy at the thought of Valentine's Day without a date? Thought to yourself, 'I want what she has?' This book is the tonic you need. ANGELICA MALIN - MEGAN BARTON HANSON - ANNIE LORD - STEPHANIE YEBOAH - SHAPARAK KHORSANDI - POORNA BELL - CHARLIE CRAGGS - REBECCA REID - ASHLEY LOUISE JAMES - CHANTÉ JOSEPH - ROSIE WILBY - SALMA EL-WARDANY - NATALIE BYRNE - SHON FAYE - VENUS LIBIDO - JESSICA MORGAN - FRANCESCA SPECTER - SHANI SILVER - RACHEL THOMPSON - BELLA DEPAULO - MIA LEVITIN - FELICITY MORSE - KETAKI CHOWKHANI - LUCIE BROWNLEE - CHLOE PIERRE - SOPHIA MONEY-COUTTS - NICOLA SLAWSON - RAHEL AKLILU - SOPHIA LEONIE - ROSE STOKES - MADELEINE SPENCER Curated by journalist and author Angelica Malin, Unattached explores the nuances of being single today through the voices of thirty women; with personal essays from a multitude of game-changing voices, reflecting both the unique challenges of being single (hello, going to a wedding alone), and the glorious benefits of singlehood in a light-hearted way (goodbye, joint bank account). The single positivity movement is here, and this book will turbo-charge the revolution. Unattached shines a light on brilliant women stepping into their power, shrugging off the shackles of traditional labels, owning being alone, and reveals the true depth of female potential when we choose to go against what society expects of us and revel in our own strength. © Edited by Angelica Malin 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Angelica Malin Thu, 03 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553741 thebookvoice.com 5:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unattached: Empowering Essays on Singlehood Author: Angelica Malin Narrator: Rosie Wilby, Natalie Byrne, Megan Barton-Hanson, Francesca Specter, Chloe Pierre, Rachel Thompson, Shon Faye, Poorna Bell, Felicity Morse, Sophia Money-Coutts, Rebecca Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Have you ever worried about going on holiday alone? Felt queasy at the thought of Valentine's Day without a date? Thought to yourself, 'I want what she has?' This book is the tonic you need. ANGELICA MALIN - MEGAN BARTON HANSON - ANNIE LORD - STEPHANIE YEBOAH - SHAPARAK KHORSANDI - POORNA BELL - CHARLIE CRAGGS - REBECCA REID - ASHLEY LOUISE JAMES - CHANTÉ JOSEPH - ROSIE WILBY - SALMA EL-WARDANY - NATALIE BYRNE - SHON FAYE - VENUS LIBIDO - JESSICA MORGAN - FRANCESCA SPECTER - SHANI SILVER - RACHEL THOMPSON - BELLA DEPAULO - MIA LEVITIN - FELICITY MORSE - KETAKI CHOWKHANI - LUCIE BROWNLEE - CHLOE PIERRE - SOPHIA MONEY-COUTTS - NICOLA SLAWSON - RAHEL AKLILU - SOPHIA LEONIE - ROSE STOKES - MADELEINE SPENCER Curated by journalist and author Angelica Malin, Unattached explores the nuances of being single today through the voices of thirty women; with personal essays from a multitude of game-changing voices, reflecting both the unique challenges of being single (hello, going to a wedding alone), and the glorious benefits of singlehood in a light-hearted way (goodbye, joint bank account). The single positivity movement is here, and this book will turbo-charge the revolution. Unattached shines a light on brilliant women stepping into their power, shrugging off the shackles of traditional labels, owning being alone, and reveals the true depth of female potential when we choose to go against what society expects of us and revel in our own strength. © Edited by Angelica Malin 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unattached: Empowering Essays on Singlehood Author: Angelica Malin Narrator: Rosie Wilby, Natalie Byrne, Megan Barton-Hanson, Francesca Specter, Chloe Pierre, Rachel Thompson, Shon Faye, Poorna Bell, Felicity Morse, Sophia Money-Coutts, Rebecca Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Have you ever worried about going on holiday alone? Felt queasy at the thought of Valentine's Day without a date? Thought to yourself, 'I want what she has?' This book is the tonic you need. ANGELICA MALIN - MEGAN BARTON HANSON - ANNIE LORD - STEPHANIE YEBOAH - SHAPARAK KHORSANDI - POORNA BELL - CHARLIE CRAGGS - REBECCA REID - ASHLEY LOUISE JAMES - CHANTÉ JOSEPH - ROSIE WILBY - SALMA EL-WARDANY - NATALIE BYRNE - SHON FAYE - VENUS LIBIDO - JESSICA MORGAN - FRANCESCA SPECTER - SHANI SILVER - RACHEL THOMPSON - BELLA DEPAULO - MIA LEVITIN - FELICITY MORSE - KETAKI CHOWKHANI - LUCIE BROWNLEE - CHLOE PIERRE - SOPHIA MONEY-COUTTS - NICOLA SLAWSON - RAHEL AKLILU - SOPHIA LEONIE - ROSE STOKES - MADELEINE SPENCER Curated by journalist and author Angelica Malin, Unattached explores the nuances of being single today through the voices of thirty women; with personal essays from a multitude of game-changing voices, reflecting both the unique challenges of being single (hello, going to a wedding alone), and the glorious benefits of singlehood in a light-hearted way (goodbye, joint bank account). The single positivity movement is here, and this book will turbo-charge the revolution. Unattached shines a light on brilliant women stepping into their power, shrugging off the shackles of traditional labels, owning being alone, and reveals the true depth of female potential when we choose to go against what society expects of us and revel in our own strength. © Edited by Angelica Malin 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outpacer: The Blueprint for Breakthrough Success in the Digital Era Author: Alex Holt Narrator: Alex Holt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Over the past decade a small number of companies have changed every aspect of how we live, work and play. These Outpacers have become enormous global businesses with companies like Google, Amazon, Netflix, Salesforce, Meta, Tesla and Apple all totally redefining what a successful organization looks and feels like. Each chapter in Outpacer focusses on an Outpacer characteristic required for organisational greatness and features examples of what it is and how to achieve it, including; how to structure your company's mission and vision, foster the right entrepreneurial culture, innovate, collaborate and utilise agile technology and data driven insights to drive continuous progress, deliver an exceptional customer experience and achieve outstanding results. Each Outpacer characteristic is illustrated by fascinating profiles of business leaders from companies such as Google, Amazon, Apple and Tesla who have driven phenomenal success, alongside profiles of the stars of film, tv, music and sport who share the same winning characteristic such as Reese Witherspoon, Jay Z and Sir Lewis Hamilton. The combination of business leaders and popular icons illustrate and inspire the reader helping them to learn how they too can lead an Outpacer business. This is not business as usual. © Alex Holt 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Alex Holt Thu, 30 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outpacer: The Blueprint for Breakthrough Success in the Digital Era Author: Alex Holt Narrator: Alex Holt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Over the past decade a small number of companies have changed every aspect of how we live, work and play. These Outpacers have become enormous global businesses with companies like Google, Amazon, Netflix, Salesforce, Meta, Tesla and Apple all totally redefining what a successful organization looks and feels like. Each chapter in Outpacer focusses on an Outpacer characteristic required for organisational greatness and features examples of what it is and how to achieve it, including; how to structure your company's mission and vision, foster the right entrepreneurial culture, innovate, collaborate and utilise agile technology and data driven insights to drive continuous progress, deliver an exceptional customer experience and achieve outstanding results. Each Outpacer characteristic is illustrated by fascinating profiles of business leaders from companies such as Google, Amazon, Apple and Tesla who have driven phenomenal success, alongside profiles of the stars of film, tv, music and sport who share the same winning characteristic such as Reese Witherspoon, Jay Z and Sir Lewis Hamilton. The combination of business leaders and popular icons illustrate and inspire the reader helping them to learn how they too can lead an Outpacer business. This is not business as usual. © Alex Holt 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outpacer: The Blueprint for Breakthrough Success in the Digital Era Author: Alex Holt Narrator: Alex Holt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Over the past decade a small number of companies have changed every aspect of how we live, work and play. These Outpacers have become enormous global businesses with companies like Google, Amazon, Netflix, Salesforce, Meta, Tesla and Apple all totally redefining what a successful organization looks and feels like. Each chapter in Outpacer focusses on an Outpacer characteristic required for organisational greatness and features examples of what it is and how to achieve it, including; how to structure your company's mission and vision, foster the right entrepreneurial culture, innovate, collaborate and utilise agile technology and data driven insights to drive continuous progress, deliver an exceptional customer experience and achieve outstanding results. Each Outpacer characteristic is illustrated by fascinating profiles of business leaders from companies such as Google, Amazon, Apple and Tesla who have driven phenomenal success, alongside profiles of the stars of film, tv, music and sport who share the same winning characteristic such as Reese Witherspoon, Jay Z and Sir Lewis Hamilton. The combination of business leaders and popular icons illustrate and inspire the reader helping them to learn how they too can lead an Outpacer business. This is not business as usual. © Alex Holt 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire Island: A Century in the Life of an American Paradise Author: Jack Parlett Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking account of New York's Fire Island, chronicling its influence on art, literature, culture and queer liberation over the past century Fire Island, a thin strip of beach off the Long Island coast, has long been a vital space in the queer history of America. Both utopian and exclusionary, healing and destructive, the island is a locus of contradictions, all of which coalesce against a stunning ocean backdrop. Now, poet and scholar Jack Parlett tells the story of this iconic destination—its history, its meaning and its cultural significance—told through the lens of the artists and creators who sought refuge on its shores. Together, figures as divergent as Walt Whitman, Oscar Wilde, James Baldwin, Carson McCullers, Frank O'Hara, Patricia Highsmith and Jeremy O. Harris tell the story of a queer space in constant evolution. Transporting, impeccably researched and gorgeously written, Fire Island is the definitive book on an iconic American destination and an essential contribution to queer history. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Jack Parlett Tue, 14 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553722 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire Island: A Century in the Life of an American Paradise Author: Jack Parlett Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking account of New York's Fire Island, chronicling its influence on art, literature, culture and queer liberation over the past century Fire Island, a thin strip of beach off the Long Island coast, has long been a vital space in the queer history of America. Both utopian and exclusionary, healing and destructive, the island is a locus of contradictions, all of which coalesce against a stunning ocean backdrop. Now, poet and scholar Jack Parlett tells the story of this iconic destination—its history, its meaning and its cultural significance—told through the lens of the artists and creators who sought refuge on its shores. Together, figures as divergent as Walt Whitman, Oscar Wilde, James Baldwin, Carson McCullers, Frank O'Hara, Patricia Highsmith and Jeremy O. Harris tell the story of a queer space in constant evolution. Transporting, impeccably researched and gorgeously written, Fire Island is the definitive book on an iconic American destination and an essential contribution to queer history. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire Island: A Century in the Life of an American Paradise Author: Jack Parlett Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking account of New York's Fire Island, chronicling its influence on art, literature, culture and queer liberation over the past century Fire Island, a thin strip of beach off the Long Island coast, has long been a vital space in the queer history of America. Both utopian and exclusionary, healing and destructive, the island is a locus of contradictions, all of which coalesce against a stunning ocean backdrop. Now, poet and scholar Jack Parlett tells the story of this iconic destination—its history, its meaning and its cultural significance—told through the lens of the artists and creators who sought refuge on its shores. Together, figures as divergent as Walt Whitman, Oscar Wilde, James Baldwin, Carson McCullers, Frank O'Hara, Patricia Highsmith and Jeremy O. Harris tell the story of a queer space in constant evolution. Transporting, impeccably researched and gorgeously written, Fire Island is the definitive book on an iconic American destination and an essential contribution to queer history. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553667 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PornoXplotación Author: Mabel Lozano, Pablo J. Conellie Narrator: Gerard Flores, Inma Ortiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: PornoXplotación es una bofetada de realidad para quienes creen que la pornografía es ajena a sus vidas. Es, también, una llamada de atención destinada a informarnos y sensibilizarnos sobre el porno, un fenómeno que traspasa las fronteras digitales y que puede desencadenar efectos devastadores al ser ritualizado por menores y adultos en las calles, en los colegios y en nuestros hogares con un simple clic desde el móvil. La pornografía es un negocio opaco y poderoso, capta a mujeres y niñas engañadas con suculentas ofertas económicas para trabajar como modelos webcam, explota a actrices y actores que terminan devastados por un negocio en constante búsqueda de 'carne fresca' y amasa fortunas gracias a los consumidores, millones de internautas cada vez más jóvenes —incluso niños—, a los que engancha para controlarlos a través de sus datos, su dinero y su vida. Mabel Lozano y Pablo J. Conellie han invertido años de investigación y volcado toda su experiencia en este libro único e impactante que hará temblar los cimientos de la industria del sexo. Elaborado gracias a valientes y duros testimonios reales jamás contados, que hablan de sueños rotos y vidas destrozadas a uno y otro lado de la pantalla. Mabel Lozano, Pablo J. Conellie Tue, 01 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553667 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PornoXplotación Author: Mabel Lozano, Pablo J. Conellie Narrator: Gerard Flores, Inma Ortiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: PornoXplotación es una bofetada de realidad para quienes creen que la pornografía es ajena a sus vidas. Es, también, una llamada de atención destinada a informarnos y sensibilizarnos sobre el porno, un fenómeno que traspasa las fronteras digitales y que puede desencadenar efectos devastadores al ser ritualizado por menores y adultos en las calles, en los colegios y en nuestros hogares con un simple clic desde el móvil. La pornografía es un negocio opaco y poderoso, capta a mujeres y niñas engañadas con suculentas ofertas económicas para trabajar como modelos webcam, explota a actrices y actores que terminan devastados por un negocio en constante búsqueda de 'carne fresca' y amasa fortunas gracias a los consumidores, millones de internautas cada vez más jóvenes —incluso niños—, a los que engancha para controlarlos a través de sus datos, su dinero y su vida. Mabel Lozano y Pablo J. Conellie han invertido años de investigación y volcado toda su experiencia en este libro único e impactante que hará temblar los cimientos de la industria del sexo. Elaborado gracias a valientes y duros testimonios reales jamás contados, que hablan de sueños rotos y vidas destrozadas a uno y otro lado de la pantalla. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PornoXplotación Author: Mabel Lozano, Pablo J. Conellie Narrator: Gerard Flores, Inma Ortiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: PornoXplotación es una bofetada de realidad para quienes creen que la pornografía es ajena a sus vidas. Es, también, una llamada de atención destinada a informarnos y sensibilizarnos sobre el porno, un fenómeno que traspasa las fronteras digitales y que puede desencadenar efectos devastadores al ser ritualizado por menores y adultos en las calles, en los colegios y en nuestros hogares con un simple clic desde el móvil. La pornografía es un negocio opaco y poderoso, capta a mujeres y niñas engañadas con suculentas ofertas económicas para trabajar como modelos webcam, explota a actrices y actores que terminan devastados por un negocio en constante búsqueda de 'carne fresca' y amasa fortunas gracias a los consumidores, millones de internautas cada vez más jóvenes —incluso niños—, a los que engancha para controlarlos a través de sus datos, su dinero y su vida. Mabel Lozano y Pablo J. Conellie han invertido años de investigación y volcado toda su experiencia en este libro único e impactante que hará temblar los cimientos de la industria del sexo. Elaborado gracias a valientes y duros testimonios reales jamás contados, que hablan de sueños rotos y vidas destrozadas a uno y otro lado de la pantalla. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553665 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Generación paréntesis Author: Joana Bonet Narrator: Neus Sendra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En este audiolibro la periodista, filológa y escritora Joana Bonet, nos ofrece una radiografía de los primeros años del siglo XXI, analizando el impacto del momento que vivimos en nuestra forma de pensar y de actuar, cuáles son los motores vitales por los que vale la pena luchar y qué tendencias sociales acabarán por imponerse mientras buscamos el equilibrio entre el mundo de fuera, el mundo de dentro y el mundo que sentimos. Joana Bonet Fri, 25 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553665 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Generación paréntesis Author: Joana Bonet Narrator: Neus Sendra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En este audiolibro la periodista, filológa y escritora Joana Bonet, nos ofrece una radiografía de los primeros años del siglo XXI, analizando el impacto del momento que vivimos en nuestra forma de pensar y de actuar, cuáles son los motores vitales por los que vale la pena luchar y qué tendencias sociales acabarán por imponerse mientras buscamos el equilibrio entre el mundo de fuera, el mundo de dentro y el mundo que sentimos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Generación paréntesis Author: Joana Bonet Narrator: Neus Sendra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En este audiolibro la periodista, filológa y escritora Joana Bonet, nos ofrece una radiografía de los primeros años del siglo XXI, analizando el impacto del momento que vivimos en nuestra forma de pensar y de actuar, cuáles son los motores vitales por los que vale la pena luchar y qué tendencias sociales acabarán por imponerse mientras buscamos el equilibrio entre el mundo de fuera, el mundo de dentro y el mundo que sentimos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God 4.0: On the Nature of Higher Consciousness and the Experience Called “God” Author: Sally M Ornstein, Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to go beyond our ordinary perception of reality? Why has almost all of humanity, throughout our history, had the concept of transcendence and connection to “the other” – to “the spirit world,” to “God,” or to “the One behind it all?” This remarkable work coalesces findings from the shamans of the Ice Age (God 1.0), to the first temples, priests and gods of the Neolithic era and Mesopotamia (God 2.0), to the Axial Age prophets and the three major monotheistic religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam (God 3.0). It reveals how verbal descriptions of a nonverbal transcendental experience, always intended to be metaphorical, gradually became taken by many as literal truth. In a stunning unification of modern science, religion and spirituality, God 4.0 presents a provocative new view of transcendence and connection as the activation of an innate quiescent faculty in the brain, a second system of cognition we all share. If developed, it can help to dissolve religious, tribal and cultural biases and usher in a higher level of conscious connection — a new “spiritual literacy.” Sally M Ornstein, Robert Ornstein Mon, 18 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611 thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God 4.0: On the Nature of Higher Consciousness and the Experience Called “God” Author: Sally M Ornstein, Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to go beyond our ordinary perception of reality? Why has almost all of humanity, throughout our history, had the concept of transcendence and connection to “the other” – to “the spirit world,” to “God,” or to “the One behind it all?” This remarkable work coalesces findings from the shamans of the Ice Age (God 1.0), to the first temples, priests and gods of the Neolithic era and Mesopotamia (God 2.0), to the Axial Age prophets and the three major monotheistic religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam (God 3.0). It reveals how verbal descriptions of a nonverbal transcendental experience, always intended to be metaphorical, gradually became taken by many as literal truth. In a stunning unification of modern science, religion and spirituality, God 4.0 presents a provocative new view of transcendence and connection as the activation of an innate quiescent faculty in the brain, a second system of cognition we all share. If developed, it can help to dissolve religious, tribal and cultural biases and usher in a higher level of conscious connection — a new “spiritual literacy.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God 4.0: On the Nature of Higher Consciousness and the Experience Called “God” Author: Sally M Ornstein, Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to go beyond our ordinary perception of reality? Why has almost all of humanity, throughout our history, had the concept of transcendence and connection to “the other” – to “the spirit world,” to “God,” or to “the One behind it all?” This remarkable work coalesces findings from the shamans of the Ice Age (God 1.0), to the first temples, priests and gods of the Neolithic era and Mesopotamia (God 2.0), to the Axial Age prophets and the three major monotheistic religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam (God 3.0). It reveals how verbal descriptions of a nonverbal transcendental experience, always intended to be metaphorical, gradually became taken by many as literal truth. In a stunning unification of modern science, religion and spirituality, God 4.0 presents a provocative new view of transcendence and connection as the activation of an innate quiescent faculty in the brain, a second system of cognition we all share. If developed, it can help to dissolve religious, tribal and cultural biases and usher in a higher level of conscious connection — a new “spiritual literacy.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553339 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los morros del narco: Historias reales de niños y jóvenes en el narco mexicano Author: Javier Valdez Cárdenas Narrator: Fernando álvarez Rebeil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explotación, sicarios y sueños rotos Javier Valdez recoge los relatos más intensos, conmovedores y sorprendentes que tiñen la realidad social y política de México a diario. El número de niños y jóvenes que participan activamente en las actividades del narcotráfico en México es cada día mayor. Batos de 13, 14,15 años y hasta los 21 ó 23 años actúan alucinados y con feroz valentía en levantones, asesinatos, decapitaciones, transporte de droga y secuestros. Y este libro impactante comparte historias reales de estos acontecimientos. Javier Valdez Cárdenas, destacado periodista del norte de México y autor del exitoso libro Miss Narco, entrega en estas páginas el retrato de una realidad sangrienta e incontenible: la voraz guerra del narco en México, vista desde las acciones y secuelas de niños y jóvenes que se han integrado al narco por su propia voluntad, deslumbrados por el dinero o arrastrados en la lucha entre sicarios y ejército federal, narcos contra policías estatales, sin olvidar los enfrentamientos entre los narcotraficantes que luchan por dominar el negocio de la droga. Incontables son los testimonios de reporteros y fotógrafos que cubren las noticias del narcotráfico, que advierten sobre la creciente participación de adolescentes en estas tareas de crimen y barbarie. El gran valor de Los morros del narco radica no sólo en la forma en que se adentra en el corazón, los recuerdos e ilusiones de estos seres humanos violentos, sedientos de riqueza y poder, sino en la forma en que descubre en estos sicarios y adictos a la mariguana o la cocaína, en estos narcos indomables y salvajes, un pasado donde la falta de amor, la ausencia de afecto, la miseria y el hambre dejaron balas en sus almas que nunca nadie podrá sacar. Javier Valdez Cárdenas Thu, 28 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553339 thebookvoice.com 11:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los morros del narco: Historias reales de niños y jóvenes en el narco mexicano Author: Javier Valdez Cárdenas Narrator: Fernando álvarez Rebeil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explotación, sicarios y sueños rotos Javier Valdez recoge los relatos más intensos, conmovedores y sorprendentes que tiñen la realidad social y política de México a diario. El número de niños y jóvenes que participan activamente en las actividades del narcotráfico en México es cada día mayor. Batos de 13, 14,15 años y hasta los 21 ó 23 años actúan alucinados y con feroz valentía en levantones, asesinatos, decapitaciones, transporte de droga y secuestros. Y este libro impactante comparte historias reales de estos acontecimientos. Javier Valdez Cárdenas, destacado periodista del norte de México y autor del exitoso libro Miss Narco, entrega en estas páginas el retrato de una realidad sangrienta e incontenible: la voraz guerra del narco en México, vista desde las acciones y secuelas de niños y jóvenes que se han integrado al narco por su propia voluntad, deslumbrados por el dinero o arrastrados en la lucha entre sicarios y ejército federal, narcos contra policías estatales, sin olvidar los enfrentamientos entre los narcotraficantes que luchan por dominar el negocio de la droga. Incontables son los testimonios de reporteros y fotógrafos que cubren las noticias del narcotráfico, que advierten sobre la creciente participación de adolescentes en estas tareas de crimen y barbarie. El gran valor de Los morros del narco radica no sólo en la forma en que se adentra en el corazón, los recuerdos e ilusiones de estos seres humanos violentos, sedientos de riqueza y poder, sino en la forma en que descubre en estos sicarios y adictos a la mariguana o la cocaína, en estos narcos indomables y salvajes, un pasado donde la falta de amor, la ausencia de afecto, la miseria y el hambre dejaron balas en sus almas que nunca nadie podrá sacar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los morros del narco: Historias reales de niños y jóvenes en el narco mexicano Author: Javier Valdez Cárdenas Narrator: Fernando álvarez Rebeil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explotación, sicarios y sueños rotos Javier Valdez recoge los relatos más intensos, conmovedores y sorprendentes que tiñen la realidad social y política de México a diario. El número de niños y jóvenes que participan activamente en las actividades del narcotráfico en México es cada día mayor. Batos de 13, 14,15 años y hasta los 21 ó 23 años actúan alucinados y con feroz valentía en levantones, asesinatos, decapitaciones, transporte de droga y secuestros. Y este libro impactante comparte historias reales de estos acontecimientos. Javier Valdez Cárdenas, destacado periodista del norte de México y autor del exitoso libro Miss Narco, entrega en estas páginas el retrato de una realidad sangrienta e incontenible: la voraz guerra del narco en México, vista desde las acciones y secuelas de niños y jóvenes que se han integrado al narco por su propia voluntad, deslumbrados por el dinero o arrastrados en la lucha entre sicarios y ejército federal, narcos contra policías estatales, sin olvidar los enfrentamientos entre los narcotraficantes que luchan por dominar el negocio de la droga. Incontables son los testimonios de reporteros y fotógrafos que cubren las noticias del narcotráfico, que advierten sobre la creciente participación de adolescentes en estas tareas de crimen y barbarie. El gran valor de Los morros del narco radica no sólo en la forma en que se adentra en el corazón, los recuerdos e ilusiones de estos seres humanos violentos, sedientos de riqueza y poder, sino en la forma en que descubre en estos sicarios y adictos a la mariguana o la cocaína, en estos narcos indomables y salvajes, un pasado donde la falta de amor, la ausencia de afecto, la miseria y el hambre dejaron balas en sus almas que nunca nadie podrá sacar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553333 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Refuse to Forget: A True Story of Black Creeks, American Identity, and Power Author: Caleb Gayle Narrator: Caleb Gayle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An important part of American history told with a clear-eyed and forceful brilliance.” —National Book Award winner Jacqueline Woodson “We Refuse to Forget reminds readers, on damn near every page, that we are collectively experiencing a brilliance we've seldom seen or imagined…We Refuse to Forget is a new standard in book-making.” —Kiese Laymon, author of the bestselling Heavy: An American Memoir   A landmark work of untold American history that reshapes our understanding of identity, race, and belonging In We Refuse to Forget, award-winning journalist Caleb Gayle tells the extraordinary story of the Creek Nation, a Native tribe that two centuries ago both owned slaves and accepted Black people as full citizens. Thanks to the efforts of Creek leaders like Cow Tom, a Black Creek citizen who rose to become chief, the U.S. government recognized Creek citizenship in 1866 for its Black members. Yet this equality was shredded in the 1970s when tribal leaders revoked the citizenship of Black Creeks, even those who could trace their history back generations—even to Cow Tom himself. Why did this happen? How was the U.S. government involved? And what are Cow Tom’s descendants and other Black Creeks doing to regain their citizenship? These are some of the questions that Gayle explores in this provocative examination of racial and ethnic identity. By delving into the history and interviewing Black Creeks who are fighting to have their citizenship reinstated, he lays bare the racism and greed at the heart of this story. We Refuse to Forget is an eye-opening account that challenges our preconceptions of identity as it shines new light on the long shadows of white supremacy and marginalization that continue to hamper progress for Black Americans. Caleb Gayle Tue, 07 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553333 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Refuse to Forget: A True Story of Black Creeks, American Identity, and Power Author: Caleb Gayle Narrator: Caleb Gayle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An important part of American history told with a clear-eyed and forceful brilliance.” —National Book Award winner Jacqueline Woodson “We Refuse to Forget reminds readers, on damn near every page, that we are collectively experiencing a brilliance we've seldom seen or imagined…We Refuse to Forget is a new standard in book-making.” —Kiese Laymon, author of the bestselling Heavy: An American Memoir   A landmark work of untold American history that reshapes our understanding of identity, race, and belonging In We Refuse to Forget, award-winning journalist Caleb Gayle tells the extraordinary story of the Creek Nation, a Native tribe that two centuries ago both owned slaves and accepted Black people as full citizens. Thanks to the efforts of Creek leaders like Cow Tom, a Black Creek citizen who rose to become chief, the U.S. government recognized Creek citizenship in 1866 for its Black members. Yet this equality was shredded in the 1970s when tribal leaders revoked the citizenship of Black Creeks, even those who could trace their history back generations—even to Cow Tom himself. Why did this happen? How was the U.S. government involved? And what are Cow Tom’s descendants and other Black Creeks doing to regain their citizenship? These are some of the questions that Gayle explores in this provocative examination of racial and ethnic identity. By delving into the history and interviewing Black Creeks who are fighting to have their citizenship reinstated, he lays bare the racism and greed at the heart of this story. We Refuse to Forget is an eye-opening account that challenges our preconceptions of identity as it shines new light on the long shadows of white supremacy and marginalization that continue to hamper progress for Black Americans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Refuse to Forget: A True Story of Black Creeks, American Identity, and Power Author: Caleb Gayle Narrator: Caleb Gayle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An important part of American history told with a clear-eyed and forceful brilliance.” —National Book Award winner Jacqueline Woodson “We Refuse to Forget reminds readers, on damn near every page, that we are collectively experiencing a brilliance we've seldom seen or imagined…We Refuse to Forget is a new standard in book-making.” —Kiese Laymon, author of the bestselling Heavy: An American Memoir   A landmark work of untold American history that reshapes our understanding of identity, race, and belonging In We Refuse to Forget, award-winning journalist Caleb Gayle tells the extraordinary story of the Creek Nation, a Native tribe that two centuries ago both owned slaves and accepted Black people as full citizens. Thanks to the efforts of Creek leaders like Cow Tom, a Black Creek citizen who rose to become chief, the U.S. government recognized Creek citizenship in 1866 for its Black members. Yet this equality was shredded in the 1970s when tribal leaders revoked the citizenship of Black Creeks, even those who could trace their history back generations—even to Cow Tom himself. Why did this happen? How was the U.S. government involved? And what are Cow Tom’s descendants and other Black Creeks doing to regain their citizenship? These are some of the questions that Gayle explores in this provocative examination of racial and ethnic identity. By delving into the history and interviewing Black Creeks who are fighting to have their citizenship reinstated, he lays bare the racism and greed at the heart of this story. We Refuse to Forget is an eye-opening account that challenges our preconceptions of identity as it shines new light on the long shadows of white supremacy and marginalization that continue to hamper progress for Black Americans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553334 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A pauta da Ilusão Author: Julia Elizabeth Volpato De Almeida Levy Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Partindo da noção de que as representações coletivas são produto da atividade social, no presente estudo foquei minha análise nos textos poéticos da MPB. Não me prendi às melodias, apesar de saber que sons combinados refletem ideias sociais. Pude perceber que a música colabora para a concretização de uma certa tendência à ilusão no indivíduo. Cantada, possui uma trama emocional que funciona quase como catarse e envolve uma linguagem que exprime valores, normas, visões de mundo específicos, estabelecendo entre produtores e consumidores um intercâmbio contínuo. O samba nasceu no morro, foi sendo incorporado pela classe média por volta dos anos 30/40 até os anos 70, quando realizei a pesquisa. O texto poético da música conta uma história, os temas cantavam o amor e o abandono, com a censura radical pós 68, a ênfase se volta para a realidade política numa tentativa de dizer o proibido e denunciar. Decorridos mais de 40 anos, novas abordagens apontam para a desigualdade e injustiça social (Emicida: 'permita que eu fale, não as minhas cicatrizes'). A percepção que extraí é que há muitas vezes uma crítica ao sistema social vigente, mas a procura de uma nova ordem não é apontada. A força da estrutura vigente parece suplantar qualquer vislumbre de mudança. As lacunas que os textos oferecem poderiam nos levar a ver uma certa incoerência no discurso, mas acredito que é justamente por causa das lacunas que o discurso ideológico é um discurso coerente. Julia Elizabeth Volpato De Almeida Levy Tue, 14 Sep 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553334 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A pauta da Ilusão Author: Julia Elizabeth Volpato De Almeida Levy Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Partindo da noção de que as representações coletivas são produto da atividade social, no presente estudo foquei minha análise nos textos poéticos da MPB. Não me prendi às melodias, apesar de saber que sons combinados refletem ideias sociais. Pude perceber que a música colabora para a concretização de uma certa tendência à ilusão no indivíduo. Cantada, possui uma trama emocional que funciona quase como catarse e envolve uma linguagem que exprime valores, normas, visões de mundo específicos, estabelecendo entre produtores e consumidores um intercâmbio contínuo. O samba nasceu no morro, foi sendo incorporado pela classe média por volta dos anos 30/40 até os anos 70, quando realizei a pesquisa. O texto poético da música conta uma história, os temas cantavam o amor e o abandono, com a censura radical pós 68, a ênfase se volta para a realidade política numa tentativa de dizer o proibido e denunciar. Decorridos mais de 40 anos, novas abordagens apontam para a desigualdade e injustiça social (Emicida: 'permita que eu fale, não as minhas cicatrizes'). A percepção que extraí é que há muitas vezes uma crítica ao sistema social vigente, mas a procura de uma nova ordem não é apontada. A força da estrutura vigente parece suplantar qualquer vislumbre de mudança. As lacunas que os textos oferecem poderiam nos levar a ver uma certa incoerência no discurso, mas acredito que é justamente por causa das lacunas que o discurso ideológico é um discurso coerente. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A pauta da Ilusão Author: Julia Elizabeth Volpato De Almeida Levy Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Partindo da noção de que as representações coletivas são produto da atividade social, no presente estudo foquei minha análise nos textos poéticos da MPB. Não me prendi às melodias, apesar de saber que sons combinados refletem ideias sociais. Pude perceber que a música colabora para a concretização de uma certa tendência à ilusão no indivíduo. Cantada, possui uma trama emocional que funciona quase como catarse e envolve uma linguagem que exprime valores, normas, visões de mundo específicos, estabelecendo entre produtores e consumidores um intercâmbio contínuo. O samba nasceu no morro, foi sendo incorporado pela classe média por volta dos anos 30/40 até os anos 70, quando realizei a pesquisa. O texto poético da música conta uma história, os temas cantavam o amor e o abandono, com a censura radical pós 68, a ênfase se volta para a realidade política numa tentativa de dizer o proibido e denunciar. Decorridos mais de 40 anos, novas abordagens apontam para a desigualdade e injustiça social (Emicida: 'permita que eu fale, não as minhas cicatrizes'). A percepção que extraí é que há muitas vezes uma crítica ao sistema social vigente, mas a procura de uma nova ordem não é apontada. A força da estrutura vigente parece suplantar qualquer vislumbre de mudança. As lacunas que os textos oferecem poderiam nos levar a ver uma certa incoerência no discurso, mas acredito que é justamente por causa das lacunas que o discurso ideológico é um discurso coerente. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553327 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tengo que morir todas las noches: Una crónica de los ochenta, el underground y la cultura gay Author: Guillermo Osorno Narrator: Erick Trujillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tengo que morir todas las noches es una crónica excepcional sobre la ciudad de México durante los años ochenta; la cultura gay y los movimientos artísticos, literarios y musicales que se expresaban en los linderos de la sociedad. Tengo que morir todas las noches es una crónica excepcional sobre la ciudad de México durante los años ochenta; la cultura gay y los movimientos artísticos, literarios y musicales que se expresaban en los linderos de la sociedad. Guillermo Osorno cuenta la historia de Henri Donnadieu, un aventurero francés que huía de la justicia de su país y a finales de los setenta llegó a México, donde fundó El Nueve, un emblemático bar gay de la Zona Rosa. Con el paso de los años, el local se convirtió en la hoguera donde se cocinó la posmodernidad mexicana: un sitio underground en el que comenzaron a circular las imágenes, las ideas y los sonidos de una globalización cultural. El telón de fondo del relato lo conforman los cambios políticos y sociales de México, los primeros signos de la decadencia priísta, la crisis económica, el temblor de 1985, la aparición del sida y sus efectos devastadores. Este libro es un testimonio generacional que da cuenta de las semillas que se plantaron y luego germinaron en nuestras ideas sobre la diversidad y la ciudad abierta, culturalmente rica y cosmopolita. Guillermo Osorno Thu, 28 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553327 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tengo que morir todas las noches: Una crónica de los ochenta, el underground y la cultura gay Author: Guillermo Osorno Narrator: Erick Trujillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tengo que morir todas las noches es una crónica excepcional sobre la ciudad de México durante los años ochenta; la cultura gay y los movimientos artísticos, literarios y musicales que se expresaban en los linderos de la sociedad. Tengo que morir todas las noches es una crónica excepcional sobre la ciudad de México durante los años ochenta; la cultura gay y los movimientos artísticos, literarios y musicales que se expresaban en los linderos de la sociedad. Guillermo Osorno cuenta la historia de Henri Donnadieu, un aventurero francés que huía de la justicia de su país y a finales de los setenta llegó a México, donde fundó El Nueve, un emblemático bar gay de la Zona Rosa. Con el paso de los años, el local se convirtió en la hoguera donde se cocinó la posmodernidad mexicana: un sitio underground en el que comenzaron a circular las imágenes, las ideas y los sonidos de una globalización cultural. El telón de fondo del relato lo conforman los cambios políticos y sociales de México, los primeros signos de la decadencia priísta, la crisis económica, el temblor de 1985, la aparición del sida y sus efectos devastadores. Este libro es un testimonio generacional que da cuenta de las semillas que se plantaron y luego germinaron en nuestras ideas sobre la diversidad y la ciudad abierta, culturalmente rica y cosmopolita. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tengo que morir todas las noches: Una crónica de los ochenta, el underground y la cultura gay Author: Guillermo Osorno Narrator: Erick Trujillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tengo que morir todas las noches es una crónica excepcional sobre la ciudad de México durante los años ochenta; la cultura gay y los movimientos artísticos, literarios y musicales que se expresaban en los linderos de la sociedad. Tengo que morir todas las noches es una crónica excepcional sobre la ciudad de México durante los años ochenta; la cultura gay y los movimientos artísticos, literarios y musicales que se expresaban en los linderos de la sociedad. Guillermo Osorno cuenta la historia de Henri Donnadieu, un aventurero francés que huía de la justicia de su país y a finales de los setenta llegó a México, donde fundó El Nueve, un emblemático bar gay de la Zona Rosa. Con el paso de los años, el local se convirtió en la hoguera donde se cocinó la posmodernidad mexicana: un sitio underground en el que comenzaron a circular las imágenes, las ideas y los sonidos de una globalización cultural. El telón de fondo del relato lo conforman los cambios políticos y sociales de México, los primeros signos de la decadencia priísta, la crisis económica, el temblor de 1985, la aparición del sida y sus efectos devastadores. Este libro es un testimonio generacional que da cuenta de las semillas que se plantaron y luego germinaron en nuestras ideas sobre la diversidad y la ciudad abierta, culturalmente rica y cosmopolita. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Move UP ¿Por que algunas culturas avanzan y otras no? Author: Clotaire Rapaille Narrator: Oscar López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas culturas avanzan y otras no? La vida es movimiento y la dirección de este movimiento es hacia arriba. Si todos debemos movernos para sobrevivir, vale la pena preguntarse: ¿qué factores de nuestro entorno nos impulsan a movernos y cuáles, por el contrario, nos detienen? ¿Por qué algunas personas tienen la oportunidad de moverse hacia donde quieren y otras no? ¿Por qué ciertas sociedades evolucionan y otras no? Para responder a estas interrogantes, el autor del libro estudió los códigos culturales y el comportamiento Bio-Lógico de 71 países para desarrollar un índice de que permite medir la movilidad social dentro de estas sociedades. Clotaire Rapaille señala que las culturas más exitosas son aquellas que han sabido preservar los mejores aspectos de su tradición, al mismo tiempo que han estado dispuestas a innovar y buscar nuevos horizontes. Se trata de sociedades abiertas al cambio y sin temor al statu quo. Otra clave del éxito evolutivo de las sociedades es el equilibrio entre el aspecto biológico (determinado por cuatro factores: supervivencia, sexo, seguridad y superación) y el aspecto cultural. El reto, concluye el autor, es aprender a armonizar nuestros instintos (nuestro cerebro reptiliano). Clotaire Rapaille Thu, 28 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553322 thebookvoice.com 4:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Move UP ¿Por que algunas culturas avanzan y otras no? Author: Clotaire Rapaille Narrator: Oscar López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas culturas avanzan y otras no? La vida es movimiento y la dirección de este movimiento es hacia arriba. Si todos debemos movernos para sobrevivir, vale la pena preguntarse: ¿qué factores de nuestro entorno nos impulsan a movernos y cuáles, por el contrario, nos detienen? ¿Por qué algunas personas tienen la oportunidad de moverse hacia donde quieren y otras no? ¿Por qué ciertas sociedades evolucionan y otras no? Para responder a estas interrogantes, el autor del libro estudió los códigos culturales y el comportamiento Bio-Lógico de 71 países para desarrollar un índice de que permite medir la movilidad social dentro de estas sociedades. Clotaire Rapaille señala que las culturas más exitosas son aquellas que han sabido preservar los mejores aspectos de su tradición, al mismo tiempo que han estado dispuestas a innovar y buscar nuevos horizontes. Se trata de sociedades abiertas al cambio y sin temor al statu quo. Otra clave del éxito evolutivo de las sociedades es el equilibrio entre el aspecto biológico (determinado por cuatro factores: supervivencia, sexo, seguridad y superación) y el aspecto cultural. El reto, concluye el autor, es aprender a armonizar nuestros instintos (nuestro cerebro reptiliano). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Move UP ¿Por que algunas culturas avanzan y otras no? Author: Clotaire Rapaille Narrator: Oscar López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas culturas avanzan y otras no? La vida es movimiento y la dirección de este movimiento es hacia arriba. Si todos debemos movernos para sobrevivir, vale la pena preguntarse: ¿qué factores de nuestro entorno nos impulsan a movernos y cuáles, por el contrario, nos detienen? ¿Por qué algunas personas tienen la oportunidad de moverse hacia donde quieren y otras no? ¿Por qué ciertas sociedades evolucionan y otras no? Para responder a estas interrogantes, el autor del libro estudió los códigos culturales y el comportamiento Bio-Lógico de 71 países para desarrollar un índice de que permite medir la movilidad social dentro de estas sociedades. Clotaire Rapaille señala que las culturas más exitosas son aquellas que han sabido preservar los mejores aspectos de su tradición, al mismo tiempo que han estado dispuestas a innovar y buscar nuevos horizontes. Se trata de sociedades abiertas al cambio y sin temor al statu quo. Otra clave del éxito evolutivo de las sociedades es el equilibrio entre el aspecto biológico (determinado por cuatro factores: supervivencia, sexo, seguridad y superación) y el aspecto cultural. El reto, concluye el autor, es aprender a armonizar nuestros instintos (nuestro cerebro reptiliano). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553270 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created Equal: The Painful Past, Confusing Present, and Hopeful Future of Race in America Author: Ben Carson Narrator: Terrence Kidd, Ben Carson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and conservative icon Dr. Ben Carson lays out a hopeful and inspiring road map for how America can come together. External physical characteristics that are genetically encoded are things over which no individual has control. But rather than appreciating the gift of diversity, some have chosen to use it to drive wedges between groups of people. Some of these external characteristics are associated with the past moral failing of slavery. Though slavery in America formally ended in the 1860s, the vestiges of that evil institution are still with us today, and those vestiges often inflict guilt on some and facilitate feelings of victimhood in others.  In Created Equal, Dr. Carson uses his own personal experiences as a member of a racial minority, along with the writings and experiences of others from multiple backgrounds and demographics, to analyze the current state of race relations in America. Instead of using race as an excuse to remake America into something completely antithetical to the Constitution, Dr. Carson suggests ways to enhance and bring great success to our nation and all multiethnic societies by magnifying America's incredible strengths instead of her historical weaknesses. Ben Carson Tue, 17 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553270 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created Equal: The Painful Past, Confusing Present, and Hopeful Future of Race in America Author: Ben Carson Narrator: Terrence Kidd, Ben Carson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and conservative icon Dr. Ben Carson lays out a hopeful and inspiring road map for how America can come together. External physical characteristics that are genetically encoded are things over which no individual has control. But rather than appreciating the gift of diversity, some have chosen to use it to drive wedges between groups of people. Some of these external characteristics are associated with the past moral failing of slavery. Though slavery in America formally ended in the 1860s, the vestiges of that evil institution are still with us today, and those vestiges often inflict guilt on some and facilitate feelings of victimhood in others.  In Created Equal, Dr. Carson uses his own personal experiences as a member of a racial minority, along with the writings and experiences of others from multiple backgrounds and demographics, to analyze the current state of race relations in America. Instead of using race as an excuse to remake America into something completely antithetical to the Constitution, Dr. Carson suggests ways to enhance and bring great success to our nation and all multiethnic societies by magnifying America's incredible strengths instead of her historical weaknesses. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created Equal: The Painful Past, Confusing Present, and Hopeful Future of Race in America Author: Ben Carson Narrator: Terrence Kidd, Ben Carson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and conservative icon Dr. Ben Carson lays out a hopeful and inspiring road map for how America can come together. External physical characteristics that are genetically encoded are things over which no individual has control. But rather than appreciating the gift of diversity, some have chosen to use it to drive wedges between groups of people. Some of these external characteristics are associated with the past moral failing of slavery. Though slavery in America formally ended in the 1860s, the vestiges of that evil institution are still with us today, and those vestiges often inflict guilt on some and facilitate feelings of victimhood in others.  In Created Equal, Dr. Carson uses his own personal experiences as a member of a racial minority, along with the writings and experiences of others from multiple backgrounds and demographics, to analyze the current state of race relations in America. Instead of using race as an excuse to remake America into something completely antithetical to the Constitution, Dr. Carson suggests ways to enhance and bring great success to our nation and all multiethnic societies by magnifying America's incredible strengths instead of her historical weaknesses. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553241 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Green New Deal: The Rise of Democratic Socialism Author: Michael Mathiesen Narrator: Michael Mathiesen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this country there are two parties that seem to be controlling everything in our daily lives. The Democratic Party - supposedly composed of very liberal folks but which has nothing to do with Real Democracy and the Republican Party - who no longer represents the will of the people - and who are no longer conservative. When you don't act to preserve and protect the traditions of our Constitution, you're not a conservative any longer, you're just in it to win it. Personal advancement, going along with whatever is popular seems to be the hallmark of the Republican Party right now. But, we must remember that Social Security Retirement Benefits, Medicare, basically free health care for the elderly, unemployment insurance, all paid for out of our salaries by the way, week-ends, child labor abolished, the abolition of slavery, the minimum wage, equal rights laws, equal protections under the law, social justice advancements, and much more all came from the Democratic Party. I can think of not one single social program that came to us from the Republican Party and in fact, I can only think of the many administrations, such as the present one, whose only doctrine is to SAY NO TO - OR OPPOSE any more social programs for the vast majority of us. They seem to want us all to go backwards. So, there must be some modicum of real Democratic sentiment within the Democratic party and indeed this is the group that has handed us The Green New Deal Resolution - as of this writing - not yet passed, really just a pipe dream. Let's all start doing our jobs to help save the planet and all life on the Earth. There is nothing more important than that. What good will your job be for you and your family if the Earth is close to 900 Deg. F. Michael Mathiesen Mon, 11 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553241 thebookvoice.com 4:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Green New Deal: The Rise of Democratic Socialism Author: Michael Mathiesen Narrator: Michael Mathiesen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this country there are two parties that seem to be controlling everything in our daily lives. The Democratic Party - supposedly composed of very liberal folks but which has nothing to do with Real Democracy and the Republican Party - who no longer represents the will of the people - and who are no longer conservative. When you don't act to preserve and protect the traditions of our Constitution, you're not a conservative any longer, you're just in it to win it. Personal advancement, going along with whatever is popular seems to be the hallmark of the Republican Party right now. But, we must remember that Social Security Retirement Benefits, Medicare, basically free health care for the elderly, unemployment insurance, all paid for out of our salaries by the way, week-ends, child labor abolished, the abolition of slavery, the minimum wage, equal rights laws, equal protections under the law, social justice advancements, and much more all came from the Democratic Party. I can think of not one single social program that came to us from the Republican Party and in fact, I can only think of the many administrations, such as the present one, whose only doctrine is to SAY NO TO - OR OPPOSE any more social programs for the vast majority of us. They seem to want us all to go backwards. So, there must be some modicum of real Democratic sentiment within the Democratic party and indeed this is the group that has handed us The Green New Deal Resolution - as of this writing - not yet passed, really just a pipe dream. Let's all start doing our jobs to help save the planet and all life on the Earth. There is nothing more important than that. What good will your job be for you and your family if the Earth is close to 900 Deg. F. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Green New Deal: The Rise of Democratic Socialism Author: Michael Mathiesen Narrator: Michael Mathiesen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this country there are two parties that seem to be controlling everything in our daily lives. The Democratic Party - supposedly composed of very liberal folks but which has nothing to do with Real Democracy and the Republican Party - who no longer represents the will of the people - and who are no longer conservative. When you don't act to preserve and protect the traditions of our Constitution, you're not a conservative any longer, you're just in it to win it. Personal advancement, going along with whatever is popular seems to be the hallmark of the Republican Party right now. But, we must remember that Social Security Retirement Benefits, Medicare, basically free health care for the elderly, unemployment insurance, all paid for out of our salaries by the way, week-ends, child labor abolished, the abolition of slavery, the minimum wage, equal rights laws, equal protections under the law, social justice advancements, and much more all came from the Democratic Party. I can think of not one single social program that came to us from the Republican Party and in fact, I can only think of the many administrations, such as the present one, whose only doctrine is to SAY NO TO - OR OPPOSE any more social programs for the vast majority of us. They seem to want us all to go backwards. So, there must be some modicum of real Democratic sentiment within the Democratic party and indeed this is the group that has handed us The Green New Deal Resolution - as of this writing - not yet passed, really just a pipe dream. Let's all start doing our jobs to help save the planet and all life on the Earth. There is nothing more important than that. What good will your job be for you and your family if the Earth is close to 900 Deg. F. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553219 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Here The Memoir Author: Andre Lawrence Narrator: Andre Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: September 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young man in Connecticut documents his experience and connection with highly advanced beings. He shares this true personal story, taking place over the course of nine years. He writes of how the first three years he had been physically connected and guided, to excel and advance his own life. In exchange, the beings collected data for their research and studies of where mankind has currently evolved into today. After three years of connectivity, functioning non-stop like a machine, being pushed by these beings, Andre awoke in full control of himself again, trying to regain his own human persona, while continuing with everything he learned and had been shown he was capable of for the next following three years. In the last and final three of the nine years, Andre was able to harness life on his own again, and find the courage to write out his lessons through these experiences to share with the world. Andre is writing this personal journey during a time in history where the world faces a threatening pandemic and the consciousness of humanity is being tested. By sharing this experience and his message of love and acceptance, it may shine a light of hope and send a reminder to all as to why we are here. Andre Lawrence Sun, 19 Sep 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553219 thebookvoice.com 1:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Here The Memoir Author: Andre Lawrence Narrator: Andre Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: September 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young man in Connecticut documents his experience and connection with highly advanced beings. He shares this true personal story, taking place over the course of nine years. He writes of how the first three years he had been physically connected and guided, to excel and advance his own life. In exchange, the beings collected data for their research and studies of where mankind has currently evolved into today. After three years of connectivity, functioning non-stop like a machine, being pushed by these beings, Andre awoke in full control of himself again, trying to regain his own human persona, while continuing with everything he learned and had been shown he was capable of for the next following three years. In the last and final three of the nine years, Andre was able to harness life on his own again, and find the courage to write out his lessons through these experiences to share with the world. Andre is writing this personal journey during a time in history where the world faces a threatening pandemic and the consciousness of humanity is being tested. By sharing this experience and his message of love and acceptance, it may shine a light of hope and send a reminder to all as to why we are here. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Here The Memoir Author: Andre Lawrence Narrator: Andre Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: September 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young man in Connecticut documents his experience and connection with highly advanced beings. He shares this true personal story, taking place over the course of nine years. He writes of how the first three years he had been physically connected and guided, to excel and advance his own life. In exchange, the beings collected data for their research and studies of where mankind has currently evolved into today. After three years of connectivity, functioning non-stop like a machine, being pushed by these beings, Andre awoke in full control of himself again, trying to regain his own human persona, while continuing with everything he learned and had been shown he was capable of for the next following three years. In the last and final three of the nine years, Andre was able to harness life on his own again, and find the courage to write out his lessons through these experiences to share with the world. Andre is writing this personal journey during a time in history where the world faces a threatening pandemic and the consciousness of humanity is being tested. By sharing this experience and his message of love and acceptance, it may shine a light of hope and send a reminder to all as to why we are here. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553150 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory Speaks: On Losing and Reclaiming Language and Self Author: Julie Sedivy Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As a child, Julie Sedivy left Czechoslovakia for Canada, and English soon took over her life. By early adulthood she spoke Czech rarely and badly, and when her father died unexpectedly, she lost not only a beloved parent but also her firmest point of connection to her native language. As Sedivy realized, more is at stake here than the loss of language: there is also the loss of identity. Language is an important part of adaptation to a new culture, and immigrants everywhere face pressure to assimilate. Recognizing this tension, Sedivy set out to understand the science of language loss and the potential for renewal. In Memory Speaks, she takes on the psychological and social world of multilingualism, exploring the human brain's capacity to learn—and forget—languages at various stages of life. Countering the widespread view that linguistic pluralism splinters loyalties and communities, Sedivy argues that the struggle to remain connected to an ancestral language and culture is a site of common ground. Memory Speaks combines a rich body of psychological research with a moving story at once personal and universally resonant. As citizens debate the merits of bilingual education, as the world's less dominant languages are driven to extinction, and as many people confront the pain of language loss, this is badly needed wisdom. Julie Sedivy Tue, 07 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553150 thebookvoice.com 12:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory Speaks: On Losing and Reclaiming Language and Self Author: Julie Sedivy Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As a child, Julie Sedivy left Czechoslovakia for Canada, and English soon took over her life. By early adulthood she spoke Czech rarely and badly, and when her father died unexpectedly, she lost not only a beloved parent but also her firmest point of connection to her native language. As Sedivy realized, more is at stake here than the loss of language: there is also the loss of identity. Language is an important part of adaptation to a new culture, and immigrants everywhere face pressure to assimilate. Recognizing this tension, Sedivy set out to understand the science of language loss and the potential for renewal. In Memory Speaks, she takes on the psychological and social world of multilingualism, exploring the human brain's capacity to learn—and forget—languages at various stages of life. Countering the widespread view that linguistic pluralism splinters loyalties and communities, Sedivy argues that the struggle to remain connected to an ancestral language and culture is a site of common ground. Memory Speaks combines a rich body of psychological research with a moving story at once personal and universally resonant. As citizens debate the merits of bilingual education, as the world's less dominant languages are driven to extinction, and as many people confront the pain of language loss, this is badly needed wisdom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory Speaks: On Losing and Reclaiming Language and Self Author: Julie Sedivy Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As a child, Julie Sedivy left Czechoslovakia for Canada, and English soon took over her life. By early adulthood she spoke Czech rarely and badly, and when her father died unexpectedly, she lost not only a beloved parent but also her firmest point of connection to her native language. As Sedivy realized, more is at stake here than the loss of language: there is also the loss of identity. Language is an important part of adaptation to a new culture, and immigrants everywhere face pressure to assimilate. Recognizing this tension, Sedivy set out to understand the science of language loss and the potential for renewal. In Memory Speaks, she takes on the psychological and social world of multilingualism, exploring the human brain's capacity to learn—and forget—languages at various stages of life. Countering the widespread view that linguistic pluralism splinters loyalties and communities, Sedivy argues that the struggle to remain connected to an ancestral language and culture is a site of common ground. Memory Speaks combines a rich body of psychological research with a moving story at once personal and universally resonant. As citizens debate the merits of bilingual education, as the world's less dominant languages are driven to extinction, and as many people confront the pain of language loss, this is badly needed wisdom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloody Crossroads 2020: Art, Entertainment, and Resistance to Trump Author: Danny Goldberg Narrator: Danny Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bloody Crossroads 2020 takes a deep dive into the role that mass-appeal movies, television, videos, and music played in America's political culture in the year of Donald Trump's failed reelection campaign. The book also explores the impact of entertainment celebrities in communications, fundraising, and campaigning to support the election of Joe Biden. Trump's ascension to the presidency in 2016 triggered an unprecedented level of engagement by artists and performers. Within days of the 2016 election, a critical mass of entertainers all seemed to have heard the tom-tom beat of resistance at the same moment and amplified a moral alternative to Trumpism. That level of engagement intensified with rare passion and purpose in the period of 2020 chronicled in Bloody Crossroads 2020, culminating in Trump's failed insurrection. Bloody Crossroads 2020 draws from brand-new interviews with Bruce Springsteen, John Legend, Rosanne Cash, David Simon, Adam McKay, Chuck D, David Corn, Mandy Patinkin, and many more. It also explores the important political activities of entertainers like Stephen Colbert, Trevor Noah, Taylor Swift, Cardi B, Alyssa Milano, Mark Ruffalo, Jane Fonda, Robert De Niro, Bette Midler, Steven Spielberg, Spike Lee, Ava DuVernay, Dave Chappelle, Chris Rock, and Wanda Sykes. Danny Goldberg Tue, 23 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553099 thebookvoice.com 11:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloody Crossroads 2020: Art, Entertainment, and Resistance to Trump Author: Danny Goldberg Narrator: Danny Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bloody Crossroads 2020 takes a deep dive into the role that mass-appeal movies, television, videos, and music played in America's political culture in the year of Donald Trump's failed reelection campaign. The book also explores the impact of entertainment celebrities in communications, fundraising, and campaigning to support the election of Joe Biden. Trump's ascension to the presidency in 2016 triggered an unprecedented level of engagement by artists and performers. Within days of the 2016 election, a critical mass of entertainers all seemed to have heard the tom-tom beat of resistance at the same moment and amplified a moral alternative to Trumpism. That level of engagement intensified with rare passion and purpose in the period of 2020 chronicled in Bloody Crossroads 2020, culminating in Trump's failed insurrection. Bloody Crossroads 2020 draws from brand-new interviews with Bruce Springsteen, John Legend, Rosanne Cash, David Simon, Adam McKay, Chuck D, David Corn, Mandy Patinkin, and many more. It also explores the important political activities of entertainers like Stephen Colbert, Trevor Noah, Taylor Swift, Cardi B, Alyssa Milano, Mark Ruffalo, Jane Fonda, Robert De Niro, Bette Midler, Steven Spielberg, Spike Lee, Ava DuVernay, Dave Chappelle, Chris Rock, and Wanda Sykes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloody Crossroads 2020: Art, Entertainment, and Resistance to Trump Author: Danny Goldberg Narrator: Danny Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bloody Crossroads 2020 takes a deep dive into the role that mass-appeal movies, television, videos, and music played in America's political culture in the year of Donald Trump's failed reelection campaign. The book also explores the impact of entertainment celebrities in communications, fundraising, and campaigning to support the election of Joe Biden. Trump's ascension to the presidency in 2016 triggered an unprecedented level of engagement by artists and performers. Within days of the 2016 election, a critical mass of entertainers all seemed to have heard the tom-tom beat of resistance at the same moment and amplified a moral alternative to Trumpism. That level of engagement intensified with rare passion and purpose in the period of 2020 chronicled in Bloody Crossroads 2020, culminating in Trump's failed insurrection. Bloody Crossroads 2020 draws from brand-new interviews with Bruce Springsteen, John Legend, Rosanne Cash, David Simon, Adam McKay, Chuck D, David Corn, Mandy Patinkin, and many more. It also explores the important political activities of entertainers like Stephen Colbert, Trevor Noah, Taylor Swift, Cardi B, Alyssa Milano, Mark Ruffalo, Jane Fonda, Robert De Niro, Bette Midler, Steven Spielberg, Spike Lee, Ava DuVernay, Dave Chappelle, Chris Rock, and Wanda Sykes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553075 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Quarter of the Nation: Immigration and the Transformation of America Author: Nancy Foner Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The impact of immigrants over the past half century has become so much a part of everyday life in the United States that we sometimes fail to see it. This deeply researched book by one of America's leading immigration scholars tells the story of how immigrants are fundamentally changing this country. An astonishing number of immigrants and their children—nearly eighty-six million people—now live in the United States. Together, they have transformed the American experience in profound and far-reaching ways that go to the heart of the country's identity and institutions. Unprecedented in scope, One Quarter of the Nation traces how immigration has reconfigured America's racial order—and, importantly, how Americans perceive race—and played a pivotal role in reshaping electoral politics and party alignments. It discusses how immigrants have rejuvenated our urban centers as well as some far-flung rural communities, and examines how they have strengthened the economy, fueling the growth of old industries and spurring the formation of new ones. This wide-ranging book demonstrates how immigration has touched virtually every facet of American culture, from the music we dance to and the food we eat to the films we watch and books we read. Nancy Foner Tue, 01 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553075 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Quarter of the Nation: Immigration and the Transformation of America Author: Nancy Foner Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The impact of immigrants over the past half century has become so much a part of everyday life in the United States that we sometimes fail to see it. This deeply researched book by one of America's leading immigration scholars tells the story of how immigrants are fundamentally changing this country. An astonishing number of immigrants and their children—nearly eighty-six million people—now live in the United States. Together, they have transformed the American experience in profound and far-reaching ways that go to the heart of the country's identity and institutions. Unprecedented in scope, One Quarter of the Nation traces how immigration has reconfigured America's racial order—and, importantly, how Americans perceive race—and played a pivotal role in reshaping electoral politics and party alignments. It discusses how immigrants have rejuvenated our urban centers as well as some far-flung rural communities, and examines how they have strengthened the economy, fueling the growth of old industries and spurring the formation of new ones. This wide-ranging book demonstrates how immigration has touched virtually every facet of American culture, from the music we dance to and the food we eat to the films we watch and books we read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Quarter of the Nation: Immigration and the Transformation of America Author: Nancy Foner Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The impact of immigrants over the past half century has become so much a part of everyday life in the United States that we sometimes fail to see it. This deeply researched book by one of America's leading immigration scholars tells the story of how immigrants are fundamentally changing this country. An astonishing number of immigrants and their children—nearly eighty-six million people—now live in the United States. Together, they have transformed the American experience in profound and far-reaching ways that go to the heart of the country's identity and institutions. Unprecedented in scope, One Quarter of the Nation traces how immigration has reconfigured America's racial order—and, importantly, how Americans perceive race—and played a pivotal role in reshaping electoral politics and party alignments. It discusses how immigrants have rejuvenated our urban centers as well as some far-flung rural communities, and examines how they have strengthened the economy, fueling the growth of old industries and spurring the formation of new ones. This wide-ranging book demonstrates how immigration has touched virtually every facet of American culture, from the music we dance to and the food we eat to the films we watch and books we read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553064 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loki and Sigyn: Lessons on Chaos, Laughter & Loyalty from the Norse Gods Author: Lea Svendsen Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This captivating book takes you deep into the infamous legacy of Loki and his wife Sigyn. As a controversial and misunderstood figure in Heathenry, Loki is often approached with trepidation. But this book introduces you to his true self: a trickster, but a devoted husband and creative problem-solver, too. You'll also learn about Sigyn, the often forgotten goddess of loyalty and compassion. Join Heathen author Lea Svendsen on a rich exploration of these two Norse deities, together and separate. Discover their adventures in parenthood, their complicated relationships with other gods, and the entertaining exploits that only a trickster can accomplish. Learn how to set up an altar to each of them, what offerings they like, and how to perform rituals. You'll also find insights on Loki and Sigyn from Pagan and Heathen leaders. Lea Svendsen Tue, 22 Feb 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553064 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loki and Sigyn: Lessons on Chaos, Laughter & Loyalty from the Norse Gods Author: Lea Svendsen Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This captivating book takes you deep into the infamous legacy of Loki and his wife Sigyn. As a controversial and misunderstood figure in Heathenry, Loki is often approached with trepidation. But this book introduces you to his true self: a trickster, but a devoted husband and creative problem-solver, too. You'll also learn about Sigyn, the often forgotten goddess of loyalty and compassion. Join Heathen author Lea Svendsen on a rich exploration of these two Norse deities, together and separate. Discover their adventures in parenthood, their complicated relationships with other gods, and the entertaining exploits that only a trickster can accomplish. Learn how to set up an altar to each of them, what offerings they like, and how to perform rituals. You'll also find insights on Loki and Sigyn from Pagan and Heathen leaders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loki and Sigyn: Lessons on Chaos, Laughter & Loyalty from the Norse Gods Author: Lea Svendsen Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This captivating book takes you deep into the infamous legacy of Loki and his wife Sigyn. As a controversial and misunderstood figure in Heathenry, Loki is often approached with trepidation. But this book introduces you to his true self: a trickster, but a devoted husband and creative problem-solver, too. You'll also learn about Sigyn, the often forgotten goddess of loyalty and compassion. Join Heathen author Lea Svendsen on a rich exploration of these two Norse deities, together and separate. Discover their adventures in parenthood, their complicated relationships with other gods, and the entertaining exploits that only a trickster can accomplish. Learn how to set up an altar to each of them, what offerings they like, and how to perform rituals. You'll also find insights on Loki and Sigyn from Pagan and Heathen leaders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553047 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fugitive Pedagogy: Carter G. Woodson and the Art of Black Teaching Author: Jarvis R. Givens Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fresh portrayal of one of the architects of the African American intellectual tradition, whose faith in the subversive power of education will inspire teachers and learners today. Black education was a subversive act from its inception. African Americans pursued education through clandestine means, often in defiance of law and custom, even under threat of violence. They developed what Jarvis Givens calls a tradition of 'fugitive pedagogy'—a theory and practice of Black education in America. The enslaved learned to read in spite of widespread prohibitions; newly emancipated people braved the dangers of integrating all-White schools and the hardships of building Black schools. Teachers developed covert instructional strategies, creative responses to the persistence of White opposition. From slavery through the Jim Crow era, Black people passed down this educational heritage. There is perhaps no better exemplar of this heritage than Carter G. Woodson—groundbreaking historian, founder of Black History Month, and legendary educator under Jim Crow. Givens shows that Woodson succeeded because of the world of Black teachers to which he belonged: Woodson's first teachers were his formerly enslaved uncles; he himself taught for nearly thirty years; and he spent his life partnering with educators to transform the lives of Black students. Jarvis R. Givens Tue, 12 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553047 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fugitive Pedagogy: Carter G. Woodson and the Art of Black Teaching Author: Jarvis R. Givens Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fresh portrayal of one of the architects of the African American intellectual tradition, whose faith in the subversive power of education will inspire teachers and learners today. Black education was a subversive act from its inception. African Americans pursued education through clandestine means, often in defiance of law and custom, even under threat of violence. They developed what Jarvis Givens calls a tradition of 'fugitive pedagogy'—a theory and practice of Black education in America. The enslaved learned to read in spite of widespread prohibitions; newly emancipated people braved the dangers of integrating all-White schools and the hardships of building Black schools. Teachers developed covert instructional strategies, creative responses to the persistence of White opposition. From slavery through the Jim Crow era, Black people passed down this educational heritage. There is perhaps no better exemplar of this heritage than Carter G. Woodson—groundbreaking historian, founder of Black History Month, and legendary educator under Jim Crow. Givens shows that Woodson succeeded because of the world of Black teachers to which he belonged: Woodson's first teachers were his formerly enslaved uncles; he himself taught for nearly thirty years; and he spent his life partnering with educators to transform the lives of Black students. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fugitive Pedagogy: Carter G. Woodson and the Art of Black Teaching Author: Jarvis R. Givens Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fresh portrayal of one of the architects of the African American intellectual tradition, whose faith in the subversive power of education will inspire teachers and learners today. Black education was a subversive act from its inception. African Americans pursued education through clandestine means, often in defiance of law and custom, even under threat of violence. They developed what Jarvis Givens calls a tradition of 'fugitive pedagogy'—a theory and practice of Black education in America. The enslaved learned to read in spite of widespread prohibitions; newly emancipated people braved the dangers of integrating all-White schools and the hardships of building Black schools. Teachers developed covert instructional strategies, creative responses to the persistence of White opposition. From slavery through the Jim Crow era, Black people passed down this educational heritage. There is perhaps no better exemplar of this heritage than Carter G. Woodson—groundbreaking historian, founder of Black History Month, and legendary educator under Jim Crow. Givens shows that Woodson succeeded because of the world of Black teachers to which he belonged: Woodson's first teachers were his formerly enslaved uncles; he himself taught for nearly thirty years; and he spent his life partnering with educators to transform the lives of Black students. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Over Our Dead Bodies: Undertakers Lift the Lid Author: Todd Harra, Kenneth Mckenzie Narrator: Gregory St. John, Reay Kaplan, Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With humor and heart, Over Our Dead Bodies does for the undertaking profession what Mary Roach's Stiff did for cadavers, and, like Caitlin Doughty's Will My Cat Eat My Eyeballs? gives us permission to embrace our morbid curiosity. From the authors of Mortuary Confidential. Not knowing what to do, I sat on the church steps and waited. As the gravity of my failure began to well up in me, I began to cry . . . I HAD LOST THE HEARSE! From a dysfunctional family who turn their mother's wake into a full-blown riot, to funeral crashers looking for free meals, to a horse-drawn hearse taking the dearly departed for the ride of their afterlife, these accounts from actual undertakers will have you laughing, thinking, and gasping in disbelief. A literal graveyard of wild coincidences, slapstick humor, and touching moments, Over Our Dead Bodies explores the lighter side of the dead, the living, and the lone undertaker who has to make it all go as planned—even if it doesn't. Todd Harra, Kenneth Mckenzie Tue, 30 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Over Our Dead Bodies: Undertakers Lift the Lid Author: Todd Harra, Kenneth Mckenzie Narrator: Gregory St. John, Reay Kaplan, Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With humor and heart, Over Our Dead Bodies does for the undertaking profession what Mary Roach's Stiff did for cadavers, and, like Caitlin Doughty's Will My Cat Eat My Eyeballs? gives us permission to embrace our morbid curiosity. From the authors of Mortuary Confidential. Not knowing what to do, I sat on the church steps and waited. As the gravity of my failure began to well up in me, I began to cry . . . I HAD LOST THE HEARSE! From a dysfunctional family who turn their mother's wake into a full-blown riot, to funeral crashers looking for free meals, to a horse-drawn hearse taking the dearly departed for the ride of their afterlife, these accounts from actual undertakers will have you laughing, thinking, and gasping in disbelief. A literal graveyard of wild coincidences, slapstick humor, and touching moments, Over Our Dead Bodies explores the lighter side of the dead, the living, and the lone undertaker who has to make it all go as planned—even if it doesn't. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Over Our Dead Bodies: Undertakers Lift the Lid Author: Todd Harra, Kenneth Mckenzie Narrator: Gregory St. John, Reay Kaplan, Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With humor and heart, Over Our Dead Bodies does for the undertaking profession what Mary Roach's Stiff did for cadavers, and, like Caitlin Doughty's Will My Cat Eat My Eyeballs? gives us permission to embrace our morbid curiosity. From the authors of Mortuary Confidential. Not knowing what to do, I sat on the church steps and waited. As the gravity of my failure began to well up in me, I began to cry . . . I HAD LOST THE HEARSE! From a dysfunctional family who turn their mother's wake into a full-blown riot, to funeral crashers looking for free meals, to a horse-drawn hearse taking the dearly departed for the ride of their afterlife, these accounts from actual undertakers will have you laughing, thinking, and gasping in disbelief. A literal graveyard of wild coincidences, slapstick humor, and touching moments, Over Our Dead Bodies explores the lighter side of the dead, the living, and the lone undertaker who has to make it all go as planned—even if it doesn't. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortuary Confidential: Undertakers Spill the Dirt Author: Todd Harra, Kenneth Mckenzie Narrator: Susan Larkin, Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When the casket reached the front of the sanctuary, there was a loud cracking sound as the bottom fell out. And with a thump, down came Father Iggy. From shoot-outs at funerals to dead men screaming and runaway corpses, undertakers have plenty of unusual stories to tell—and a special way of telling them. In this macabre and moving compilation, funeral directors across the country share their most embarrassing, jaw-dropping, irreverent, and deeply poignant stories about life at death's door. Discover what scares them and what moves them to tears. Learn about rookie mistakes and why death sometimes calls for duct tape. Enjoy tales of the dearly departed spending eternity naked from the waist down and getting bottled and corked—in a wine bottle. And then meet their families—the weepers, the punchers, the stolidly dignified, and the ones who deliver their dead mother in a pickup truck. If there's one thing undertakers know, it's that death drives people crazy. These are the best 'bodies of work' from America's darkest profession. Todd Harra, Kenneth Mckenzie Tue, 30 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortuary Confidential: Undertakers Spill the Dirt Author: Todd Harra, Kenneth Mckenzie Narrator: Susan Larkin, Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When the casket reached the front of the sanctuary, there was a loud cracking sound as the bottom fell out. And with a thump, down came Father Iggy. From shoot-outs at funerals to dead men screaming and runaway corpses, undertakers have plenty of unusual stories to tell—and a special way of telling them. In this macabre and moving compilation, funeral directors across the country share their most embarrassing, jaw-dropping, irreverent, and deeply poignant stories about life at death's door. Discover what scares them and what moves them to tears. Learn about rookie mistakes and why death sometimes calls for duct tape. Enjoy tales of the dearly departed spending eternity naked from the waist down and getting bottled and corked—in a wine bottle. And then meet their families—the weepers, the punchers, the stolidly dignified, and the ones who deliver their dead mother in a pickup truck. If there's one thing undertakers know, it's that death drives people crazy. These are the best 'bodies of work' from America's darkest profession. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortuary Confidential: Undertakers Spill the Dirt Author: Todd Harra, Kenneth Mckenzie Narrator: Susan Larkin, Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When the casket reached the front of the sanctuary, there was a loud cracking sound as the bottom fell out. And with a thump, down came Father Iggy. From shoot-outs at funerals to dead men screaming and runaway corpses, undertakers have plenty of unusual stories to tell—and a special way of telling them. In this macabre and moving compilation, funeral directors across the country share their most embarrassing, jaw-dropping, irreverent, and deeply poignant stories about life at death's door. Discover what scares them and what moves them to tears. Learn about rookie mistakes and why death sometimes calls for duct tape. Enjoy tales of the dearly departed spending eternity naked from the waist down and getting bottled and corked—in a wine bottle. And then meet their families—the weepers, the punchers, the stolidly dignified, and the ones who deliver their dead mother in a pickup truck. If there's one thing undertakers know, it's that death drives people crazy. These are the best 'bodies of work' from America's darkest profession. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern China: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Rana Mitter Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: China today is never out of the news: from international finance to human rights controversies, global coverage of its rising international presence, and the Chinese 'economic miracle.' It seems to be a country of contradictions: a peasant society with some of the world's most futuristic cities, heir to an ancient civilization that is still trying to find a modern identity. This Very Short Introduction offers the listener an entry to understanding the world's most populous nation, giving an integrated picture of modern Chinese society, culture, economy, politics, and art. In this new edition, Rana Mitter addresses China's current global position, accounting for the country's growth in global significance over the past decade. Rana Mitter Tue, 30 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552987 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern China: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Rana Mitter Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: China today is never out of the news: from international finance to human rights controversies, global coverage of its rising international presence, and the Chinese 'economic miracle.' It seems to be a country of contradictions: a peasant society with some of the world's most futuristic cities, heir to an ancient civilization that is still trying to find a modern identity. This Very Short Introduction offers the listener an entry to understanding the world's most populous nation, giving an integrated picture of modern Chinese society, culture, economy, politics, and art. In this new edition, Rana Mitter addresses China's current global position, accounting for the country's growth in global significance over the past decade. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern China: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Rana Mitter Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: China today is never out of the news: from international finance to human rights controversies, global coverage of its rising international presence, and the Chinese 'economic miracle.' It seems to be a country of contradictions: a peasant society with some of the world's most futuristic cities, heir to an ancient civilization that is still trying to find a modern identity. This Very Short Introduction offers the listener an entry to understanding the world's most populous nation, giving an integrated picture of modern Chinese society, culture, economy, politics, and art. In this new edition, Rana Mitter addresses China's current global position, accounting for the country's growth in global significance over the past decade. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inheritors: An Intimate Portrait of South Africa's Racial Reckoning Author: Eve Fairbanks Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction This “elegant” and “unfailingly empathetic” narrative (The New York Times) follows three ordinary South Africans living through the most extraordinary reckoning with race and power any modern country has ever faced. Dipuo, who grew up in apartheid-era Johannesburg’s largest Black township, conceived her only daughter, Malaika, on the mine dump that separated the Black city from the white one. Christo, one of the last white men drafted to police that boundary, would come to realize—one night on the same mine dump—that everything he had been taught to believe was collapsing to make way for something unprecedented. For Malaika and her peers would be born to a historic destiny: to grow up and live in a Black-led society. All three—Dipuo, Christo, Malaika—and so many other South Africans would make new lives while facing huge questions: How can we let go of our pasts? How can we, as individuals, pay historic debts? And what will people who care passionately about being good do when the meaning of right changes overnight? The Inheritors tells a story about the unexpected fates that lie ahead for other countries now facing their own reckonings over history, race, and power. Written at the intersection of politics and psychology and told through an unorthodox blend of “richly drawn” lives and “incisive observations” (The New York Review of Books), acclaimed journalist Eve Fairbanks brings a coming world “vividly into focus” (The Washington Post). “Resonant with the current American situation,” The Inheritors “draws out tangled emotions with such skill and sensitivity” (The New York Times) to arrive at subtle truths and new revelations about our responsibilities to the past—and to the future. Eve Fairbanks Tue, 19 Jul 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552955 thebookvoice.com 12:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inheritors: An Intimate Portrait of South Africa's Racial Reckoning Author: Eve Fairbanks Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction This “elegant” and “unfailingly empathetic” narrative (The New York Times) follows three ordinary South Africans living through the most extraordinary reckoning with race and power any modern country has ever faced. Dipuo, who grew up in apartheid-era Johannesburg’s largest Black township, conceived her only daughter, Malaika, on the mine dump that separated the Black city from the white one. Christo, one of the last white men drafted to police that boundary, would come to realize—one night on the same mine dump—that everything he had been taught to believe was collapsing to make way for something unprecedented. For Malaika and her peers would be born to a historic destiny: to grow up and live in a Black-led society. All three—Dipuo, Christo, Malaika—and so many other South Africans would make new lives while facing huge questions: How can we let go of our pasts? How can we, as individuals, pay historic debts? And what will people who care passionately about being good do when the meaning of right changes overnight? The Inheritors tells a story about the unexpected fates that lie ahead for other countries now facing their own reckonings over history, race, and power. Written at the intersection of politics and psychology and told through an unorthodox blend of “richly drawn” lives and “incisive observations” (The New York Review of Books), acclaimed journalist Eve Fairbanks brings a coming world “vividly into focus” (The Washington Post). “Resonant with the current American situation,” The Inheritors “draws out tangled emotions with such skill and sensitivity” (The New York Times) to arrive at subtle truths and new revelations about our responsibilities to the past—and to the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inheritors: An Intimate Portrait of South Africa's Racial Reckoning Author: Eve Fairbanks Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction This “elegant” and “unfailingly empathetic” narrative (The New York Times) follows three ordinary South Africans living through the most extraordinary reckoning with race and power any modern country has ever faced. Dipuo, who grew up in apartheid-era Johannesburg’s largest Black township, conceived her only daughter, Malaika, on the mine dump that separated the Black city from the white one. Christo, one of the last white men drafted to police that boundary, would come to realize—one night on the same mine dump—that everything he had been taught to believe was collapsing to make way for something unprecedented. For Malaika and her peers would be born to a historic destiny: to grow up and live in a Black-led society. All three—Dipuo, Christo, Malaika—and so many other South Africans would make new lives while facing huge questions: How can we let go of our pasts? How can we, as individuals, pay historic debts? And what will people who care passionately about being good do when the meaning of right changes overnight? The Inheritors tells a story about the unexpected fates that lie ahead for other countries now facing their own reckonings over history, race, and power. Written at the intersection of politics and psychology and told through an unorthodox blend of “richly drawn” lives and “incisive observations” (The New York Review of Books), acclaimed journalist Eve Fairbanks brings a coming world “vividly into focus” (The Washington Post). “Resonant with the current American situation,” The Inheritors “draws out tangled emotions with such skill and sensitivity” (The New York Times) to arrive at subtle truths and new revelations about our responsibilities to the past—and to the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Eat: The Brave New World of Food and Drink Author: Paco Underhill Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An “eye-opening” (Kirkus Reviews) and timely exploration of how our food—from where it’s grown to how we buy it—is in the midst of a transformation, showing how this is our chance to do better, for us, for our children, and for our planet, from a global expert on consumer behavior and bestselling author of Why We Buy. Our food system is undergoing a total transformation that impacts how we produce, get, and consume our food. Market researcher and bestselling author Paco Underhill—hailed by the San Francisco Chronicle as “a Sherlock Holmes for retailers”—reveals where our eating and drinking lives are heading in his “delectable” (Michael Gross, New York Times bestselling author of 740 Park) book, How We Eat. In this upbeat, hopeful, and witty approach, How We Eat reveals the future of food in surprising ways. Go to the heart of New York City where a popular farmer’s market signifies how the city is getting country-fied, or to cool Brooklyn neighborhoods with rooftop farms. Explore the dreaded supermarket parking lot as the hub of innovation for grocery stores’ futures, where they can grow their own food and host community events. Learn how marijuana farmers, who have been using artificial light to grow a crop for years, have developed a playbook so mainstream merchants like Walmart and farmers across the world can grow food in an uncertain future. Paco Underhill is the expert behind the most prominent brands, consumer habits, and market trends and the author of multiple highly acclaimed books, including Why We Buy. In How We Eat, he shows how food intersects with every major battle we face today, from political and environmental to economic and racial, and invites you to the market to discover more. Paco Underhill Tue, 04 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552946 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Eat: The Brave New World of Food and Drink Author: Paco Underhill Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An “eye-opening” (Kirkus Reviews) and timely exploration of how our food—from where it’s grown to how we buy it—is in the midst of a transformation, showing how this is our chance to do better, for us, for our children, and for our planet, from a global expert on consumer behavior and bestselling author of Why We Buy. Our food system is undergoing a total transformation that impacts how we produce, get, and consume our food. Market researcher and bestselling author Paco Underhill—hailed by the San Francisco Chronicle as “a Sherlock Holmes for retailers”—reveals where our eating and drinking lives are heading in his “delectable” (Michael Gross, New York Times bestselling author of 740 Park) book, How We Eat. In this upbeat, hopeful, and witty approach, How We Eat reveals the future of food in surprising ways. Go to the heart of New York City where a popular farmer’s market signifies how the city is getting country-fied, or to cool Brooklyn neighborhoods with rooftop farms. Explore the dreaded supermarket parking lot as the hub of innovation for grocery stores’ futures, where they can grow their own food and host community events. Learn how marijuana farmers, who have been using artificial light to grow a crop for years, have developed a playbook so mainstream merchants like Walmart and farmers across the world can grow food in an uncertain future. Paco Underhill is the expert behind the most prominent brands, consumer habits, and market trends and the author of multiple highly acclaimed books, including Why We Buy. In How We Eat, he shows how food intersects with every major battle we face today, from political and environmental to economic and racial, and invites you to the market to discover more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Eat: The Brave New World of Food and Drink Author: Paco Underhill Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An “eye-opening” (Kirkus Reviews) and timely exploration of how our food—from where it’s grown to how we buy it—is in the midst of a transformation, showing how this is our chance to do better, for us, for our children, and for our planet, from a global expert on consumer behavior and bestselling author of Why We Buy. Our food system is undergoing a total transformation that impacts how we produce, get, and consume our food. Market researcher and bestselling author Paco Underhill—hailed by the San Francisco Chronicle as “a Sherlock Holmes for retailers”—reveals where our eating and drinking lives are heading in his “delectable” (Michael Gross, New York Times bestselling author of 740 Park) book, How We Eat. In this upbeat, hopeful, and witty approach, How We Eat reveals the future of food in surprising ways. Go to the heart of New York City where a popular farmer’s market signifies how the city is getting country-fied, or to cool Brooklyn neighborhoods with rooftop farms. Explore the dreaded supermarket parking lot as the hub of innovation for grocery stores’ futures, where they can grow their own food and host community events. Learn how marijuana farmers, who have been using artificial light to grow a crop for years, have developed a playbook so mainstream merchants like Walmart and farmers across the world can grow food in an uncertain future. Paco Underhill is the expert behind the most prominent brands, consumer habits, and market trends and the author of multiple highly acclaimed books, including Why We Buy. In How We Eat, he shows how food intersects with every major battle we face today, from political and environmental to economic and racial, and invites you to the market to discover more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Systemic Racism 101: A Visual History of the Impact of Racism in America Author: Aminah Pilgrim, Living Cities Narrator: Chanté Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover how—and why—Black, Indigenous, and people of color in America experience societal, economic, and infrastructural inequality throughout history covering everything from Columbus’s arrival in 1492 to the War on Drugs to the Black Lives Matter movement. From reparations to the prison industrial complex and redlining, there are a lot of high-level concepts to systemic racism that are hard to digest. At a time where everyone is inundated with information on structural racism, it can be hard to know where to start or how to visualize the disenfranchisement of BIPOC Americans. In Systemic Racism 101, you will find infographic spreads alongside explanatory text to help you visualize and truly understand societal, economic, and structural racism—along with what we can do to change it. Starting from the discovery of America in 1492, through the Civil Rights movement, all the way to the criminal justice reform today, this book has everything you need to know about the continued fight for equality. Aminah Pilgrim, Living Cities Tue, 25 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552945 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Systemic Racism 101: A Visual History of the Impact of Racism in America Author: Aminah Pilgrim, Living Cities Narrator: Chanté Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover how—and why—Black, Indigenous, and people of color in America experience societal, economic, and infrastructural inequality throughout history covering everything from Columbus’s arrival in 1492 to the War on Drugs to the Black Lives Matter movement. From reparations to the prison industrial complex and redlining, there are a lot of high-level concepts to systemic racism that are hard to digest. At a time where everyone is inundated with information on structural racism, it can be hard to know where to start or how to visualize the disenfranchisement of BIPOC Americans. In Systemic Racism 101, you will find infographic spreads alongside explanatory text to help you visualize and truly understand societal, economic, and structural racism—along with what we can do to change it. Starting from the discovery of America in 1492, through the Civil Rights movement, all the way to the criminal justice reform today, this book has everything you need to know about the continued fight for equality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Systemic Racism 101: A Visual History of the Impact of Racism in America Author: Aminah Pilgrim, Living Cities Narrator: Chanté Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover how—and why—Black, Indigenous, and people of color in America experience societal, economic, and infrastructural inequality throughout history covering everything from Columbus’s arrival in 1492 to the War on Drugs to the Black Lives Matter movement. From reparations to the prison industrial complex and redlining, there are a lot of high-level concepts to systemic racism that are hard to digest. At a time where everyone is inundated with information on structural racism, it can be hard to know where to start or how to visualize the disenfranchisement of BIPOC Americans. In Systemic Racism 101, you will find infographic spreads alongside explanatory text to help you visualize and truly understand societal, economic, and structural racism—along with what we can do to change it. Starting from the discovery of America in 1492, through the Civil Rights movement, all the way to the criminal justice reform today, this book has everything you need to know about the continued fight for equality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552911 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tomorrow Game: Rival Teenagers, Their Race for a Gun, and a Community United to Save Them Author: Sudhir Venkatesh Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling author’s gripping account of a Chicago community coming together to save a group of teenagers from gun violence. In the tradition of works like Random Family and Behind the Beautiful Forevers, Sudhir Venkatesh’s The Tomorrow Game is a deeply reported chronicle of families surviving in a Southside Chicago community. At the heart of the story are two teenagers: Marshall Mariot, an introverted video gamer and bike rider, and Frankie Paul, who leaves foster care to direct his cousin’s drug business while he’s in prison. Frankie devises a plan to attack Marshall and his friends—it is his best chance to showcase his toughness and win respect for his crew. Catching wind of the plan, Marshall and his friends decide they must preemptively go after Frankie’s crew to defend their honor. The pressure mounts as both groups of teens race to find a gun and strike first. All the while, the community at large—a cast that includes the teens’ families, black market gun dealers, local pastors, a bodega owner, and a veteran beat cop—try their best to defuse the conflict and keep the kids alive. Based on Venkatesh’s three decades of immersion in Chicago’s Southside, and as propulsive as a novel, The Tomorrow Game is a nuanced, timely look at the toll that poverty and gun violence take on families and their communities. Sudhir Venkatesh Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552911 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tomorrow Game: Rival Teenagers, Their Race for a Gun, and a Community United to Save Them Author: Sudhir Venkatesh Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling author’s gripping account of a Chicago community coming together to save a group of teenagers from gun violence. In the tradition of works like Random Family and Behind the Beautiful Forevers, Sudhir Venkatesh’s The Tomorrow Game is a deeply reported chronicle of families surviving in a Southside Chicago community. At the heart of the story are two teenagers: Marshall Mariot, an introverted video gamer and bike rider, and Frankie Paul, who leaves foster care to direct his cousin’s drug business while he’s in prison. Frankie devises a plan to attack Marshall and his friends—it is his best chance to showcase his toughness and win respect for his crew. Catching wind of the plan, Marshall and his friends decide they must preemptively go after Frankie’s crew to defend their honor. The pressure mounts as both groups of teens race to find a gun and strike first. All the while, the community at large—a cast that includes the teens’ families, black market gun dealers, local pastors, a bodega owner, and a veteran beat cop—try their best to defuse the conflict and keep the kids alive. Based on Venkatesh’s three decades of immersion in Chicago’s Southside, and as propulsive as a novel, The Tomorrow Game is a nuanced, timely look at the toll that poverty and gun violence take on families and their communities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tomorrow Game: Rival Teenagers, Their Race for a Gun, and a Community United to Save Them Author: Sudhir Venkatesh Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling author’s gripping account of a Chicago community coming together to save a group of teenagers from gun violence. In the tradition of works like Random Family and Behind the Beautiful Forevers, Sudhir Venkatesh’s The Tomorrow Game is a deeply reported chronicle of families surviving in a Southside Chicago community. At the heart of the story are two teenagers: Marshall Mariot, an introverted video gamer and bike rider, and Frankie Paul, who leaves foster care to direct his cousin’s drug business while he’s in prison. Frankie devises a plan to attack Marshall and his friends—it is his best chance to showcase his toughness and win respect for his crew. Catching wind of the plan, Marshall and his friends decide they must preemptively go after Frankie’s crew to defend their honor. The pressure mounts as both groups of teens race to find a gun and strike first. All the while, the community at large—a cast that includes the teens’ families, black market gun dealers, local pastors, a bodega owner, and a veteran beat cop—try their best to defuse the conflict and keep the kids alive. Based on Venkatesh’s three decades of immersion in Chicago’s Southside, and as propulsive as a novel, The Tomorrow Game is a nuanced, timely look at the toll that poverty and gun violence take on families and their communities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552876 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of the Warrior-Mystic: Being a Man in an Age of Chaos Author: Angel Millar Narrator: Matt Rocker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Explores the archetypal and classical male ideal found in ancient societies around the world • Examines some of the problems facing men in the world today and shares practices to develop yourself in the face of these problems • Provides techniques for developing your thinking and focus, overcoming fear, relaxing tension in your body, and developing a self-image more appropriate to who you are and aspire to be Ancient and classical societies have always had an ideal of manhood. In Japan, the samurai cultivated not only the art of the sword but also poetry, calligraphy, and spiritual practice. In Confucianism, the ideal man was the Chun-Tzu (the Higher Man), who cultivated both the arts of war and the arts of peace. And in medieval Europe, the knight lived by the comparable code of chivalry. Such men, considered both warriors and mystics, exempli ed wholeness. Yet today, men exist in a chaotic world without role models, guidance, or a sense of the sacred masculine. Exploring how to reconnect with the archetypal male ideal and develop the different sides of your being, author Angel Millar offers a journey of self-development to help cultivate yourself as a whole--mentally, physically, and spiritually. He examines some of the problems facing men in the world today--lack of strong friendships, distractingtechnology, constant criticism--and shares practices to develop yourself in the face of these problems. He shares techniques for enhancing your focus, overcoming fear, integrating your shadow, developing inner silence, and creating a self-image more appropriate to who you are and who you aspire to be. He also explores the importance of relaxing tension in your body to help you break free from pattern-induced behavior and self-defeating thoughts embedded through muscle memory. Examining in uential gures both contemporary and historical like Steve Jobs and Swami Vivekananda, powerful myths from East and West such as the tale of Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, warrior and brotherhood traditions as well as literature and fine art, this guide will help you discover your inner sacred masculine, a better understanding of the world and your place in it, and ultimately how to become a confident, strong, and dynamic contemporary higher man and a leader in your own life. Angel Millar Tue, 09 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552876 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of the Warrior-Mystic: Being a Man in an Age of Chaos Author: Angel Millar Narrator: Matt Rocker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Explores the archetypal and classical male ideal found in ancient societies around the world • Examines some of the problems facing men in the world today and shares practices to develop yourself in the face of these problems • Provides techniques for developing your thinking and focus, overcoming fear, relaxing tension in your body, and developing a self-image more appropriate to who you are and aspire to be Ancient and classical societies have always had an ideal of manhood. In Japan, the samurai cultivated not only the art of the sword but also poetry, calligraphy, and spiritual practice. In Confucianism, the ideal man was the Chun-Tzu (the Higher Man), who cultivated both the arts of war and the arts of peace. And in medieval Europe, the knight lived by the comparable code of chivalry. Such men, considered both warriors and mystics, exempli ed wholeness. Yet today, men exist in a chaotic world without role models, guidance, or a sense of the sacred masculine. Exploring how to reconnect with the archetypal male ideal and develop the different sides of your being, author Angel Millar offers a journey of self-development to help cultivate yourself as a whole--mentally, physically, and spiritually. He examines some of the problems facing men in the world today--lack of strong friendships, distractingtechnology, constant criticism--and shares practices to develop yourself in the face of these problems. He shares techniques for enhancing your focus, overcoming fear, integrating your shadow, developing inner silence, and creating a self-image more appropriate to who you are and who you aspire to be. He also explores the importance of relaxing tension in your body to help you break free from pattern-induced behavior and self-defeating thoughts embedded through muscle memory. Examining in uential gures both contemporary and historical like Steve Jobs and Swami Vivekananda, powerful myths from East and West such as the tale of Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, warrior and brotherhood traditions as well as literature and fine art, this guide will help you discover your inner sacred masculine, a better understanding of the world and your place in it, and ultimately how to become a confident, strong, and dynamic contemporary higher man and a leader in your own life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of the Warrior-Mystic: Being a Man in an Age of Chaos Author: Angel Millar Narrator: Matt Rocker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Explores the archetypal and classical male ideal found in ancient societies around the world • Examines some of the problems facing men in the world today and shares practices to develop yourself in the face of these problems • Provides techniques for developing your thinking and focus, overcoming fear, relaxing tension in your body, and developing a self-image more appropriate to who you are and aspire to be Ancient and classical societies have always had an ideal of manhood. In Japan, the samurai cultivated not only the art of the sword but also poetry, calligraphy, and spiritual practice. In Confucianism, the ideal man was the Chun-Tzu (the Higher Man), who cultivated both the arts of war and the arts of peace. And in medieval Europe, the knight lived by the comparable code of chivalry. Such men, considered both warriors and mystics, exempli ed wholeness. Yet today, men exist in a chaotic world without role models, guidance, or a sense of the sacred masculine. Exploring how to reconnect with the archetypal male ideal and develop the different sides of your being, author Angel Millar offers a journey of self-development to help cultivate yourself as a whole--mentally, physically, and spiritually. He examines some of the problems facing men in the world today--lack of strong friendships, distractingtechnology, constant criticism--and shares practices to develop yourself in the face of these problems. He shares techniques for enhancing your focus, overcoming fear, integrating your shadow, developing inner silence, and creating a self-image more appropriate to who you are and who you aspire to be. He also explores the importance of relaxing tension in your body to help you break free from pattern-induced behavior and self-defeating thoughts embedded through muscle memory. Examining in uential gures both contemporary and historical like Steve Jobs and Swami Vivekananda, powerful myths from East and West such as the tale of Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, warrior and brotherhood traditions as well as literature and fine art, this guide will help you discover your inner sacred masculine, a better understanding of the world and your place in it, and ultimately how to become a confident, strong, and dynamic contemporary higher man and a leader in your own life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Cannabis: Therapeutic Methods and Unique Blends to Treat Trauma and Transform Consciousness Author: Daniel Mcqueen Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Explains how cannabis can be used to treat trauma and emotional pain, as a profound problem-solving tool, and as a potent catalyst for self-transformation and ongoing healing work • Shares methods to minimize the unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce deep physical relaxation and, when needed, elevated healing states • Details how to blend cannabis strains for specific kinds of psychedelic experiences and how to prepare for your sessions to ensure success Despite the recent resurgence of interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics, Cannabis sativa as a psychedelic therapy has been completely overlooked. Yet, as psychedelic specialist Daniel McQueen reveals, when used skillfully and with intention, cannabis can be used to treat trauma and other mental health concerns just as psilocybin mushrooms and MDMA can. It can also be used as a problem-solving tool and as a potent catalyst for self-actualization and ongoing healing work. Presenting a step-by-step guide, McQueen explores how to transform cannabis into a reliable and safe psychedelic medicine. Drawing on his years of experience working with clients to release traumas and emotional pain and step into their full potential, he explains the importance of proper dose, set, setting, and intention and details how to prepare for your psychedelic cannabis sessions to ensure success. He shares methods to use cannabis in a specialized and mindful way to minimize unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce vivid psychedelic states, deep physical relaxation, and healing. Looking at the unique qualities of di erent cannabis strains, the author explores the art of making a psychedelic cannabis blend, the possibilities and hidden potentials of each strain, and how to blend strains for specific medicine experiences, ranging in similarity to MDMA, psilocybin, and even ayahuasca. Unveiling new depth to this ancient spiritual and medicinal ally, McQueen shows how consciously using cannabis as a psychedelic can help transform your trauma into resilience and shift your mindset from surviving to thriving. Daniel Mcqueen Tue, 09 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Cannabis: Therapeutic Methods and Unique Blends to Treat Trauma and Transform Consciousness Author: Daniel Mcqueen Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Explains how cannabis can be used to treat trauma and emotional pain, as a profound problem-solving tool, and as a potent catalyst for self-transformation and ongoing healing work • Shares methods to minimize the unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce deep physical relaxation and, when needed, elevated healing states • Details how to blend cannabis strains for specific kinds of psychedelic experiences and how to prepare for your sessions to ensure success Despite the recent resurgence of interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics, Cannabis sativa as a psychedelic therapy has been completely overlooked. Yet, as psychedelic specialist Daniel McQueen reveals, when used skillfully and with intention, cannabis can be used to treat trauma and other mental health concerns just as psilocybin mushrooms and MDMA can. It can also be used as a problem-solving tool and as a potent catalyst for self-actualization and ongoing healing work. Presenting a step-by-step guide, McQueen explores how to transform cannabis into a reliable and safe psychedelic medicine. Drawing on his years of experience working with clients to release traumas and emotional pain and step into their full potential, he explains the importance of proper dose, set, setting, and intention and details how to prepare for your psychedelic cannabis sessions to ensure success. He shares methods to use cannabis in a specialized and mindful way to minimize unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce vivid psychedelic states, deep physical relaxation, and healing. Looking at the unique qualities of di erent cannabis strains, the author explores the art of making a psychedelic cannabis blend, the possibilities and hidden potentials of each strain, and how to blend strains for specific medicine experiences, ranging in similarity to MDMA, psilocybin, and even ayahuasca. Unveiling new depth to this ancient spiritual and medicinal ally, McQueen shows how consciously using cannabis as a psychedelic can help transform your trauma into resilience and shift your mindset from surviving to thriving. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Cannabis: Therapeutic Methods and Unique Blends to Treat Trauma and Transform Consciousness Author: Daniel Mcqueen Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Explains how cannabis can be used to treat trauma and emotional pain, as a profound problem-solving tool, and as a potent catalyst for self-transformation and ongoing healing work • Shares methods to minimize the unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce deep physical relaxation and, when needed, elevated healing states • Details how to blend cannabis strains for specific kinds of psychedelic experiences and how to prepare for your sessions to ensure success Despite the recent resurgence of interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics, Cannabis sativa as a psychedelic therapy has been completely overlooked. Yet, as psychedelic specialist Daniel McQueen reveals, when used skillfully and with intention, cannabis can be used to treat trauma and other mental health concerns just as psilocybin mushrooms and MDMA can. It can also be used as a problem-solving tool and as a potent catalyst for self-actualization and ongoing healing work. Presenting a step-by-step guide, McQueen explores how to transform cannabis into a reliable and safe psychedelic medicine. Drawing on his years of experience working with clients to release traumas and emotional pain and step into their full potential, he explains the importance of proper dose, set, setting, and intention and details how to prepare for your psychedelic cannabis sessions to ensure success. He shares methods to use cannabis in a specialized and mindful way to minimize unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce vivid psychedelic states, deep physical relaxation, and healing. Looking at the unique qualities of di erent cannabis strains, the author explores the art of making a psychedelic cannabis blend, the possibilities and hidden potentials of each strain, and how to blend strains for specific medicine experiences, ranging in similarity to MDMA, psilocybin, and even ayahuasca. Unveiling new depth to this ancient spiritual and medicinal ally, McQueen shows how consciously using cannabis as a psychedelic can help transform your trauma into resilience and shift your mindset from surviving to thriving. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552868 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Kerner Commission Report: The Landmark Study on Race, Inequality, and Police Violence Author: Jelani Cobb Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Recognizing that a historic study of American racism and police violence should become part of today's canon, Jelani Cobb contextualizes it for a new generation. The Kerner Commission Report, released a month before Martin Luther King Jr.'s 1968 assassination, is among a handful of government reports that reads like an illuminating history book—a dramatic, often shocking, exploration of systemic racism that transcends its time. Yet Columbia University professor and New Yorker correspondent Jelani Cobb argues that this prescient report, which examined more than a dozen urban uprisings between 1964 and 1967, has been woefully neglected. In an enlightening new introduction, Cobb reveals how these uprisings were used as political fodder by Republicans and demonstrates that this condensed edition of the Report is an essential resource at a moment when protest movements are challenging us to uproot racial injustice. A detailed examination of economic inequality, race, and policing, the Report has never been more relevant, and demonstrates to devastating effect that it is possible for us to be entirely cognizant of history and still tragically repeat it. Jelani Cobb Tue, 14 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552868 thebookvoice.com 11:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Kerner Commission Report: The Landmark Study on Race, Inequality, and Police Violence Author: Jelani Cobb Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Recognizing that a historic study of American racism and police violence should become part of today's canon, Jelani Cobb contextualizes it for a new generation. The Kerner Commission Report, released a month before Martin Luther King Jr.'s 1968 assassination, is among a handful of government reports that reads like an illuminating history book—a dramatic, often shocking, exploration of systemic racism that transcends its time. Yet Columbia University professor and New Yorker correspondent Jelani Cobb argues that this prescient report, which examined more than a dozen urban uprisings between 1964 and 1967, has been woefully neglected. In an enlightening new introduction, Cobb reveals how these uprisings were used as political fodder by Republicans and demonstrates that this condensed edition of the Report is an essential resource at a moment when protest movements are challenging us to uproot racial injustice. A detailed examination of economic inequality, race, and policing, the Report has never been more relevant, and demonstrates to devastating effect that it is possible for us to be entirely cognizant of history and still tragically repeat it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Kerner Commission Report: The Landmark Study on Race, Inequality, and Police Violence Author: Jelani Cobb Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Recognizing that a historic study of American racism and police violence should become part of today's canon, Jelani Cobb contextualizes it for a new generation. The Kerner Commission Report, released a month before Martin Luther King Jr.'s 1968 assassination, is among a handful of government reports that reads like an illuminating history book—a dramatic, often shocking, exploration of systemic racism that transcends its time. Yet Columbia University professor and New Yorker correspondent Jelani Cobb argues that this prescient report, which examined more than a dozen urban uprisings between 1964 and 1967, has been woefully neglected. In an enlightening new introduction, Cobb reveals how these uprisings were used as political fodder by Republicans and demonstrates that this condensed edition of the Report is an essential resource at a moment when protest movements are challenging us to uproot racial injustice. A detailed examination of economic inequality, race, and policing, the Report has never been more relevant, and demonstrates to devastating effect that it is possible for us to be entirely cognizant of history and still tragically repeat it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552832 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Italian Lessons: Fifty Things We Know About Life Now Author: Beppe Severgnini Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One-of-a-kind timeless lessons for handling challenges and living with joy, the Italian way—“with unparalleled insight and brilliant wit, Severgnini’s book not only transports us to Italy but deep into the Italian mind and spirit' (Stanley Tucci, host of Searching for Italy). Is there an Italian way to deal with life? Can we all learn something from the Italians?  Italy often arouses in Americans a unique mix of attraction and bafflement, moderate disapproval and incredible allure. From the Italians' love of poetry to an innate desire to socialize to the regional differences between the north and the south, Beppe Severgnini, who has dedicated his career to the meticulous observation of his compatriots, embarks on an enthralling quest to identify a core Italian identity and explore how that identity has evolved since the global pandemic.   Told with the warmth and humor of a longtime friend, Severgnini touches upon patience, endurance, and wisdom, and offers a one-of-a-kind set of timeless lessons for overcoming trials, the Italian way. Beppe Severgnini Tue, 03 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552832 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Italian Lessons: Fifty Things We Know About Life Now Author: Beppe Severgnini Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One-of-a-kind timeless lessons for handling challenges and living with joy, the Italian way—“with unparalleled insight and brilliant wit, Severgnini’s book not only transports us to Italy but deep into the Italian mind and spirit' (Stanley Tucci, host of Searching for Italy). Is there an Italian way to deal with life? Can we all learn something from the Italians?  Italy often arouses in Americans a unique mix of attraction and bafflement, moderate disapproval and incredible allure. From the Italians' love of poetry to an innate desire to socialize to the regional differences between the north and the south, Beppe Severgnini, who has dedicated his career to the meticulous observation of his compatriots, embarks on an enthralling quest to identify a core Italian identity and explore how that identity has evolved since the global pandemic.   Told with the warmth and humor of a longtime friend, Severgnini touches upon patience, endurance, and wisdom, and offers a one-of-a-kind set of timeless lessons for overcoming trials, the Italian way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Italian Lessons: Fifty Things We Know About Life Now Author: Beppe Severgnini Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One-of-a-kind timeless lessons for handling challenges and living with joy, the Italian way—“with unparalleled insight and brilliant wit, Severgnini’s book not only transports us to Italy but deep into the Italian mind and spirit' (Stanley Tucci, host of Searching for Italy). Is there an Italian way to deal with life? Can we all learn something from the Italians?  Italy often arouses in Americans a unique mix of attraction and bafflement, moderate disapproval and incredible allure. From the Italians' love of poetry to an innate desire to socialize to the regional differences between the north and the south, Beppe Severgnini, who has dedicated his career to the meticulous observation of his compatriots, embarks on an enthralling quest to identify a core Italian identity and explore how that identity has evolved since the global pandemic.   Told with the warmth and humor of a longtime friend, Severgnini touches upon patience, endurance, and wisdom, and offers a one-of-a-kind set of timeless lessons for overcoming trials, the Italian way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552816 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book Of Muhammad Author: Mehru Jaffer Narrator: Katie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Muhammad is the Prophet; the messenger of God. But for the vast majority of people outside the Islamic faith; he remains a mystery; and myths and misconceptions about him abound. Born in a time of moral despondency and despair; Muhammad spent his entire life trying to transcend human pettiness; searching for absolute values; the meaning of life and what it meant to be a human being. The Book of Muhammad recounts this journey—Muhammad’s early struggles to bring his message to the people in Mecca; the Revelation; his flight to Medina and the establishment of Islam and an ideal city-state there; and his triumphant return to Mecca. Mehru Jaffer’s own search to understand the teachings of Islam inform this lucid yet profound retelling of the life of one of the most mesmerizing figures to walk this earth; thereby making his teachings and spiritual significance accessible to all. In this short biography; Mehru Jaffer presents Muhammad as an extraordinary prophet and leader; a man of God who succeeded in uniting all of Arabia through his new faith and exerted enormous influence over centuries of human history. In her detailed introduction to the book she also examines why the fundamental tenet of his teachings—that to be a good human being is to be kind; compassionate and charitable—is particularly relevant in our troubled times today. Mehru Jaffer Tue, 05 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552816 thebookvoice.com 3:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book Of Muhammad Author: Mehru Jaffer Narrator: Katie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Muhammad is the Prophet; the messenger of God. But for the vast majority of people outside the Islamic faith; he remains a mystery; and myths and misconceptions about him abound. Born in a time of moral despondency and despair; Muhammad spent his entire life trying to transcend human pettiness; searching for absolute values; the meaning of life and what it meant to be a human being. The Book of Muhammad recounts this journey—Muhammad’s early struggles to bring his message to the people in Mecca; the Revelation; his flight to Medina and the establishment of Islam and an ideal city-state there; and his triumphant return to Mecca. Mehru Jaffer’s own search to understand the teachings of Islam inform this lucid yet profound retelling of the life of one of the most mesmerizing figures to walk this earth; thereby making his teachings and spiritual significance accessible to all. In this short biography; Mehru Jaffer presents Muhammad as an extraordinary prophet and leader; a man of God who succeeded in uniting all of Arabia through his new faith and exerted enormous influence over centuries of human history. In her detailed introduction to the book she also examines why the fundamental tenet of his teachings—that to be a good human being is to be kind; compassionate and charitable—is particularly relevant in our troubled times today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book Of Muhammad Author: Mehru Jaffer Narrator: Katie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Muhammad is the Prophet; the messenger of God. But for the vast majority of people outside the Islamic faith; he remains a mystery; and myths and misconceptions about him abound. Born in a time of moral despondency and despair; Muhammad spent his entire life trying to transcend human pettiness; searching for absolute values; the meaning of life and what it meant to be a human being. The Book of Muhammad recounts this journey—Muhammad’s early struggles to bring his message to the people in Mecca; the Revelation; his flight to Medina and the establishment of Islam and an ideal city-state there; and his triumphant return to Mecca. Mehru Jaffer’s own search to understand the teachings of Islam inform this lucid yet profound retelling of the life of one of the most mesmerizing figures to walk this earth; thereby making his teachings and spiritual significance accessible to all. In this short biography; Mehru Jaffer presents Muhammad as an extraordinary prophet and leader; a man of God who succeeded in uniting all of Arabia through his new faith and exerted enormous influence over centuries of human history. In her detailed introduction to the book she also examines why the fundamental tenet of his teachings—that to be a good human being is to be kind; compassionate and charitable—is particularly relevant in our troubled times today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Science, Sexuality, and Medicine Author: Myrna Sheldon Narrator: Sheldon Myrna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What does the history of science reveal about sex and sexuality? Explore the relationship between body and sexual identity with a Harvard-educated expert.   Prior to the seventeenth century, Western attitudes toward sexuality came primarily from reading scripture. With the onset of the Atlantic slave trade and the proliferation of European colonies, however, encounters with new racial and ethnic groups raised revealed variations in sexual activity and social norms that sparked a new medical and scientific interest in sexuality.   Presented by Myrna Perez Sheldon, recipient of the Margaret W. Rossiter History of Women in Science Award, this fascinating audio course demonstrates how the history of medical and scientific approaches to the body, as well as contemporary medical practices, have shaped modern understandings of sexuality.   In these compelling lectures, you’ll learn how science became the primary cultural authority not only on bodily desire but on the environmental factors that affect sexual identity. You’ll see why lawmakers, educators, public commentators, and religious communities increasingly look to medicine and science to understand sexuality, while also discovering why feminist and queer activists are often wary of purely biological definitions of human sexuality.   After studying the European origins of the scientific approach to sexuality, you’ll focus especially on the US national context, considering how medicine and science have shaped American cultural debates over LGBTQ diversities, contraception and abortion, as well as sexual health, desire, and morality. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Myrna Sheldon Wed, 06 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552549 thebookvoice.com 5:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Science, Sexuality, and Medicine Author: Myrna Sheldon Narrator: Sheldon Myrna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What does the history of science reveal about sex and sexuality? Explore the relationship between body and sexual identity with a Harvard-educated expert.   Prior to the seventeenth century, Western attitudes toward sexuality came primarily from reading scripture. With the onset of the Atlantic slave trade and the proliferation of European colonies, however, encounters with new racial and ethnic groups raised revealed variations in sexual activity and social norms that sparked a new medical and scientific interest in sexuality.   Presented by Myrna Perez Sheldon, recipient of the Margaret W. Rossiter History of Women in Science Award, this fascinating audio course demonstrates how the history of medical and scientific approaches to the body, as well as contemporary medical practices, have shaped modern understandings of sexuality.   In these compelling lectures, you’ll learn how science became the primary cultural authority not only on bodily desire but on the environmental factors that affect sexual identity. You’ll see why lawmakers, educators, public commentators, and religious communities increasingly look to medicine and science to understand sexuality, while also discovering why feminist and queer activists are often wary of purely biological definitions of human sexuality.   After studying the European origins of the scientific approach to sexuality, you’ll focus especially on the US national context, considering how medicine and science have shaped American cultural debates over LGBTQ diversities, contraception and abortion, as well as sexual health, desire, and morality. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Science, Sexuality, and Medicine Author: Myrna Sheldon Narrator: Sheldon Myrna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What does the history of science reveal about sex and sexuality? Explore the relationship between body and sexual identity with a Harvard-educated expert.   Prior to the seventeenth century, Western attitudes toward sexuality came primarily from reading scripture. With the onset of the Atlantic slave trade and the proliferation of European colonies, however, encounters with new racial and ethnic groups raised revealed variations in sexual activity and social norms that sparked a new medical and scientific interest in sexuality.   Presented by Myrna Perez Sheldon, recipient of the Margaret W. Rossiter History of Women in Science Award, this fascinating audio course demonstrates how the history of medical and scientific approaches to the body, as well as contemporary medical practices, have shaped modern understandings of sexuality.   In these compelling lectures, you’ll learn how science became the primary cultural authority not only on bodily desire but on the environmental factors that affect sexual identity. You’ll see why lawmakers, educators, public commentators, and religious communities increasingly look to medicine and science to understand sexuality, while also discovering why feminist and queer activists are often wary of purely biological definitions of human sexuality.   After studying the European origins of the scientific approach to sexuality, you’ll focus especially on the US national context, considering how medicine and science have shaped American cultural debates over LGBTQ diversities, contraception and abortion, as well as sexual health, desire, and morality. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552479 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Drugs: A History Author: David R. Farber Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fifty years after President Richard Nixon declared a 'War on Drugs,' the United States government has spent over a trillion dollars fighting a losing battle. In recent years, about 1.5 million people have been arrested annually on drug charges—most of them involving cannabis—and nearly 500,000 Americans are currently incarcerated for drug offenses. Today, as a response to the dire human and financial costs, Americans are fast losing their faith that a War on Drugs is fair, moral, or effective. In a rare multi-faceted overview of the underground drug market, featuring historical and ethnographic accounts of illegal drug production, distribution, and sales, The War on Drugs: A History examines how drug war policies contributed to the making of the carceral state, racial injustice, regulatory disasters, and a massive underground economy. At the same time, the collection explores how aggressive anti-drug policies produced a 'deviant' form of globalization that offered economically marginalized people an economic life-line as players in a remunerative transnational supply and distribution network of illicit drugs. David R. Farber Tue, 30 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552479 thebookvoice.com 12:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Drugs: A History Author: David R. Farber Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fifty years after President Richard Nixon declared a 'War on Drugs,' the United States government has spent over a trillion dollars fighting a losing battle. In recent years, about 1.5 million people have been arrested annually on drug charges—most of them involving cannabis—and nearly 500,000 Americans are currently incarcerated for drug offenses. Today, as a response to the dire human and financial costs, Americans are fast losing their faith that a War on Drugs is fair, moral, or effective. In a rare multi-faceted overview of the underground drug market, featuring historical and ethnographic accounts of illegal drug production, distribution, and sales, The War on Drugs: A History examines how drug war policies contributed to the making of the carceral state, racial injustice, regulatory disasters, and a massive underground economy. At the same time, the collection explores how aggressive anti-drug policies produced a 'deviant' form of globalization that offered economically marginalized people an economic life-line as players in a remunerative transnational supply and distribution network of illicit drugs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Drugs: A History Author: David R. Farber Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fifty years after President Richard Nixon declared a 'War on Drugs,' the United States government has spent over a trillion dollars fighting a losing battle. In recent years, about 1.5 million people have been arrested annually on drug charges—most of them involving cannabis—and nearly 500,000 Americans are currently incarcerated for drug offenses. Today, as a response to the dire human and financial costs, Americans are fast losing their faith that a War on Drugs is fair, moral, or effective. In a rare multi-faceted overview of the underground drug market, featuring historical and ethnographic accounts of illegal drug production, distribution, and sales, The War on Drugs: A History examines how drug war policies contributed to the making of the carceral state, racial injustice, regulatory disasters, and a massive underground economy. At the same time, the collection explores how aggressive anti-drug policies produced a 'deviant' form of globalization that offered economically marginalized people an economic life-line as players in a remunerative transnational supply and distribution network of illicit drugs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552478 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plantation Politics and Campus Rebellions: Power, Diversity, and the Emancipatory Struggle in Higher Education Author: Frank A. Tuitt, Dian D. Squire, Bianca C. Williams Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Plantation Politics and Campus Rebellions provides a multidisciplinary exploration of the contemporary university's entanglement with the history of slavery and settler colonialism in the United States. Inspired by more than a hundred student-led protests during the Movement for Black Lives, contributors examine how campus rebellions—and university responses to them—expose the racialized inequities at the core of higher education. Plantation politics are embedded in the everyday workings of universities—in not only the physical structures and spaces of academic institutions, but in its recruitment and attainment strategies, hiring practices, curriculum, and notions of sociality, safety, and community. The book is comprised of three sections that highlight how white supremacy shapes campus communities and classrooms; how current diversity and inclusion initiatives perpetuate inequality; and how students, staff, and faculty practice resistance in the face of institutional and legislative repression. The volume is indispensable for students, faculty, student affairs professionals, and administrators invested in learning more about how power operates within education and imagining emancipatory futures. Frank A. Tuitt, Dian D. Squire, Bianca C. Williams Tue, 15 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552478 thebookvoice.com 13:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plantation Politics and Campus Rebellions: Power, Diversity, and the Emancipatory Struggle in Higher Education Author: Frank A. Tuitt, Dian D. Squire, Bianca C. Williams Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Plantation Politics and Campus Rebellions provides a multidisciplinary exploration of the contemporary university's entanglement with the history of slavery and settler colonialism in the United States. Inspired by more than a hundred student-led protests during the Movement for Black Lives, contributors examine how campus rebellions—and university responses to them—expose the racialized inequities at the core of higher education. Plantation politics are embedded in the everyday workings of universities—in not only the physical structures and spaces of academic institutions, but in its recruitment and attainment strategies, hiring practices, curriculum, and notions of sociality, safety, and community. The book is comprised of three sections that highlight how white supremacy shapes campus communities and classrooms; how current diversity and inclusion initiatives perpetuate inequality; and how students, staff, and faculty practice resistance in the face of institutional and legislative repression. The volume is indispensable for students, faculty, student affairs professionals, and administrators invested in learning more about how power operates within education and imagining emancipatory futures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plantation Politics and Campus Rebellions: Power, Diversity, and the Emancipatory Struggle in Higher Education Author: Frank A. Tuitt, Dian D. Squire, Bianca C. Williams Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Plantation Politics and Campus Rebellions provides a multidisciplinary exploration of the contemporary university's entanglement with the history of slavery and settler colonialism in the United States. Inspired by more than a hundred student-led protests during the Movement for Black Lives, contributors examine how campus rebellions—and university responses to them—expose the racialized inequities at the core of higher education. Plantation politics are embedded in the everyday workings of universities—in not only the physical structures and spaces of academic institutions, but in its recruitment and attainment strategies, hiring practices, curriculum, and notions of sociality, safety, and community. The book is comprised of three sections that highlight how white supremacy shapes campus communities and classrooms; how current diversity and inclusion initiatives perpetuate inequality; and how students, staff, and faculty practice resistance in the face of institutional and legislative repression. The volume is indispensable for students, faculty, student affairs professionals, and administrators invested in learning more about how power operates within education and imagining emancipatory futures. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552465 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tearing Down the Lost Cause: The Removal of New Orleans's Confederate Statues Author: Howard Hunter, James Gill Narrator: Logan Stearns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On the eve of the Civil War, New Orleans was far more cosmopolitan than Southern, with its sizable population of immigrants, Northern-born businessmen, and white and Black Creoles. However, by 1880 New Orleans rivaled Richmond as a bastion of the Lost Cause. After Appomattox, a significant number of Confederate veterans moved into the city giving elites the backing to form a Confederate civic culture. While it's fair to say that the three Confederate monuments and the white supremacist Liberty Monument all came out of this dangerous nostalgia, the authors argue that each monument embodies its own story and mirrors the city and the times. The Lee monument expressed the bereavement of veterans and a desire to reconcile with the North, though strictly on their own terms. The Davis monument articulated the will of the Ladies Confederate Memorial Association to solidify the Lost Cause and Southern patriotism. The Beauregard Monument honored a local hero, but symbolized the waning of French New Orleans and rising Americanization. The Liberty Monument represented white supremacy and the cruel hypocrisy of celebrating a past that never existed. Gill and Hunter contextualize these statues rather than polarize, interviewing people who are on both sides, including citizens, academics, public intellectuals, and former mayor Mitch Landrieu. Howard Hunter, James Gill Tue, 25 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552465 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tearing Down the Lost Cause: The Removal of New Orleans's Confederate Statues Author: Howard Hunter, James Gill Narrator: Logan Stearns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On the eve of the Civil War, New Orleans was far more cosmopolitan than Southern, with its sizable population of immigrants, Northern-born businessmen, and white and Black Creoles. However, by 1880 New Orleans rivaled Richmond as a bastion of the Lost Cause. After Appomattox, a significant number of Confederate veterans moved into the city giving elites the backing to form a Confederate civic culture. While it's fair to say that the three Confederate monuments and the white supremacist Liberty Monument all came out of this dangerous nostalgia, the authors argue that each monument embodies its own story and mirrors the city and the times. The Lee monument expressed the bereavement of veterans and a desire to reconcile with the North, though strictly on their own terms. The Davis monument articulated the will of the Ladies Confederate Memorial Association to solidify the Lost Cause and Southern patriotism. The Beauregard Monument honored a local hero, but symbolized the waning of French New Orleans and rising Americanization. The Liberty Monument represented white supremacy and the cruel hypocrisy of celebrating a past that never existed. Gill and Hunter contextualize these statues rather than polarize, interviewing people who are on both sides, including citizens, academics, public intellectuals, and former mayor Mitch Landrieu. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tearing Down the Lost Cause: The Removal of New Orleans's Confederate Statues Author: Howard Hunter, James Gill Narrator: Logan Stearns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On the eve of the Civil War, New Orleans was far more cosmopolitan than Southern, with its sizable population of immigrants, Northern-born businessmen, and white and Black Creoles. However, by 1880 New Orleans rivaled Richmond as a bastion of the Lost Cause. After Appomattox, a significant number of Confederate veterans moved into the city giving elites the backing to form a Confederate civic culture. While it's fair to say that the three Confederate monuments and the white supremacist Liberty Monument all came out of this dangerous nostalgia, the authors argue that each monument embodies its own story and mirrors the city and the times. The Lee monument expressed the bereavement of veterans and a desire to reconcile with the North, though strictly on their own terms. The Davis monument articulated the will of the Ladies Confederate Memorial Association to solidify the Lost Cause and Southern patriotism. The Beauregard Monument honored a local hero, but symbolized the waning of French New Orleans and rising Americanization. The Liberty Monument represented white supremacy and the cruel hypocrisy of celebrating a past that never existed. Gill and Hunter contextualize these statues rather than polarize, interviewing people who are on both sides, including citizens, academics, public intellectuals, and former mayor Mitch Landrieu. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552453 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy in the Islamic World: A Very Short Introduction Author: Peter Adamson Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the history of philosophy, few topics are so relevant to today's cultural and political landscape as philosophy in the Islamic world. Yet, this remains one of the lesser-known philosophical traditions. In this Very Short Introduction, Peter Adamson explores the history of philosophy among Muslims, Jews, and Christians living in Islamic lands, from its historical background to thinkers in the twentieth century. Introducing the main philosophical themes of the Islamic world, Adamson integrates ideas from the Islamic and Abrahamic faiths to consider the broad philosophical questions that continue to invite debate: What is the relationship between reason and religious belief? What is the possibility of proving God's existence? What is the nature of knowledge? Drawing on the most recent research in the field, this book challenges the assumption of the cultural decline of philosophy and science in the Islamic world by demonstrating its rich heritage and overlap with other faiths and philosophies. Peter Adamson Tue, 23 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552453 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy in the Islamic World: A Very Short Introduction Author: Peter Adamson Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the history of philosophy, few topics are so relevant to today's cultural and political landscape as philosophy in the Islamic world. Yet, this remains one of the lesser-known philosophical traditions. In this Very Short Introduction, Peter Adamson explores the history of philosophy among Muslims, Jews, and Christians living in Islamic lands, from its historical background to thinkers in the twentieth century. Introducing the main philosophical themes of the Islamic world, Adamson integrates ideas from the Islamic and Abrahamic faiths to consider the broad philosophical questions that continue to invite debate: What is the relationship between reason and religious belief? What is the possibility of proving God's existence? What is the nature of knowledge? Drawing on the most recent research in the field, this book challenges the assumption of the cultural decline of philosophy and science in the Islamic world by demonstrating its rich heritage and overlap with other faiths and philosophies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Philosophy in the Islamic World: A Very Short Introduction Author: Peter Adamson Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the history of philosophy, few topics are so relevant to today's cultural and political landscape as philosophy in the Islamic world. Yet, this remains one of the lesser-known philosophical traditions. In this Very Short Introduction, Peter Adamson explores the history of philosophy among Muslims, Jews, and Christians living in Islamic lands, from its historical background to thinkers in the twentieth century. Introducing the main philosophical themes of the Islamic world, Adamson integrates ideas from the Islamic and Abrahamic faiths to consider the broad philosophical questions that continue to invite debate: What is the relationship between reason and religious belief? What is the possibility of proving God's existence? What is the nature of knowledge? Drawing on the most recent research in the field, this book challenges the assumption of the cultural decline of philosophy and science in the Islamic world by demonstrating its rich heritage and overlap with other faiths and philosophies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fires of Lust: Sex in the Middle Ages Author: Katherine Harvey Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An illuminating exploration of the surprisingly familiar sex lives of ordinary medieval people. The medieval humoral system of medicine suggested that it was possible to die from having too much—or too little—sex, while the Roman Catholic Church taught that virginity was the ideal state. Holy men and women committed themselves to lifelong abstinence in the name of religion. Everyone was forced to conform to restrictive rules about who they could have sex with, in what way, how often, and even when, and could be harshly punished for getting it wrong. Other experiences are more familiar. Like us, medieval people faced challenges in finding a suitable partner or trying to get pregnant (or trying not to). They also struggled with many of the same social issues, such as whether prostitution should be legalized. Above all, they shared our fondness for dirty jokes and erotic images. By exploring their sex lives, the book brings ordinary medieval people to life, revealing details of their most personal thoughts and experiences. Ultimately, it provides us with an important and intimate connection to the past. Contains mature themes. Katherine Harvey Fri, 31 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fires of Lust: Sex in the Middle Ages Author: Katherine Harvey Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An illuminating exploration of the surprisingly familiar sex lives of ordinary medieval people. The medieval humoral system of medicine suggested that it was possible to die from having too much—or too little—sex, while the Roman Catholic Church taught that virginity was the ideal state. Holy men and women committed themselves to lifelong abstinence in the name of religion. Everyone was forced to conform to restrictive rules about who they could have sex with, in what way, how often, and even when, and could be harshly punished for getting it wrong. Other experiences are more familiar. Like us, medieval people faced challenges in finding a suitable partner or trying to get pregnant (or trying not to). They also struggled with many of the same social issues, such as whether prostitution should be legalized. Above all, they shared our fondness for dirty jokes and erotic images. By exploring their sex lives, the book brings ordinary medieval people to life, revealing details of their most personal thoughts and experiences. Ultimately, it provides us with an important and intimate connection to the past. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fires of Lust: Sex in the Middle Ages Author: Katherine Harvey Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An illuminating exploration of the surprisingly familiar sex lives of ordinary medieval people. The medieval humoral system of medicine suggested that it was possible to die from having too much—or too little—sex, while the Roman Catholic Church taught that virginity was the ideal state. Holy men and women committed themselves to lifelong abstinence in the name of religion. Everyone was forced to conform to restrictive rules about who they could have sex with, in what way, how often, and even when, and could be harshly punished for getting it wrong. Other experiences are more familiar. Like us, medieval people faced challenges in finding a suitable partner or trying to get pregnant (or trying not to). They also struggled with many of the same social issues, such as whether prostitution should be legalized. Above all, they shared our fondness for dirty jokes and erotic images. By exploring their sex lives, the book brings ordinary medieval people to life, revealing details of their most personal thoughts and experiences. Ultimately, it provides us with an important and intimate connection to the past. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552424 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Threat: American Masculinity in the Face of Change Author: Dan Cassino, Yasemin Besen-Cassino Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Against all evidence to the contrary, American men have come to believe that the world is tilted—economically, socially, politically—against them. A majority of men across the political spectrum feel that they face some amount of discrimination because of their sex. The authors of Gender Threat look at what reasoning lies behind their belief and how they respond to it. Many feel that there is a limited set of socially accepted ways for men to express their gender identity, and when circumstances make it difficult or impossible for them to do so, they search for another outlet to compensate. Sometimes these behaviors are socially positive, such as placing a greater emphasis on fatherhood, but other times they can be maladaptive, as in the case of increased sexual harassment at work. These trends have emerged, notably, since the Great Recession of 2008-09. Drawing on multiple data sources, the authors find that the specter of threats to their gender identity has important implications for men's behavior. Importantly, younger men are more likely to turn to nontraditional compensatory behaviors, such as increased involvement in cooking, parenting, and community leadership, suggesting that the conception of masculinity is likely to change in the decades to come. Dan Cassino, Yasemin Besen-Cassino Tue, 11 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552424 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Threat: American Masculinity in the Face of Change Author: Dan Cassino, Yasemin Besen-Cassino Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Against all evidence to the contrary, American men have come to believe that the world is tilted—economically, socially, politically—against them. A majority of men across the political spectrum feel that they face some amount of discrimination because of their sex. The authors of Gender Threat look at what reasoning lies behind their belief and how they respond to it. Many feel that there is a limited set of socially accepted ways for men to express their gender identity, and when circumstances make it difficult or impossible for them to do so, they search for another outlet to compensate. Sometimes these behaviors are socially positive, such as placing a greater emphasis on fatherhood, but other times they can be maladaptive, as in the case of increased sexual harassment at work. These trends have emerged, notably, since the Great Recession of 2008-09. Drawing on multiple data sources, the authors find that the specter of threats to their gender identity has important implications for men's behavior. Importantly, younger men are more likely to turn to nontraditional compensatory behaviors, such as increased involvement in cooking, parenting, and community leadership, suggesting that the conception of masculinity is likely to change in the decades to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Threat: American Masculinity in the Face of Change Author: Dan Cassino, Yasemin Besen-Cassino Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Against all evidence to the contrary, American men have come to believe that the world is tilted—economically, socially, politically—against them. A majority of men across the political spectrum feel that they face some amount of discrimination because of their sex. The authors of Gender Threat look at what reasoning lies behind their belief and how they respond to it. Many feel that there is a limited set of socially accepted ways for men to express their gender identity, and when circumstances make it difficult or impossible for them to do so, they search for another outlet to compensate. Sometimes these behaviors are socially positive, such as placing a greater emphasis on fatherhood, but other times they can be maladaptive, as in the case of increased sexual harassment at work. These trends have emerged, notably, since the Great Recession of 2008-09. Drawing on multiple data sources, the authors find that the specter of threats to their gender identity has important implications for men's behavior. Importantly, younger men are more likely to turn to nontraditional compensatory behaviors, such as increased involvement in cooking, parenting, and community leadership, suggesting that the conception of masculinity is likely to change in the decades to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552423 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Decent Meal: Building Empathy in a Divided America Author: Michael Carolan Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: While America's new reality appears to be a deeply divided body politic, many are wondering how we can or should move forward from here. Can political or social divisiveness be healed? Is empathy among people with very little ideological common ground possible? In A Decent Meal, Michael Carolan finds answers to these fundamental questions in a series of unexpected places: around our dinner tables, along the aisles of our supermarkets, and in the fields growing our fruits and vegetables. What is more common, after all, than the simple fact that we all need to eat? This book is the result of Carolan's efforts to create simulations in which food could be used to build empathy, among even the staunchest of rivals. Carolan argues that we must find places and practices where incivility is suspended and leverage those opportunities into tools for building social cohesion. Each chapter follows individuals who participated in a given experiment, ranging from strawberry-picking, attempting to subsist on SNAP benefits, or attending a dinner of wild game. By engaging with participants before, during, and after, Carolan is able to document their remarkable shifts in attitude and opinion. Though this book is framed around food, it is really about the spaces opened up by food, in our communities, in our homes, and, ultimately, in our minds. Michael Carolan Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552423 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Decent Meal: Building Empathy in a Divided America Author: Michael Carolan Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: While America's new reality appears to be a deeply divided body politic, many are wondering how we can or should move forward from here. Can political or social divisiveness be healed? Is empathy among people with very little ideological common ground possible? In A Decent Meal, Michael Carolan finds answers to these fundamental questions in a series of unexpected places: around our dinner tables, along the aisles of our supermarkets, and in the fields growing our fruits and vegetables. What is more common, after all, than the simple fact that we all need to eat? This book is the result of Carolan's efforts to create simulations in which food could be used to build empathy, among even the staunchest of rivals. Carolan argues that we must find places and practices where incivility is suspended and leverage those opportunities into tools for building social cohesion. Each chapter follows individuals who participated in a given experiment, ranging from strawberry-picking, attempting to subsist on SNAP benefits, or attending a dinner of wild game. By engaging with participants before, during, and after, Carolan is able to document their remarkable shifts in attitude and opinion. Though this book is framed around food, it is really about the spaces opened up by food, in our communities, in our homes, and, ultimately, in our minds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Decent Meal: Building Empathy in a Divided America Author: Michael Carolan Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: While America's new reality appears to be a deeply divided body politic, many are wondering how we can or should move forward from here. Can political or social divisiveness be healed? Is empathy among people with very little ideological common ground possible? In A Decent Meal, Michael Carolan finds answers to these fundamental questions in a series of unexpected places: around our dinner tables, along the aisles of our supermarkets, and in the fields growing our fruits and vegetables. What is more common, after all, than the simple fact that we all need to eat? This book is the result of Carolan's efforts to create simulations in which food could be used to build empathy, among even the staunchest of rivals. Carolan argues that we must find places and practices where incivility is suspended and leverage those opportunities into tools for building social cohesion. Each chapter follows individuals who participated in a given experiment, ranging from strawberry-picking, attempting to subsist on SNAP benefits, or attending a dinner of wild game. By engaging with participants before, during, and after, Carolan is able to document their remarkable shifts in attitude and opinion. Though this book is framed around food, it is really about the spaces opened up by food, in our communities, in our homes, and, ultimately, in our minds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552417 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 21 Divisions: Mysteries and Magic of Dominican Voodoo Author: Hector Salva Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the first books to explore the unique tradition of Dominican shamanism, the magical practices called the 21 Divisions. Like all forms of Caribbean Voodoo, practitioners of the 21 Divisions believe in one God, a distant God that doesn't get involved in human affairs. Followers of this Dominican spiritual tradition believe that God created intermediaries to help humans, beings known as Los Misterios. The Misterios are powerful beings with rulership and dominion over universal forces and human conditions. Practitioners of the 21 Divisions have ways of connecting with the Misterios to achieve success in life, improve their careers, resolve love and relationship issues, heal illness, and much more. Filled with detailed insider information and real stories of healing, magic, and mystery, this book will serve as an illuminating guide to the 21 Divisions. Hector Salva—one of the foremost authorities on the practice of the 21 Divisions—offers his insights into: the history and foundations of Dominican Voodoo; the major Misterios, or spirits, of the 21 Divisions; ceremonies, rituals, and magical spells; and how to get started on the path of the 21 Divisions. Hector Salva Fri, 31 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552417 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 21 Divisions: Mysteries and Magic of Dominican Voodoo Author: Hector Salva Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the first books to explore the unique tradition of Dominican shamanism, the magical practices called the 21 Divisions. Like all forms of Caribbean Voodoo, practitioners of the 21 Divisions believe in one God, a distant God that doesn't get involved in human affairs. Followers of this Dominican spiritual tradition believe that God created intermediaries to help humans, beings known as Los Misterios. The Misterios are powerful beings with rulership and dominion over universal forces and human conditions. Practitioners of the 21 Divisions have ways of connecting with the Misterios to achieve success in life, improve their careers, resolve love and relationship issues, heal illness, and much more. Filled with detailed insider information and real stories of healing, magic, and mystery, this book will serve as an illuminating guide to the 21 Divisions. Hector Salva—one of the foremost authorities on the practice of the 21 Divisions—offers his insights into: the history and foundations of Dominican Voodoo; the major Misterios, or spirits, of the 21 Divisions; ceremonies, rituals, and magical spells; and how to get started on the path of the 21 Divisions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 21 Divisions: Mysteries and Magic of Dominican Voodoo Author: Hector Salva Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the first books to explore the unique tradition of Dominican shamanism, the magical practices called the 21 Divisions. Like all forms of Caribbean Voodoo, practitioners of the 21 Divisions believe in one God, a distant God that doesn't get involved in human affairs. Followers of this Dominican spiritual tradition believe that God created intermediaries to help humans, beings known as Los Misterios. The Misterios are powerful beings with rulership and dominion over universal forces and human conditions. Practitioners of the 21 Divisions have ways of connecting with the Misterios to achieve success in life, improve their careers, resolve love and relationship issues, heal illness, and much more. Filled with detailed insider information and real stories of healing, magic, and mystery, this book will serve as an illuminating guide to the 21 Divisions. Hector Salva—one of the foremost authorities on the practice of the 21 Divisions—offers his insights into: the history and foundations of Dominican Voodoo; the major Misterios, or spirits, of the 21 Divisions; ceremonies, rituals, and magical spells; and how to get started on the path of the 21 Divisions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552402 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Present: Commanding Attention at Work (and at Home) by Managing Your Social Presence Author: Jeanine W. Turner Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Survival strategies for communicating in a notification-saturated world As our ability to pay attention in a world of distractions vanishes, it's no wonder that our ability to be heard and understood—to convey our messages—is also threatened. Whether working with our teams and customers or communicating with our families and friends, it is increasingly difficult to break through the digital devices that get in the way of communication. And the ubiquity of digital devices means that we are often 'multicommunicating,' participating in multiple conversations at once. As a result, our ability to be socially present with an audience requires an intentional approach. This increased strain on attention has never been more clear than during the global pandemic, when our homes suddenly accommodated both work and family life. What are our options when facing professional communications at all hours? Do we ask for the technology to be put away at the dinner table? Establish other ground rules? What about using digital communications to our advantage—how can we facilitate information-sharing in the midst of a world where we are overwhelmed with content? Jeanine W. Turner Tue, 11 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552402 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Present: Commanding Attention at Work (and at Home) by Managing Your Social Presence Author: Jeanine W. Turner Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Survival strategies for communicating in a notification-saturated world As our ability to pay attention in a world of distractions vanishes, it's no wonder that our ability to be heard and understood—to convey our messages—is also threatened. Whether working with our teams and customers or communicating with our families and friends, it is increasingly difficult to break through the digital devices that get in the way of communication. And the ubiquity of digital devices means that we are often 'multicommunicating,' participating in multiple conversations at once. As a result, our ability to be socially present with an audience requires an intentional approach. This increased strain on attention has never been more clear than during the global pandemic, when our homes suddenly accommodated both work and family life. What are our options when facing professional communications at all hours? Do we ask for the technology to be put away at the dinner table? Establish other ground rules? What about using digital communications to our advantage—how can we facilitate information-sharing in the midst of a world where we are overwhelmed with content? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Present: Commanding Attention at Work (and at Home) by Managing Your Social Presence Author: Jeanine W. Turner Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Survival strategies for communicating in a notification-saturated world As our ability to pay attention in a world of distractions vanishes, it's no wonder that our ability to be heard and understood—to convey our messages—is also threatened. Whether working with our teams and customers or communicating with our families and friends, it is increasingly difficult to break through the digital devices that get in the way of communication. And the ubiquity of digital devices means that we are often 'multicommunicating,' participating in multiple conversations at once. As a result, our ability to be socially present with an audience requires an intentional approach. This increased strain on attention has never been more clear than during the global pandemic, when our homes suddenly accommodated both work and family life. What are our options when facing professional communications at all hours? Do we ask for the technology to be put away at the dinner table? Establish other ground rules? What about using digital communications to our advantage—how can we facilitate information-sharing in the midst of a world where we are overwhelmed with content? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Sex: Lessons from Extraordinary Lovers Author: Peggy J. Kleinplatz PhD, A. Dana Ménard PhD Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What makes sex magnificent? What are the qualities of extraordinary erotic intimacy and what are the elements that help to bring it about? Is great sex the stuff that people remember nostalgically from the 'honeymoon' phase of their relationships, or can sex improve over time? Magnificent Sex is based on the largest, in-depth interview study ever conducted with people who are having extraordinary sex. It gathers the nuggets for remarkable sex from the 'experts,' distilling them into an attainable blueprint for ordinary lovers who want to make erotic intimacy grow over the course of a lifetime. Looking at factors including individual and relational qualities, empathic communication, and the myths and realities of magnificent sex, this book offers accessible and evidence-based guidance for lovers and therapists alike. It is replete with frank and often humorous interviews with straight and LGBTQ individuals and couples, those who are 'vanilla' and 'kinky,' monogamous and consensually non-monogamous and healthy and chronically ill. This illuminating book explores the implications of the findings to develop a model that effectively tackles the common problems of low desire and frequency. The 'cure' for low desire is to create desirable sex! Contains mature themes. Peggy J. Kleinplatz PhD, A. Dana Ménard PhD Tue, 16 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Sex: Lessons from Extraordinary Lovers Author: Peggy J. Kleinplatz PhD, A. Dana Ménard PhD Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What makes sex magnificent? What are the qualities of extraordinary erotic intimacy and what are the elements that help to bring it about? Is great sex the stuff that people remember nostalgically from the 'honeymoon' phase of their relationships, or can sex improve over time? Magnificent Sex is based on the largest, in-depth interview study ever conducted with people who are having extraordinary sex. It gathers the nuggets for remarkable sex from the 'experts,' distilling them into an attainable blueprint for ordinary lovers who want to make erotic intimacy grow over the course of a lifetime. Looking at factors including individual and relational qualities, empathic communication, and the myths and realities of magnificent sex, this book offers accessible and evidence-based guidance for lovers and therapists alike. It is replete with frank and often humorous interviews with straight and LGBTQ individuals and couples, those who are 'vanilla' and 'kinky,' monogamous and consensually non-monogamous and healthy and chronically ill. This illuminating book explores the implications of the findings to develop a model that effectively tackles the common problems of low desire and frequency. The 'cure' for low desire is to create desirable sex! Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Sex: Lessons from Extraordinary Lovers Author: Peggy J. Kleinplatz PhD, A. Dana Ménard PhD Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What makes sex magnificent? What are the qualities of extraordinary erotic intimacy and what are the elements that help to bring it about? Is great sex the stuff that people remember nostalgically from the 'honeymoon' phase of their relationships, or can sex improve over time? Magnificent Sex is based on the largest, in-depth interview study ever conducted with people who are having extraordinary sex. It gathers the nuggets for remarkable sex from the 'experts,' distilling them into an attainable blueprint for ordinary lovers who want to make erotic intimacy grow over the course of a lifetime. Looking at factors including individual and relational qualities, empathic communication, and the myths and realities of magnificent sex, this book offers accessible and evidence-based guidance for lovers and therapists alike. It is replete with frank and often humorous interviews with straight and LGBTQ individuals and couples, those who are 'vanilla' and 'kinky,' monogamous and consensually non-monogamous and healthy and chronically ill. This illuminating book explores the implications of the findings to develop a model that effectively tackles the common problems of low desire and frequency. The 'cure' for low desire is to create desirable sex! Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552383 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nature of Tomorrow: A History of the Environmental Future Author: Michael Rawson Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An examination of how Western visions of endless future growth have contributed to the global environmental crisis For centuries, the West has produced stories about the future in which humans use advanced science and technology to transform the earth. Michael Rawson uses a wide range of works that include Francis Bacon's New Atlantis, the science fiction novels of Jules Verne, and even the speculations of think tanks like the RAND Corporation to reveal the environmental paradox at the heart of these narratives: the single-minded expectation of unlimited growth on a finite planet. Rawson shows how these stories, which have long pervaded Western dreams about the future, have helped to enable an unprecedentedly abundant and technology-driven lifestyle for some while bringing the threat of environmental disaster to all. Adapting to ecological realities, he argues, hinges on the ability to create new visions of tomorrow that decouple growth from the idea of progress. Michael Rawson Tue, 23 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552383 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nature of Tomorrow: A History of the Environmental Future Author: Michael Rawson Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An examination of how Western visions of endless future growth have contributed to the global environmental crisis For centuries, the West has produced stories about the future in which humans use advanced science and technology to transform the earth. Michael Rawson uses a wide range of works that include Francis Bacon's New Atlantis, the science fiction novels of Jules Verne, and even the speculations of think tanks like the RAND Corporation to reveal the environmental paradox at the heart of these narratives: the single-minded expectation of unlimited growth on a finite planet. Rawson shows how these stories, which have long pervaded Western dreams about the future, have helped to enable an unprecedentedly abundant and technology-driven lifestyle for some while bringing the threat of environmental disaster to all. Adapting to ecological realities, he argues, hinges on the ability to create new visions of tomorrow that decouple growth from the idea of progress. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nature of Tomorrow: A History of the Environmental Future Author: Michael Rawson Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An examination of how Western visions of endless future growth have contributed to the global environmental crisis For centuries, the West has produced stories about the future in which humans use advanced science and technology to transform the earth. Michael Rawson uses a wide range of works that include Francis Bacon's New Atlantis, the science fiction novels of Jules Verne, and even the speculations of think tanks like the RAND Corporation to reveal the environmental paradox at the heart of these narratives: the single-minded expectation of unlimited growth on a finite planet. Rawson shows how these stories, which have long pervaded Western dreams about the future, have helped to enable an unprecedentedly abundant and technology-driven lifestyle for some while bringing the threat of environmental disaster to all. Adapting to ecological realities, he argues, hinges on the ability to create new visions of tomorrow that decouple growth from the idea of progress. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552370 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hope Under Oppression Author: Katie Stockdale Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We have all been told, at one time or another, to 'never give up hope.' It's a common injunction to children, but as we grow older, sustaining hope becomes more challenging, particularly in a world we come to see as often frightening, dark, and unjust. But what is this thing 'hope,' and why is hope so valuable that we are so often urged to preserve and protect it? This book explores the nature and essential role of hope in human life under conditions of oppression. Oppression is often a threat and damage to hope, yet many members of oppressed groups, including prominent activists pursuing a more just world, find hope valuable and even essential to their personal and political lives. Katie Stockdale offers a unique evaluative framework for hope that captures its intrinsic value, the rationality and morality of hope, and ultimately how we can hope well in the non-ideal world we share. She develops an account of the relationship between hope and anger about oppression and argues that when people are angry about oppression, they tend to also harbor hope for repair. Ultimately, this work illustrates the crucial value of hope for both individuals and collectives in the pursuit of justice, and in an increasingly uncertain world. Katie Stockdale Tue, 30 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552370 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hope Under Oppression Author: Katie Stockdale Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We have all been told, at one time or another, to 'never give up hope.' It's a common injunction to children, but as we grow older, sustaining hope becomes more challenging, particularly in a world we come to see as often frightening, dark, and unjust. But what is this thing 'hope,' and why is hope so valuable that we are so often urged to preserve and protect it? This book explores the nature and essential role of hope in human life under conditions of oppression. Oppression is often a threat and damage to hope, yet many members of oppressed groups, including prominent activists pursuing a more just world, find hope valuable and even essential to their personal and political lives. Katie Stockdale offers a unique evaluative framework for hope that captures its intrinsic value, the rationality and morality of hope, and ultimately how we can hope well in the non-ideal world we share. She develops an account of the relationship between hope and anger about oppression and argues that when people are angry about oppression, they tend to also harbor hope for repair. Ultimately, this work illustrates the crucial value of hope for both individuals and collectives in the pursuit of justice, and in an increasingly uncertain world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hope Under Oppression Author: Katie Stockdale Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We have all been told, at one time or another, to 'never give up hope.' It's a common injunction to children, but as we grow older, sustaining hope becomes more challenging, particularly in a world we come to see as often frightening, dark, and unjust. But what is this thing 'hope,' and why is hope so valuable that we are so often urged to preserve and protect it? This book explores the nature and essential role of hope in human life under conditions of oppression. Oppression is often a threat and damage to hope, yet many members of oppressed groups, including prominent activists pursuing a more just world, find hope valuable and even essential to their personal and political lives. Katie Stockdale offers a unique evaluative framework for hope that captures its intrinsic value, the rationality and morality of hope, and ultimately how we can hope well in the non-ideal world we share. She develops an account of the relationship between hope and anger about oppression and argues that when people are angry about oppression, they tend to also harbor hope for repair. Ultimately, this work illustrates the crucial value of hope for both individuals and collectives in the pursuit of justice, and in an increasingly uncertain world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Botanical Curses and Poisons: The Shadow-Lives of Plants Author: Fez Inkwright Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover the folklore and history of our most toxic plants. 'If you drink much from a bottle marked 'poison,' it is almost certain to disagree with you, sooner or later.'—Lewis Carroll, Alice in Wonderland In both history and fiction, some of the most dramatic, notorious deaths have been through poisonings. Concealed and deliberate, it's a crime that requires advance planning and that for many centuries could go virtually undetected. And yet there is a fine line between healing and killing: the difference lies only in the dosage! In Botanical Curses and Poisons, Fez Inkwright returns to folkloric and historical archives to reveal the fascinating, untold stories behind a variety of lethal plants, witching herbs, and funghi. Going from A to Z, she covers everything from apple (think of the poisoned fruit in 'Snow White') and the hallucinogenic angel's trumpet to laurel, which emits toxic fumes, to oleander (a deadly ornamental shrub), with each plant beautifully illustrated by the author herself. This enthralling treasury is packed with insight, lore, and the revealed mysteries of everyday flora—including the prevalence of poisoning in ancient Rome, its use in religion and magic, and common antidotes—making this perfect for gardeners, writers, folklorists, witches, and scientists alike! Fez Inkwright Tue, 07 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Botanical Curses and Poisons: The Shadow-Lives of Plants Author: Fez Inkwright Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover the folklore and history of our most toxic plants. 'If you drink much from a bottle marked 'poison,' it is almost certain to disagree with you, sooner or later.'—Lewis Carroll, Alice in Wonderland In both history and fiction, some of the most dramatic, notorious deaths have been through poisonings. Concealed and deliberate, it's a crime that requires advance planning and that for many centuries could go virtually undetected. And yet there is a fine line between healing and killing: the difference lies only in the dosage! In Botanical Curses and Poisons, Fez Inkwright returns to folkloric and historical archives to reveal the fascinating, untold stories behind a variety of lethal plants, witching herbs, and funghi. Going from A to Z, she covers everything from apple (think of the poisoned fruit in 'Snow White') and the hallucinogenic angel's trumpet to laurel, which emits toxic fumes, to oleander (a deadly ornamental shrub), with each plant beautifully illustrated by the author herself. This enthralling treasury is packed with insight, lore, and the revealed mysteries of everyday flora—including the prevalence of poisoning in ancient Rome, its use in religion and magic, and common antidotes—making this perfect for gardeners, writers, folklorists, witches, and scientists alike! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Botanical Curses and Poisons: The Shadow-Lives of Plants Author: Fez Inkwright Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover the folklore and history of our most toxic plants. 'If you drink much from a bottle marked 'poison,' it is almost certain to disagree with you, sooner or later.'—Lewis Carroll, Alice in Wonderland In both history and fiction, some of the most dramatic, notorious deaths have been through poisonings. Concealed and deliberate, it's a crime that requires advance planning and that for many centuries could go virtually undetected. And yet there is a fine line between healing and killing: the difference lies only in the dosage! In Botanical Curses and Poisons, Fez Inkwright returns to folkloric and historical archives to reveal the fascinating, untold stories behind a variety of lethal plants, witching herbs, and funghi. Going from A to Z, she covers everything from apple (think of the poisoned fruit in 'Snow White') and the hallucinogenic angel's trumpet to laurel, which emits toxic fumes, to oleander (a deadly ornamental shrub), with each plant beautifully illustrated by the author herself. This enthralling treasury is packed with insight, lore, and the revealed mysteries of everyday flora—including the prevalence of poisoning in ancient Rome, its use in religion and magic, and common antidotes—making this perfect for gardeners, writers, folklorists, witches, and scientists alike! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Soul Wound: Trauma-Informed Counseling for Indigenous Communities, Second Edition Author: Eduardo Duran Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, Eduardo Duran—a psychologist working in Indian country—draws on his own clinical experience to provide guidance to counselors working with Native Peoples and other vulnerable populations. This second edition includes an important new chapter devoted to working with veterans, examining what it means to go to war and what is required for veterans to heal. Duran also updates his thinking on research, including suggestions on how to invent a new liberation research methodology through applied story science. Translating theory into day-to-day practice, the text presents case materials that illustrate effective intervention strategies for prevalent problems, including substance abuse, intergenerational trauma, and internalized oppression. This unique resource explores theoretical Indigenous understanding of cosmology and how understanding natural law can lead us to new ways of understanding and healing the psyche. Eduardo Duran Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Soul Wound: Trauma-Informed Counseling for Indigenous Communities, Second Edition Author: Eduardo Duran Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, Eduardo Duran—a psychologist working in Indian country—draws on his own clinical experience to provide guidance to counselors working with Native Peoples and other vulnerable populations. This second edition includes an important new chapter devoted to working with veterans, examining what it means to go to war and what is required for veterans to heal. Duran also updates his thinking on research, including suggestions on how to invent a new liberation research methodology through applied story science. Translating theory into day-to-day practice, the text presents case materials that illustrate effective intervention strategies for prevalent problems, including substance abuse, intergenerational trauma, and internalized oppression. This unique resource explores theoretical Indigenous understanding of cosmology and how understanding natural law can lead us to new ways of understanding and healing the psyche. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Soul Wound: Trauma-Informed Counseling for Indigenous Communities, Second Edition Author: Eduardo Duran Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, Eduardo Duran—a psychologist working in Indian country—draws on his own clinical experience to provide guidance to counselors working with Native Peoples and other vulnerable populations. This second edition includes an important new chapter devoted to working with veterans, examining what it means to go to war and what is required for veterans to heal. Duran also updates his thinking on research, including suggestions on how to invent a new liberation research methodology through applied story science. Translating theory into day-to-day practice, the text presents case materials that illustrate effective intervention strategies for prevalent problems, including substance abuse, intergenerational trauma, and internalized oppression. This unique resource explores theoretical Indigenous understanding of cosmology and how understanding natural law can lead us to new ways of understanding and healing the psyche. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552330 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Springer Mountain: Meditations on Killing and Eating Author: Wyatt Williams Narrator: Erik Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on years of investigative reporting, Wyatt Williams offers a powerful look at why we kill and eat animals. In order to understand why we eat meat, the restaurant critic and journalist investigated factory farms, learned to hunt game, worked on a slaughterhouse kill floor, and partook in Indigenous traditions of whale eating in Alaska. In Springer Mountain, he tells about his experiences while charting the history of meat eating and vegetarianism. Williams shows how mysteries springing up from everyday experiences can lead us into the big questions of life while examining the irreconcilable differences between humans and animals. Springer Mountain is a thought-provoking work, one that reveals how what we eat tells us who we are. Wyatt Williams Tue, 30 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552330 thebookvoice.com 2:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Springer Mountain: Meditations on Killing and Eating Author: Wyatt Williams Narrator: Erik Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on years of investigative reporting, Wyatt Williams offers a powerful look at why we kill and eat animals. In order to understand why we eat meat, the restaurant critic and journalist investigated factory farms, learned to hunt game, worked on a slaughterhouse kill floor, and partook in Indigenous traditions of whale eating in Alaska. In Springer Mountain, he tells about his experiences while charting the history of meat eating and vegetarianism. Williams shows how mysteries springing up from everyday experiences can lead us into the big questions of life while examining the irreconcilable differences between humans and animals. Springer Mountain is a thought-provoking work, one that reveals how what we eat tells us who we are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Springer Mountain: Meditations on Killing and Eating Author: Wyatt Williams Narrator: Erik Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on years of investigative reporting, Wyatt Williams offers a powerful look at why we kill and eat animals. In order to understand why we eat meat, the restaurant critic and journalist investigated factory farms, learned to hunt game, worked on a slaughterhouse kill floor, and partook in Indigenous traditions of whale eating in Alaska. In Springer Mountain, he tells about his experiences while charting the history of meat eating and vegetarianism. Williams shows how mysteries springing up from everyday experiences can lead us into the big questions of life while examining the irreconcilable differences between humans and animals. Springer Mountain is a thought-provoking work, one that reveals how what we eat tells us who we are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simpsons Secret: A Cromulent Guide To How The Simpsons Predicted Everything! Author: Lydia Poulteney, James Hicks Narrator: Lydia Poulteney, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered how The Simpsons predicts the future? Then, The Simpsons Secret is the book for you. The Simpsons has been predicting major events with scary accuracy for over three decades, from Donald Trump's presidency to Disney buying 20th Century Fox. People just can't seem to get enough and are eager to know what it's going to predict next. This book goes behind the scenes of this adored cartoon series, and the family we've grown to love. Between Homer, Marge, Bart, Lisa, and the rest of the Simpsons family, the show has stolen our hearts, and also left us amazed at how often The Simpsons predicts the future! So how do they do it? Is it a crystal ball? A fountain of knowledge? Have the writers gained the ability to travel through time? As shocking as it may seem, the answer is actually a little simpler than that. The cartoon crew is not in a secret society that can see the future, nor have they mastered the art of time travel. In The Simpsons Secret, learn more about: how The Simpsons is able to predict so many major events; how the show writers and producers come up with these ideas; and so much more about your favorite old-school cartoon family. Lydia Poulteney, James Hicks Tue, 14 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552298 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simpsons Secret: A Cromulent Guide To How The Simpsons Predicted Everything! Author: Lydia Poulteney, James Hicks Narrator: Lydia Poulteney, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered how The Simpsons predicts the future? Then, The Simpsons Secret is the book for you. The Simpsons has been predicting major events with scary accuracy for over three decades, from Donald Trump's presidency to Disney buying 20th Century Fox. People just can't seem to get enough and are eager to know what it's going to predict next. This book goes behind the scenes of this adored cartoon series, and the family we've grown to love. Between Homer, Marge, Bart, Lisa, and the rest of the Simpsons family, the show has stolen our hearts, and also left us amazed at how often The Simpsons predicts the future! So how do they do it? Is it a crystal ball? A fountain of knowledge? Have the writers gained the ability to travel through time? As shocking as it may seem, the answer is actually a little simpler than that. The cartoon crew is not in a secret society that can see the future, nor have they mastered the art of time travel. In The Simpsons Secret, learn more about: how The Simpsons is able to predict so many major events; how the show writers and producers come up with these ideas; and so much more about your favorite old-school cartoon family. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simpsons Secret: A Cromulent Guide To How The Simpsons Predicted Everything! Author: Lydia Poulteney, James Hicks Narrator: Lydia Poulteney, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered how The Simpsons predicts the future? Then, The Simpsons Secret is the book for you. The Simpsons has been predicting major events with scary accuracy for over three decades, from Donald Trump's presidency to Disney buying 20th Century Fox. People just can't seem to get enough and are eager to know what it's going to predict next. This book goes behind the scenes of this adored cartoon series, and the family we've grown to love. Between Homer, Marge, Bart, Lisa, and the rest of the Simpsons family, the show has stolen our hearts, and also left us amazed at how often The Simpsons predicts the future! So how do they do it? Is it a crystal ball? A fountain of knowledge? Have the writers gained the ability to travel through time? As shocking as it may seem, the answer is actually a little simpler than that. The cartoon crew is not in a secret society that can see the future, nor have they mastered the art of time travel. In The Simpsons Secret, learn more about: how The Simpsons is able to predict so many major events; how the show writers and producers come up with these ideas; and so much more about your favorite old-school cartoon family. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552296 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gender Creative Child: Pathways for Nurturing and Supporting Children Who Live Outside Gender Boxes Author: Diane Ehrensaft PhD Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading US authority on a subject more timely than ever—an up-to-date, all-in-one resource on gender-nonconforming children and adolescents In her groundbreaking first book, Gender Born, Gender Made, Dr. Diane Ehrensaft coined the term gender creative to describe children whose unique gender expression or sense of identity is not defined by a checkbox on their birth certificate. Now, with The Gender Creative Child, she returns to guide parents and professionals through the rapidly changing cultural, medical, and legal landscape of gender and identity. In this up-to-date, comprehensive resource, Dr. Ehrensaft explains the interconnected effects of biology, nurture, and culture to explore why gender can be fluid, rather than binary. As an advocate for the gender affirmative model and with the expertise she has gained over three decades of pioneering work with children and families, she encourages caregivers to listen to each child, learn their particular needs, and support their quest for a true gender self. The Gender Creative Child unlocks the door to a gender-expansive world, revealing pathways for positive change in our schools, our communities, and the world. Diane Ehrensaft PhD Tue, 18 Jan 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552296 thebookvoice.com 11:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gender Creative Child: Pathways for Nurturing and Supporting Children Who Live Outside Gender Boxes Author: Diane Ehrensaft PhD Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading US authority on a subject more timely than ever—an up-to-date, all-in-one resource on gender-nonconforming children and adolescents In her groundbreaking first book, Gender Born, Gender Made, Dr. Diane Ehrensaft coined the term gender creative to describe children whose unique gender expression or sense of identity is not defined by a checkbox on their birth certificate. Now, with The Gender Creative Child, she returns to guide parents and professionals through the rapidly changing cultural, medical, and legal landscape of gender and identity. In this up-to-date, comprehensive resource, Dr. Ehrensaft explains the interconnected effects of biology, nurture, and culture to explore why gender can be fluid, rather than binary. As an advocate for the gender affirmative model and with the expertise she has gained over three decades of pioneering work with children and families, she encourages caregivers to listen to each child, learn their particular needs, and support their quest for a true gender self. The Gender Creative Child unlocks the door to a gender-expansive world, revealing pathways for positive change in our schools, our communities, and the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gender Creative Child: Pathways for Nurturing and Supporting Children Who Live Outside Gender Boxes Author: Diane Ehrensaft PhD Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading US authority on a subject more timely than ever—an up-to-date, all-in-one resource on gender-nonconforming children and adolescents In her groundbreaking first book, Gender Born, Gender Made, Dr. Diane Ehrensaft coined the term gender creative to describe children whose unique gender expression or sense of identity is not defined by a checkbox on their birth certificate. Now, with The Gender Creative Child, she returns to guide parents and professionals through the rapidly changing cultural, medical, and legal landscape of gender and identity. In this up-to-date, comprehensive resource, Dr. Ehrensaft explains the interconnected effects of biology, nurture, and culture to explore why gender can be fluid, rather than binary. As an advocate for the gender affirmative model and with the expertise she has gained over three decades of pioneering work with children and families, she encourages caregivers to listen to each child, learn their particular needs, and support their quest for a true gender self. The Gender Creative Child unlocks the door to a gender-expansive world, revealing pathways for positive change in our schools, our communities, and the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552295 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Looking Like the Enemy: My Story of Imprisonment in Japanese American Internment Camps Author: Mary Matsuda Gruenewald Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author at 16 years old was evacuated with her family to an internment camp for Japanese Americans, along with 110,000 other people of Japanese ancestry living on the West Coast. She faced an indefinite sentence behind barbed wire in crowded, primitive camps. She struggled for survival and dignity, and endured psychological scarring that has lasted a lifetime. This memoir is told from the heart and mind of a woman now nearly eighty years old who experienced the challenges and wounds of her internment at a crucial point in her development as a young adult. She brings passion and spirit to her story. Like The Diary of Anne Frank, this memoir superbly captures the emotional and psychological essence of what it was like to grow up in the midst of this profound dislocation and injustice in the US. Few other books on this subject come close to the emotional power and moral significance of this memoir. In the end, the listener is buoyed by what Mary learns from her experiences and what she is able to do with her life. In 2005 she becomes one more Nissei who breaks her silence. Mary Matsuda Gruenewald Tue, 12 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552295 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Looking Like the Enemy: My Story of Imprisonment in Japanese American Internment Camps Author: Mary Matsuda Gruenewald Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author at 16 years old was evacuated with her family to an internment camp for Japanese Americans, along with 110,000 other people of Japanese ancestry living on the West Coast. She faced an indefinite sentence behind barbed wire in crowded, primitive camps. She struggled for survival and dignity, and endured psychological scarring that has lasted a lifetime. This memoir is told from the heart and mind of a woman now nearly eighty years old who experienced the challenges and wounds of her internment at a crucial point in her development as a young adult. She brings passion and spirit to her story. Like The Diary of Anne Frank, this memoir superbly captures the emotional and psychological essence of what it was like to grow up in the midst of this profound dislocation and injustice in the US. Few other books on this subject come close to the emotional power and moral significance of this memoir. In the end, the listener is buoyed by what Mary learns from her experiences and what she is able to do with her life. In 2005 she becomes one more Nissei who breaks her silence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Looking Like the Enemy: My Story of Imprisonment in Japanese American Internment Camps Author: Mary Matsuda Gruenewald Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author at 16 years old was evacuated with her family to an internment camp for Japanese Americans, along with 110,000 other people of Japanese ancestry living on the West Coast. She faced an indefinite sentence behind barbed wire in crowded, primitive camps. She struggled for survival and dignity, and endured psychological scarring that has lasted a lifetime. This memoir is told from the heart and mind of a woman now nearly eighty years old who experienced the challenges and wounds of her internment at a crucial point in her development as a young adult. She brings passion and spirit to her story. Like The Diary of Anne Frank, this memoir superbly captures the emotional and psychological essence of what it was like to grow up in the midst of this profound dislocation and injustice in the US. Few other books on this subject come close to the emotional power and moral significance of this memoir. In the end, the listener is buoyed by what Mary learns from her experiences and what she is able to do with her life. In 2005 she becomes one more Nissei who breaks her silence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552275 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black American History For Dummies Author: Ronda Racha Penrice Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Black American History For Dummies reveals the terrors and struggles and celebrates the triumphs of Black Americans. This handy book goes way beyond what you may have studied in school, digging into the complexities and the intrigues that make up Black America. From slavery and the Civil Rights movement to Black Wall Street, Juneteenth, redlining, and Black Lives Matter, this book offers an accessible resource for understanding the facts and events critical to Black history in America. The history of Black Americans is the history of Americans; Americans dance to Black music, read Black literature, watch Black movies, and whether they know it or not reap the benefits of the vibrant political, athletic, and sociological contributions of Black Americans. With this book, you can dive into history, culture, and beyond. See how far there's yet to go in the approach to studying Black American culture and ending racism. Black American History For Dummies is for anyone who needs to learn or re-learn the true history about Black Americans. Ronda Racha Penrice Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552275 thebookvoice.com 22:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black American History For Dummies Author: Ronda Racha Penrice Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Black American History For Dummies reveals the terrors and struggles and celebrates the triumphs of Black Americans. This handy book goes way beyond what you may have studied in school, digging into the complexities and the intrigues that make up Black America. From slavery and the Civil Rights movement to Black Wall Street, Juneteenth, redlining, and Black Lives Matter, this book offers an accessible resource for understanding the facts and events critical to Black history in America. The history of Black Americans is the history of Americans; Americans dance to Black music, read Black literature, watch Black movies, and whether they know it or not reap the benefits of the vibrant political, athletic, and sociological contributions of Black Americans. With this book, you can dive into history, culture, and beyond. See how far there's yet to go in the approach to studying Black American culture and ending racism. Black American History For Dummies is for anyone who needs to learn or re-learn the true history about Black Americans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black American History For Dummies Author: Ronda Racha Penrice Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Black American History For Dummies reveals the terrors and struggles and celebrates the triumphs of Black Americans. This handy book goes way beyond what you may have studied in school, digging into the complexities and the intrigues that make up Black America. From slavery and the Civil Rights movement to Black Wall Street, Juneteenth, redlining, and Black Lives Matter, this book offers an accessible resource for understanding the facts and events critical to Black history in America. The history of Black Americans is the history of Americans; Americans dance to Black music, read Black literature, watch Black movies, and whether they know it or not reap the benefits of the vibrant political, athletic, and sociological contributions of Black Americans. With this book, you can dive into history, culture, and beyond. See how far there's yet to go in the approach to studying Black American culture and ending racism. Black American History For Dummies is for anyone who needs to learn or re-learn the true history about Black Americans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551895 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Heretics: Understanding the Conspiracy Theories Polarizing the World Author: Andy Thomas Narrator: Richard Lyddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Through their part in some huge controversies, conspiracy theorists are being branded the Number One Enemies of our times – the new heretics. They are seen to threaten the very fabric of modern society, spreading doubts and fears that result in Washington Capitol invasions, transmission mast burnings or the spread of anti-vaxx material. Yet the theorists prefer to call themselves 'truth seekers' and see the mainstream establishment as the real disruptor, treating its increasingly harsh censorship as direct validation of their views.  In truth, the new heretics, whose numbers are swelling, are symptoms of a wider polarization splitting apart much of the world in ideological divisions. Many have lost trust in politicians and the media, while nuanced debate is crushed and information overload and manipulation breeds uncertainty, civil unrest and mental health issues. How does the age old strategy of divide-and-rule play out in such an environment?  Using his extensive experience of negotiating disputes between cynics and truth seekers, Andy Thomas explores the proliferation of conspiracy thinking, peeling back unhelpful layers of biased thinking on all sides to find more insightful ways to bridge the polarised divides and create a better way forward. Andy Thomas Tue, 14 Dec 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551895 thebookvoice.com 12:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Heretics: Understanding the Conspiracy Theories Polarizing the World Author: Andy Thomas Narrator: Richard Lyddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Through their part in some huge controversies, conspiracy theorists are being branded the Number One Enemies of our times – the new heretics. They are seen to threaten the very fabric of modern society, spreading doubts and fears that result in Washington Capitol invasions, transmission mast burnings or the spread of anti-vaxx material. Yet the theorists prefer to call themselves 'truth seekers' and see the mainstream establishment as the real disruptor, treating its increasingly harsh censorship as direct validation of their views.  In truth, the new heretics, whose numbers are swelling, are symptoms of a wider polarization splitting apart much of the world in ideological divisions. Many have lost trust in politicians and the media, while nuanced debate is crushed and information overload and manipulation breeds uncertainty, civil unrest and mental health issues. How does the age old strategy of divide-and-rule play out in such an environment?  Using his extensive experience of negotiating disputes between cynics and truth seekers, Andy Thomas explores the proliferation of conspiracy thinking, peeling back unhelpful layers of biased thinking on all sides to find more insightful ways to bridge the polarised divides and create a better way forward. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Heretics: Understanding the Conspiracy Theories Polarizing the World Author: Andy Thomas Narrator: Richard Lyddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Through their part in some huge controversies, conspiracy theorists are being branded the Number One Enemies of our times – the new heretics. They are seen to threaten the very fabric of modern society, spreading doubts and fears that result in Washington Capitol invasions, transmission mast burnings or the spread of anti-vaxx material. Yet the theorists prefer to call themselves 'truth seekers' and see the mainstream establishment as the real disruptor, treating its increasingly harsh censorship as direct validation of their views.  In truth, the new heretics, whose numbers are swelling, are symptoms of a wider polarization splitting apart much of the world in ideological divisions. Many have lost trust in politicians and the media, while nuanced debate is crushed and information overload and manipulation breeds uncertainty, civil unrest and mental health issues. How does the age old strategy of divide-and-rule play out in such an environment?  Using his extensive experience of negotiating disputes between cynics and truth seekers, Andy Thomas explores the proliferation of conspiracy thinking, peeling back unhelpful layers of biased thinking on all sides to find more insightful ways to bridge the polarised divides and create a better way forward. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551880 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imagine a City: A Pilot Sees the World Author: Mark Vanhoenacker Narrator: Kyle Soller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A love letter to the cities of the world, from the airline pilot-author of Skyfaring. Mark Vanhoenacker grew up in his small hometown, spinning the illuminated globe in his bedroom and dreaming of elsewhere - of distant, real cities, and a perfect metropolis that existed only in his imagination. These places were the source of endless comfort and escape, and of a lasting fascination: streets unspooled, towers shone, and anonymous crowds bustled in cities where Mark could be anyone, perhaps even himself. Now, as a commercial airline pilot, Mark has spent nearly two decades crossing the skies of our planet, touching down in the cities he imagined as a child. He experiences our metropolises in short layover visits that repeat over weeks, months or even years, giving him a unique perspective on the urbanization of the world. In this intimate yet expansive work that weaves travelogue with memoir, Mark celebrates the cities he has come to know and love, through the lens of the hometown his heart has never left. In chapters that explore emblematic facets of each city's identity - the sweeping roads of Los Angeles, the gates of Jeddah, the intricate, dream-inspired plan of Brasília - he shows us with warmth and fresh eyes the extraordinary places that billions of us call home. © Mark Vanhoenacker 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Mark Vanhoenacker Thu, 12 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551880 thebookvoice.com 12:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imagine a City: A Pilot Sees the World Author: Mark Vanhoenacker Narrator: Kyle Soller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A love letter to the cities of the world, from the airline pilot-author of Skyfaring. Mark Vanhoenacker grew up in his small hometown, spinning the illuminated globe in his bedroom and dreaming of elsewhere - of distant, real cities, and a perfect metropolis that existed only in his imagination. These places were the source of endless comfort and escape, and of a lasting fascination: streets unspooled, towers shone, and anonymous crowds bustled in cities where Mark could be anyone, perhaps even himself. Now, as a commercial airline pilot, Mark has spent nearly two decades crossing the skies of our planet, touching down in the cities he imagined as a child. He experiences our metropolises in short layover visits that repeat over weeks, months or even years, giving him a unique perspective on the urbanization of the world. In this intimate yet expansive work that weaves travelogue with memoir, Mark celebrates the cities he has come to know and love, through the lens of the hometown his heart has never left. In chapters that explore emblematic facets of each city's identity - the sweeping roads of Los Angeles, the gates of Jeddah, the intricate, dream-inspired plan of Brasília - he shows us with warmth and fresh eyes the extraordinary places that billions of us call home. © Mark Vanhoenacker 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imagine a City: A Pilot Sees the World Author: Mark Vanhoenacker Narrator: Kyle Soller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A love letter to the cities of the world, from the airline pilot-author of Skyfaring. Mark Vanhoenacker grew up in his small hometown, spinning the illuminated globe in his bedroom and dreaming of elsewhere - of distant, real cities, and a perfect metropolis that existed only in his imagination. These places were the source of endless comfort and escape, and of a lasting fascination: streets unspooled, towers shone, and anonymous crowds bustled in cities where Mark could be anyone, perhaps even himself. Now, as a commercial airline pilot, Mark has spent nearly two decades crossing the skies of our planet, touching down in the cities he imagined as a child. He experiences our metropolises in short layover visits that repeat over weeks, months or even years, giving him a unique perspective on the urbanization of the world. In this intimate yet expansive work that weaves travelogue with memoir, Mark celebrates the cities he has come to know and love, through the lens of the hometown his heart has never left. In chapters that explore emblematic facets of each city's identity - the sweeping roads of Los Angeles, the gates of Jeddah, the intricate, dream-inspired plan of Brasília - he shows us with warmth and fresh eyes the extraordinary places that billions of us call home. © Mark Vanhoenacker 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adjust Everywhere - English Audio Book Author: Dada Bhagwan Narrator: Dada Bhagwan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life requires continuous adjustment in relation to unpleasant and unfavorable circumstances. In everyday situations (such as opening an umbrella in the rain, or wearing a jacket in the cold) we generally don't resist these required adjustments. However, when dealing with difficult people, facing unhealthy relationships, in family relationships, or in the midst of marriage problems, adjustments become increasingly difficult. Some of our relationships could even be said to be the very definition of conflict! We ask ourselves, how can we possibly adjust in these emotionally-challenging situations? In the Audio book 'Adjust Everywhere', Gnani Purush (embodiment of Self knowledge) Dada Bhagwan offers the ultimate conflict resolution skills in the form of spiritual conflict resolution strategies. His key phrase 'Adjust Everywhere' is explained in the context of many common and everyday relationship challenges. Dada Bhagwan Thu, 18 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551856 thebookvoice.com 1:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adjust Everywhere - English Audio Book Author: Dada Bhagwan Narrator: Dada Bhagwan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life requires continuous adjustment in relation to unpleasant and unfavorable circumstances. In everyday situations (such as opening an umbrella in the rain, or wearing a jacket in the cold) we generally don't resist these required adjustments. However, when dealing with difficult people, facing unhealthy relationships, in family relationships, or in the midst of marriage problems, adjustments become increasingly difficult. Some of our relationships could even be said to be the very definition of conflict! We ask ourselves, how can we possibly adjust in these emotionally-challenging situations? In the Audio book 'Adjust Everywhere', Gnani Purush (embodiment of Self knowledge) Dada Bhagwan offers the ultimate conflict resolution skills in the form of spiritual conflict resolution strategies. His key phrase 'Adjust Everywhere' is explained in the context of many common and everyday relationship challenges. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adjust Everywhere - English Audio Book Author: Dada Bhagwan Narrator: Dada Bhagwan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life requires continuous adjustment in relation to unpleasant and unfavorable circumstances. In everyday situations (such as opening an umbrella in the rain, or wearing a jacket in the cold) we generally don't resist these required adjustments. However, when dealing with difficult people, facing unhealthy relationships, in family relationships, or in the midst of marriage problems, adjustments become increasingly difficult. Some of our relationships could even be said to be the very definition of conflict! We ask ourselves, how can we possibly adjust in these emotionally-challenging situations? In the Audio book 'Adjust Everywhere', Gnani Purush (embodiment of Self knowledge) Dada Bhagwan offers the ultimate conflict resolution skills in the form of spiritual conflict resolution strategies. His key phrase 'Adjust Everywhere' is explained in the context of many common and everyday relationship challenges. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551804 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of Everything Else Author: Dan Schreiber Narrator: Dan Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is not a book of facts; it’s a book of ‘facts’. Should you finish it believing we became the planet’s dominant species because predators found us too smelly to eat; or that the living bloodline of Christ is a family of Japanese garlic farmers – well, that’s on you. Why are we here? Do ghosts exist? Did life on Earth begin after a badly tidied-up picnic? Was it just an iceberg that sank the Titanic? Are authors stealing their plotlines from the future? Will we ever talk to animals? And why, when you’re in the shower, does the shower curtain always billow in towards you? We don’t know the answers to any of these questions. But don’t worry, no matter what questions you have, you can bet on the fact that there is someone (or something) out there, investigating it on your behalf. From the sports stars who use cosmic energy to office plants investigating murders, The Theory of Everything Else will act as a handbook for those who want to think differently. Dan Schreiber Thu, 10 Nov 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551804 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of Everything Else Author: Dan Schreiber Narrator: Dan Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is not a book of facts; it’s a book of ‘facts’. Should you finish it believing we became the planet’s dominant species because predators found us too smelly to eat; or that the living bloodline of Christ is a family of Japanese garlic farmers – well, that’s on you. Why are we here? Do ghosts exist? Did life on Earth begin after a badly tidied-up picnic? Was it just an iceberg that sank the Titanic? Are authors stealing their plotlines from the future? Will we ever talk to animals? And why, when you’re in the shower, does the shower curtain always billow in towards you? We don’t know the answers to any of these questions. But don’t worry, no matter what questions you have, you can bet on the fact that there is someone (or something) out there, investigating it on your behalf. From the sports stars who use cosmic energy to office plants investigating murders, The Theory of Everything Else will act as a handbook for those who want to think differently. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of Everything Else Author: Dan Schreiber Narrator: Dan Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is not a book of facts; it’s a book of ‘facts’. Should you finish it believing we became the planet’s dominant species because predators found us too smelly to eat; or that the living bloodline of Christ is a family of Japanese garlic farmers – well, that’s on you. Why are we here? Do ghosts exist? Did life on Earth begin after a badly tidied-up picnic? Was it just an iceberg that sank the Titanic? Are authors stealing their plotlines from the future? Will we ever talk to animals? And why, when you’re in the shower, does the shower curtain always billow in towards you? We don’t know the answers to any of these questions. But don’t worry, no matter what questions you have, you can bet on the fact that there is someone (or something) out there, investigating it on your behalf. From the sports stars who use cosmic energy to office plants investigating murders, The Theory of Everything Else will act as a handbook for those who want to think differently. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Them Right: The Untold Story of America's Ultraconservative Youth Movement and Its Plot for Power Author: Kyle Spencer Narrator: Kyle Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A riveting behind-the-scenes account of the new stars of the far right—and how they’ve partnered with billionaire donors, idealogues, and political insiders to build the most powerful youth movement the American right has ever seen  In the wake of the Obama presidency, a group of young charismatic conservatives catapulted onto the American political and cultural scenes, eager to thwart nationwide pushes for greater equity and inclusion. They dreamed of a cultural revolution—online and off—that would offer a forceful alternative to the progressive politics that were dominating American college campuses.  In Raising Them Right, a gripping, character-driven read and investigative tour de force, Kyle Spencer chronicles the people and organizations working to lure millions of unsuspecting young American voters into the far-right fold—revealing their highly successful efforts to harness social media in alarming ways and capitalize on the democratization of celebrity culture. These power-hungry new faces may look and sound like antiestablishment renegades, but they are actually part of a tightly organized and heavily funded ultraconservative initiative to transform American youth culture and popularize fringe ideas. There is Charlie Kirk, the swashbuckling Trump insider and founder of the right-wing youth activist group Turning Point USA, who dreams of taking back the country’s soul from weak-kneed liberals and becoming a national powerbroker in his own right. There is the acid-tongued Candace Owens, a Black ultraconservative talk-show host and Fox News regular who is seeking to bring Black America to the GOP and her own celebritydom into the national forefront. And there is the young, rough-and-tumble libertarian Cliff Maloney, who built the Koch-affiliated organization Young Americans for Liberty into a political force to be reckoned with, while solidifying his own power and pull inside conservative circles. Chock-full of original reporting and unprecedented access, Raising Them Right is a striking prism through which to view the extraordinary shifts that have taken place in the American political sphere over the last decade. It establishes Kyle Spencer as the premier authority on a new generation of young conservative communicators who are merging politics and pop culture, social media and social lives, to bring cruel economic philosophies, skeletal government, and dangerous antidemocratic ideals into the mainstream. Theirs is a crusade that is just beginning. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Kyle Spencer Tue, 18 Oct 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551780 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Them Right: The Untold Story of America's Ultraconservative Youth Movement and Its Plot for Power Author: Kyle Spencer Narrator: Kyle Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A riveting behind-the-scenes account of the new stars of the far right—and how they’ve partnered with billionaire donors, idealogues, and political insiders to build the most powerful youth movement the American right has ever seen  In the wake of the Obama presidency, a group of young charismatic conservatives catapulted onto the American political and cultural scenes, eager to thwart nationwide pushes for greater equity and inclusion. They dreamed of a cultural revolution—online and off—that would offer a forceful alternative to the progressive politics that were dominating American college campuses.  In Raising Them Right, a gripping, character-driven read and investigative tour de force, Kyle Spencer chronicles the people and organizations working to lure millions of unsuspecting young American voters into the far-right fold—revealing their highly successful efforts to harness social media in alarming ways and capitalize on the democratization of celebrity culture. These power-hungry new faces may look and sound like antiestablishment renegades, but they are actually part of a tightly organized and heavily funded ultraconservative initiative to transform American youth culture and popularize fringe ideas. There is Charlie Kirk, the swashbuckling Trump insider and founder of the right-wing youth activist group Turning Point USA, who dreams of taking back the country’s soul from weak-kneed liberals and becoming a national powerbroker in his own right. There is the acid-tongued Candace Owens, a Black ultraconservative talk-show host and Fox News regular who is seeking to bring Black America to the GOP and her own celebritydom into the national forefront. And there is the young, rough-and-tumble libertarian Cliff Maloney, who built the Koch-affiliated organization Young Americans for Liberty into a political force to be reckoned with, while solidifying his own power and pull inside conservative circles. Chock-full of original reporting and unprecedented access, Raising Them Right is a striking prism through which to view the extraordinary shifts that have taken place in the American political sphere over the last decade. It establishes Kyle Spencer as the premier authority on a new generation of young conservative communicators who are merging politics and pop culture, social media and social lives, to bring cruel economic philosophies, skeletal government, and dangerous antidemocratic ideals into the mainstream. Theirs is a crusade that is just beginning. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Them Right: The Untold Story of America's Ultraconservative Youth Movement and Its Plot for Power Author: Kyle Spencer Narrator: Kyle Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A riveting behind-the-scenes account of the new stars of the far right—and how they’ve partnered with billionaire donors, idealogues, and political insiders to build the most powerful youth movement the American right has ever seen  In the wake of the Obama presidency, a group of young charismatic conservatives catapulted onto the American political and cultural scenes, eager to thwart nationwide pushes for greater equity and inclusion. They dreamed of a cultural revolution—online and off—that would offer a forceful alternative to the progressive politics that were dominating American college campuses.  In Raising Them Right, a gripping, character-driven read and investigative tour de force, Kyle Spencer chronicles the people and organizations working to lure millions of unsuspecting young American voters into the far-right fold—revealing their highly successful efforts to harness social media in alarming ways and capitalize on the democratization of celebrity culture. These power-hungry new faces may look and sound like antiestablishment renegades, but they are actually part of a tightly organized and heavily funded ultraconservative initiative to transform American youth culture and popularize fringe ideas. There is Charlie Kirk, the swashbuckling Trump insider and founder of the right-wing youth activist group Turning Point USA, who dreams of taking back the country’s soul from weak-kneed liberals and becoming a national powerbroker in his own right. There is the acid-tongued Candace Owens, a Black ultraconservative talk-show host and Fox News regular who is seeking to bring Black America to the GOP and her own celebritydom into the national forefront. And there is the young, rough-and-tumble libertarian Cliff Maloney, who built the Koch-affiliated organization Young Americans for Liberty into a political force to be reckoned with, while solidifying his own power and pull inside conservative circles. Chock-full of original reporting and unprecedented access, Raising Them Right is a striking prism through which to view the extraordinary shifts that have taken place in the American political sphere over the last decade. It establishes Kyle Spencer as the premier authority on a new generation of young conservative communicators who are merging politics and pop culture, social media and social lives, to bring cruel economic philosophies, skeletal government, and dangerous antidemocratic ideals into the mainstream. Theirs is a crusade that is just beginning. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551777 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race and Reckoning: From Founding Fathers to Today’s Disruptors Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Spanning from the nation’s earliest years through the New Deal to the Covid pandemic, a groundbreaking work that interrogates how pivotal decisions have established and continued discriminatory practices in the United States, even as the rise of disinformation and other modern advertising techniques have plunged democracy into an ever-deepening crisis.  Throughout our nation’s history, numerous racialized decisions have solidified the fates of generations of citizens of color. Some of the earliest involved race-based slavery, the removal of Indigenous peoples from their lands, and the exclusion of most Asians. More have proliferated over time. While America grew into a superpower in the twentieth century, it continued to discriminate against people of color—both soldiers who served overseas and civilians on the home front, herding Japanese Americans into internment camps during World War II and denying Black citizens their right to vote.  American Politicians have waxed eloquently and endlessly about bettering the nation. But bettering it for whom? journalist and cultural commentator Ellis Cose asks. From Reconstruction to the New Deal to the unceasing fight for civil rights, Cose reveals how the hopes of many Americans for a true multicultural democracy have been repeatedly frustrated by white nationalists skilled at weaponizing racial anxieties of other whites.  In Race and Reckoning Cose dissects chapter-by-chapter how America’s overall narrative breeds racial resentment rooted in conjecture over fact. Through rigorous research and with astute detail, Cose uncovers how, at countless points in history, America’s leaders have upheld a narrative of American greatness rooted in racism. It is a story grounded in history, and it demolishes the myths that ultimately allowed one of the most ill-prepared, unethical, vindictive, and truth-challenged politicians in history to position himself as America’s savior by tapping into the nation’s darkest tendencies. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Ellis Cose Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551777 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race and Reckoning: From Founding Fathers to Today’s Disruptors Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Spanning from the nation’s earliest years through the New Deal to the Covid pandemic, a groundbreaking work that interrogates how pivotal decisions have established and continued discriminatory practices in the United States, even as the rise of disinformation and other modern advertising techniques have plunged democracy into an ever-deepening crisis.  Throughout our nation’s history, numerous racialized decisions have solidified the fates of generations of citizens of color. Some of the earliest involved race-based slavery, the removal of Indigenous peoples from their lands, and the exclusion of most Asians. More have proliferated over time. While America grew into a superpower in the twentieth century, it continued to discriminate against people of color—both soldiers who served overseas and civilians on the home front, herding Japanese Americans into internment camps during World War II and denying Black citizens their right to vote.  American Politicians have waxed eloquently and endlessly about bettering the nation. But bettering it for whom? journalist and cultural commentator Ellis Cose asks. From Reconstruction to the New Deal to the unceasing fight for civil rights, Cose reveals how the hopes of many Americans for a true multicultural democracy have been repeatedly frustrated by white nationalists skilled at weaponizing racial anxieties of other whites.  In Race and Reckoning Cose dissects chapter-by-chapter how America’s overall narrative breeds racial resentment rooted in conjecture over fact. Through rigorous research and with astute detail, Cose uncovers how, at countless points in history, America’s leaders have upheld a narrative of American greatness rooted in racism. It is a story grounded in history, and it demolishes the myths that ultimately allowed one of the most ill-prepared, unethical, vindictive, and truth-challenged politicians in history to position himself as America’s savior by tapping into the nation’s darkest tendencies. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race and Reckoning: From Founding Fathers to Today’s Disruptors Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Spanning from the nation’s earliest years through the New Deal to the Covid pandemic, a groundbreaking work that interrogates how pivotal decisions have established and continued discriminatory practices in the United States, even as the rise of disinformation and other modern advertising techniques have plunged democracy into an ever-deepening crisis.  Throughout our nation’s history, numerous racialized decisions have solidified the fates of generations of citizens of color. Some of the earliest involved race-based slavery, the removal of Indigenous peoples from their lands, and the exclusion of most Asians. More have proliferated over time. While America grew into a superpower in the twentieth century, it continued to discriminate against people of color—both soldiers who served overseas and civilians on the home front, herding Japanese Americans into internment camps during World War II and denying Black citizens their right to vote.  American Politicians have waxed eloquently and endlessly about bettering the nation. But bettering it for whom? journalist and cultural commentator Ellis Cose asks. From Reconstruction to the New Deal to the unceasing fight for civil rights, Cose reveals how the hopes of many Americans for a true multicultural democracy have been repeatedly frustrated by white nationalists skilled at weaponizing racial anxieties of other whites.  In Race and Reckoning Cose dissects chapter-by-chapter how America’s overall narrative breeds racial resentment rooted in conjecture over fact. Through rigorous research and with astute detail, Cose uncovers how, at countless points in history, America’s leaders have upheld a narrative of American greatness rooted in racism. It is a story grounded in history, and it demolishes the myths that ultimately allowed one of the most ill-prepared, unethical, vindictive, and truth-challenged politicians in history to position himself as America’s savior by tapping into the nation’s darkest tendencies. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Let the Devil Boil Your Frog: A Christian's Guide to The Great Awakening Author: Tudor Alexander Narrator: Tudor Alexander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Don't Let the Devil Boil Your Frog will be your guide as you navigate the extraordinary times we are living in. Regardless of your faith or background, this short but powerful book will inspire you to question your reality and demand Truth in your life over everything else. Join the author on a mind-bending journey to deconstruct the lies that have shaped our world for centuries. We’ll talk science, history, spirituality and everything in between, so grab your tinfoil hat because The Great Awakening is here. Are you ready for The Ultimate Redpill? Tudor Alexander Sat, 25 Sep 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551732 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Let the Devil Boil Your Frog: A Christian's Guide to The Great Awakening Author: Tudor Alexander Narrator: Tudor Alexander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Don't Let the Devil Boil Your Frog will be your guide as you navigate the extraordinary times we are living in. Regardless of your faith or background, this short but powerful book will inspire you to question your reality and demand Truth in your life over everything else. Join the author on a mind-bending journey to deconstruct the lies that have shaped our world for centuries. We’ll talk science, history, spirituality and everything in between, so grab your tinfoil hat because The Great Awakening is here. Are you ready for The Ultimate Redpill? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Let the Devil Boil Your Frog: A Christian's Guide to The Great Awakening Author: Tudor Alexander Narrator: Tudor Alexander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Don't Let the Devil Boil Your Frog will be your guide as you navigate the extraordinary times we are living in. Regardless of your faith or background, this short but powerful book will inspire you to question your reality and demand Truth in your life over everything else. Join the author on a mind-bending journey to deconstruct the lies that have shaped our world for centuries. We’ll talk science, history, spirituality and everything in between, so grab your tinfoil hat because The Great Awakening is here. Are you ready for The Ultimate Redpill? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find the One and Make it Last Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Intimate Relationships and Making Marriage Work Author: S.R. Madison, And T.C. Bailey Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Find the One and Make it Last Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Intimate Relationships and Making Marriage Work When it comes to seducing a woman, attitude plays a very big role in how successful, or unsuccessful you are. If you have a positive attitude you are more likely to attract women more easily than a guy with a negative attitude. Being positive and upbeat shows in nearly everything you do, as does being negative and glum. Women are much more likely to choose the positive, upbeat guys. In order to be able to ensure the relationship has a better chance of survival; both parties should question their roles and perceptions linked to the relationship. You should discuss compatibility, understanding, cooperation, similar hobbies, types of interests, points of disagreement and joy, and any other elements that would dictate the kind of participation either party will extend towards the relationship. This bundle will teach you useful tricks when it comes to dating and all the way to how to make sure your marriage works. You will learn tips on how to be romantic, how to have fun and exciting dates, and mistakes you need to avoid while dating. You will also get tips and advice on how to keep the love burning. You will also learn what to do when you feel like your marriage is falling apart and need advice on what to do to fix it. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Intimate Relationships: The Ultimate Dating Guide For Men and Women, Get Dating Tips and Tricks That Would Help You Finally Find the One! 2. Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last Get your copy of Find the One and Make it Last 2 in 1 Bundle today! S.R. Madison, And T.C. Bailey Tue, 05 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551685 thebookvoice.com 0:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find the One and Make it Last Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Intimate Relationships and Making Marriage Work Author: S.R. Madison, And T.C. Bailey Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Find the One and Make it Last Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Intimate Relationships and Making Marriage Work When it comes to seducing a woman, attitude plays a very big role in how successful, or unsuccessful you are. If you have a positive attitude you are more likely to attract women more easily than a guy with a negative attitude. Being positive and upbeat shows in nearly everything you do, as does being negative and glum. Women are much more likely to choose the positive, upbeat guys. In order to be able to ensure the relationship has a better chance of survival; both parties should question their roles and perceptions linked to the relationship. You should discuss compatibility, understanding, cooperation, similar hobbies, types of interests, points of disagreement and joy, and any other elements that would dictate the kind of participation either party will extend towards the relationship. This bundle will teach you useful tricks when it comes to dating and all the way to how to make sure your marriage works. You will learn tips on how to be romantic, how to have fun and exciting dates, and mistakes you need to avoid while dating. You will also get tips and advice on how to keep the love burning. You will also learn what to do when you feel like your marriage is falling apart and need advice on what to do to fix it. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Intimate Relationships: The Ultimate Dating Guide For Men and Women, Get Dating Tips and Tricks That Would Help You Finally Find the One! 2. Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last Get your copy of Find the One and Make it Last 2 in 1 Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find the One and Make it Last Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Intimate Relationships and Making Marriage Work Author: S.R. Madison, And T.C. Bailey Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Find the One and Make it Last Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Intimate Relationships and Making Marriage Work When it comes to seducing a woman, attitude plays a very big role in how successful, or unsuccessful you are. If you have a positive attitude you are more likely to attract women more easily than a guy with a negative attitude. Being positive and upbeat shows in nearly everything you do, as does being negative and glum. Women are much more likely to choose the positive, upbeat guys. In order to be able to ensure the relationship has a better chance of survival; both parties should question their roles and perceptions linked to the relationship. You should discuss compatibility, understanding, cooperation, similar hobbies, types of interests, points of disagreement and joy, and any other elements that would dictate the kind of participation either party will extend towards the relationship. This bundle will teach you useful tricks when it comes to dating and all the way to how to make sure your marriage works. You will learn tips on how to be romantic, how to have fun and exciting dates, and mistakes you need to avoid while dating. You will also get tips and advice on how to keep the love burning. You will also learn what to do when you feel like your marriage is falling apart and need advice on what to do to fix it. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Intimate Relationships: The Ultimate Dating Guide For Men and Women, Get Dating Tips and Tricks That Would Help You Finally Find the One! 2. Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last Get your copy of Find the One and Make it Last 2 in 1 Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551674 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last Author: T.C. Bailey Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last It would be most useful to have some kind of handbook that helps married couples get through their marriage journey without the bumps and scrapes it usually entails. However, it is rather popular to note that most people learn from either their own experiences or from the experiences of others. In order to be able to ensure the relationship has a better chance of survival; both parties should question their roles and perceptions linked to the relationship. You should discuss compatibility, understanding, cooperation, similar hobbies, types of interests, points of disagreement and joy, and any other elements that would dictate the kind of participation either party will extend towards the relationship. This audiobook will teach you how to make your marriage work. You will get tips and advice on how to keep the love burning. You will also learn what to do when you feel like your marriage is falling apart and need advice on what to do to fix it. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Relationship Basics - Schedule Time Together - Use Love Letters And A Date Night - Put Your Spouse On The Top Of The List - The Importance Of Saving A Marriage - Counseling basics - Discussing Finances, Children, and Religion - Discussing Expectations - Marriage Counseling Basics - Make A List Of Your Goals For Your Marriage - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! T.C. Bailey Tue, 05 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551674 thebookvoice.com 0:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last Author: T.C. Bailey Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last It would be most useful to have some kind of handbook that helps married couples get through their marriage journey without the bumps and scrapes it usually entails. However, it is rather popular to note that most people learn from either their own experiences or from the experiences of others. In order to be able to ensure the relationship has a better chance of survival; both parties should question their roles and perceptions linked to the relationship. You should discuss compatibility, understanding, cooperation, similar hobbies, types of interests, points of disagreement and joy, and any other elements that would dictate the kind of participation either party will extend towards the relationship. This audiobook will teach you how to make your marriage work. You will get tips and advice on how to keep the love burning. You will also learn what to do when you feel like your marriage is falling apart and need advice on what to do to fix it. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Relationship Basics - Schedule Time Together - Use Love Letters And A Date Night - Put Your Spouse On The Top Of The List - The Importance Of Saving A Marriage - Counseling basics - Discussing Finances, Children, and Religion - Discussing Expectations - Marriage Counseling Basics - Make A List Of Your Goals For Your Marriage - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last Author: T.C. Bailey Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Making Marriage Work: The Ultimate Guide on Proven Relationship Advice and Tips to Save Your Marriage and Make It Last It would be most useful to have some kind of handbook that helps married couples get through their marriage journey without the bumps and scrapes it usually entails. However, it is rather popular to note that most people learn from either their own experiences or from the experiences of others. In order to be able to ensure the relationship has a better chance of survival; both parties should question their roles and perceptions linked to the relationship. You should discuss compatibility, understanding, cooperation, similar hobbies, types of interests, points of disagreement and joy, and any other elements that would dictate the kind of participation either party will extend towards the relationship. This audiobook will teach you how to make your marriage work. You will get tips and advice on how to keep the love burning. You will also learn what to do when you feel like your marriage is falling apart and need advice on what to do to fix it. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Relationship Basics - Schedule Time Together - Use Love Letters And A Date Night - Put Your Spouse On The Top Of The List - The Importance Of Saving A Marriage - Counseling basics - Discussing Finances, Children, and Religion - Discussing Expectations - Marriage Counseling Basics - Make A List Of Your Goals For Your Marriage - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551658 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions Author: Susan Liautaud Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Perfect for your next dinner party discussion, The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions presents some of today’s most thought-provoking ethical questions in a welcoming, easy-to-discuss Q&A format, with guidance from a renowned ethicist. Often a single question can spark a meaningful exchange—like “Would you apply for a job you know your friend is applying for?” Or “Should voting be mandatory?” Or what about police using facial recognition technology? Questions like these spur us to consider: What would I have done? Is there one correct answer? And ultimately: How can ethics help us navigate these situations to find the best outcome for ourselves and others? An ethicist who advises leaders and organizations worldwide, Susan Liautaud asks intriguing questions that encourage lively discussion across a range of subjects, from family and friends to health and technology to politics, work, and consumer choices. She then walks through the ways you might approach each situation to find the best answer for you. Grab the book, gather a few friends, and dive in! Susan Liautaud Tue, 05 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551658 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions Author: Susan Liautaud Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Perfect for your next dinner party discussion, The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions presents some of today’s most thought-provoking ethical questions in a welcoming, easy-to-discuss Q&A format, with guidance from a renowned ethicist. Often a single question can spark a meaningful exchange—like “Would you apply for a job you know your friend is applying for?” Or “Should voting be mandatory?” Or what about police using facial recognition technology? Questions like these spur us to consider: What would I have done? Is there one correct answer? And ultimately: How can ethics help us navigate these situations to find the best outcome for ourselves and others? An ethicist who advises leaders and organizations worldwide, Susan Liautaud asks intriguing questions that encourage lively discussion across a range of subjects, from family and friends to health and technology to politics, work, and consumer choices. She then walks through the ways you might approach each situation to find the best answer for you. Grab the book, gather a few friends, and dive in! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions Author: Susan Liautaud Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Perfect for your next dinner party discussion, The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions presents some of today’s most thought-provoking ethical questions in a welcoming, easy-to-discuss Q&A format, with guidance from a renowned ethicist. Often a single question can spark a meaningful exchange—like “Would you apply for a job you know your friend is applying for?” Or “Should voting be mandatory?” Or what about police using facial recognition technology? Questions like these spur us to consider: What would I have done? Is there one correct answer? And ultimately: How can ethics help us navigate these situations to find the best outcome for ourselves and others? An ethicist who advises leaders and organizations worldwide, Susan Liautaud asks intriguing questions that encourage lively discussion across a range of subjects, from family and friends to health and technology to politics, work, and consumer choices. She then walks through the ways you might approach each situation to find the best answer for you. Grab the book, gather a few friends, and dive in! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heads: A Biography of Psychedelic America Author: Jesse Jarnow Narrator: Jesse Jarnow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Heads: A Biography of Psychedelic America uncovers a hidden history of the biggest psychedelic distribution and belief system the world has ever known. Through a collection of fast-paced interlocking narratives, it animates the tale of an alternate America and its wide-eyed citizens: black market chemists, the LSD-slinging graffiti writers of Central Park, the Grateful Dead-loving AI scientists of Stanford, utopian Whole Earth homesteaders, government-wanted Anonymous hackers, rogue explorers, East Village bluegrass pickers, spiritual seekers, Internet pioneers, entrepreneurs, pranksters, pioneering DJs, and a nation of Deadheads. Drawing on extensive new firsthand accounts from many never-before-interviewed subjects and a wealth of deep archival research, music writer and WFMU DJ Jesse Jarnow takes readers on a panoramic tour of a comic-book-colored American landscape. And with psychedelic research moving into the mainstream for the first time in decades, Heads also recounts the story of the quiet entheogenic revolution that for years has been brewing resiliently in the Dead's Technicolor shadow. Featuring over four dozen images, Heads weaves one of the 20th and 21st centuries' most misunderstood subcultures into the fabric of the nation's history. Jesse Jarnow Tue, 12 Apr 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551627 thebookvoice.com 15:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heads: A Biography of Psychedelic America Author: Jesse Jarnow Narrator: Jesse Jarnow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Heads: A Biography of Psychedelic America uncovers a hidden history of the biggest psychedelic distribution and belief system the world has ever known. Through a collection of fast-paced interlocking narratives, it animates the tale of an alternate America and its wide-eyed citizens: black market chemists, the LSD-slinging graffiti writers of Central Park, the Grateful Dead-loving AI scientists of Stanford, utopian Whole Earth homesteaders, government-wanted Anonymous hackers, rogue explorers, East Village bluegrass pickers, spiritual seekers, Internet pioneers, entrepreneurs, pranksters, pioneering DJs, and a nation of Deadheads. Drawing on extensive new firsthand accounts from many never-before-interviewed subjects and a wealth of deep archival research, music writer and WFMU DJ Jesse Jarnow takes readers on a panoramic tour of a comic-book-colored American landscape. And with psychedelic research moving into the mainstream for the first time in decades, Heads also recounts the story of the quiet entheogenic revolution that for years has been brewing resiliently in the Dead's Technicolor shadow. Featuring over four dozen images, Heads weaves one of the 20th and 21st centuries' most misunderstood subcultures into the fabric of the nation's history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heads: A Biography of Psychedelic America Author: Jesse Jarnow Narrator: Jesse Jarnow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Heads: A Biography of Psychedelic America uncovers a hidden history of the biggest psychedelic distribution and belief system the world has ever known. Through a collection of fast-paced interlocking narratives, it animates the tale of an alternate America and its wide-eyed citizens: black market chemists, the LSD-slinging graffiti writers of Central Park, the Grateful Dead-loving AI scientists of Stanford, utopian Whole Earth homesteaders, government-wanted Anonymous hackers, rogue explorers, East Village bluegrass pickers, spiritual seekers, Internet pioneers, entrepreneurs, pranksters, pioneering DJs, and a nation of Deadheads. Drawing on extensive new firsthand accounts from many never-before-interviewed subjects and a wealth of deep archival research, music writer and WFMU DJ Jesse Jarnow takes readers on a panoramic tour of a comic-book-colored American landscape. And with psychedelic research moving into the mainstream for the first time in decades, Heads also recounts the story of the quiet entheogenic revolution that for years has been brewing resiliently in the Dead's Technicolor shadow. Featuring over four dozen images, Heads weaves one of the 20th and 21st centuries' most misunderstood subcultures into the fabric of the nation's history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551604 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stitched Up: Stories of life and death from a prison doctor Author: Shahed Yousaf Narrator: Homer Todiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Dr Shahed Yousaf is a prison doctor dedicated to caring for people on the margins of society. An outsider on the inside, in Stitched Up he introduces us to a cast of unforgettable characters, including killers, con men and auto-cannibals. To Dr Yousaf, they are patients first and prisoners second - because any one of us could end up on the wrong side of the law. He tells us honestly and compassionately what it's like to be their doctor in a system that's chronically overcrowded, drastically under-resourced and all too easy to ignore. Dr Yousaf spends his time running between emergencies - from overdoses to assaults, from cell fires to suicides - with one hand perpetually hovering over the panic button. It's not a job for the faint-hearted. But while the system is failing, he and his colleagues are doing their very best to prop it up. In stories that are frequently harrowing, sometimes humorous and always hard-hitting, we discover how difficult life is for those behind bars - but that there is still hope for all those who dare to care. © Dr Shahed Yousaf 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Shahed Yousaf Thu, 07 Jul 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551604 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stitched Up: Stories of life and death from a prison doctor Author: Shahed Yousaf Narrator: Homer Todiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Dr Shahed Yousaf is a prison doctor dedicated to caring for people on the margins of society. An outsider on the inside, in Stitched Up he introduces us to a cast of unforgettable characters, including killers, con men and auto-cannibals. To Dr Yousaf, they are patients first and prisoners second - because any one of us could end up on the wrong side of the law. He tells us honestly and compassionately what it's like to be their doctor in a system that's chronically overcrowded, drastically under-resourced and all too easy to ignore. Dr Yousaf spends his time running between emergencies - from overdoses to assaults, from cell fires to suicides - with one hand perpetually hovering over the panic button. It's not a job for the faint-hearted. But while the system is failing, he and his colleagues are doing their very best to prop it up. In stories that are frequently harrowing, sometimes humorous and always hard-hitting, we discover how difficult life is for those behind bars - but that there is still hope for all those who dare to care. © Dr Shahed Yousaf 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stitched Up: Stories of life and death from a prison doctor Author: Shahed Yousaf Narrator: Homer Todiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 7, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Dr Shahed Yousaf is a prison doctor dedicated to caring for people on the margins of society. An outsider on the inside, in Stitched Up he introduces us to a cast of unforgettable characters, including killers, con men and auto-cannibals. To Dr Yousaf, they are patients first and prisoners second - because any one of us could end up on the wrong side of the law. He tells us honestly and compassionately what it's like to be their doctor in a system that's chronically overcrowded, drastically under-resourced and all too easy to ignore. Dr Yousaf spends his time running between emergencies - from overdoses to assaults, from cell fires to suicides - with one hand perpetually hovering over the panic button. It's not a job for the faint-hearted. But while the system is failing, he and his colleagues are doing their very best to prop it up. In stories that are frequently harrowing, sometimes humorous and always hard-hitting, we discover how difficult life is for those behind bars - but that there is still hope for all those who dare to care. © Dr Shahed Yousaf 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551603 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diddly Squat: A Year on the Farm Author: Jeremy Clarkson Narrator: Jeremy Clarkson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Welcome to Jeremy's farm. It's an idyllic spot, offering picturesque views across the Cotswolds, bustling hedgerows, woodlands and natural springs. Jeremy always liked the idea being a farmer. But, while he was barrelling around the world having more fun with cars than was entirely reasonable, it seemed obvious that the actual, you know, farming was much better left to someone else Then one day he decided he would do the farming himself. After all, how hard could it be? Well . . . Faced with suffocating red tape, biblical weather, local objections, a global pandemic and his own frankly staggering ignorance of how to 'do farming', Jeremy soon realises that turning the farm around is going to take more than splashing out on a massive tractor. Fortunately, there's help at hand from a large and (mostly) willing team, including girlfriend Lisa, Kaleb the Tractor Driver, Cheerful Charlie, Ellen the Shepherd and Gerald, his Head of Security and Dry Stone Waller. Between them they enthusiastically cultivate crops, rear livestock and hens, keep bees, bottle spring water and open a farm shop. But profits remain elusive. And yet while the farm may be called Diddly Squat for good reason, Jeremy soon begins to understand that it's worth a whole lot more to him than pounds, shillings and pence . . . Praise for Clarkson's Farm: 'The best thing Clarkson's done . . . it pains me to say this' THE GUARDIAN; 'Shockingly hopeful' THE INDEPENDENT; 'Even the most committed Clarkson haters will find him likeable here' THE TELEGRAPH; 'Quite lovely' THE TIMES © Jeremy Clarkson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Jeremy Clarkson Thu, 11 Nov 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551603 thebookvoice.com 2:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diddly Squat: A Year on the Farm Author: Jeremy Clarkson Narrator: Jeremy Clarkson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Welcome to Jeremy's farm. It's an idyllic spot, offering picturesque views across the Cotswolds, bustling hedgerows, woodlands and natural springs. Jeremy always liked the idea being a farmer. But, while he was barrelling around the world having more fun with cars than was entirely reasonable, it seemed obvious that the actual, you know, farming was much better left to someone else Then one day he decided he would do the farming himself. After all, how hard could it be? Well . . . Faced with suffocating red tape, biblical weather, local objections, a global pandemic and his own frankly staggering ignorance of how to 'do farming', Jeremy soon realises that turning the farm around is going to take more than splashing out on a massive tractor. Fortunately, there's help at hand from a large and (mostly) willing team, including girlfriend Lisa, Kaleb the Tractor Driver, Cheerful Charlie, Ellen the Shepherd and Gerald, his Head of Security and Dry Stone Waller. Between them they enthusiastically cultivate crops, rear livestock and hens, keep bees, bottle spring water and open a farm shop. But profits remain elusive. And yet while the farm may be called Diddly Squat for good reason, Jeremy soon begins to understand that it's worth a whole lot more to him than pounds, shillings and pence . . . Praise for Clarkson's Farm: 'The best thing Clarkson's done . . . it pains me to say this' THE GUARDIAN; 'Shockingly hopeful' THE INDEPENDENT; 'Even the most committed Clarkson haters will find him likeable here' THE TELEGRAPH; 'Quite lovely' THE TIMES © Jeremy Clarkson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diddly Squat: A Year on the Farm Author: Jeremy Clarkson Narrator: Jeremy Clarkson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Welcome to Jeremy's farm. It's an idyllic spot, offering picturesque views across the Cotswolds, bustling hedgerows, woodlands and natural springs. Jeremy always liked the idea being a farmer. But, while he was barrelling around the world having more fun with cars than was entirely reasonable, it seemed obvious that the actual, you know, farming was much better left to someone else Then one day he decided he would do the farming himself. After all, how hard could it be? Well . . . Faced with suffocating red tape, biblical weather, local objections, a global pandemic and his own frankly staggering ignorance of how to 'do farming', Jeremy soon realises that turning the farm around is going to take more than splashing out on a massive tractor. Fortunately, there's help at hand from a large and (mostly) willing team, including girlfriend Lisa, Kaleb the Tractor Driver, Cheerful Charlie, Ellen the Shepherd and Gerald, his Head of Security and Dry Stone Waller. Between them they enthusiastically cultivate crops, rear livestock and hens, keep bees, bottle spring water and open a farm shop. But profits remain elusive. And yet while the farm may be called Diddly Squat for good reason, Jeremy soon begins to understand that it's worth a whole lot more to him than pounds, shillings and pence . . . Praise for Clarkson's Farm: 'The best thing Clarkson's done . . . it pains me to say this' THE GUARDIAN; 'Shockingly hopeful' THE INDEPENDENT; 'Even the most committed Clarkson haters will find him likeable here' THE TELEGRAPH; 'Quite lovely' THE TIMES © Jeremy Clarkson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551560 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - She Said: La investigación periodística que destapó los abusos de Harvey Weinstein e impusló el movimiento #MeToo (Breaking the Sexual Harassment Story that Helped Ignite a Movement) Author: Jodi Kantor, Megan Twohey Narrator: Gabriela Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She Said describe la investigación periodística de The New York Times que sacó los abusos cometidos por Harvey Weinstein, famoso productor de Hollywood, contra algunas de las empleadas y actrices que trabajaron para él. Esta investigación, narrada por sus autoras con aire de thriller, cuenta las conversaciones con las víctimas, quienes en un admirable gesto de valentía y gracias al respaldo mutuo, decidieron compartir sus historias pese a los esfuerzos del poderoso productor por desbaratar la investigación. Lo que empezó siendo una investigación periodística de un caso concreto acabó convirtiéndose en uno de los pilares en los que se asentó el movimiento #metoo, ya que puso sobre la mesa los sutiles mecanismos con los que los hombres poderosos se aprovechaban de las mujeres en su entorno laboral y ocultaban sus delitos. La trascendencia de esta investigación valió a las autoras un premio Pulitzer y los elogios más elevados: The Washington Post lo llamó un clásico instantáneo del periodismo de investigación Jodi Kantor, Megan Twohey Tue, 19 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551560 thebookvoice.com 13:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - She Said: La investigación periodística que destapó los abusos de Harvey Weinstein e impusló el movimiento #MeToo (Breaking the Sexual Harassment Story that Helped Ignite a Movement) Author: Jodi Kantor, Megan Twohey Narrator: Gabriela Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She Said describe la investigación periodística de The New York Times que sacó los abusos cometidos por Harvey Weinstein, famoso productor de Hollywood, contra algunas de las empleadas y actrices que trabajaron para él. Esta investigación, narrada por sus autoras con aire de thriller, cuenta las conversaciones con las víctimas, quienes en un admirable gesto de valentía y gracias al respaldo mutuo, decidieron compartir sus historias pese a los esfuerzos del poderoso productor por desbaratar la investigación. Lo que empezó siendo una investigación periodística de un caso concreto acabó convirtiéndose en uno de los pilares en los que se asentó el movimiento #metoo, ya que puso sobre la mesa los sutiles mecanismos con los que los hombres poderosos se aprovechaban de las mujeres en su entorno laboral y ocultaban sus delitos. La trascendencia de esta investigación valió a las autoras un premio Pulitzer y los elogios más elevados: The Washington Post lo llamó un clásico instantáneo del periodismo de investigación Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - She Said: La investigación periodística que destapó los abusos de Harvey Weinstein e impusló el movimiento #MeToo (Breaking the Sexual Harassment Story that Helped Ignite a Movement) Author: Jodi Kantor, Megan Twohey Narrator: Gabriela Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She Said describe la investigación periodística de The New York Times que sacó los abusos cometidos por Harvey Weinstein, famoso productor de Hollywood, contra algunas de las empleadas y actrices que trabajaron para él. Esta investigación, narrada por sus autoras con aire de thriller, cuenta las conversaciones con las víctimas, quienes en un admirable gesto de valentía y gracias al respaldo mutuo, decidieron compartir sus historias pese a los esfuerzos del poderoso productor por desbaratar la investigación. Lo que empezó siendo una investigación periodística de un caso concreto acabó convirtiéndose en uno de los pilares en los que se asentó el movimiento #metoo, ya que puso sobre la mesa los sutiles mecanismos con los que los hombres poderosos se aprovechaban de las mujeres en su entorno laboral y ocultaban sus delitos. La trascendencia de esta investigación valió a las autoras un premio Pulitzer y los elogios más elevados: The Washington Post lo llamó un clásico instantáneo del periodismo de investigación https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Haz el papel de chica: Y otras historias irritantes que dicen a las mujeres quie´nes son (And Other Vexing Stories That Tell Women Who They Are) Author: Carina Chocano Narrator: Mauque Toussaint Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Quién es «la chica»? En Hollywood siempre representa el mismo papel: sostiene la mano del héroe mientras este corre entre las Pirámides, en busca de robots; lo molesta, o lo frustra, o sigue junto al gran hombre que se ocupa de su encantadora perdedora. Sin embargo, una «chica» así no es una persona. No es más que un complemento. Y teniendo un ideal tan deshumanizado de la mujer, ¿cómo se comportan las propias mujeres frente a los hombres? ¿Cómo se forma su idea de quiénes son y de lo que pueden llegar a ser? Desde Bugs Bunny hasta las conejitas de Playboy, pasando por Frozen y Flashdance, desde los progresistas años setenta hasta los retrógrados ochenta y los triunfalistas noventa, pasando por la subcultura de los «tipos convencionales» y la pornografía, Carina Chocano combina historias personales con un análisis perspicaz y poderosamente emotivo. Muestra cómo crecer bajo la sombra de «la chica» le enseñó a pensar en sí misma y en el mundo, y en lo que significaba criar a una hija frente a una imagen tan distorsionada como esa. En la línea de Roxane Gay, Rebecca Solnit o Susan Sontag, Chocano muestra de manera brillante que nuestra identidad es más fluida de lo que pensamos y desde luego más compleja de lo que puede verse en cualquier pantalla.Sobre el libro: •Un análisis incisivo e inteligente sobre cómo los programas de televisión y las películas han socavado, a lo largo del tiempo, el papel de la mujer.•Premio Nacional de la Crítica 2017 en Estados Unidos.•Nominado al Premio PEN/Diamonstein Spielvogel de Ensayo. Carina Chocano Tue, 19 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551553 thebookvoice.com 11:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Haz el papel de chica: Y otras historias irritantes que dicen a las mujeres quie´nes son (And Other Vexing Stories That Tell Women Who They Are) Author: Carina Chocano Narrator: Mauque Toussaint Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Quién es «la chica»? En Hollywood siempre representa el mismo papel: sostiene la mano del héroe mientras este corre entre las Pirámides, en busca de robots; lo molesta, o lo frustra, o sigue junto al gran hombre que se ocupa de su encantadora perdedora. Sin embargo, una «chica» así no es una persona. No es más que un complemento. Y teniendo un ideal tan deshumanizado de la mujer, ¿cómo se comportan las propias mujeres frente a los hombres? ¿Cómo se forma su idea de quiénes son y de lo que pueden llegar a ser? Desde Bugs Bunny hasta las conejitas de Playboy, pasando por Frozen y Flashdance, desde los progresistas años setenta hasta los retrógrados ochenta y los triunfalistas noventa, pasando por la subcultura de los «tipos convencionales» y la pornografía, Carina Chocano combina historias personales con un análisis perspicaz y poderosamente emotivo. Muestra cómo crecer bajo la sombra de «la chica» le enseñó a pensar en sí misma y en el mundo, y en lo que significaba criar a una hija frente a una imagen tan distorsionada como esa. En la línea de Roxane Gay, Rebecca Solnit o Susan Sontag, Chocano muestra de manera brillante que nuestra identidad es más fluida de lo que pensamos y desde luego más compleja de lo que puede verse en cualquier pantalla.Sobre el libro: •Un análisis incisivo e inteligente sobre cómo los programas de televisión y las películas han socavado, a lo largo del tiempo, el papel de la mujer.•Premio Nacional de la Crítica 2017 en Estados Unidos.•Nominado al Premio PEN/Diamonstein Spielvogel de Ensayo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Haz el papel de chica: Y otras historias irritantes que dicen a las mujeres quie´nes son (And Other Vexing Stories That Tell Women Who They Are) Author: Carina Chocano Narrator: Mauque Toussaint Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Quién es «la chica»? En Hollywood siempre representa el mismo papel: sostiene la mano del héroe mientras este corre entre las Pirámides, en busca de robots; lo molesta, o lo frustra, o sigue junto al gran hombre que se ocupa de su encantadora perdedora. Sin embargo, una «chica» así no es una persona. No es más que un complemento. Y teniendo un ideal tan deshumanizado de la mujer, ¿cómo se comportan las propias mujeres frente a los hombres? ¿Cómo se forma su idea de quiénes son y de lo que pueden llegar a ser? Desde Bugs Bunny hasta las conejitas de Playboy, pasando por Frozen y Flashdance, desde los progresistas años setenta hasta los retrógrados ochenta y los triunfalistas noventa, pasando por la subcultura de los «tipos convencionales» y la pornografía, Carina Chocano combina historias personales con un análisis perspicaz y poderosamente emotivo. Muestra cómo crecer bajo la sombra de «la chica» le enseñó a pensar en sí misma y en el mundo, y en lo que significaba criar a una hija frente a una imagen tan distorsionada como esa. En la línea de Roxane Gay, Rebecca Solnit o Susan Sontag, Chocano muestra de manera brillante que nuestra identidad es más fluida de lo que pensamos y desde luego más compleja de lo que puede verse en cualquier pantalla.Sobre el libro: •Un análisis incisivo e inteligente sobre cómo los programas de televisión y las películas han socavado, a lo largo del tiempo, el papel de la mujer.•Premio Nacional de la Crítica 2017 en Estados Unidos.•Nominado al Premio PEN/Diamonstein Spielvogel de Ensayo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551516 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Temple and the Lodge: The Strange and Fascinating History of the Knights Templar and the Freemasons Author: Richard Leigh, Michael Baigent Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Temple and the Lodge, Michael Baigent and Richard Leigh reveal the survival and evolution of a world-changing order through the birth of the Masonic lodge. Recounting the brutal events in the fourteenth century that led to the sudden disappearance of the Knights Templar—a powerful military and banking order founded in 1119 and active in the Crusades—the authors document the Templars' reappearance in the court of excommunicate Scottish king Robert the Bruce. Tracing the survival of certain Templar traditions in the birth of the Masonic lodge, they chart the history of Freemasonry from its medieval roots into the modern era, and from Europe to colonial America and the young United States. Baigent and Leigh marshal the evidence that the order's contribution to fostering tolerance, progressive values, and cohesion in English society helped preempt a French-style revolution in England. Freemasonry was an essential keystone in the formation of the United States, and the authors argue that America itself is an embodiment of the ideal 'Masonic Republic.' Their groundbreaking analysis challenged the accepted history of the influence of Freemasonry on America's framers and revolutionists, which most mainstream historians ignored until recently. Richard Leigh, Michael Baigent Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551516 thebookvoice.com 12:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Temple and the Lodge: The Strange and Fascinating History of the Knights Templar and the Freemasons Author: Richard Leigh, Michael Baigent Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Temple and the Lodge, Michael Baigent and Richard Leigh reveal the survival and evolution of a world-changing order through the birth of the Masonic lodge. Recounting the brutal events in the fourteenth century that led to the sudden disappearance of the Knights Templar—a powerful military and banking order founded in 1119 and active in the Crusades—the authors document the Templars' reappearance in the court of excommunicate Scottish king Robert the Bruce. Tracing the survival of certain Templar traditions in the birth of the Masonic lodge, they chart the history of Freemasonry from its medieval roots into the modern era, and from Europe to colonial America and the young United States. Baigent and Leigh marshal the evidence that the order's contribution to fostering tolerance, progressive values, and cohesion in English society helped preempt a French-style revolution in England. Freemasonry was an essential keystone in the formation of the United States, and the authors argue that America itself is an embodiment of the ideal 'Masonic Republic.' Their groundbreaking analysis challenged the accepted history of the influence of Freemasonry on America's framers and revolutionists, which most mainstream historians ignored until recently. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Temple and the Lodge: The Strange and Fascinating History of the Knights Templar and the Freemasons Author: Richard Leigh, Michael Baigent Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Temple and the Lodge, Michael Baigent and Richard Leigh reveal the survival and evolution of a world-changing order through the birth of the Masonic lodge. Recounting the brutal events in the fourteenth century that led to the sudden disappearance of the Knights Templar—a powerful military and banking order founded in 1119 and active in the Crusades—the authors document the Templars' reappearance in the court of excommunicate Scottish king Robert the Bruce. Tracing the survival of certain Templar traditions in the birth of the Masonic lodge, they chart the history of Freemasonry from its medieval roots into the modern era, and from Europe to colonial America and the young United States. Baigent and Leigh marshal the evidence that the order's contribution to fostering tolerance, progressive values, and cohesion in English society helped preempt a French-style revolution in England. Freemasonry was an essential keystone in the formation of the United States, and the authors argue that America itself is an embodiment of the ideal 'Masonic Republic.' Their groundbreaking analysis challenged the accepted history of the influence of Freemasonry on America's framers and revolutionists, which most mainstream historians ignored until recently. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone Artifacts of Texas Indians Author: Richard L. Mcreynolds, Thomas R. Hester, Ellen Sue Turner Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Useful for academic and recreational archaeologists alike, this book identifies and describes over 200 projectile points and stone tools used by prehistoric Native American Indians in Texas. The authors also demonstrate how factors such as environment, locale, and type of artifact combine to produce a portrait of theses ancient cultures. Richard L. Mcreynolds, Thomas R. Hester, Ellen Sue Turner Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551503 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone Artifacts of Texas Indians Author: Richard L. Mcreynolds, Thomas R. Hester, Ellen Sue Turner Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Useful for academic and recreational archaeologists alike, this book identifies and describes over 200 projectile points and stone tools used by prehistoric Native American Indians in Texas. The authors also demonstrate how factors such as environment, locale, and type of artifact combine to produce a portrait of theses ancient cultures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone Artifacts of Texas Indians Author: Richard L. Mcreynolds, Thomas R. Hester, Ellen Sue Turner Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Useful for academic and recreational archaeologists alike, this book identifies and describes over 200 projectile points and stone tools used by prehistoric Native American Indians in Texas. The authors also demonstrate how factors such as environment, locale, and type of artifact combine to produce a portrait of theses ancient cultures. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551451 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: His Name Is George Floyd: WINNER OF THE PULITZER PRIZE IN NON-FICTION Author: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels Narrator: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The murder of George Floyd sparked a fiery summer of activism and unrest all over the world in 2020. People marched under the Black Lives Matter banner, demanding an end to racial injustice. The movement has led many to redouble their efforts, and government officials to examine the causes of systemic inequality. Drawing on The Washington Post's in-depth reporting and award-winning series on Floyd, His Name Is George Floyd is a definitive biography diving deep into the structural racism that shaped Floyd's life and death. This biography features exclusive reporting as well as unparalleled access to Floyd's family and the people who were closest to the man whose name has become one of the most recognized on the planet. By zooming in for an intimate portrait of this one, emblematic life, while also assessing the institutions that shaped it, the authors deliver a powerful exploration of institutional racism and of a public reckoning of unprecedented breadth and intensity. Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels Thu, 19 May 2022 07:30:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551451 thebookvoice.com 13:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: His Name Is George Floyd: WINNER OF THE PULITZER PRIZE IN NON-FICTION Author: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels Narrator: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The murder of George Floyd sparked a fiery summer of activism and unrest all over the world in 2020. People marched under the Black Lives Matter banner, demanding an end to racial injustice. The movement has led many to redouble their efforts, and government officials to examine the causes of systemic inequality. Drawing on The Washington Post's in-depth reporting and award-winning series on Floyd, His Name Is George Floyd is a definitive biography diving deep into the structural racism that shaped Floyd's life and death. This biography features exclusive reporting as well as unparalleled access to Floyd's family and the people who were closest to the man whose name has become one of the most recognized on the planet. By zooming in for an intimate portrait of this one, emblematic life, while also assessing the institutions that shaped it, the authors deliver a powerful exploration of institutional racism and of a public reckoning of unprecedented breadth and intensity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: His Name Is George Floyd: WINNER OF THE PULITZER PRIZE IN NON-FICTION Author: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels Narrator: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The murder of George Floyd sparked a fiery summer of activism and unrest all over the world in 2020. People marched under the Black Lives Matter banner, demanding an end to racial injustice. The movement has led many to redouble their efforts, and government officials to examine the causes of systemic inequality. Drawing on The Washington Post's in-depth reporting and award-winning series on Floyd, His Name Is George Floyd is a definitive biography diving deep into the structural racism that shaped Floyd's life and death. This biography features exclusive reporting as well as unparalleled access to Floyd's family and the people who were closest to the man whose name has become one of the most recognized on the planet. By zooming in for an intimate portrait of this one, emblematic life, while also assessing the institutions that shaped it, the authors deliver a powerful exploration of institutional racism and of a public reckoning of unprecedented breadth and intensity.